THE SUBTERRANEAN AVORLD LONDON: PRINTED BY SPOTTISWOODE AND CO., N'EW-STREET SQUARE AND PARLIAMENT STREET key, WE 111 i::n ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~i ~`~IYIUeh~i;;9'"-I-: Il~ ~\~ "~\IU~~I~~~IIT~ C — w-~ CArBONIFEROUS FOREST, CARBONIFEROUS PER.IOD. THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. BY DR. GEORGE HARTWIG, AUTHOR OF'THE SEA AND ITS LIVING WONDERS,'' THE TROPICAL WORLD,'' THE POLAR WORLD, AND'THE HARMONIES OF NATURE.' WITH THREE MAPS AND NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS ONV WOODD. NEW YORK: SCRIBNER, WELFORD, AND CO. 1871. PRE FA CE. ATURE displays her wonders not only in the starry heavens or in the boundless variety of animal and vegetable life on the surface of our earth. In the dark regions underground she likewise shows us much that is remarkable or beautiful, or carries on gigantic operations, which are sometimes beneficent and sometimes disastrous to mankind. There lie concealed the mysterious laboratories of fire, which reveal to us their existence in earthquakes and volcanic explosions. There, in successive strata, repose the remains of extinct animals and plants. There many a wonderful cavern may be seen, with its fantastic stalactites, its rushing waters, and its noble halls. There have been deposited the rich stores of mineral wealth-the metals, the coals, the salt, the sulphur, &c.-without whose aid man wouldc never have been more than a savage. The aim of the present work has been to describe the wonders of this hidden world in their various relations vi PREFACE. to man, now raising him to wealth, and now dooming him to destruction. The author trusts that he may have succeeded in giving a sketch of the phenomena resulting from the action of subterranean forces, which, with his account of the wonders of the sea, of the tropics, and of the frozen regions, may impart to the reader a fair idea of the history and present condition of the wonderful world in which we live. SALON, NEAR LUDWIGSBURG: July 6, 1871. CONTENTS. CHAPTER I. GEOLOGICAL REVOLUTIONS. The Eternal Strife between Water and Fire-Strata of Aqueous Origin-Tabular View of their Chronological Succession-Enormous Time required for their Formation-Igneous Action-nMetamorphic Rocks —Upheaval and DepressionFossils-Uninterrupted Succession of Organic Life.. Page 1 CHAPTER II. FOSSILS,. General Remarks — Eooon Canadense -- Trilobites - Brachiopods- Pterichthys Milleri-Oldest Reptiles —Wonderful Preservation of Colour in Petrified Shells - Primeval Corals and Sponges- Sea-lilies - Orthoceratites and Ammonites -Belemnites -Ichthyosaurus and Plesiosaurus - Pterodactyli — Iguanodon - Tertiary Quadrupeds - Dinotherium -- Colossochelys Atlas - Megatherium - Mylodon - Glyptodon - Mammoth - Mastodon - Sivatherium Giganteum —Fossil Ripple-marks, Rain-drops, and Footprints-Harmony has reigned from the beginning... 8 CHAPTER III. SUBTERRANEAN HEAT. Zone of invariable Temperature —Increasing Temperature of the rarth at a greater Depth-Proofs found in Mines and Artesian Wells, in Hot Springs and Volcanic Eruptions-The whole Earth piobably at oiie time a fluid mass..... ~ 31 CHAPTER IV. SUBTERRANEAN UPHEAVALS AND DEiltRESSIONS. Oscillations of the Earth's Sulrface taking place in the present cay-First ascertained in Sweden —Examples of Contemporaneous Upheaval and Depression in France and England-Probable Guises of the Phenomenon.. 34 Viii CONTENTS. CHAPTER V. SUBTERRANEAN WATERS AND ARTESIAN WELLS. Subterranean Distribution of the Waters-Admirable Provisions of NatureHydrostatic Laws regulating the Flow of Springs-Thermal Springs-Intermittent Springs-The Geysir-Bunsen's Theory-Artesian Wells-Le Puits de Grenelle-Deep Borings-Various Uses of Artesian Wells-Artesian Wells in Venice and in the Desert of Sahara...... Page 39 CHAPTER VI. VOLCANOES. Volcanic Miountains-Extinct and active Craters-Their Size-Dangerous Craterexplorations-Dr. Judd in the Kilauea Pit-Extinct Craters-Their BeautyThe Crater of Mount Vultur in Apulia-Volcanoes still constantly formingJorullo and Isalco-Submarine Volcanoes-Sabrina and Graham's IslandSantorin-Number of Volcanoes-Their Distribution-Volcanoes in a constant state of eruption-Stromboli-Fumaroles-The Lava-lakes of Kilauea-Volcanic Paroxysms-Column of Smoke and Ashes-Detonations-Explosion of ConesDisastrous Effects of Showers of Ashes and Lapilli-Mucl Streams-Fish disgorged from Volcanic Caverns-Eruptions of Lava -Parasitic Cones — Phenomena attending the Flow of a Lava Stream-Baron Papalardo-Meeting of Lava and Water-Scorie-Lava and Ice-Vast Dimensions of several Lava Streams-Scenes of Desolation —Volcanoes considered as Safety-valves-Probable Causes of Volcanoes.......53 CHAPTER VII. DESTRUCTION OF HERCULANEUM AND POMPEII. State of Vesuvius before the eruption in the year 79 A.C.- Spartacus-Premonitory Earthquakes-Letter of Pliny the Younger to Tacitus, relating the death of his uncle, Piiny the Elder-Benevolence of the Emperor Titus —Herculaneum and Pompeii buried under a muddy alluvium-Herculaneum first discovered in 1713............. 81 CHAPTER VIII. GAS SPRINGS AND MUD VOLCANOES. Carbonic-acid Springs-Grotto del Cane-The Valley of Death in Java —Exaggerated Descriptions~-Carburetted Hydrogen Springs —The Holy Fires of Baku - Description of the Temple-Mud Volcanoes-The Macaluba in Sicily-Crimean Mud Volcanoes-Volcanic Origin of Mud Volcanoes.. 88 CONTENTS. ix CHAPTER IX. EARTHQUAKE S. Extent of Misery inflicted by great Earthquakes-Earthquake Regions-Earthquakes in England —Great Number of Earthquakes-Vertical and Undulatory Shocks-Warnings of Earthquakes-Sounds attending Earthquakes-Remarkable Displacements of Objects-Extent and Force of Seismic Wave MotionEffects of Earthquakes on the Sea-Enormous Waves on Coasts-Oscillations of the Ocean-Fissures, Landslips, and shattering Falls of Rock caused by Earthquakes —Causes of Earthquakes-Probable Depth of Focus-Opinions of Sir Charles Lyell and Mr. Poulett Scrope-Impressions produced on Man and Animals by Earthquakes... Page 97 CHAPTER X. THE GREAT EARTHQUAKE OF LISBON. A dreadful All Saints' Day-The Victims of a Minute-Report of an Eye-witness -Conflagration-Banditti-Pombal brings Chaos into Order-Intrigues of the Jesuits-Damages caused by the Earthquake in other places; at Cadiz; in Barbary-Widespread Alarm-Remarks of Goethe on the Earthquake. 114 CHAPTER XI. LANDSLIPS. Igneous and Aqueous Causes of Landslips-Fall of the Diablerets in 1714 and 1749-Escape of a Peasant from his living Tomb-Vitaliano Donati on the Fall of a Mountain near Sallenches-The Destruction of Goldau in 1806-Wonderful Preservation of a Child-Burial of Velleja and Tauretunum, of Pliirs and Scilano-Landslip near Axmouth in Dorsetshire-Falling in of Cavern-roofsDollinas and Jamas in Carniola and Dalmatia-Bursting of Bogs-Crateriforin Hollows in the Eifel..... 121 CHAPTER XII. ON CAVES IN GENERAL. Their various Forms-Natural Tunnels — The Ventanillas of Gualgayoc —EimeoTorgatten-Hole in the Miirtschenstock-The Trebich Cave-Grotto of Antiparos-Vast Dimensions of the Cave of Adelsberg and of the Mammoth Cave - Discovery of Baumaln's Cave-Limestone Caves-Causes of their Excavation -Stalactites and Stalagmites-Their Origin-Variety of FormsMarine Caves —Shetland-Fingal's Cave-The Azure Cave -Clave under Bonifacio- Grotta di Nettuno, near Syracuse-The Bufador of Papa LunaVolcanic Caves-The Fossa della Palomba-Caves of San dMiguel-The Surtshollir. 133 X CONTENTS. CHAPTER XIII. CAVE RIVERS. The Fountain of Vaucluse-The Fontaine-sans-fond-The Katabothra in MoreaSubterranean Rivers in Carniola-Subterranean Navigation of the Poik in the Cave of Planina-' The Stalactital Paradise' —The Piuka Jama. Page 149 CHAPTER XIV. SUBTERRANEAN LIFE. Subterranean Vegetation-Fungi-Enormous Fungus in a Tunnel near Doncaster -Artificial Mushroom-beds near Paris-Subterranean Animals-The Guacharo — Wholesale Slaughter-Insects in the Cave of Adelsberg-The Leptodirus and the Blothrus-The Stalita tsenaria-The Olm or Proteus-The Lake of Cirknitz-The Archduke Ferdinand and Charon-The Blind Rat and the Blind Fish of the Mammoth Cave.......... 156 CHAPTER XV. CAVES AS PLACES OF REFUGE. The Cave of Adullam-Mahomet in the Cave of Thaur-The Cave of Longara-The Cave of Egg-The Caves of Rathlin-The Cave of Yeermalik-The Caves of Grenada —Aben Aboo, the Morisco King-The Caves of Gortyna and Melidoni -Atrocities of French Warfare in Algeria-The Caves of the Dahra-The Cave of Shelas-St. Arnaud...... 169 CHAPTER XVI. HERMIIT CAVES-ROCK TEMPLES-ROCK CHURCHES. St. Paul of Thebes-St. Anthony-His visit to Alexandria, and death-Numerous Cave Hermits in the East-St. Benedict in the Cave of Subiaco-St. CuthbertSt. Beatus-Rock Temples of Kanara-The Wonders of Ellora-IpsamboulRock Churches of Lalibala in Abyssinia-The Cave of Trophonios-The Grotto of St. Rosolia near Palermo-The Chapel of Agios Niketas in Greece-The Chapel of Oberstein on the Nahe-The repentant fratricide.. 178 CHAPTER XVII. ICE CAVES AND WIND-HOLES. Ice-caves of St. Georges ard St. Livres-Beautiful Ice-stalagmites in the Cave of La Baume-The Schafloch-Ice Cataract in the Upper Glaciere of St. Livres -Ice Cavern of Eisenerz-The Cave of Yeermalik-Volcanic Ice-caves —-Eolian Caverns of Terni-Causes of the low temperature of Ice-caves, 192 CONTENTS. xi CHAPTER XVIII. ROCK TOMBS AND CATACOMBS. Biban-el-Moluk, the Royal Tombs of Thebes-The Roman Catacombs-Their Extent —Their Mode of Excavation-Touching Sepulchral Inscriptions-Antony Bosio, the Columbus of the Catacombs-The Cavaliere di Rossi-The Catacombs of Naples and Syracuse-The Catacombs of Paris... Page 202 CHAPTER XIX. CAVES CONTAINING REMAINS OF EXTINCT ANIMALS. The Cave Hyena and the Cave Bear-The Cavern of Kirkdale-The Moa Caves in New Zealand-Various Species of Moas-Their enormous size.. 213 CHAPTER XX. SUBTERRANEAN RELICS OF PREHISTORIC MAN. The Peat Mosses of Denmark-Shell-Mounds-Swiss Lacustrine Dwellings-Ancient Mounds in the Valley of the Mississippi-The Caves in the Valley of the Meuse-Dr. Schmerling-Human Skulls in the Cave of Engis-Explorations of Sir Charles Lyell in the Cave of Engihoul-Caverns of Brixham-Caves of Gower-The Sepulchral Grotto of Aurignac-Flint Implements discovered in the Valley of the Somme-Gray's Inn Lane an ancient Hunting-Ground for Mammoths..... 221 CHAPTER XXI. TROGLODYTES OR CAVE-DWELLERS. CANNIBAL CAVES. Cave Dwellings in the Val d'Ispica-The Sicanians- Cannibal Caves in South Africa-The Rock City of the Themud-Legendary Tale of its Destruction. 232 CHAPTER XXII. TUNNELS. Subterranean London-The Mont Cenis Tunnel-Its Length-Ingenious Boring Apparatus-The Grotto of the Pausilippo-The Tomb of Virgil.. 237 CHAPTER XXIII. ON MINES IN GENERAL, Perils of the Miner's Life-Number of Casualties in British and Foreign Coal Mines-Life in a Mine-Occurrence of Ores-Extent and Depth of Metallic eins- Mines frequently discovered by Chance-The Divining Rod-Experi Xii CONTENTS. mental Borings-Stirring Emotions during their Progress-Sinking of ShaftsPrecautions against Influx of Water-Expense-Shaft Accidents - Various Methods of working Mineral Substances-Working in Direct and Reverse StepsWorking by Transverse Attacks-Open Quarry Workings-Pillar and Stall System-Long Wall System-Dangerous Extraction of Pillars-Mining Implements -Blasting-Heroes in Humble Life-Firing in the Mine of RammelsbergTransport of Minerals Underground —Modern Improvements-Various Modes of Descent-Corfs-Wonderful Preservation of a Girl at Fahlun-The LoopSafety Cage —Man Machines-Timbering and Walling of Galleries-Drainage by Adit Levels-Remarkable Adits - The Great Cornish Adit - The Georg Stollen in the Hartz-The Ernst August Stollen-Steam Pumps —Drowning of Mines — Irruption of the Sea into Workington Colliery~-Hubert GoffiuIrruption of the River Garnock into a Mine-Ventilation of Mlines - Upast Shafts-Fire Damp-Dreadful Explosions-The Safety Lamp-The Choke Damp -Conflagrations of Mines-The Burning Hill in Staffordshire.. Page 244 CHAPTER XXIV. GOLD. The Golden Fleece — Golden Statues in ancient Temples - A Free-thinking Soldier-Treasures of ancient MIonarchs-First Gold Coins-Ophir-Spanish Gold Mines-Bohemian Gold Mines-Discovery of America-Siberian Gold Mlines-California - Marshall - Rush to the Placers-Discovery of Gold in Australia-The Chinaman's Hole-New El Dorados-Alluvial Gold Deposits in California and Australia —Washing - Quartz-crushing... 285 CHAPTER XXV. SILVER. Its ancient Discovery-Its Uses among the luxurious Romnans-The Mines of Lauriumn -Silver Mlines of Bohemia, Saxony, and Hungary —Colossal NuggetsSilver Ores-Silver Production of Europe —exican Silver Mines-The Veta Madre of Guanaxuato-The Conde de la Valenciana-Zacatecas and CatorceAdventures of a Steam Engine —La Bolsa de Dios Padre-The Conde do la Regla-Ill-fated English Companies-Indian Carriers-The Dressing of Silver Ores-Amalga-mating Process-Enormous Production of Mexican Mines-Potosi -Cerro de Pasco-Gualgayoc-The Mine of Salcedo-IHostility of the Indians -The M1onk's Rosary-Chilian Mlines-The Comstock Lode.. 297 CHAPTER XXVI. COPPER. Its valtiable Qualities-English Copper Mines-Their comparatively recent Importance-Dreary Aspect of the Cornwall Copper Country-Botallack-Submarine Copper Mines-A Blind iMiner-Swansea-Smelting Process-The 3Mines of Fahblun-their Ancient Records-Alten Fjord —Drontheli-The M3ines of R6raas —The Mines of Mansfeldt-Lake Superior-Mysterious DiscoveriesBurra Burra-Renmarkable Instances of Good Fortune in Copper Mining. 315 CONTENTS. xii1 CHAPTER XXVII. TIN. Tin known from the most remote antiquity -Phcenician Traders Tlhe Cassiterides- Diodorus Siculus —Iis account of the Cornish Tin Trade-The Age of Bronze-Valuable Qualities of Tin-Tin Countries-Cornish Tin Lodes -Tin Streams-Wheal Vor-A Subterranean Blacksmith-Huel Wherry, a Tin Mine under the Sea-Carclaze Tin Mine-Dressing of Tin Ores-Smelting — The Cornish Miner... Page 332 CHAPTER XXVIII. IRON. Iron the most valuable of Metals-Its wide Diffusion over the Earth-Meteoric Iron-Iron very anciently known-Extension of its Uses in Modern TimesBritish Iron Production-Causes of its Rise-Hot Blast-Puddling-Coal Smelting-The Cleveland District-Rapid Rise of Middlesborough-British Iron Ores -Production of Foreign Countries-The Magnetic Mountain in Russia-The Eisenerz Mountain in Styria-Dannemora-Elba-The United States-The Pilot Knob-The Cerro del Mercado 345 CHAPTER XXIX. LEAD. Its Properties and extensive Uses-Alston Moor-Belgian Lead Mines-Galena in America-Extraction of Silver from Lead Ores-Pattinson's Process-A great part of our wealth is due to the laboratory.. 364 CHAPTER XXX. MERCURY. Not considered as a true Metal by the Ancients-Its Properties and UsesAlmaden-Formerly worked by Convicts —Diseases of the Miners-Idria-Its Discovery-Conflagration of the Mine-Its Produce-Huancavelica-New Allnaden.......... 370 CHAPTER XXXI. THE NEW METALS. Zinc-The Ores, but not the Metal, known to the Ancients-Rapid increase of its Production-Chief Zinc-producing Countries- Platinum-Antimony-B]ismuth -Cobalt and Nickel-Wolfram-Arsenic-Chrome-Manganese-CadmiumTitanium -Molybdenum-Aluminium-Aluminium i Bronze-MagnesiumSodium -Palladium-Rhodium-Thallium. 380 xiv CONTENTS. CHAPTER XXXII. COAL. The Age of Coal-Plants of the Carboniferous Age-Hugh Miller's Description of a Coal Forest-Vast Time required for the Formation of the Coal-fields-Derangements and Dislocations-Faults-Their Disadvantages and Advantages-Bituminous Coals-Anthracites-Our Black Diamonds-Advantageous Position of our Coal-Mines-The South Welsh Coal-field-Great Central and Manchester Coal-fields-The Whitehaven Basin and the Dudley Area-Newcastle and Durham Coal-fields-Costly Winnings-A Ball in a Coal-pit-Submarine Coal Mines -Newcastle-View from Tynemouth Priory-Hewers-Cutting MachinesPutters-Onsetters-Shifters-Trapper-boys-George Stephenson-Rise of Coal Production-Probable Duration of our Supply-Prussian Coal Mines-Belgian Coal Mines-Coal Mines in various other countries-Maunch Chunck. Page 390 CHAPTER XXXIII. BITUMINOUS SUBSTANCES. Formation of Petroleum-Enormous Production of the Pennsylvanian WellsAsphalte used by the Ancients-Asphalte Pavements-The Pitch Lake of Trinidad-Jet-Its Manufacture in Whitby...... 426 CHAPTER XXXIV. SALT. Geological Position of Rock Salt-Mines of Northwich-Their immense Excavations-Droitwich and Stoke-Wieliczka-~Berchtesgaden and ReichenhallAdmirable Machinery-Stassfurt-Processes employed in the Manufacture of Salt —Origin of Rock-salt Deposits..... 431 CHAPTER XXXV. SULPHUR. Sulphur Mines of Sicily-Conflagration of a Sulphur Mine-The Solfataras of Krisuvick-Iwogasima in Japan-Solfatara of Puzzuoli-Crater of Teneriffe -Alaghez —Biidshegy in Transylvania —Sulphur from the Throat of Popocatepetl -Sulphurous Springs- Pyrites - Mines of San Domingo in Portugal-The Baron of Pommoreao. 441 CHAPTER XXXVI. AMBER. Various Modes of its Collection on the Prussian Coast-What is Amber?-The extinct Amber Tree —-Insects of the Miocene Period inclosed in AmberFormidable Spiders-Ancient and Modern Trade in Amber., 449 CONTENTS, XV CHAPTER XXXVII. MISCELLANEOUS MINERAL SUBSTANCES USED IN THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS, Alum-Alum Mines of Tolfa-Borax-The Suffioni in the Florentine LagoonsChina-clay-How formed?-Its Manufacture in Cornwall-Plumbago-Emery -Tripolite...... Page 458 CHAPTER XXXVIII. CELEBRATED QUARRIES. Carrara-The Pentelikon-The Parian Quarries-Rosso antico and Verde anticoThe Porphyry of Elfdal —The Gypsum of Montmartre-The Alabaster of Volterra-The Slate Quarries of Wales-' Princesses' and'Duchesses'-' Ladies' and Fat Ladies'-St. Peter's Mount near Maestricht-Egyptian Quarries-Haggar Silsilis-The Latonmive of Syracuse-A Triumph of Poetry. 464 CHAPTER XXXIX. PRECIOUS STONES. Diamonds-Diamond Cutting-Rose Diamonds-Brilliants-The Diamond District in Brazil-Diamond Lavras-The great Russian Diamond-The Regent-The Koh-i-Noor-Its History-The Star of the South —Diamonds used for Industrial Purposes-The Oriental Ruby and Sapphire-The Spinel-The ChrysoberylThe Emerald-The Beryl-The Zircon-The Topaz-The Oriental TurquoiseThe Garnet-Lapis Lazuli —The Noble Opal-Inferior Precious Stones —The Agate-Cutters of Oberstein-Rock Crystal-The Rock-crystal Grotto of the Galenstock.......477 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. M A P S. Of the World, showing the distribution of Volcanoes and the Districts visited by Earthquakes. to face page 60 Of Great Britain, showing the Coal-fields and chief Mining Districts... 400 Of America, showing the Coal-fields and Mineral Districts,, 410 W OO D C UT S. PAGE Carboniferous Forest engraved by G. Pearson, to face title Tabular Geological Profile of Strata with corresponding Fossils. engraved by G. Pearson.3 Aqueous Strata disturbed by Igneous Formations.,,, 4 Ammonites Henleyi (Middle Lias) from Haughton's'Manual of Geology' 9 Trilobite..o from Kemp's'Phasis of Matter' 11 Magnified Eye of Trilobite o., 11 Pterygotus acuminatus (Eurypterid) from Haughton's'Manual of Geology' 12 Spirifer princeps (Brachiopod).,,,, 12 Pterichthys Milleri, restored (Old Red Sandstone of Scotland)..,, 14 Ventriculites, Fossil Sponge (Chalk)...,,, 16 Siphonia costata, Fossil Sponge, Green Sand, Warminster).. e,, 16 Encrinus liliiformis (Muschelkalk, Germany).,, 17 Pentacrinus briareus..,,, 17 Marsupites ornatus (Chalk)...,, 18 Turrilites tuberculatus.,, 19 Restored Belemnite.., 19 Ichtlyosaurus communis. o *, 20 a Xviii LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. PAGE Plesiosaurus dolichodeirus (British Museum-found in the Lias of Street, near Glastonbury)from Haughton's' Manual of Geology' 21 Glyptodon clavipes...)., 25 Diagram illustrating action of Syphon. engraved by G. Pearson 44 Section of an Intermittent Spring...,, 45 Geysirs of Iceland..... 46 Porous Strata, Artesian Well sunk in the London Basin.......,, 49 Middle and Valley Lake Craters, Mount Gambier, South Australia from Wood's'Australia' to face page 53 Extinct Crater of Haleakala.. from Webb's' Celestial Objects' 57 Eruption of Vesuvius, Bay of Naples. engraved by G. Pearson, to face page 81 Mud Volcanoes of Trinidad... engraved by G. Pearson 94 Great Earthquake at Lisbon.. engraved by G. Pearson, to face page 114 Axmouth Landslip.. engraved by G. Pearson 128 Stalactital Cavern at Aggtelek: the Cave of Borodla... engraved by G. Pearson, to face page 133 Entrance to the Cave of Adelsberg.. engraved by G. Pearson 137 Stalactital Cavern in Australia.. from Wood's'Australia' 141 Cave under Bonifacio.. from Forester's'Corsica' 145 Leptodirus Hichenwartii.. engraved by G. Pearson 163 The Proteus anguinus...,,, 165 Blind Fish (Amblyopsis spelus)...,, 168 Indian Rock-cut Temple.. engraved by G. Pearson, to face page 178 Rock Temples of Ajunta (general view). engraved by G. Pearson 182 Lower Glaciere of St. Livres.. from Browne's'Ice Caves' 193 Ice Streams in the Upper Glaciere of St. Livres,,,, 196 Entrance to the Glaciere of St. Georges.,,, 201 Gallery with Tombs from Northcote and Brownlow's'Roma Sotterranea' 206 Cave in Dream Lead Mine, near Wirksworth, Derbyshire... engraved by G. Pearson 216 Boring Machine in the Tunnel, Mont Cenis taken from the'Illustrated 238 London News' by permission Boring Machine in the Second Working Gallery, Mont Cenis Tunnel.,, 239 Process of Boring.... engraved by G. Pearson 251 Section of a Lead Mine in Cardiganshire from Ure's Dictionary of Arts, 252 ( Manufactures, and Mines'. Part of a Colliery laid out in four panels.,,,, 255 General View of Mining Operations. engraved by G. Pearson 257 Tools used by Miners in Cornwall. from Ure's'Dictionary of Arts 258 o Manufactures, and Mines'. Conveyance of Minerals underground. engraved by G. Pearson 262 Miners descending Shaft in Owen's Safety Cage.,,, 265 Timbering of a Mine.. from Ure's' Dictionary of Arts, 268 Manufactures, and Mines'. Transverse Sections of Walled Drain Galleries,,,, 269 Drainage of a Mine by Adit Levels..,,, 269 Safety Lamp.....,,, 280 Gold-washing in Australia... engraved by G. Pearson 292 Stamping Mill from Ure's'Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, and Mines' 306 Grinding Mill,,.., 307 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Xix PAGE The Botallack Mine, Cornwall.. engraved by G. Pearson 317 St. Michael's Mount, Cornwall... 333 Blast Furnace from Ure's Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, and Mines' 352 Pecopteris adiantoides., from Haughton's'Manual of Geology' 391 Sphenopteris affinis..,,. 391 Lepidodendron elegans.,,,392 Asterophyllites comosa.,s, 392 Sigillaria oculata.,,, 392 Calamites nodosus..,, 393 Coalbeds rendered available by elevation, from' Our Coal and Our Coal Pits' 397 Section of Coal-field south of Malmesbury ffrom Ure's'Dictionary of Arts, > 398 l Manufactures, and Mines'. J Coal-basin of Clackmannanshire,,,, 403 Dudley Coal-field.. rom Howitt's' Visits to Remarkable Places' 407 Shipping Coal..,,, 412 Coal Hewers at Work... engraved by G. Pearson 415 Pitch Lake of Trinidad.. engraved by G. Pearson, to face page 429 Insects and Vegetable Substances inclosed in Amber, engraved by G. Pearson 452 Penrhyn Slate Quarry, North Wales. engraved by G. Pearson, to face page 469 The following is a list of the full-page illustrations, included in the foregoing list, all of which, except No. 2, are engraved by G. Pearson:1. Carboniferous Forest.... to face title 2. Middle and Valley Lake Craters, Mount Gambier, South Australia..to face page 53 3. Eruption of Vesuvius, Bay of Naples.. 81 4. Great Earthquake at Lisbon.., 114 5. Stalactital Cavern at Aggtelek; the Cave of Borodla,, 133 6. Indian Rock-cut Temple: Porch of the Chaitya Cave Temple, Ajunta... 178 7. Pitch Lake of Trinidad.. 429 8. Penrhyn Slate Quarry, North Wales..,, 469 CHAPTER,1 GEOLOGICAL REVOLUTIONS. The Eternal Strife between Water and Fire-Strata of Aqueous Origin-Tabular View of their Chronological Succession-Enormous Time required for their Formation-Igneous Action-Metamorphic Rocks-Upheaval and DepressionFossils-Uninterrupted Succession of Organic Life. G EOLOGY teaches us that, from times of the remoteness of which the human mind can form no conception, the surface of the earth has been the scene of perpetual change, resulting from the action and counter-action of two mighty agents —water and subterranean heat. Ever since the first separation between the dry land and the sea took place, the breakers of a turbulent ocean, the tides and, currents, the torrents and rivers, the expansive power of ice, which is able to split the hardest rock, and the grinding force of the glacier, have been constantly wearing away the coasts and the mountains, and transporting the spoils of continents and islands from a. higher to a lower level. During our short historical period of three or four thousand years, the waters, in spite of their restless activity and the considerable local changes effected by their means, have indeed produced no marked alteration in the great outlines of the sea and land; but when we consider that their influence has extended over countless ages, we can no longer wonder at the enormous thickness of the stratified rocks of aqueous origin which, superposed one above the other in successive layers, constitute by far the greater part of the earth-rind. Our knowledge of these sedimentary formations is indeed as yet but incomplete, for large portions of the surface of the globe have never yet been scientifically explored; but a B 2 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. careful examination and comparison of the various strata composing the rocky foundations of numerous countries, have already enabled the geologist to classify them into the following chronological systems or groups, arranged in an ascending series, or beginning with the oldest. 1. Laurentian, named from its discovery northward of the River St. Lawrence in Canada. 2. Cambrian These three groups owe their name to their. Silurn occurrence in Wales and Devonshire, 3. Silurian 4. Devonian where they were first scientifically ex4. Devonian J plored. 5. Carboniferous. In this group the most important coalfields are found. 6. Permian, from the Russian province of Permia. 7. Triassic. 8. Lias. 9. Oolite. 10. Cretaceous. 11. Tertiary: subdivided into Eocene, Miocene, and Pliocene. 12. Recent marine and lacustrine strata. Each of these systems consists again of numerous sections and alternate layers, sometimes of marine, sometimes of freshwater formation, the mere naming of which would fill several pages. When we reflect that the Laurentian system alone has a thickness of 30,000 feet; that many of the numerous subdivisions of the Triassic or Oolitic group are 600, 800, or even several thousand feet thick, and that each of these enormous sedimentary formations owes its existence to the disintegration of pre-existing mountain masses —we can form at least a faint notion of the enormous time which the whole system required for its completion. Had the levelling power of water never met with an antagonistic force, there can be no doubt that the last remains of the dry land, supposing it could ever have risen above the ocean, must long since have been swept into the sea. But while water has been constantly tending to reduce the irregularities of the earth's surface to one dull level, the expansive force of subterranean heat has been no less unceasingly active in TABULAR GEOLOGICAL PROFILE. CHARACTERISTIC STRATA FOSSIL REMAINS 1. RECENT DEPOSITS 1. RECENT DEPOSITS. 2. PLIOCENE. O - 3. MIOCENE....'.-........'. I.ish Elk. 4. EOCXENE:.:.ECCIEN 2, PLIOCENE. 2Afcastodon. 5. CIRETACEOUS.. l;' - *': J.: ~ i 4 - *| 2. MIIOCENE. (1) Cei'ithum'. _ _ ~._.__ _ _ _1 ( 2 ) S e g n o i a. 6. OOLITIC. (1. _1_ _ies.4 (2) AW'atica. 5. CRETACEOUS.. __IAS___... _____ (2) ITurrilites. (3) Pecten. 7. I EIAS ______________________ (4) _lamnites. 6, 00LIT FE, 12. TRIASSIC. S^^. TRIASSIC. (1) pholadomnya. r( ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~-J: ___(3) illantellia. 9. PERMIAN N (4) (1) clchyosaurus. 4 1 ~ —~ +2 (2) Ammonites. 10. CARBONIFEROUS Is (1) Labyrinthodon. (2) Encrinus. (1) Bakewellica. (2) Productus. (3) Palweoniscus. 11. DEVONIAN 10. CARBONIFEROUS. (1) Goniatites. (2) Lepidodendron. (3) calamrites. 11. DEVONIAN. ____- -~~~~ Pterichithys. 12~~~~~~__ 12. SILURIAN. 12. SILURNIAN. (1) Strophomena. (2) Linytla. (3) Pentanter's. _ _3_ 13.(4) CatynOene. 13. CA-MBRIAN. 13. CAMBRIAN Oldhamia. 14. LAURENTIAN. 14. LAURE NTIAN o 7 Eozoon. 4 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. restoring the unevenness of the external crust by the ejection or protrusion of new masses of stone (porphyry, trachyte, basalt, lava, &c.), and by the consequent disturbance, in a variety of ways, of the stratified rocks. Plutonic and volcanic eruptions and upheavings, in their reaction against the levelling tendencies of water, have in mnany places deranged, broken, fractured, contorted, or raised strata deposited in horizontal layers at the bottom of B A B B C D, aqueous strata, originally horizontal, raised by protrusion of A, granitic rock. the sea, or of large inland lakes. Sometimes a huge mass of crystalline rock, glowing from the furnaces of the deep, has, by its irresistible expansion, slowly forced its way through the superincumbent sedimentary formations, which, yielding to the pressure from below, now form vast mountain slopes, or vertical rock walls, or have even been so totally inverted that strata of a more ancient formation now overlie those of more modern date, and excite the wonder of the puzzled geologist. Sometimes, also, volcanic eruptions, repeated through a long lapse of ages and constantly accumulating lavas and cinders, have at length piled up large islands, such as Iceland or Madeira, which now raise their summits thousands of feet above the ocean. But subterranean fire, and its assistant, steam, have not only produced vast mechanical changes; they have also been the frequent causes of great chymical metamorphoses in the rocks subjected to their action. To the calcining, decomposing, and vapour-generating effects of heat, we trace the origin of the marble of Carrara, of alabaster, of gypsum, and all those PERIODS OF GEOLOGICAL FORMATIONS. 5 various species of stone which geologists include under the name of metamorphic rocks. Besides the more paroxysmal and violent revolutions resulting from the action of subterranean fire, we find that the earth-rind has at all times been subject to slow oscillatory movements of upheaval and subsidence, frequently alternating on the same spot with long periods of rest. The greater part of the actual dry land has been deep sea, and then again land and ocean many times in succession; and doubtless the actual sea bottom would exhibit similar alternations were we able to explore it. The same materials have repeatedly been exposed to all these changes-now raised or poured out by subterrannean fires, and then again swept away by the waters; now changed from solid rock into sand and mud, and then again converted, by pressure or heat, into solid rock. Thus the history of the earth-rind opens to us a vista into time no less grand and magnificent than the vista into space afforded by the contemplation of the starry heavens. The oldest and the newest stratified rocks are composed of the same mineral substances; for clay, sandstone, and limestone occur in the Silurian and in the Carboniferous formation; in the Cretaceous and Triassic systems; in the Tertiary and in the Alluvial deposits, which have immediately preceded the present epoch. Where then, it may be asked, does the geologist find a chronological guide to lead him through the vast series of strata which, in the course of countless ages, have been deposited in the water? How is he able to distinguish the boundaries of the various periods of creation? Where are the precise indications which enable him to decipher the enigmas which the endless feuds of fire and water have written in the annals of our globe? The fossil remains of animals and plants wonderfully furnish the guidance which he needs. The corals and shells, the ferns and conifera, the teeth and bones found in the various strata of the earth-rind are the landmarks which point out to him his way through the labyrinth of the primitive ages of our globe, as the compass directs the mariner over the pathless sea. Every leading fossil has its fixed chronological character, and thus the age of the formation 6 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. in which it occurs may be ascertained, and its place determined in the geological scale. It would, however, be erroneous to suppose that each successive formation has been the seat of a totally distinct creation, and that the organic remains found in one particular stratum are separated by an impassable barrier from those which characterise the preceding or following sedimentary deposits. As on the surface of the earth or along the shores of the sea, each land or each coast has not only its peculiar plants or animals, but also harbours many of the organic forms of the neighbouring countries or conterminous shores; as the tropical organisations gradually pass into those of the temperate zones, and these again merge into those of the polar regions, so also the stream of life has from the first flowed uninterruptedly, in gradually changing forms, through every following age. New genera and species have arisen, and others have disappeared, some after a comparatively short duration, others after having outlasted several formations; but every extinct form has but made way for others, and thus each period has not only witnessed the decay of many previously flourishing genera and species, but has also marked a new creation. No doubt the numerous local disturbances above mentioned have frequently broken the chain of created beings; but a gradual progress from related to related forms, a continuous development from lower to more highly organised species, genera, orders, and classes, has from the beginning been the general and constant law of organic life. Universal destructions of existing forms, revolutions covering the whole surface of the earth with ruin, have most assuredly never occurred in the annals of our globe. Nor must it be supposed that the whole scale of sedimentary formations is to be found superimposed in one spot; for as in our times new strata are chiefly growing at the mouths of rivers, or where submarine currents deposit at the bottom of the ocean the fine mud or sand which is conveyed into the sea by the disintegration of distant mountain chains, so also from the beginning each stratum could only have been deposited in similar localities; and while it was slowly increasing, and not seldom acquiring colossal dimensions in some parts of the globe, others remained comparatively but SUBTERRANEAN FORCES. 7 little altered, until new oscillatory movements produced a change in their former position, and opening new paths to the rolling waters, here set bounds to the progress of one formation, and there favoured the deposition of another. A complete study of all the various transformations by fire or water which the surface of our earth has undergone would require an elaborate treatise of geology, and lies far beyond the scope or the pretensions of a popular volume which is chiefly devoted to the description of caves and mines. But I should be neglecting some of the most interesting features of the subterranean world, were I to omit all mention of the fossils imbedded in its various strata; of its internal heat; of the upheavals and subsidences which have played so conspicuous a part in the history of the earth-rind, and are still proceeding at the present day; of the water percolating or flowing beneath the earth's crust, and finally of the volcanoes and earthquakes, which prove to us that the ahcient subterranean fires, far from being extinct, are still as powerful as ever in remodelling its surface. 8 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER IIT FOSSILS. General Remarks -Eozoon Canadense - Trilobites - Brachiopods - Pterichthys Milleri Oldest Reptiles -Wonderful Preservation of Colour in Petrified Shells- Primaeval Corals and Sponges Sea-lilies- Orthoceratites and Ammonites - Belemnites -Ichthyosaurus and Plesiosaurus - Pterodactyli — Iguanodon - Tertiary Quadrupeds - Dinotherium -- Colossochelys Atlas - Megatherium - Mylodon - Glyptodon - Mammoth - Mastodon - Sivatherium Giganteum-Fossil Ripple-marks, Rain-drops, and Footprints —Harmony has reigned from the beginning. THE fossil remains of plants and animals, which have successively flourished and passed away since the first dawn of organic life, occupy a prominent place among the wonders of the subterranean world. A medal that has survived the ruin of empires is no doubt a venerable relic, but it seems to have been struck but yesterday when compared with a shell or a leaf that has been buried millions of years ago in the drift of the primeval ocean, and now serves the geologist as a waymark through the past epochs of the earth's history. If we examine the condition in which the fossils have been preserved in the strata successively deposited on the surface of our globe, we find that in general only parts of the original plant or animal have escaped destruction, and in these fragments also the primitive substance has often been replaced by other materials, so that only their form or their impression has triumphed over time. While soft and delicate textures have either been utterly swept away, or could only be preserved under the rarest circumstances (as, for instance, the insects and flowers inclosed in amber), a greater degree of hardness or solidity naturally gave a better chance of escaping destruction. Thus among plants the most frequent fossil-remains are furnished by stems, roots, branches, EXTINCTION OF SPECIES. 9Q fruit-stones, leaves; and, among animals, by corals, shells, calcareous crusts, teeth, scales, and bones. But the few memorials that have thus survived the lapse of ages enable us to form some idea of the multitudes that have entirely perished; and the petrified shell of the Ammonite, or the AMMIONITES HENLEYI (MIDDLE LIAS), jointed arms of the Encrinite, are proofs of the existence of the world of tiny beings which served them for their nourishment and have been utterly swept away. If we consider that the number of all the known species of fossil plants hardly amounts to 3,000, while the Flora of the present day, as far as it has been examined by systematical botanists, numbers at least 250,000 species; that the host of living insects is probably still more numerous, although not much more than 1,500 extinct species of this class are known to us; and that, finally, the remains of all the extinct crustaceous fishes, reptiles, and warm-blooded animals are far outnumbered by the species actually living-we may form some idea of the vast multitudes that have left no trace behind, and whose total loss will for ever confine within narrow limits our knowledge of the past phases of organic creation. This loss appears still greater when we consider the enormous extent of time during which the fossils known to us have successively existed, and that a part only of the comparatively small number of the orders, genera, and species to which they belong existed at one and the same epoch. But as, owing to the hard texture and mode of life which are so eminently favourable for the preservation of shells, we have been enabled to collect about 11,000 fossil species, a number not much 10 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. inferior to that of the molluscs of the present day, we may justly conclude that the more perishable forms of life, of which, consequently, fewer vestiges have been preserved, were comparatively as numerous, and that ever since the first dawn of organic life our earth has borne an immense variety of plants and animals. Though comparatively but few species have been preserved, yet sometimes the accumulation of fossil remains is truly astonishing. In the carboniferous strata we not seldom find more than one hundred beds of coal interstratified with sandstones, shales, and limestones, and extending for miles and miles in every direction. How luxuriant must have been the growth of the forests that could produce masses such as these, and what countless multitudes of herbivorous insects must have fed upon their foliage or afforded food to carnivorous hordes scarcely less numerous than themselves! The remains of corals, encrinites, and shells often form the greater part of whole mountain ranges, and, what is still more remarkable, mighty strata of limestone or flint are not seldom almost entirely composed of the aggregated remains of microscopical animals. After these remarks on fossils in general, I will now briefly point out some of the most striking of the species so preserved to us as they successively appeared upon the stage of life. In the Lower Laurentian Rocks, the most ancient strata known, only one fossil has hitherto been found. The Eozoon canadense, as it has been called, belonged to the Rhizopods, which occupy about the lowest grade in the scale of animal existence. Its massive skeletons, composed of innumerable cells, would seem to have extended themselves over submarine rocks, their base upwards of twelve inches in width and their thickness from four to six inches. Such is the antiquity of the Eozoon that the distance of time which separated it from the Trilobites of the Cambrian formation may be equal to the vast period which elapsed between these and the Tertiary ages. In other words, it is beyond our imagination to conceive. In the next following Cambrian formation we find, besides some zoophytes and shells, a number of Trilobites, which, CONDITION OF THE SILURIAN OCEAN. 11 however, appear to have been most abundant in the Silurian seas, where they probably swarmed as abundantly as the crabs and shrimps in the waters of the present age. Few fossils are more curious than these strange crustaceans, TRILOBITE. MAGNIFIED EYE OF TRILOBITE. which so widely differ from their modern relatives. The jointed carapace is divided into three lobes, the middle prominent one forming the axis of the body, while the lateral ones were free appendages, under which the soft membranaceous swimming feet were concealed. Large eyes, resembling those of a dragon-fly, projected from the odd crescent-shaped head, and, being composed of many hundred spherical facets, commanded a wide view of the horizon. Provided with such complicated organs of vision, the helpless animal could betimes perceive the approaching enemy, or more easily espy its prey, consisting, most likely, of the smaller marine annelides or molluscs. From the structure of these remarkable eyes we may conclude that the waters of the old Cambrian or Silurian Ocean were as limpid as those of the present seas, and that the natural relations of light to the eye and of the eye to light cannot have greatly changed since that period. Many, if not all, of the Trilobites were capable of rolling themselves up into a ball, like wood-lice; and accordingly it is found that in many of them the contour of the head and tail is so constructed that they fit accurately when rolled up. Most probably the Trilobites either swam in an inverted position, the belly upwards, or crawled slowly 12 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. along at the bottom of the shallow coast waters, where they lived gregariously in vast numbers. Contemporaneous with the Trilobites were the Eurypterids, which vary from one foot to five or six feet in length. One of the most striking characteristics of this remarkable order of crustaceans is the formidable pair of pincers with which they were armed. As their whole structure shows them to PTERYGOTUS ACUMINATUS (EURYPTERID). SPIRIFER PIRINCEPS (BEACHIOPOD). have been active swimmers, they must have made considerable havoc among the smaller fry of the Devonian and Silurian seas. Then also abounded in hundreds of species the Brachiopods, a class of molluscs now but feebly represented by a scanty remnant. The greater part of the interior of the shell, consisting of two unequal valves, is occupied with branching SILURIAN FISHES. 13 arms, furnished with cilia, which cause a constant current to flow towards the mouth of the mollusc, and thus provide for its nourishment. The arms, as in the family of the Spiriferide, are sometimes supported by calcareous skeletons, arranged like loops or spirals. Some Brachiopods are attached to stones, like oysters; in others the larger valve is perforated, and a sinewy kind of foot, passing through the aperture, serves as a holdfast to the animal. Most of these helpless creatures did not survive the Carboniferous period, but the Terebratule, which still have their representatives in the modern seas, existed even then, so that their genealogical tree may justly boast of a very high antiquity. The fishes, of which the oldest known specimen has been found in the Upper Silurian group (Lower Ludlow), become more frequent in the next following Devonian epoch, where they appear in a variety of wonderful forms, widely different from those of the present day. While in nearly all the existing fishes the scales are flexible, and generally either of a more or less circular form (cycloid), as in the salmon, herring, roach, &c., or provided with comb-like teeth, projecting from the posterior margin (ctenoid), as in the sole or perch, the fishes of the Devonian, Permian, and Carboniferous periods were decked with hard bony scales, either covered with a brilliant enamel, as in our sturgeons (ganoid), and arranged in regular rows, the posterior edges of each slightly overlapping the anterior ones of the next, or irregular in their shape, and separately imbedded in the skin (placoid), as in the sharks and rays of the present day. With rare exceptions their skeleton was cartilaginous; but the less perfect ossification of their bones was amply compensated by the solid texture of their enamelled coat of mail, which afforded them a better protection against enemies and injuries from without than is possessed by any bony-skeletoned fish of our days. They were, in fact, comparatively as well prepared for a hostile encounter as an ancient knight in armour, or as one of our modern iron-plated war ships. One of the most remarkable of these mail-clad Ganoids was the Pterichthys Milleri of the Old Red Sandstone of Scotland. In most of 14 TIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. our fishes the pectoral fins are but weakly developed; here they constitute real arms, moved by strong muscles, and resembling the paddle of the turtle. PTERICHTHYS SMILLERI-RESTORED. (OLD RED SANDSTONE OF SCOTLAND.) Besides the enormous masses of vegetable matter which distinguish the Carboniferous period, the stone beds of that formation likewise contain a vast number of animal remains. From the reptiles and fishes down to the corals and sponges, many new families, genera, and species crowd upon the scene, while many of the previously flourishing races have either entirely disappeared, or are evidently declining. Thus the Trilobites, formerly so numerous, are reduced to a few species in the Carboniferous period, and vanish towards its close. In 1847 the oldest known reptiles were found in the coal field of Saarbriick, in the centre of spheroidal concretions of THE PERMIAN GOROUP. 15 clay iron-stone, which not only faithfully preserved the skulls, teeth, and the greater portions of the skeletons of these ancient lizards, but even a large part of their skin, consisting of long, narrow, wedge-shaped, tile-like, and horny scales, arranged in rows. What a lesson for human pride! The pyramid of the Pharaoh Cheops, reared by the labour of thousands of slaves, has been unable to preserve his remains from spoliation even for the short space of a few thousand years, and here a vile reptile has been safely imbedded in a sarcophagus of iron ore during the vast period of many geological formations. Still more recently (1854) other wonders have been brought to light in the clay iron-stone of Saarbriick. The wing of a grasshopper, with all its nerves as distinctly marked as if the creature had been hopping about but yesterday, some white ants or termites (now confined to the warmer regiois of the globe), a beetle, and several cockroaches, give us some idea of the insects that lived at the time when our coal-beds were forming. Another highly interesting circumstance, relating to the fossils of that distant period, is that in several of them the patterns of their colouring have been preserved. Thus Terebratula hastatca often retains the marks of the original coloured stripes which ornamented the living shell. In Aviculopecten sublobatus dark stripes alternate with a light ground, and wavy blotches are displayed in Pleurotomaria camrinatc. From' these facts Professor Forbes inferred that the depth of the seas in which the Mountain Limestone was formed did not exceed fifty fathoms, as in the existing seas the Testacea, which have shells and well-defined patterns, rarely inhabit a greater depth. The Magnesian Limestone or Permian group is remarkable chiefly for the vast number of fishes that have been found in some of its members, such as the marl slate of Durham and the Kupferschiefer, or copper slate, of Thuringia. From the curved form of their impressions, as if they had been spasmodically contracted, the fossil fish of the latter locality are supposed to have perished by a sudden death before they sank down into the mud in which they were entombed. Probably the copper which impregnates the stratum in which they occur is connected with this phenomenon. Mighty volcanic eruptions 16 THE SUBTEIIRANEAN WORLD. corrupted the water with poisonous metallic salts, and destroyed in a short time whole legions of its finny inhabitants. From the earliest ages the corals play a conspicuous part in fossil history; and as in our days we find them encircling islands and fringing continents with huge ramparts of limeVENTRICULITES -FOSSIL SPONGE (CHALIK) stone, so many an ancient reef, now far inland, and raised several thousand feet above the level of the sea, bears witness to the vast terrestrial changes that have taken place since it was first piled up by the growth of countless zoophytes. SIPHONIA COSTATA-FOSSIL SPONGE (GREEN SAXN, VWATRIINSTEI'), With regard to the dimensions of the fossil corals we do not find that any of them exceeded in size their modern relatives; but their construction was widely different. PETROSPONGID. E AND CRINOIDS. 17 The fossil sponges of the primitive seas, are likewise very unlike those of the present day. Thus in all the ancient strata we find abundant spongidme with a stony skeleton, while all the modern sponges possess a horny frame. The Petrospongidae, or stone sponges, which have long since disappeared, are frequently shapeless masses; but a large number are cup-shaped, with a central tubular cavity, lined, as well as the outer surface, with pores more or less regularly arranged. The Crinoids, or Sea-lilies, now alhost entirely extinct, were EICRIN-IS LIIIFORMIS. PENTA\.CINUS BRIATIEUS. (M'uschelkalk Gerlmany.) extremely common in the primeval seas. Unlike our modern sea-stars, to which they are allies, they did not move about (. 18 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD, freely from place to place, but were affixed, like flowers, to a slender flexible stalk, composed of numerous calcareous joints connected together by a fleshy coat. The Carboniferous Mountain Limestone is loaded with their remains, and the Encrinus liliformis is one of the leading fossils of the Muschelkalk of the Triassic group. The Pentacrinus briareus is of more modern date, and occurs in tangled masses, forming thin beds of considerable extent in the Lower Lias. This beautiful Crinoid, with its innumerable tentacular arms, appears to have been frequently attached to the drift wood of the Liassic sea, like the floating barnacles of the present day. In the still more recent Chalk group is found a remarkable form of star-fish, the Marsupites ornatus, which resembles in all respects the Crinoids, ~~/ kexcept that it is not and never was provided with a stem. It seems to have been rolled lazily to and fro, by the influence of the waves, at the bottom of the sea, and to have been anchored in its place by the action of gravity alone. Of all the changes that have taken place in organic life, none perhaps are more remarkable than the transformations which the Cephalopod molluscs have undergone during the various geological eras. In the more ancient Palheozoic seas flourished the Orthoceratites, or straightchambered shells, resembling a nauMARSUPITESORNATUS. CHALK. tilus uncoiled. In the Carboniferous ages the Goniatites acquired their highest development. These shells were spirally wound, having the lobes of the chambers free from lateral denticulations or crenatures, so as to form continuous and uninterrupted outlines. Both Orthoceratites and Goniatites disappear in the Triassic times, and are replaced by hosts of Ammonites, which successively flourished in more than 600 species, and are characterised by an external siphon and chambers of complicated, often foliated, pattern. This foliated structure gives a remarkable character to the intersection of the chamber partitions with the shell, and must have added greatly to the AMMONITES AND BELEMNITES. 9 strength of the shell, which was always delicate and often very beautiful. The Ammonites, which made their first appearance towards the end of the Triassic period, abounded in the Oolitic and Cretaceous periods, and were replaced by new forms before the Tertiary beds were deposited. Among these we find the Ancyloceras gigas, which may be regarded as an Ammonite partially unrolled, and the Turrilites tuberculatus, which has the form and peculiar symmetry of a univalve shell. TUIZRILtTES TUBERCUL-'L'LUS RES'TORED) BELIJAIN1ITE., In several of the older rocks, especially the Lias and Oolite, Belemnites are frequently met with, These singular dart- or arrow-shaped fossils were supposed by the ancients to be the thunderbolts of Jove, but are now known to be the petrified internal bones of a race of voracious cuttle-fishes, whose importance in the Oolitic or Cretaceous Seas may be judged of by the frequency of their remains and the 120 species that c 2 20 T-HE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. bones must have measured eighteen or twenty feet from end to end. Provided with prehensile hooks on their long arms, and with a formidable parrot-like bill, these huge creatures must have proved most dangerous antagonists, even to the well-protected fishes that lived in the same seas. But of all the denizens of the Mesozoic Ocean none were more powerful than the large marine or enaliosaurian reptiles, which,flourishing throughout the whole of the Triassic period, were lords of all they surveyed down to the end of the Cretaceous epoch. First among these monsters appears the gigantic Ichthyosaurus, which has been found no less than forty feet IJ'IIT'YOSAURUS COMMUNIS. long-a creature half fish,, half lizard, and combining, in strange juxtaposition, the snout of the porpoise, the teeth of the crocodile, and the paddles of the whale. But the most remarkable of its features is the eye, surpassing a man's head in size, and wonderfully adapted for vision both far and near. In the quarries of Caen in Normandy, at Lyme Regis in Dorsetshire, and particularly at Kloster Banz in Franconia, where the largest known specimen has been discovered, entire skeletons of the formidable Ichthyosaurus have been exhumed from the Liassic shale-memorials of the ages long since past, when la.nds now far removed from the ocean still lay at the bottom of the sea, and formed the domain of gigantic lizards. The enormous jaw-bones of the Ichthyosauri, which in the full-grown animal could be opened seven feet wide, were armed along their whole length with powerful conical teeth, showing them to have been carnivorous, and the half-digested remains of fishes and reptiles found within their skeletons indicate the precise nature of their food. The size of the swallowed object proves also that the cavity of PTERODACTYLES. 21 the stomach must have corresponded with the wide opening of the jaws. Thus powerfully equipped for offensive warfare; excellent swimmers from their compressed cuneiform trunk, their long broad paddles, and their stout vertical tail-fin; provided, moreover,with eyes capable of piercing the dim light of the ocean depths, they must have been formidable indeed to the contemporaneous fishes. The Ichthyosaurus was admirably formed for cleaving the waves of an agitated sea; but the Plesiosaurus was Cl equally well organised for pursuing its prey in shallow creeks and bays defended from heavy "L1 breakers. Its long CY Cor swan-like neck no doubt e enabled it to drag many pll a victim from its hiding-place. While these huge lizards were the / terror of the seas, the c Pterodactyles, a race of winged lizards, armed with long jaws and sharp teeth, hovered in the air. With the ex-.LEsIOsAURTUS DOLICHODEIRUS. ception of the greatly (British Museum-Found in the Lias of Street, near Glastonbury.) elongated fifth finger, to which, as well as to the whole length of the arm and body, the membranous wing or organ of flight was attached, the fingers of this strange animal were provided with sharp claws, so that it was probably enabled, like the bat, to suspend itself from precipitous rock-walls. It is a remarkable fact, that, whereas the Pterodactyles of 22 TlH SUBTERR\NEAN WORLD. the older Lias beds did not exceed ten or twelve inches in length, the later forms, found fossil in the Greensand and Wealden beds of the Lower Cretaceous formation, must have been at least 16- feet long. That these reptiles were not the only vertebrated animals capable of hovering in the air at the time when the huge Ichthyosaurus was lord of the seas, is proved by a bird about the size of a rook, which was discovered in 1862, in the lithographic slate of Solenhofen in Bavaria, a stone-bed belonging to the period of the Upper Oolite. The skeleton of this valuable specimen, now in the British Museum, is almost entire, with the exception of the head, and retains even its feathers. Still older fossil mammalia have been found near Stuttgard, in the uppermost bed of the Tria-ssic deposits, and in the Lower Oolite of Oxfordshire. These interesting remains, which carry back the existence of the mammals to a very remote period, belong to small marsupial, or opossum-like, animals. The jaws, which are the principal parts preserved, are exceedingly minute, and remarkable for the number and distribution of their teeth, which prove them to have been either insectivorous or rodent. The remains of the Ichthyosauri and Plesiosauri occur chiefly in the Liassic group, but the more recent Cretaceous (Wealden) formation is distinguished by the presence of still more enormous land saurians. On their massive legs and unwieldy feet these monsters stood much higher than any reptile of our days, and resembled in bulk and stature the elephants of the present world. The carnivorous MIegalosaurus (for its sharply serrated teeth indicate this mode of life) appears to have preceded the gigantic Iguanodon, whose dentition denotes a vegetable food. Like the giant sloths of South America —the Megatherium and the Mylodon-the Iguanodon was provided with a long prehensile tongue and fleshy lips to seize the leaves and branches on which it fed. Professor Owen estimates its probable length at between fifty and sixty feet, and to judge by the proportions of its extremities, and particularly of its huge feet, it must have exceeded the bulk of the elephant eightfold. During the following Upper Cretaceous epoch flourished TIHE DIXOTTIERIUM. 23 the Mosasaurus, a marine saurian, first discovered in the quarries of St. Peter's Mount, near Maestricht,* and supposed to have been twenty-four feet in length. But the supremacy of the reptiles was now drawing to its close, and in the Tertiary period we at length see the M[ammalia assume a prominent place on the scene of life. The oldest of these tertiary quadrupeds differ so widely from those of the present day as to form distinct genera. The Paleotheriums, for instance, of which there are seventeen species, varying in dimensions from the size of a rhinoceros to that of a hog, combine in their skeleton mlany of the characters of the tapir, the rhinoceros, and the horse, while the Anoplotheriums, whose size varied from that of a hare to that of a dwarf ass, resembled in some respects the rhinoceros and the horse, and in others the hippopotamus, the hog, and the camel. In the Miocene epoch many of these more ancient quadrupeds no longer appear upon the scene, while others still flourish in its upper period along with still existing genera, and with forms long since extinct, such as the Dinotherium. This huge animal is particularly remarkable for its two large and heavy tusks, placed at the extremity of the lower jaw, and curved downwards like those in the upper jaw of the walrus. It was formerly supposed to be an herbivorous cretacean, and to have used its anterior limbs principally in the act of digging for roots. The remains on which these speculations were founded were the huge jaws and shoulder-blade discovered at Epplesheim in Hesse Darmstadt; but an immense pelvis of the animal, measuring six feet in breadth and four and a quarter feet inheight, discovered by Father Sanno Solaro, in the department of the Haute Garonne, proves that this supposed aquatic pachyderm was a gigantic marsupial, and that the dependent trunks of the unwieldy animal, instead of serving the purpose of anchoring it to the banks of rivers, answered the more homely, but equally important office, of lifting the young into the maternal pouch.'The renmarkable history of the successive discovery of its bones,' says Professor Haughton,' and the change of views consequent thereupon, should teach geologists modesty in the expression of * Chapter XXXVIII. 24 TIE SUBTERITANiEN WORLD. their opinion.' During this period also flourished in India, alongT with many other strange forms of life, the Colossochelys Atlas, a tortoise of the most gigantic proportions, measuring, probably, nearly twenty feet on the curve of the carapace, and dwarfing into insignificance the great Indian tortoise of the present day. The nearer we approach our own times, the greater becomes the proportion of still existing genera and species; and it is remarkable that as early as the Pliocene epoch we find a geographical distribution of mammalian life analogous to that which now characterises the various regions of the earth. Thus the fossil monkeys of South America have the nostrils wide apart like all the existing simire of the new world, and fossil m-onkeys with approximated nostrils, the characteristic mark of all the old world quadruinana, are exclusively found in Asia and in Europe, where now a small species of monkey is confined to the Rock of Gibraltar, but where, in the Upper Miocene times, large long-armed apes, equalling man in stature, lived in the oak forests of France. Thus also South America, where alone sloths and armadilloes exist at the present day, is the only part of the world where, in the younger tertiary rocks, the renma-ins of analogons mammals —the ieegatherium, the Mylodon, and the Glyptodon-have been found. The M'ylodon was a colossal sloth, eleven feet long and with a corresponding' girth. When we consider the I uge size of the pelvis and the massiveness of the limbs, we must needs conclude that Professor Owen could not possibly have given the unwieldy animal a more appropriate surname than that of robustus. The Megatherium was of still larger size. Its length was as much as eighteen feet, the breadth of its pelvis was six feet, and the tail, where it was attached to the body, must have mseasured-six feet in circumference. The thigh bone was nearly three times as great as that of the largest known elephant, the boines of the instep and those of the foot being also of corresponding size. The general proportions both of the lvegatherium and Mylodon resembled those of the elephant, the body being relatively as large, the legs shorter TIHE MEGATIIEI{-TUM. 25 and thicker, and the neck very little longer. The Megatherium may have had a short proboscis, but the Mylodon exhibits no mark of such contrivance. It is evident, from the bulk and construction of these huge animals, that they did not, like the sloths of the present day, crawl along the under side of the boughs till they had reached a commodious feeding place, but that, firmly seated on the strong tripod of their two hind legs and powerful tail, they uprooted trees or wrenched off branches with their fore limbs, which were well adapted for grasping the trunk or larger branches of a tree. The long and powerful claws were also, no doubt, useful in the preliminary process of scratching away the soil from the roots of the trees to be prostrated. This task accomplished, the long and curved fore claws would next be applied to the opposite sides of the loosened trunk.' The tree being thus partly undermined and'firmly grappled with, the muscles of the trunk, the pelvis, and hind limbs, animated by the nervous influence of the unusually large spinal cord, would combine their forces with those of the anterior members in the efforts at prostration. If now we picture to ourselves the massive frame of the Megatherium, convulsed with the mighty wrestling, every vibrating fibre reacting upon its bony attachment with a force which the sharp and strong crests and apophyses loudly bespeak, we may suppose that that tree must have been strong indeed which, rocked to and fro, to right and GLYPTODON CLAVIPES. left, in such an embrace, could long withstand the efforts of its ponderous assailant.' The Glyptodon, a colossal armadillo of the size of an 26 TIIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. ox, was covered with a thick heavy tessellated bony armour, which, when detached from the body, resembled the section of a large cask. This harness measured on its curve from head to tail at least six feet, and four feet from side to side, so that a Laplander might have squatted comfortably under its roof. In the superficial deposits of diluvial drift, in Germany and England, in Italy and Spain, in Northern Asia as well as in North America, between the latitudes of 40~ and 75~, the bones of the large extinct Pachyderms have been found, and become more and more abundant as we approach the ice-bound regions within the Arctic Circle. The Siberian tundras, and the islands in the Polar Sea beyond, are, above all, so rich in the fossil remains of the Mammoth, or primitive elephant, that its tusks form a not unimportant branch of commerce. From the presence of so large an animal in treeless wilds, where now only small rodents or their persecutors, the Arctic fox and snow owl, find the means of subsistence, it has been inferred that Siberia must in those times have enjoyed a tropical climate; but many weighty arguments have been arrayed against this opinion. The musk-ox, it is well known, prefers the stinted herbage of the Arctic regions, while the allied buffalo can only thrive in a warm country, and different species of bears are found in all zones; so also the primitive elephant was formed for a temperate or cold climate. Instead of being naked, like his living Asiatic and African relations, the Mammoth was covered with a warm clothing, well fitted to brave a low temperature, a fact sufficiently proved by the carcass of one of these animals which was found, in the year 1803, imbedded in a mass of ice on the bank of the Lena in latitude 70~. Its skin was covered first with black bristles, thicker than horse-hair, from twelve to sixteen inches in length, secondly with hair of a reddish-brown colour, about four inches long, and thirdly with wool of the same colour as the hair, about an inch in length. The discoveries of Middendorff on the banks of the Taymur likewise show that in those times the climate of Siberia was by no means tropical, for in latitude 75~ 15' he found the trunk of a larch imbedded with the bones of a Mammoth in THE MASTODON. 27 an alluvial stratum fifteen feet above the level of the sea. Fragments of pine leaves have likewise been extracted from cavities in the molar teeth of a fossil rhinoceros, discovered on the banks of the Wiljui, in latitude 64~. The numerous land and freshwater shells accompanying the Mammoth in the highest latitudes are also, almost without exception, identical with those now existing in Siberia. The Mastodon, though not uncommon among the fossils of the old world, is more abundantly found in North America. The molar teeth of this huge animal, whose grinding surfaces had their crowns studded with conical eminences, more or less resembling the teats of a cow, differed greatly from the flat-crowned grinders of the Mammoth; but both had twenty ribs like the living elephant, and must have been similar in size and general appearance. The body of the Mastodon would seem to have been longer, its limbs thicker and shorter, and, perhaps, its form, on the whole, rather approaching that of the hippopotamus, which it probably resembled also in some of its habits. Its mouth was broader than that of the elephant, and although it was certainly provided with a long trunk, it must have lived on soft succulent food, and it seems to have rarely left the marshes and muddy ponds, in which it would find ample food. The most complete, and probably the largest, specimen of the Mastodon ever found was exhumed in 1845, in the town of Newbury, New York, the length of the skeleton being twenty-five feet, and its height twelve feet. From another specimen, found in the same year, in Warren County, New Jersey, the clay in the interior within the ribs, just where the contents of the stomach might naturally have been looked for, furnished some bushels of vegetable substance. A microscopic examination proved this matter to consist of pieces of small twigs of a coniferous tree of the cypress family, probably the young shoots of the white cedar (Thuja occidentalis) which is still a native of North America. This interesting discovery likewise proves that the climate of North America was then, like that of Siberia, not very different from that of the present day. The most remarkable of the fossil Ruminants are found among the deer tribe. The largest of these is the Sivatherium 28 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. yiganteum, discovered in the Tertiary beds of the subHimalayan hills. It was a deer with four horns, and, to judge by the size of its bones, must have exceeded the elephant in its dimensions. Near this huge'antlered monarch of the waste' the extinct Cervus megaceros, found in the bogs and shallow marls of Ireland, appears as a mere dwarf, in spite of its large branching palmate. horns, often weighing eighty pounds, and a corresponding stature far exceeding that of our modern deer. The colossal size of many of the extinct plants and animals might seem to favour the belief that organic life has degenerated from its former powers; but a survey of existing creation soon proves the vital principle to be as strong and flourishing as ever. No fossil tree has yet been found to equal the towering height of the huge Sequoias and Wellingtonias of California; and though the Horsetails and Clubmosses of the Carboniferous ages may well be called colossal when compared with their diminutive representatives of the present day, yet their height by no means exceeded that of the tall bamboo of India. No fossil bivalve is as large as the Tridacna of the tropical seas; and though our nautilus is a mere piginy when compared with many of the Ammonites, our naked cuttlefishes are probably as bulky as those of any of the former geological formations. The living crustaceans and fishes are not inferior to their predecessors in size, and though the giant saurians of the past were much larger than our crocodiles, yet they do not completely dwarf them by comparison. The extinct Dinornis far surpassed the ostrich in size, but the Mammoth and the Mastodon find their equal in our elephant; and though the sloths of the present day are mere pigmies when compared with the Megatherium, yet no extinct mammal attains the size of the Greenland whale. The perfect preservation of so many fossil remains of animals and plants, which enables us to trace the progress of organic life on earth from one vast epoch to another, is surely wonderful enough; but we must consider it as a still greater wonder that phenomena usually so evanescent as foot-prints, ripple-marks, and rain-prints should in some * Chapter XIX. SUCCESSION OF SPECIES. 29 cases have been permanently engraved in stone, and appear as distinct after millions of years as if their traces had been left but yesterday. All these marks were at first printed on soft argillaceous mud, on the sea-shore, or on the borders of lakes and rivers, which retained them as they became dry. Sand or clay having then been drifted into the mould by the wind, or deposited in its cavity by the next tide, a permanent cast was made, indented in the lower stratum and standing out in relief on the upper one. Thus rain-drops on greenish slates of the Coal period, with several worm tracks, such as usually accompany rain-marks on the recent mud of modern beaches, have been discovered near Sydney, in Cape Breton. As the drops resemble in their average size those which now fall from the clouds, we may presume that the atmosphere of the Carboniferous period corresponded in density with that now investing the globe, and that different currents of air varied then as now in temperature, so as, by their mixture, to give rise to the condensation of aqueous vapour. In like manner it has been possible to detect the footprints of reptiles, even in shales as old as the Cambrian formation, and to follow their trail as they walked or crawled along. In the Upper New Red Sandstone (Lower Trias), near Hildburghausen, in Saxony, a strange unknown animal, supposed to belong to the frog order, has left foot-prints bearing a striking resemblance to the impressions made by a human hand; and in the still older red sandstone of Connecticut, a gigantic bird has marked a foot four times larger than that of the ostrich. It existed long before the Ichthyosaurus was seen on earth, and yet by a singular chance its traces, printed on a foundation proverbially unstable, have outlived the wreck of so many ages. However brief and defective the foregoing review of the fossil world may have been, it has still sufficed to point out the existence on our planet of so many habitable surfaces, each distinct in time, and peopled with its peculiar races of aquatic and terrestrial beings, all admirably fitted for the new states of the globe as they arose, or they would not sO THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. have increased and multiplied and endured for indefinite periods.' The proofs now accumulated,' says Sir Charles Lyell,'of the close analogy between extinct and recent species are such as to leave no doubt on the mind that the same harmony of parts and beauty of contrivance which we admire in the living creation has equally characterised the organic world at remote periods. Thus, as we increase our knowledge of the inexhaustible variety displayed in living nature, our admiration is multiplied by the reflection that it is only the last of a great series of pre-existing creations, of which we cannot estimate the number or limit in times past.' 31 CHAPTER III. SUBTERRANEAN HEAT. Zone of invariable Temperature —Increasing Temperature of the Earth at a greater Depth-Proofs found in Mines and Artesian Wells, in Hot Springs and Volcanic Eruptions-The whole Earth probably at one time a fluid mass. BORAN neither to soar into the air, nor to inhabit the deep waters, nor to pass his life in subterranean darkness, man is unable to depart to any considerable distance from the earth's surface. If he ascends in a balloon, he soon reaches the limits where the rarefied atmosphere renders breathing impossible; a few thousand feet limit his efforts to pierce the earth's crust; and should he be cast out into the sea, he is soon drowned. But beyond the limits to which his body is confined, his mind soars into space, and plunging into the unknown interior of our globe, seeks to unravel the mystery of its formation. In the following pages I purpose briefly to point out the circumstances which guide him in his speculations, and enable him to roam, at least in spirit, through the profound abysses of the subterranean world. As we all know, the temperature of the atmosphere soon communicates its changes to the surface of the earth; and our meadows, which when warmed by the rays of the sun are green and covered with flowers, harden in winter into a lifeless plain. But the influence of the sun's heat upon the soil is merely superficial, so that in the temperate zones the annual fluctuations of the thermometer are no longer perceptible at a depth of from 60 to 80 feet. Thus, in the cellars of the Parisian observatory, a thermometer, placed many years ago 86 feet below the surface, invariably indicates + 11~7 Celsius; the summer above may be ever so intensely hot, or the winter ever so cold, the 32 TlE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. column of mercury never deviates a hair's breadth fi'om the height it has once attained. Below these limits the warmth of the earth gradually increases-a fact placed beyond all doubt by the innumerable observations that have been made in mines, and during the boring of Artesian wells. For wherever sinkings have been made, a rising of the thermometer has always been found to take place as the anger penetrates to a greater depth below the surface. Thus, to cite but a few examples, the temperature of the Artesian well of Grenelle in Paris, which, at a depth of 917 French feet, amounted to + 22~2 C., increased at the depth of 1,655 feet to + 26~48, and. the water, which now gushes forth firom the depth of 1,684 feet, constantly maintains the same lukewarm temperature of + 27~70. During the boring of the well of Neusalzwerk,i in Westphalia, the temperature rose at the various depths of 580, 1,285, and 1,935 feet from +19'7 C. to + 27'5 and +31~4, until, finally, when the depth of 2,144 feet was attained, the saline spring issued forth with a constant temperature of + 33~6. As from the experience acquired in miines and Artesian wells, the temperature is found to increase by one degree for about every successive 80 or 100 feet, the internal warmth of the earth, supposing it to increase in the same proportion towards the centre, would, at the depth of 10,000 feet, be equal to that of boiling water, and at that of 80 or 100 miles sufficiently great to melt the hardest rock. Whether this steady increase really takes place is of course only matter of conjecture; but the history of hot springs and volcanic eruptions shows us that everywhere a very high degree of heat exists at considerable depths below the surface. Most springs in the temperate zone, without being warm in a remarkable degree, still possess a. higher temperature than the average warmth of the air in the locality where they gush forth, while in the tropical zone they are frequently cooler-a proof that in both cases they issue fromn a depth independent of the fluctuating atmospherical influences of the surface. While these cool or cold springs, spread in immense numbers over the earth, attest the existence everywhere of a subterranean source of heat, thae vartll and hot EXTENT OF VOLCANIC ACTION. 33 springs remind us of its intensity at more considerable depths. These thermal sources are confined to no climate, for in the cold land of the Tschuktschi, where the soil must be perpetually frozen to a depth of several hundred feet, boiling water is found to gush forth, as well as in the tropical Feejee Islands. The hot springs, though of frequent occurrence in all parts of the world, are not the only or principal vents of subterranean heat. Far greater quantities.of caloric are constantly pouring forth from the numerous volcanoes and solfataras, which are likewise distributed all over the surface of the globe. The violent convulsions which attend every outflow of lava, are proofs that these torrents of liquid stone must have been forced upwards from a far greater depth than the water of the hot springs. The temperature necessary for their production likewise points to this fact, for to melt stones a heat of at least 2,000~ C. is required. But volcanoes, like hot springs, are found in every zone; beyond the Arctic Circle, as well as in the most southern land attained by Sir James Ross in his memorable voyage. They line the coasts of the Pacific, as well as those of the Sea of Kamtschatka. They desolate Iceland, as they devoured Pompeii and Herculaneum; and everywhere they pour forth the same masses of fluid stone; so that the geologist is not able to distinguish the lavas of the Andes chain from those of Etna or Vesuvius. But phenomena so much alike in character, common to all parts of the globe, can hardly be dependent upon mere local circumstances, and speak loudly in favour of the theory which supposes our earth to have been at one time a ball of liquid fire. Wandering through space during a course of unnumbered ages, this huge mass of molten stones and metals gradually cooled, and at length got covered with a solid crust, below which the ancient furnaces are still burning, and striving to burst their fetters. Well may we say with Horace-' Icedimus per ignes Suppositos cineri doloso' D 34 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER IV. SUBTERRANEAN UPHEAVALS AND DEPRESSIONS. Oscillations of the Earth's Surface taking place in the present cay-First ascertained in Sweden —Examples of Contemporaneous Upheaval and Depression in France and England-Probable Causes of the Phenomenon. W HILE the sea and the atmospheric ocean are subject to perpetual fluctuations, and the poet justly compares the uncertain tenure of human prosperity with the restless wave or the inconstant wind, the solid earth is generally regarded as the emblem of stability. But an examination of the various strata of aqueous origin which constitute by far the greater part of the actual dry land soon shows the fallacy of this opinion. The fossils of marine origin which occur in so many of our oldest rocks, now situated far above the level of the ocean, must necessarily have been raised from the deep. On the towering Andes, fifteen thousand feet above the tide-marks of the Pacific, the geologist finds sea-shells imbedded in the rock, and high above the snow-line the chamois-hunter of the Alps wonders at the sight of spirally-wound Ammonites that once enjoyed life at the bottom of the Liassic Sea. In strata of a more modern date, we find, on the banks of the river Senegal, far inland, large deposits of the Area senilis, a mollusc still living on the neighbouring coast. On the borders of Loch Lomond, twenty feet above the level of the sea, shells of the edible cockle and sea-urchin repose in a layer of brown clay, and the banks of the Forth and of the Clyde, thirty feet higher than the storm tides, inclose remains of common shells of the present period, such as the oyster, the mussel, and the limpet. Along the shores of the Mediterranean, at Monte Video and at Valparaiso, in the isles of the Pacific and at the Cape, in California and Haiti, we meet UPHEAVAL AND DEPRESSION. 35 with similar instances of elevation, which, though geologically recent, may yet be of a sufficiently ancient date to have preceded the appearance of man on earth. But proofs are not wanting that the upheaving power which has wrought so many changes in the past is still actively employed in remodelling the surface of the earth. This important geological fact was first ascertained on the coast of Sweden, where the peculiar configuration of the shore makes it easy to appreciate slight changes in the relative level of land and water. For the continent is fringed with countless rocky islands, called the' skair, within which boats and small vessels sail in smooth water even when the sea without is strongly agitated. But the navigation is very intricate, and the pilot must possess a perfect knowledge of the breadth and depth of every narrow channel, and the position of innumerable sunken rocks. On such a coast even a slight change of level could not fail to become known to the mariner, and to attract the attention of the learned, as soon as the book of nature began to be more accurately studied. Early in the last century the Swedish naturalist Celsius collected numerous observations, all pointing to the fact of a slow elevation of the land. Rocks both on the shore of the Baltic and the German Ocean, known to have been once sunken reefs, were in his time above water; small islands in the Gulf of Bothnia had been joined to the continent, and old fishing grounds deserted, as being too shallow or entirely dried up. These changes of level, which he estimated at about three feet in a century, Celsius attributed to a sinking of the waters of the Baltic, owing possibly to the channel, by which it discharges its surplus waters into the Atlantic, having been gradually widened and deepened by the waves and currents. But the lowering of level would in that case have been uniform and universal over that inland sea, ancd the waters could not have sunk at Torneo while they retained their former level at Copenhagen, Wismar, Stralsund, and other towns which are now as close to the water's edge as at the time of their foundation. Playfair (1802) and Leopold von Buch (1807) first attributed the change of level to the slow and insensible rising of the land, and the subsequent in] 2 36 THE SUBTERRANEAN WOlLD. vestigations of Sir Charles Lyell in 1834 have placed the fact beyond a doubt. The attention of geologists having once been directed to the partial upheaval of the Scandinavian peninsula, similar facts were soon pointed out in other countries. At Bourgneuf, near La Rochelle, the remains of a ship wrecked on an oyster bank in the year 1752, now lie in a cultivated field, fifteen feet above the level of the sea; and, within a period of twenty-five years the parish has gained at least 1,500 acres, a very acceptable gift of the subterranean plutonic power. Port Bahaud, where formerly the Dutchmen used to take in cargoes of salt, is now 9,000 feet from the sea, and the Island of Olonne is at present surrounded only by swamps and meadows. These and similar phenomena, such as the constant rise of the chalk cliffs at -Marennes, cannot possibly be explained by recent driftings, but evidently proceed from a slow upheaval of the coasts and the adjacent sea-bed. On the opposite shores of the Atlantic, we find Newfoundland undergoing a similar process of elevation; for cliffs over which, thirty or forty years ago, schooners used to sail with perfect safety, are now quite close to the surface; and in the Pacific the depth of the channel leading to the port of Honolulu is gradually decreasing from the same cause. While many coasts thus show signs of progressive elevation, others afford no less striking proofs of subsidence, frequently in close proximity to regions of upheaval. Thus on the south-west coast of England, in Cornwall, Devon, and Somerset, submarine forests, consisting of the species still flourishing in the neighbourhood, are of such frequent occurrence that, according to Sir Henry de la Beche,' it is difficult not to find traces of them at the mouths of all the numerous valleys which open upon the sea.' Sometimes they are covered with mud or sand, and generally the roots are found in the situation where they originally grew, while the trunks have been horizontally levelled. At Bann Bridge, specimens of ancient Roman pottery have been discovered twelve feet below the level of the sea, and the remains of an old Roman road, now submerged six feet deep, prove that the subsidence of the land has been going on since the times of Julius Cesar and Agricola, POSITION OF STRATA. 37 On the east coast the phenomenon is still more striking, particularly in the Wash, that shallow bay between Lincolnshire and Norfolk on whose opposite shores a submarine forest extends, the trunks and stubbles of which become apparent at ebb-tide. On the coasts of Normandy and Brittany we likewise find traces of depression, pointing to some future time when perhaps many a bluff headland, now boldly fronting the ocean, may have disappeared beneath the waves. Huts of the Esquimaux and of the early Danish colonists on the coast of Greenland, now submerged at high tide, could not possibly have been originally constructed in so inconvenient a situation; and at Puynipet, in the South Sea, habitations sunk beneath the water likewise prove a gradual subsidence of the land. On many coasts and islands modern scientific explorers have hewn marks in the rock, to enable future generations to judge of the changes which are slowly but surely altering the configuration of the land and tracing new boundaries to the ocean. Had our forefathers left us similar memorials, we should know much more about the oscillatory movements of the earth-rind than we know now; but, unfortunately, experimental natural philosophy is but of recent date, and the marks chiselled out upon the Swedish rocks in the years 1731 and 1752 are the earliest records by which the chronological progress of elevation or subsidence can be distinctly ascertained. This phenomenon, which has played so important a part in the physical annals of our globe, having once been accurately determined, enables the geologist to explain many facts for which, before it became known, it was impossible to account. We now need not wonder at seeing sea-shells imbedded in the highest mountains or buried hundreds of fathoms under the ground, at alternating layers of marine and sweet-water deposits being frequently storied one above the other, or at originally horizontal strata being now found at every possible angle of inclination. The imperceptible slowness with which many of these vast changes are actually taking place warrants the inference that 38 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. violent volcanic revolutions have no doubt been far less instrumental in moulding the earth-rind to its present form than the slow oscillatory movements of elevation and depression which from time immemorial have been constantly altering its surface. The causes of these oscillatory movements are still very imperfectly known, though a probable hypothesis attributes them to the expansion by increased temperature of extensive deep-seated masses of matter. As the elevation of some tracts seems to coincide with the proportionate depression of others at a greater or less distance, these alternating upheavals and subsidences may possibly be the result rather of the lateral shifting of the flow of heat from one mass of subterranean matter to a neighbouring mass than of its positive increase on the whole.' Such a lateral diversion of the outward flow of heat,' says Mr. Poulett Scrope,'we may presume to be caused by the deposition over certain areas of thick newly-formed beds of.any matter imperfectly conducting heat, like sedimentary sands, gravels, clays, shales, or calcareous mud, by which the outward transmission of heat being checked, it must accunulate beneath, while a portion of it will pass off laterally to augment the temperature of mineral matter in neighbouring areas; just as the water of a spring, if its usual issue is blocked up, will accumulate in the fissures or pores of the rock containing it, until it finds a vent on either side and at a higher level. Owing to this increase, the resistance opposed by the overlying rocks in that quarter may be sooner or later overcome, and. their elevation brought about, through the dilatation of the mineral matter beneath.' 39 CHAPTERI V. SUBTERRANEAN WATERS AND ARTESIAN WELLS. Subterranean Distribution of the Waters —Adnirable Provisions of NatureHydrostatic Laws regulating the Flow of Springs-Tlhermal Springs-Intermittent Springs-The Geysir-Bunsen's Theory —Artesian Wells-Le Puits de Grenelle-Deep Borings-Various Uses of Artesian Wells-Artesian Wells in Venice and in the Desert of Sahara, IN every zone the evaporating power of the sun raises from the surface of the ocean vapours, which hover in the air until, condensed by cold, they descend in rain upon the earth. Here part of them are soon restored to the sea by the swollen rivers; another part is once more volatilised; but by far the larger quantity finds its slow way into the bowels of the earth, where it serves for the perennial supply of wells and springs. The distribution of these subterranean waters, and the simple laws which regulate their circulation, afford us one of the most interesting glimpses into the physical economy of our globe. We know that the greater part of the earth's surface is composed of stratified rocks, or alternate beds of impermeable clay and porous limestone or sand, which were originally deposited in horizontal layers, but have since been more or less displaced and set on edge by upheaving forces. Wherever permeable beds of limestone or sand crop out on the surface of the land, the residuary portions of rain-water which are not disposed of by floods or by evaporation, must necessarily penetrate into the pores and fissures, and descend lower and lower, until they finally reach an impermeable stratum which forbids their further progress to a greater depth. The granite, gneiss, porphyry, lava, and other unstratified and crystalline rocks of igneous origin, which cover about a 40 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. third part of the habitable globe, are likewise intersected by innumerable fissures and interstices, which, in a similar manner, collect and transmit rain-water. Thus the plutonic or volcanic forces which have gradually moulded the dry land into its present form have also provided it with the necessary filters, drains, reservoirs, and conduits, for the constant replenishment of springs, brooks, and rivers. As every porous layer is more or less saturated with moisture, the stratified rocks are frequently traversed at various depths by distinct sheets of water, or rather, in most cases, by permanently drenched or waterlogged sheets of chalk or sand. Thus, in a boring undertaken in search of coal at St. Nicolas d'Aliermont, near Dieppe, no less than seven very abundant aquiferous layers or beds of stone were met with from about 75 to 1,000 feet below the surface. In an Artesian boring at Paris, five distinct sheets of water, each of them capable of ascension, were ascertained; and similar perforations executed in the United States, and other countries, have in the same manner traversed successive stages of aqueous deposits. Thus there can be no doubt that vast quantities of water are everywhere accumulated in the porous strata of which a great part of the superficial earth-rind is composed, the rapidity with which they circulate varying of course with the amount of hydrostatic pressure to which they are subjected, and the more or less porous and permeable nature of the beds through which they percolate. Were the ground we stand on composed of transparent crystal, and the subterranean water-courses tinged with some vivid colour, we should then see the upper earth-crust traversed in every direction by aqueous veins, and frequently as saturated with water as the internal parts of our body are with blood. But Nature not only perennially feeds our springs and brooks from the inexhaustible fountains of the deep; it is also one of her infinitely wise provisions that the same water which, if placed in casks or open tanks, becomes putrid, continues fresh so long as it remains in the cavities and interstices of the terrestrial strata. While filtering through the earth, it is generally cleansed of all the organic substances whose decay would inevitably taint its purity, and comes forth AQUEDUCTS. 41 salubrious and refreshing, a source of health and enjoyment to the whole animal creation. The extreme limits to which the waters descend into the earth of course escape our direct observation, as the lowest point to which the subterranean regions have been probed is less than 2,000 or 2,500 feet below the level of the sea; but as we know from the formation of many basins that the strata of which they are composed attain in many cases a thickness of from 20,000 to 30,000 feet, there can hardly be a doubt that they are permeated by water to an equal depth. As steam plays so great a part in volcanic phenomena, the seat or effective cause of which must needs be sought for at an immense distance below the surface of the earth, we have another proof of the vast depth to which the subterranean migrations of water are able to attain. After this brief glimpse into the reservoirs of the deep, we have to ascertain the power which raises their liquid contents and forces them to reappear upon the surface of the earth. If we pour water into a tube, bent in the form of the letter u, it will rise to an equal level in both branches. We will now suppose that the left branch of the tube opens at the top into a vast reservoir, which is able to keep it constantly filled, and that the right branch is cut off near the bottom, so that only a small vertical piece remains. The pressure of the water column in the left branch will in this case force the liquid to gush out of the orifice of the shortened right branch to the level which it occupied while the branch was still entire. These two hydrostatic laws, or rather these two modifications of the same law, have been frequently put to practical uses, as, for instance, in the communicating tubes which distribute the waters of an elevated source or reservoir to the various districts of a town, or in the subterranean conduits which serve to create fountains, such as those of Versailles or the Crystal Palace. When the Romans intended to lead water from one hill to another, they constructed, at a vast expense, magnificent aqueducts across the intermediate valley; but the Turks, whom we look upon as ignorant barbarians, obtain the same result in a much more economical manner, and in this respect far 42 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. surpass the anlcients, who, had they been better acquainted with the first principles of hydrostatics, would indeed have left us fewer specimens of their architectural skill, but would at the same time have saved themselves a great deal of unnecessary expense. Down the slope of the hill from which the water is to be conducted, the Turks lay a tube of brick or metal, which, crossing the valley, moulds itself to its different inflections, and ultimately ascends the declivity of the hill on the opposite side, where, in virtue of the law above cited, the water rises as high as on that from which it descended. If we suppose the descending branch of the tube to be prolonged only as far as the level of the valley, with a superficial orifice, then the liquid will of course gush forth in a vertical column, and form a jet d'eau, or fountain, its height being determined by the elevation of the sheet of water by which it is fed, and the consequent degree of pressure which acts upon it. This is the principle on which all artificial fountains are constructed. The conduit, for instance, which feeds the grand fountain of the Tuileries receives its water from a reservoir situated on the heights of Chaillot. Whatever the form of the tube may be in which the liquid is contained, the simple hydrostatic law which regulates its level remains unmodified. Let the tube be circular, elliptic, or square, with a single orifice or with many-let it be open or choked with pebbles or permeable sand-in every case the water will invariably rise to the same height, provided the tube be perfectly water-tight; or else gush forth wherever it finds an opening below the highest level. This hydrostatic principle so perfectly illustrates the origin of springs, that it is almost superfluous to enter into any further details on the subject. When we consider that porous or absorbent strata, alternating with impermeable strata, frequently crop out on the back or on the slope of hills or mountains, and then, having reached their base, extend horizontally beneath the plain, there can be no doubt that they are placed in the same hydrostatic conditions as ordinary water-conducting tubes, and that wherever any fissure or opening occurs in the sulperincumbent impervious strata at any point below HOT AND COLD SPRINGS. 43 the highest level of the water, springs must necessarily be formed. As the same strata often extend over many hundreds of miles, we cannot wonder that sources frequently issue from the centre of immense plainss for the hydrostatic pressure which causes them to gush forth may have its seat at a very considerable distance. As the waters by which the springs are fed have often vast subterranean journeys to perform, their temperature is naturally independent of that of the seasons or of the changes of the atmosphere. Thus, cold springs occur in a tropical climate, when their subterranean channels descend from high mountains, and boiling sources gush forth in the Arctic regions when forced upwards from a considerable depth. While the waters filter through the earth, they also naturally dissolve a variety of substances, and hence all springs are more or less impregnated with extraneous particles. But many of them, particularly such as are of a higher temperature, contain either a larger quantity or so peculiar a combination of mineral substances as to acquire medicinal virtues of the highest order. The geological phenomena which favour the production of thermal springs are extremely interesting, and point to a deep-seated origin. By far the greater number of these fountains arise near the scene of some great subterranean disturbance, either connected with volcanic action, or with the elevation of a chain of mountains, or lastly by cliffs and fissures caused by disruption. Thus the thermal springs of Matlock and Bath accompany great natural fissures in the mountain limestone, and the hot springs of Wiesbaden and Ems, of Carlsbad and Toeplitz, all lie contiguous to remarkable dislocations, or to great lines of elevation, or to the neighbourhood of a volcanic focus. One of the most remarkable phenomena of thermal springs is the constant invariableness of their temperature and their mineral impregnation. During the last fifty or sixty years, ever since accurate thermometrical observations and chemical analyses have been made, the most celebrated mineral sources of Germany have been found to contain the same proportion of mineralt substafnces, This is t ruly astonishing 44 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. when we consider that the latter are merely dissolved by the waters while passing through the bowels of the earth, and that a considerable number of them are frequently found together in the same source. Another remarkable fact is, that, even in countries exposed to violent, and frequent earthquakes, so many subterranean watercourses have remained unaltered for 2,000 years at least. The sources of Greece still flow apparently as in the times of Hellenic antiquity. The spring of Erasinos, two leagues south of Argos, on the declivity of the Chaonian mountains, is mentioned by Herodotus. At Delphi the Cassotis (now Wells of Saint Nicholas) still flow under the ruins of the temple of Apollo, and the hot baths of Aidepsos still exist in which Sylla bathed during the Mithridatic war. Many springs exhibit the singular phenomenon of an intermittence which is independent of the quantity of rain falling in the district, or of the flux and reflux of the tide in a neighbouring river. In many cases the simple and wellknown hydrostatical law exemplified in the common siphon* affords a very ready and sufficient explanation of the phenomenon. In the annexed diagram the vessel a communicates, by a tube c, with the siphon tube b, and it is manifest that when the water in a rises above the level of the top of b, it * A siphon, as is well known, is a bent tube, having one leg longer than the other. When this tube is filled with any liquid, and the shorter end is immersed in a vessel containing liquid of the same kind, the weight of the column in the longer leg will cause the liquid to begin to run out, and it will continue running till the vessel is emptied. This arises from the pressure of air on the exposed surface of fluid, forcing it up through the tube to prevent vacuum, which would otherwise be formed at the highest point; and the extreme limit of length at which the siphon will act is therefore determined by the height of a column of the fluid equal to the pressure of the atmosphere (fifteen pounds on the square inch). The limit in the case of water is something more than thirty feet. INTERMITTENT SPRINGS. 45 will begin to flow over and escape, as at d. But as soon as this is the case the tube b begins to act as a siphon, and draws off all' the water in a, so that if a constant supply is poured into a, but at a rate slower than the rate of the discharge at d, there will be an intermittent discharge, the interval depending on the relation of the rate of filling to that of emptying. The case of a subterranean cavity in a limestone rock, slowly fed by drainage from the cracks and fissures of the rock above, and communicating at a distant point with the surface by a bent or siphon tube, is evidently strictly analogous. SECTION OF AN INTERMITTENT SPRING. Iceland, pre-eminently the land of volcanic wonders, possesses in the Great Geysir the most remarkable intermittent fountain in the world.' At the foot of the Laugarfjall hill, in a green plain, through which several rivers meander like threads of silver, and where chains of dark-coloured mountains, overtopped here and there by distant snow-peaks, form a grand but melancholy picture, dense volumes of steam indicate fron afar the site of a whole system of thermal springs congregated on a small piece of ground not exceeding twelve acres in extent. In any other spot the smallest of these boiling fountains would arrest the traveller's attention, but here his whole mind is absorbed by the Great Geysir. In the course of countless ages, this monarch of springs has formed out of the silica which it deposits a mound which rises to about thirty feet above the general surface of the 46 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. plain, and slopes on all sides, to the distance of a hundred feet or thereabouts, from the border of a large circular basin situated in its centre, and measuring about fifty-six feet in the greatest diameter and fifty-two feet in the narrowest. In the middle of this basin, forming as it were a gigantic,~;-=~-~;~ -__ _:__f-=:=p>-_:2. _-:_= _=. GEYSIRS OF ICELAND. funnels there is a pipe or tube, which at its opening in the basin is eighteen or sixteen feet in diameter, but narrows considerably at a little distance from the mouth, and then appears to be not more than ten or twelve feet in diameter. It has been probed to a depth of seventy feet, but it is more than probable that hidden channels ramify further into the bowels of the earth. The sides of the tube are smoothly polished, and so hard that it is not possible to strike off a piece of it with a hammer. Generally the whole basin is found filled up to the brim with sea-green water as pure as crystal, and of a temperature of from 180~ to 190'. Astonished at the placid tranquillity of the pool, the traveller can hardly believe that he is really standing on the brink of the far-famed Geysir; but suddenly a subterranean thunder is heard, the ground trembles under his feet, the water in the basin begins to simmer, and large bubbles of steam rise from. the tube and burst on reaching the surface, throwing up small jets of spray to the height of several feet. Every THE GEYSIRS OF ICELAND. 47 instant he expects to witness the grand spectacle which has chiefly induced him to visit this northern land; but soon the basin becomes tranquil as before, and the dense vapours produced by the ebullition are wafted away by the breeze. These smaller eruptions are regularly repeated every eighty or ninety minutes, but frequently the traveller is obliged to wait a whole day or even longer before he sees the whole power of the Geysir. A detonation louder than usual precedes one of these grand eruptions; the water in the basin is violently agitated; the tube boils vehemently; and suddenly a magnificent column of water, clothed in vapour of a dazzling whiteness, shoots up into the air with immense impetuosity, to the height of eighty or ninety feet, and, radiating at its apex, showers water and steam in every direction. A second eruption and a third rapidly follow, and after a few minutes fhe fairy spectacle has passed away like a fantastic vision. The basin is now completely dried up, and on looking down into the shaft, the traveller is astonished to see the water about six feet from the rim, and as tranquil as in an ordinary well. After about thirty or forty minutes it again begins to rise, and after a few hours reaches the brim of the basin. Soon the subterranean thunder, the shaking of the ground, the simmering above the tube begin againa new gigantic explosion takes place, to be followed by a new period of rest-and thus this wonderful play of nature goes on, day after day, year after year, and century after century. The mound of the Geysir bears witness to its immense antiquity, as its water contains but a minute portion of silica.' - The explanation of these wonderful phenomena has exercised the ingenuity of many natural philosophers; but Professor Bunsen's theory seems the most plausible. Having first ascertained, by experiment, that the water at the mouth of the tube has a temperature, corresponding to the pressure of the atmosphere, of about 21.2~ F., he found it much hotter at a certain depth below; a thermometer, suspended by a string in the pipe, rising to 266" F., or no less than 48~ above the boiling point. By letting down stones, suspended by strings, to various depths, he next came to the conclusion,'The Polar World.' p. 54. 48 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. that the tube itself is the main seat or focus of the imechanical power which forces the huge water column upwards. For the stones which were sunk to greater distances from the surface were not cast up again when the next eruption of the Geysir took place, whereas those nearer the mouth of the tube were ejected to a considerable height by the ascending water-column. Other experiments also were made, tending to demonstrate the singular fact that there is often scarcely any motion below when a violent rush of steam and water is taking place above. It seems that when a lofty column of water possesses a temperature increasing with the depth, any slight ebullition, or disturbance of equilibrium, in the upper portion may first force up water into the basin, and then cause it to flow over the edge. A lower portion, thus suddenly relieved of part of its pressure, expands, and is converted into vapour more rapidly than the first, owing to its greater heat. This allows the next subjacent stratum, which is much hotter, to rise and flash into a gaseous form; and this process goes on till the ebullition has descended from the middle to near the bottom of the funnel.* In many geological basins, the deep subterranean waters are frequently inclosed over a surface of many square miles between impermeable beds of clay or hard rock, which nowhere permit them to escape; but if a hole be bored deep enough to reach a permeable bed, it is evident that they will then gush forth more or less violently, according to the degree of hydrostatic pressure which acts upon them. This is the simple theory of the Artesian Wells, so called from the French province of Artois, where, as far back as the beginning of the twelfth century, springs of water were artificially obtained by perforating the soil to a certain depth in places where no indication of springs existed at the surface. The barbarous inhabitants of the Sahara seem, however, to have long preceded the Artesians in the art of sinking deep wells, for Olympiodorus, a writer who flourished at Alexandria about the middle of the sixth century, mentions pits sunk in the oasis to the depth of 200 or 300 yards, and pouring forth streams of water, used for irrigation. * Liebig's'Annalen,' translated in'Reports and Meinmoirs of the Cavendish Society,' London, 1848, p. 351. THE WELL OF GRENELLE. 49 By the aid of geological science, and of greater mechanical skill, Artesian borings* are at present frequently undertaken in civilised countries, wherever the nature of the ground promises success, and the want of water is sufficiently great to warrant the attempt. Sometimes the water is reached at a moderate distance from the surface, but not seldom it has been found necessary to bore to a depth of 200 or 300 fathoms. Often efforts, even on this large scale, have proved vain, and the work has been abandoned in despair. One of the most remarkable instances on record of a successful sinking for water is that of the Artesian well of Grenelle, one of the Parisian suburbs. POROUS STRATA. ARTESIAN WELL SUNK IN THE LONDON BASIN. The work was begun with an auger of about a foot in diameter, and the borings showed successively the alluvial soil and subsoil, and the tertiary sands, gravels, clays, lignite, &c., until the chalk was reached. The work was then carried on regularly through the hard upper chalk down to the lower chalk with green grains, the dimension of the auger being reduced at 500 feet to a nine-inch, and at 1,300 feet to a six-inch aperture. When the calculated depth of 1,500 feet had been reached, and as yet no result appeared, the Government began to be disheartened. Still, upon the urgent representations of the celebrated Arago, the sinking was continued, until at length, at the depth of 1,800 feet, the auger, after a * See Chapter on Mines in general, for a short account of earth-boring operations. E 50 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. violent shock which made the ground tremble, suddenly turned without an effort.'Either the auger is broken, or we have gained our ends' exclaimed the director of the work; and a few moments after, a large column of water gushed out of the orifice. It took more than seven years to accomplish this grand work (1833-41), which was retarded by numberless difficulties and accidents. About half-a-million gallons of perfectly limpid water of a temperature of 82~ Fahr. are daily supplied by the Puits de Grenelle, and amply repay its cost (862,432 fr. 65 centimes= 14,5001.). The high temperature of Artesian springs, when rising from considerable depths, has been turned to various practical uses. Thus, near Canstadt, in Wurtemberg, several mills are kept in work, during the severest cold of winter, by means of the warm water of Artesian wells which has been turned into the mill-ponds, and at Heilbronn several proprietors save the expense of fuel by leading Artesian water in pipes through their green-houses. In some localities the pure and constantly temperate Artesian waters are made use of for the cultivation of cress. The vigorous growth of this salutary herb in the beds of rivulets, where natural springs gush forth, gave the idea of this application, which is so profitable that the cress nurseries of Erfurt yield a produce of 12,0001. a year. Fish ponds have also been improved by such warm springs being passed through them. Among the localities benefited by the boring of Artesian wells, Venice deserves to be particularly noticed. Formerly the City of the Doges had no other supply of water but that which was conveyed by boats from the Brenta, or obtained from the rain collected in cisterns. Hence the joy of the inhabitants may be imagined, when, in 1846, an Artesian boring in the Piazza San Paolo began to disgorge its water at the rate of forty gallons per minute, and when other undertakings of the same kind proved equally successful. Wherever a well gushes forth in the Sahara, it brings life into the wilderness; the date-tree flourishes as far as its fertilising waters extend, and the wandering Arab changes into a sedentary cultivator of the soil. Thus the boring of Artesian wells on the desert confines of South Algeria has ARTESIAN WELLS IN ALGERIA. 51 been the means of wonderful improvement, and if the French have too often marked their dominion in Africa by a barbarous oppression of the Arabs, they, in this respect at least, appear in the more amiable light of public benefactors. A boring apparatus was first landed at Philippeville in April 1856, and conveyed with immense difficulty to the Oasis Wad Rir at Tamerna. The work was begun in May, and on the 19th of June, a spring, to which the grateful inhabitants gave the name of the' Well of Peace,' gushed forth. Soon after another source was tapped at Tamelhat, in the Oasis Temacen, and received the name of the'Well of God's blessing.' The beneficent instrument of abundance was now conveyed to the Oasis Sidi Rasched, fifteen miles beyond Tuggurt. Here the anger had scarcely reached a depth of 120 feet when a perfect stream gushed forth, which, according to the praiseworthy Arab custom, received the name of the'Well of Thanks.' The opening of this wonderful source gave rise to many touching scenes. The Arabs came in throngs to witness the joyful spectacle: each of them poured some of the water over his head, and the mothers bathed their children in the gushing flood. An old scheik, unable to conceal his emotion, fell down upon his knees, and shedding tears of joy, fervently thanked God for having allowed him to witness such a day. The next triumph was the boring of four wells in the desert of Morran, where previously no spring had existed. In the full expectation of success, everything had been prepared to turn this new source of wealth to immediate use, and part of a nomadic tribe instantly settled on the spot, and planted 1,200 date-trees. A dreary solitude was changed, as if by magic, into a scene of busy life. These few examples suffice to show the vast services which Artesian wells are destined at some future time to render to many of the arid regions of Africa. Both in the Sahara and in the basin-shaped deserts, which extend, under various names, fromn the Cape Colony to the neighbourhood of Lake Ngami, there are, beyond all doubt, numberless spots where water, the fertilising element, may be extracted from the bowels of the earth. E2 52 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. In the droughty plains of Australia also a vast sphere of utility is reserved to the Artesian wells. Here, also, they will subdue the desert, unite one coast to another by creating stations in the wilderness, and, with every new source which they call to life, promote both material progress and intellectual improvement. I~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~ - -- -- - - - E I~~~ -. MEDDLE A.ND VALLEY IKE CRATERS MOUNT --— B-E-s- SOUTH — S RALS~x COAPTER OES VOLCANOESo Volcanic Mountains-Extinct and Active Craters-Their Size-Dangerous Craterexplorations-Dr. Judd in the Kilauea Pit-Extinct Craters-Their BeautyThe Crater of Mount Vultur in Apulia-Volcanoes still constantly formingJorullo and Isalco-Submarine Volcanoes-Sabrina and Graham's IslandSantorin-Number of Volcanoes-Their Distribution-Volcanoes in a constant state of eruption-Stromboli-Fumaroles-The Lava Lakes in Kilauea-Volcanic Paroxysms-Column of Smoke and Ashes-Detonations-Explosion of Cones-Disastrous Effects of Showers of Ashes and Lapilli-Mud StreamsFish disgorged from Volcanic Caverns-Eruption of Lava-Parasitic ConesPhenomena attending the Flow of a Lava Stream-Baron Papalardo-Meeting of Lava and Water-Scoriae-Lava and Ice-Vast Dimensions of several Lava Streams-Scenes of Desolation-Volcanoes considered as safety-valves-Probable Causes of Volcanoes. VOLCANOES are vents which either have communicated, or still communicate, by one or several chimney-like canals or shafts, with a focus of subterranean fire, emitting, or having once emitted, heated matter in a solid, semi-liquid, or gaseous state. The first eruption of a volcano necessarily leaves a mound of scoriae and lava, while numerous eruptions at length raise mountains, which are frequently of an amazing extent and height. These mountains, which are generally called volcanoes, though in reality they are but an effect of volcanic action situated far beneath their base, are called extinct when for many centuries they have exhibited no signs of combustion-cactive, when, either perpetually or from time to time, eruptions or exhalations of lava, scoriae, or gases take place from their summits, or from vents in their sides. Their shape is generally that of a more or less truncated cone; but while some, like Cotopaxi or the Peak of Teneriffe, rise with abrupt declivities in the shape of a sugar-loaf, others, like Mauna Loa in the island of 54 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Hawaii, gradually, and almost imperceptibly, ascend from a vast base embracing many miles in circuit. Their heights also vary greatly. While some, like Madana in Santa Cruz, or Djebel Teir on the coast of the Red Sea, scarcely raise their summits a few hundred feet above the level of the ocean, others, like Chuquibamba (21,000 feet), or Aconcagua (22,434 feet), hold a conspicuous rank among mountains of the first class. The summit of a volcano generally terminates in a central cavity or crater, where the eruptive channel finds its vent. Craters are sometimes regularly funnel-shaped, descending with slanting sides to the eruptive mouth, but more commonly they are surrounded with high precipitous rock-walls, while their bottom forms a plain, which is frequently completely horizontal, and sometimes of a considerable extent. Its surface is rough and uneven, from the mounds of volcanic sand, of scorise, or of hardened lava with which it is covered, and generally exhibits a scene of dreadful desolation, rendered still more impressive by the steam and smoke, which, as long as the volcano continues in an active state, issue from its crevices. Within this plain, the eruptive orifice or mouth of the volcano is almost universally surrounded by an elevation, composed of ejected fragments of scorise thrown from the vent. Such cones are forming constantly at Vesuvius, one being no sooner destroyed by any great eruption, before another begins to take shape and is enlarged, till often it reaches a height of several hundred feet. Thus the crater of an active volcano is the scene of perpetual change-of a continual construction and re-construction, and the sands of the sea, do not afford a more striking image of inconstancy. The various craters are of very different dimensions. While the chief crater of Stromboli has a diameter of only fifty feet, that of Gunong Tenger, in Java, measures four miles from end to end; and, though the depth of a crater rarely exceeds 1,000 or 1,500 feet, the spectator, standing on the brink of the great crater of Popocatepetl, looks down into a gulf of 8,000 feet. From the colossal dimensions of the larger craters, it may VOLCANIC CRATERS. 55 well be imagined that their aspect exhibits some of the sublimest though most gloomy scenery in nature-the picture of old Chaos with all its horrors. The volcano Gunong Tjerimai, in Java, which rises to the height of 9,000 feet, is covered with a dense vegetation up to the crater's brink. On emerging from the thicket, the wanderer suddenly stands on the verge of an immense excavation encircled with naked rocks. He is obliged to hold himself by the branches of trees, or to stretch himself flat upon the ground, so as to be able to look down into the yawning gulf. The deep and inaccessible bottom of the crater loses itself in misty obscurity, and glimmers indistinctly through the vapours which are there slowly and incessantly ascending from its mysterious depths. All is desolate and silent, save when a solitary falcon, hovering over the vast chasm, awakes with her discordant screech the echoes of the precipice. Through a telescope may be seen, in various parts of the huge crater walls, swarms of small swallows, which have there built their nests, flying backwards and forwards. The eye can detect no other signs of life, the ear distinguish no other sound. Humboldt describes the view down the crater of the RucuPichincha-a volcano which towers above the town of Quito to a height of 15,000 feet-as the grandest he ever beheld during all his long wanderings. Guided by an Indian, he ascended the mountain in 1802, and after scaling, with great difficulty and no small danger, its steep and rocky sides, he at length looked down upon the black and dismal abyss, whence clouds of sulphurous vapour were rising as from the gates of hell. The descent into the crater of an active volcano is at all times a difficult and hazardous enterprise, both from the steepness of its encircling rock walls, and the suffocating vapours rising from its bottom; but it is rare indeed that a traveller has either the temerity or the good fortune to penetrate as far as the very mouth of the eruptive channel, and to gain a glimpse of its mysterious horrors. When M. Houel visited Mount Etna in 1769, he ventured to scale the cone of stones and ashes which had been thrown up in the centre of the crater, where thirty years before there was only a prodigious chasm or gulf. On ascending this mound, which 56 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. emitted smoke from every pore, the adventurous traveller sunk about mid-leg at every step, and was in constant terror of being swallowed up. At last, when the summit was reached, the looseness of the soil obliged him to throw himself down flat upon the ground, that so he might be in less danger of sinking, while at the same time the sulphurous exhalations arising from the funnel-shaped cavity threatened suffocation, and so irritated his lungs as to produce a very troublesome and incessant cough. In this posture the traveller viewed the wide unfathomable gulf in the middle of the crater, but could discover nothing except a cloud of smoke, which issued from a number of small apertures scattered all around. From time to time dreadful sounds issued from the bowels of the volcano, as if the roar of artillery were rebellowed throughout all the hollows of the mountain. They were no doubt occasioned by the explosions of pent-up gases striking against the sides of these immense caverns, and multiplied by their echoes in an extraordinary manner. After the first unavoidable impression of terror had been overcome, nothing could be more sublime than these awful sounds, which seemed like a warning of Etna not to pry too deeply into his secrets. Dr. Judd, an American naturalist, who, in 1841, descended into the crater of Kilauea, on Mauna Loa, in Hawaii, wellnigh fell a victim to his curiosity. At that time, the smallest of the two lava pools which boil at the bottom of that extraordinary pit appeared almost inactive, giving out only vapours, with an occasional jet of lava at its centre. Dr. Judd, considering the quiet favourable for dipping up some of the liquid with an iron ladle, descended for the purpose to a narrow ledge bordering the pool. While he was preparing to carry out his plans, his attention was excited by a sudden sinking of its surface; the next instant it began to rise, and then followed an explosion, throwing the lava higher than his head. He had scarcely escaped from his dangerous situation, the moment after, by the aid of a native, before the lava boiled up, covered the place where he stood, and, flowing out over the northern side, extended in a stream a mile wide to a distance of more than a mile and a half! In extinct volcanoes, the picture of desolation originally EXTINCT VOLCANOES. 57 shown by their craters has not seldom been changed into one of charming loveliness. Tall forest trees cover the bottom of the Tofua crater in Upolu, one of the Samoan group; and in the same island, a circular lake of crystal purity, belted with a girdle of the richest green, has formed in the depth of the Lanuto crater. The lakes of Averno near Naples, and of Bolsena, Bracciano, and Ronciglione, likewise fill the hollows of extinct craters, constituting scenes of surpassing beauty, rendered still more impressive by the remembrance of the stormy past which preceded their present epoch of tranquillity and peace. Mr. Mallet describes, with glowing colours, the singular beauty of ~^ c~ ~O'I EXTINCT CRATER OF HALEAKALA. the forest scenery around the two extinct craters of Mount Vultur in Apulia, which time has converted into two deep circular lakes.' I descend amongst aged trunks and overarching limbs, and pass over masses of rounded lava-blocks and cemented lapilli. All is quietude; the soft breeze of a quiet winter's afternoon fans across the embosomed water, from the early wheat-fields and the furrowed acres of the opposite steep slopes, and brings the gentle ripple lapping amongst the roots of the old hazels at my feet.' Off before me, and to my left, crowning the slope, are the grey ruins of some ancient church or castle, and far above me to the right, nestled against the lava crags, behind and 58 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. above it, standing out white and clear, I see the strong buttressed mass of-the monastery of St. Michael. How hard it is to realise that this noble and lovely scene, full of every leafy beauty, was once the innermost bowl of a volcano; that every stone around me, now glorious in colour with moss and lichen, sedum and geranium, was once a glowing mass, vomited from out that fiery and undiscovered abyss, which these placid waters now bury in their secret chambers.' The line of demarcation between active and extinct volcanoes is not easily drawn, as eruptions have sometimes taken place after such long intervals of repose as to warrant the belief that the vents from which they issued had long since been completely obliterated. Thus, though nearly six centuries have passed since the last eruption of Epomeo in the island of Ischia, we are not entitled to suppose it extinct, since nearly seventeen centuries elapsed between this last explosion and the one which preceded it. Since the beginning of the fourteenth century Vesuvius also enjoyed a long rest of nearly three hundred years. During this time the crater got covered with grass and shrubs, oak and chestnut trees grew around it, and some warm pools of water alone reminded the visitor of the former condition of the mountain, when, suddenly, in December 1631, it resumed its ancient activity, and seven streams of lava at once burst forth from its subterranean furnaces. While, in many volcanic districts, such as that of the Eifel on the left bank of the Rhine, and of Auvergne, in Central France, the once active subterranean fires have long since been extinguished, and no eruption of lava has been recorded during the whole period of the historic ages, new volcanoes, situated at a considerable distance from all previously active vents, have arisen from the bowels of the earth, almost within the memory of living man. From the era of the discovery of the New World to the middle of the last century, the country between the mountains Toluca and Colima, in Mexico, had remained undisturbed, and the space, now the site of Jorullo, which is one hundred miles distant from each of the abovementioned volcanoes, was occupied by fertile fields of sugarcane and indigo, and watered by two brooks. In the month of June 1759, hollow sounds of an alarming nature were SUBAQUEOUS VOLCANOES. 59 heard, and earthquakes succeeded each other for two months, until, at the end of September, flames issued from the ground, and fragments of burning rocks were thrown to prodigious heights. Six volcanic cones, composed of scoria and fragmentary lava, were formed on the line of a chasm, which ran in the direction of N.E. to S.W. The least of the cones was 300 feet in height, and Jorullo, the central volcano, was elevated 1,600 feet above the level of the plain. The ground where now, in Central America, Isalco towers in proud eminence, was formerly the seat of an estancia or cattleestate. Towards the end of the year 1769, the inhabitants were frequently disturbed by subterranean rumblings and shocks, which constantly increased in violence, until on February 23, 1770, the earth opened, and pouring out quantities of lava,, ashes, and cinders gave birth to a new volcanic mountain. Besides those volcanic vents which are situated on the dry land, there are others which, hidden beneath the surface of the sea, reveal their existence by subaqueous eruptions. Columns of fire and smoke are seen to rise from the discoloured and agitated waters, and sometimes new islands are gradually piled up by the masses of scoriae and ashes ejected from the mouth of the submarine volcano. In this manner the island of Sabrina rose from the bottom of the sea, near St. Michael's in the Azores, in the year 1811; and still more recently, in 1831, Graham's Island was formed in the Mediterranean, between the coast of Sicily and that projecting part of the African coast where ancient Carthage stood. Slight earthquake shocks preceded its appearance, then a column of water like a water-spout, 60 feet high and 800 yards in circuinference, rose from the sea, and soon afterwards dense volumes of steam, which ascended to the height of 1,800 feet. Then a small island, a few feet high with a crater in its centre, ejecting volcanic matter, and immense columns of vapour, emerged from the agitated waters, and in a fortnight swelled to the ample proportions of a height of 200 feet, and a circumference of three miles. But both Sabrina and Graham's Island, being built of loose scorie, were soon corroded by the waves, and their last traces have long since disappeared under the surface of the ocean. 60 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Near Pondicherry, in India; near Iceland, in the Atlantic Ocean; half a degree to the south of the equator in the prolongation of a line drawn from St. Helena to Ascension; near Juan Fernandez, &c., similar phenomena have occurred within the last hundred years, but, probably, nowhere on a grander scale than in the Aleutian Archipelago, where, about thirty miles to the north of Unalaska, near the isle of Umnack, a new island, now several thousand feet high and two or three miles in circumference, was formed in 1796. The whole bottom of the sea between this new creation of the volcanic powers and Umnack has been raised by the eruptive throes which gave it birth; and where Cook freely sailed in 1778, numberless cliffs and reefs now obstruct the passage of the mariner. The famous subaqueous volcano which, in the year 186 before the Christian era, began its series of historically recorded eruptions, by raising the islet of Hiera (the' Sacred') in the centre of the Bay of Santorin, opened two new vents in 1866. Amid a tremendous roar of steam and the shooting up of prodigious masses of rock and ashes, two islets were formed, which ultimately rose to the height of 60 and 200 feet. The eruption continued for many months, to the delight and wonder of the numerous geologists who came from all sides to witness the extraordinary spectacle. Thus, in many parts of the ocean, we see the submarine volcanic fires laying the foundations of new islands and archipelagos, which, after repeated eruptions following each other in the course of ages, will probably, like Iceland, extend over a considerable space and become the seats of civilised man. As a very considerable part of the globe has never yet been scientifically explored, it is, of course, impossible to determine the exact number of the extinct and active volcanoes which are scattered over its surface. Werner gives a list of 193 volcanoes, and Humboldt mentions 407, of which 225 are still in a state of activity. The newest computation of Dr. Fuchs, of Heidelberg,* increases the number to a total of 672, of which 270 are active. Future geographical discoveries will, no doubt, make further additions to the list, and show that at least through a thousand different vents - I Die vulcaniscelhn Ershebinulngen der ErdC.' Liepzig, 1865. j"'-faj"___'irj o0T' -— ~ ______ _______ ____ ____I bH_0.!t.. -. -. - LI. - T... - - - - - ~ "' _' —-..r..-~~-""........i......................'' - ~- ~^ ~-'-~ - ~- $ v:)~ — ~_ _ ~~ti" —-' —-:1 0::.~T'O~ ~ O~ " T- A S J.o l o s u 1I I~'" — i —-" —--- L/ ^ s ^n ^I-I i -t-^ ~i —-—''M^^^^ ~' T......? -.''-,,,..!:........-.. S| i.. (,J4,~.$o1ooooj 01en.~~.~sfU "~CI?- ~4' BJ -~! oo; \ I., I ~. ~ - - 0 9 0 _ - - ________ IT.. 0.......................................I.... \...................... 0J -00 —00S0 - * __ ____ t___I 000(03:a. 4 09(09091~~~~n-e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - ). — --'C6C3:i. |..........................L......:.. Z........... I -,. 9 0 -..,'...................."I...............:"- - """".........'""i'"o.............:....' T -c(On~~~~B;3g k 0~ - -—..1. ~ —~aR - - _ L_.................. — d —d....... ___ 0 ___ ) O "; ~I~?L"' __,_..~. 0000090c9So b ~ __ 1) 27 -s -Z- Itws-m. gz-~l~3. ——...-Lv "Yza, j T l..........:. i..tYN1..............1.....* j" -.~~.~..~~... ~-.3. ~~ ~........ l~l:~ B VOLCANIC RANGES. 61 the subterranean fires have, at various periods of the earth's history, piled up their cones of scoriae and lava. The volcanoes are very unequally distributed over the surface of the globe, for, while in some parts they are thickly clustered together in groups or rows, we find in other parts vast areas of land without the least sign of volcanic action. An almost uninterrupted range of volcanoes extends in a sinuous line from the Gulf of Bengal, through the East Indian Archipelago, the Moluccas, the Philippines, Formosa, Japan, and the Kuriles, to Kamtschatka. This desolate peninsula is particularly remarkable for the energy of its subterranean fires, as Ermann mentions no less than twentyone active volcanoes, ranged in two parallel lines throughout its whole length, and separated from each other by a central range of mountains, containing a large and unknown number of extinct craters. In Java, where more than thirty volcanoes are more or less active, the furnaces of the subterranean world are still more concentrated and dreadful. The immense mountain-chains which run parallel to the western coasts of America are likewise crowned with numerous volcanic peaks. Chili alone has fourteen active volcanoes, Bolivia and Peru three, Quito eleven. In Central America we find twenty-one volcanoes, which are chiefly grouped near the Lake of Nicaragua, and to the west of the town of Guatemala. The peninsula of Aljaska, and the chain of the Aleiites, possess no less than thirty-six volcanos, scattered over a line about 700 miles long; and thus we find the eastern, western, and northern boundaries of the Pacific encircled with a girdle of volcanic vents, while the subterranean fires have left the western shores of the Atlantic comnparatively undisturbed. With the exception of Iceland, which is famous for the widely devastating eruptions of its burning mountains, the volcanic energies of Europe are at present limited to the submarine crater of Santorin, and to the small area of Etna, Vesuvius, and the Lipari Islands. But, situated in the centre of the ancient seats of civilisation, and for so many centuries the object of the naturalist's researches, of the 62 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. traveller's curiosity, and of the poet's song, they surpass in renown all other volcanic regions in the world. Most other volcanoes vent their fury over lands either so wild or so remote that the history of their eruptions almost sounds like a legend from another planet; but thousands of us have visited Etna and Vesuvius, and the explosion of their rage menaces towns and countries which classical remembrances have almost invested with the interest of home. Some volcanoes are in a continual state of eruption. Isalco, born, as we have seen, in 1770, has remained ever since so active as to deserve the name of the Faro (lighthouse) of San Salvador. Its explosions occur regularly, at intervals of from ten to twenty minutes, and throw up a dense smoke and clouds of ashes and stones. These, as they fall, add to the height and bulk of the cone, which is now about 2,500 feet high. For more than two thousand years, the fires of Stromboli have never been extinct, nor has it ever failed to be a beacon to the mariner while sailing after nightfall through the Tyrrhenian Sea. Mr. Poulett Scrope, who visited Stromboli in 1820, and looked down from the edge of the crater into the mouth of the volcano, some 300 feet beneath him, found the phenomena precisely such as Spallanzani described them in 1788.'Two rude openings show themselves among the black chaotic rocks of scoriform lava which form the floor of the crater. One, is to appearance, empty, but from it there proceeds, at intervals of a few minutes, a rush of vapour, with a roaring sound, like that of a smelting furnace when the door is opened, but infinitely louder. It lasts about a minute. Within the other aperture, which is perhaps twenty feet in diameter, and but a few yards distant, may be distinctly perceived a body of molten matter, having a vivid glow even by day, approaching to that of white heat, which rises and falls at intervals of from ten to fifteen minutes. Each time that it reaches in its rise the lip of the orifice, it opens at the centre, like a great bubble bursting, and discharges upwards an explosive volume of dense vapour, with a shower of fragments of incandescent lava and ragged scoriae, which rise to a height of several hundred feet above the lip of the crater.' The volcanoes of Masaya, near the lake of the same name THE VOLCANO OF MAUNA LOA. 63 in Nicaragua; of Sioa, in the Moluccas; and of Tofna, in the Friendly Islands, are also, like Stromboli, in a state of permanent eruption. But far more commonly the volcanoes burst forth only from time to time in violent paroxysms, separated from each other by longer phases of moderate activity, during which their phenomena are confined to the exhalation of vapours and gases, sometimes also to the ejection of scoriae or ashes; to the oscillations of lava rising or subsiding in the shaft of the crater, to the gentle outflow of small streams of lava from its eruptive cone, and to slight commotions of its border. A continual or periodical exhalation of steam and gases from the shaft of the crater or from chasms and fissures in its bottom, is the commonest phenomenon shown by an active volcano while in a state of tranquillity. Aqueous vapours compose the chief part of these exhalations, and along with other volatile substances, such as sulphuretted hydrogen, sulphurous acid, muriatic acid, and carbonic acid, form the steam-jets or fumaroles, which escape with a hissing or roaring noise from all the crevices and chasms of the crater, and, uniting as they ascend in a single vapourcloud, ultimately compose the lofty column of steam which forms so conspicuous a feature in the picturesque beauty of Etna or Vesuvius. High on the summit of Mauna Loa, where all vegetation has long since ceased, the warm steam of the fumaroles gives rise to a splendid growth of ferns in crevices sheltered from the wind; and on the island of Pantellaria, the shepherds, by laying brushwood before the fumaroles, condense the steam, and thus procure a supply of water for their goats. The gentle fluctuations of lava in a crater while in a state of moderate activity are nowhere exhibited on a grander scale than in the pit of Kilauea on Mauna Loa. The mountain rises so gradually as almost to resemble a plain, and the crater appears like a vast gulf excavated in its flanks. The traveller perceives his approach to it by a few small clouds of steam, rising from fissures not far from his path. While gazing for a second indication, he stands unexpectedly upon the brink of the pit. A vast amphitheatre seven miles and a half in circuit has opened to view. Beneath a gray rocky precipice of 650 feet, a narrow plain 64 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. of hardened lava extends, like a vast gallery, around the whole interior. Within this gallery, below another similar precipice of 340 feet, lies the bottom, a wide plain of bare rock more than two miles in length. Here all is black monotonous desolation, excepting certain spots of a bloodred colour, which appear to be in constant yet gentle agitation. When Professor Dana visited Kilauea (December 1840), he was surprised at the stillness of the scene. The incessant motion in the blood-red pools was like that of a cauldron in constant ebullition. The lava in each boiled with such activity as to cause a rapid play of jets over its surface. One pool, the largest of the three then in action, was afterwards ascertained by survey to measure 1,500 feet in one diameter and 1,000 in another; and this whole area was boiling, as seemed from above, with nearly the mobility of water. Still all went on quietly. Not a whisper was heard from the fires below. White vapours rose in fleecy wreaths from the pools and numerous fissures, and above the large lake they collected into a broad canopy of clouds, not unlike the snowy heaps or cumuli that lie near the horizon on a clear day, though their fanciful shapes changed more rapidly. On descending afterwards to the black ledge or gallery at the verge of the lower pit, a half-smothered gurgling sound was all that could be heard from the pools of lava. Occasionally, there was a report like that of musketry, which died away, and left the same murmuring sound, the stifled mutterings of a boiling fluid. Such was the scene by day-awful, melancholy, dismalbut at night it assumed a character of indescribable sublimity. The large cauldron, in place of its bloody glare, now glowed with intense brilliancy, and the surface sparkled with shifting points of dazzling light, occasioned by the jets in constant play. The broad canopy of clouds above the pit, which seemed to rest on a column of wreaths and curling heaps of lighted vapour, and the amphitheatre of rocks around the lower depths, were brightly illuminated from the boiling lavas, while a lurid red tinged the distant parts of the inclosing walls and threw their cavernous recesses into deeper shades of darkness. Over this scene of restless fires PHENOMENA OF ERUPTION. 65 and fiery vapours, the heavens by contrast seemed unnaturally black, with only here and there a star, like a dim point of light. A paroxysmal eruption is generally announced by the intensification of the phenomena above described. Slight earthquakes are felt in the neighbourhood of the volcano, and follow each other in more rapid succession and with greater violence as the catastrophe draws near. A deep noise like the rolling of thunder, or like the roar of distant artillery, is heard under the ground; the white steam from the crater ascends in denser clouds, which soon acquire a darker tinge; and now the bottom of the crater suddenly bursts with a terrific crash, and with the rapidity of lightning, an immense column of black smoke shoots up into the air, and, expanding at its upper end into a broad horizontal canopy, assumes a shape which has been compared with that of the Italian pine, the graceful tree of the South. As the column of smoke spreads over the sky, it obscures the light of the sun and changes day into night. Along with the smoke, showers of glowing lava are cast high up into the air, and, rising like rockets, either fall back into the crater or rattle down the declivity of the cone. At night the scene assumes a character of matchless grandeur, when tlhe column of smoke-or, more properly speaking, of scoria, vapour, and impapable dust-is illuminated by the vivid light of the lava glowing in the crater beneath. It then appears as an immense pillar of fire, rising with steady majesty in the midst of the uproar of all the elements, and ever and anon traversed by flashes of still greater brilliancy from the masses of liquid lava hurled forth by the volcano. The detonations which accompany an eruption are sometimes heard as single crashes, at others as a rolling thunder or as a continuous roaring. They are frequently audible at an astonishing distance, over areas of many thousand square miles, and with such violence that they may be supposed to proceed from the immediate neighbourhood. Thus, during the eruption of Cosiguina in Nicaragua, which took place in the year 1834, the detonations were heard as loud as a thunderstorm in the neighbourhood of Kingston in Jamaica, F 66 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. and even at Santa Fe de Bogota, which is a thousand miles distant from the volcano. With the increase of steam generated during an eruption, the quantity of ejected scorise likewise increases in an astonishing manner, so that the volcano's mouth resembles a, constantly discharging mine of the most gigantic dimensions. The stones and ashes projected during a volcanic eruption vary considerably in size, from blocks twelve or fifteen feet in diameter to the finest dust. Both their immense quantity, and the force with which they are hurled into the air, show the utter insignificance of the strength displayed by the most formidable engines invented by man when compared with elementary power. Huge blocks are shot forth, as from the cannon's mouth, to a perpendicular elevation of 6,000 feet, and La Condamine relates that in 1533 Cotopaxi hurled stones of eight feet in diameter in an oblique direction to the distance of seven miles. The lighter scoris, carried far away by the winds, not seldom bury whole provinces under a deluge of sand and ashes; and their disastrous effects, spreading over an immense area, are frequently greater than those of the lava-streams, whose destructive power is necessarily confined to a narrower space. To cite but a few examples, the rain of sand and ashes which in 1812 menaced the Island of St. Vincent with the fate of Pompeii soon buried every trace of vegetation, and the affrighted planters and negroes fled to the town. But here also the black sand, along with many larger stones, fell rattling like hail upon the roofs of the houses, while at the same time a tremendous subterranean thunder increased the horrors of the scene. Even Barbadoes, though eighty miles from St. Vincent's, was covered with ashes. A black cloud, approaching from the sea, brought with it such pitchy darkness that in the rooms it was impossible to distinguish the windows, and a white pocket-handkerchief could not be seen at a distance of five inches. The fall of ashes caused in April 1815 by the eruption of the Temboro, in Sumbawa, not only devastated the greater part of the island, but extended in a westerly direction to Java, and to the north, as far as Celebes, with such an intensity that it became perfectly dark at noon. The roofs RESULTS OF SINGLE ERUPTIONS. 67 of houses at the distance of forty miles were broken in by the weight of the ashes that fell upon them. To the west of Sumatra the surface of the sea was covered two feet deep with a layer of floating punice or scorise, through which ships with difficulty forced their way. By the terrific eruption of Cosiguina in the Gulf of Fonseca, in Central America, in 1835, all the ground within a radius of twenty-five miles was loaded with scorie and ashes to the depth of ten feet and upwards, while the lightest and finest ash was carried by the winds to places more than 700 miles distant. Eight leagues to the southward of the crater the ashes covered the ground to the depth of three yards and a half, destroying the woods and dwellings. Thousands of cattle perished, their bodies being in many instances one mass of scorched flesh. Deer and other wild animals sought the towns for protection; birds and beasts were found suffocated in the ashes, and the neighbouring streams were strewed with dead fish. When we consider the amazing quantity of stones and ashes ejected in these and similar instances by volcanic power, we cannot wonder that considerable mountains have frequently been piled up by one single eruption. Thus in the Bay of Baise near Naples, MLonte Nuovo, a hill 440 feet high, and with a base of more than a mile and a half in circumference, formed, in less than twelve hours, on September 29, 1538; and a few days gave birth to Monte Minardo, near Bronte, on the slopes of Etna, which rises to the still more considerable height of 700 feet. It would be curious to calculate how many thousands of workmen, and what length of time, man would need to raise mounds like these, produced by an almost instantaneous effort of nature. In other cases the expansive power of the elastic vapours, which cast up these prodigious masses from the bowels of the earth, is such as to blow to pieces the volcanic cone through which it seeks its vent. In Quito there is an ancient tradition that Capac Urcu, which means' the chief,' was once the highest volcano near the equator, being higher than Chimborazo, but at the beginning of the fifteenth century a prodigious eruption took place which broke it down. The fragments of trachyte, says F2 68 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Mr. Boussingault, which once formed-the conical summit of this celebrated mountain, are at this day spread over the plain. On August 11, 1772, the Pepandajan, in Java, formerly one of the highest mountains of the island, broke out in eruption; the inhabitants of the country around prepared for flight, but, before they could escape, the greater part of its summit was shivered to pieces and covered the neighbourhood with its ruins, so that in the upper part of the Gurat valley forty villages were completely buried. During the dreadful eruption of 1815, the Temboro, in Sumbawa, is said to have lost at least one-third of its height from the explosion of its summit, and similar instances are mentioned as having occurred among the volcanoes of Japan. In the year 1638 a colossal cone called the Peak, in the Isle of Timor, one of the Moluccas, was entirely destroyed by a paroxysmal explosion. The whole mountain, which was before this continually active, and so high that its light was visible, it is said, three hundred miles off, was blown up and replaced by a concavity now containing a lake. Again, according to M. Moreau de Jonnes, in 1718, on March 6-7, at St. Vincent's, one of the Leeward Isles, the shock of a terrific earthquake was felt, and clouds of ashes were driven into the air, with violent detonations, from a mountain situated at the eastern end of the island. When the eruption had ceased, it was found that the whole mountain had disappeared like the baseless fabric of a dream. The disastrous effects of the showers of sand, pumice, and lapilli ejected by a volcanic eruption are increased by the transporting power of water. The aqueous vapours which are evolved so copiously from volcanic craters during eruptions, and often for a long time subsequently to the discharge of scoriae and lava, are condensed as they ascend in the cold atmosphere surrounding the high volcanic peak; and the clouds thus formed, being in a state of high electrical tension, give rise to terrific thunderstorms. The lightning flashes in all directions from the black canopy overhanging the mountain, the perpetually rolling thunder adds its loud voice to the dreadful roar of the labouring volcano, while torrents of rain, sweeping along the light dust and scorise which they WARNINGS OF COMING ERUPTION. 69 carry down with them from the air, or meet with on their way, produce currents of mud, often more dreaded than streams of lava, from the far greater velocity with which they move. It not seldom happens that the eruptions of volcanoes rising above the limits of perpetual snow are preceded or accompanied by the rapid dissolution of the ice which clothes their summits or their sides, owing to the high temperature imparted to the whole mass of the mountain by the vast conflict raging within. Thus in January 1803 one single night sufficed to dissolve or sweep away the enormous bed of snow which in times of rest covers the steep cone of Cotopaxi (18,858 feet high), so that on the following morning the dark mountain, divested of its brilliant robe, gave warning to the affrighted neighbourhood of the terrific scenes that were about to follow. The volcanoes of Iceland, which mostly rise in the midst of vast fields of perpetual ice, frequently exhibit this phenomenon. On October 17, 1758, the eruptive labouring of Kotlingia gave birth to three enormous torrents, which carried along with them such masses of glacier fragments, sand, and stones as to cover a space fifty miles long and twenty-five miles broad. Blocks of ice as large as houses, and partly bearing immense pieces of stone on their backs, were hurried along by the floods; and soon after the eruption took place with a terrific noise. A very singular phenomenon sometimes occurs in the gigantic volcanoes of the Andes. By the infiltration of water into the crevices of the trachytic rock of which they are composed, the caverns situated at their declivities or at their foot are gradually changed into subterranean lakes or ponds, which frequently communicate by narrow apertures with the Alpine brooks of the highlands of Quito. The fish from these brooks live and multiply in these subterranean reservoirs thus formed, and when the earthquakes which precede every eruption of the Andes chain shake the whole mass of the volcano, the caverns suddenly open and discharge enormous quantities of water, mud, and small fish. When in the night between the 19th and 20th of June 1698, the summit of Carguairazo (18,000 feet high) was blown up, so that of the whole crater-rim but two enormous peaks 70 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. remained, the inundated fields were covered, over a surface of nearly fifty square miles, with fluid tuff and clay-mud enveloping thousands of dead fish. Seven years before, the malignant fever which prevailed in the mountain-town of Ibarra to the north of Quito was attributed to the effluvia arising from the putrid fish ejected by the volcano of Imbaburu. Amidst all these terrible phenomena-the dreadful noise, the quaking of the earth, the ejection of stones and asheswhich, often continuing for weeks or months, shake the deepest foundations of the volcano, fiery streams of liquid lava gush forth sooner or later as from a vase that is boiling over. Their appearance generally indicates the crisis of the subterranean revolution, for the rage of the elements, which until then had been constantly increasing, diminishes as soon as the torrent has found an outlet. The lava rarely issues from the summit crater of the mountain; much more frequently it flows from a lateral rent in the volcano's side, which, weakened and dislocated in its texture by repeated shocks, at length gives way to the immense pressure of the lava column boiling within. From the vast size of these eruptive rents, we may form some idea of the gigantic power of the forces which give them birth. Thus during the great eruption of Etna in 1669, the south-east flank of the mountain was split open by an enormous rent twelve miles long, at the bottom of which incandescent lava was seen. The extreme length of the fissure whicl gave lateral issue to the lava of Kilauea in 1840 was twenty-five miles, as could distinctly be traced through the disturbance of the surface rocks above; and in the terrific eruption of Skaptar Jokul, which devastated the west coast of Iceland in 1783, lava gushed forth from several vents along a fissure of not less than 100 miles in length. In some cases the whole mass of the volcano has been cleft in two. Vesuvius was thus rent in October 1822 by an enormous fissure broken across its cone in a direction N.W.-S.E. Here and there along the line of such a rent, cones of eruption are thrown up in succession at points where the gaseous matter obtains the freest access to the surface, and LAVA STREAMS. 71 has power to force up lava and scoriae. Few indeed, if any, of the greater volcanic mountains are unattended by such minor elevations, clustering about its sides like the satellites of a planet. Professor Dana found Mauna Loa covered with numerous parasitic cones, and Mr. Darwin counted several thousands on one of the Gallapagos Islands. On the flanks of Etna, according to Professor Sartorius von Waltershausen, more than 700 of them are to be seen, almost all possessing craters, and each marking the source of a current of lava. Though they appear but trifling irregularities when viewed from a distance as subordinate parts of so imposing and colossal a mountain, many of them would nevertheless be deemed hills of considerable height in almost any other region. The double hill near Nicolosi, called Monte Rossi, formed in 1669, is 450 feet high and two miles in circumference at its base; and Monte Minardo, near Bronte, on the east of the great volcano, is upwards of 700 feet in height.*'On looking down from the lower borders of the desert region of Etna,' says Sir Charles Lyell,'these minor volcanoes, which are most abundant in the woody region, present us with one of the most delightful and characteristic scenes in Europe. They afford every variety of height and size, and are arranged in beautiful and picturesque groups. However uniform they may appear when seen from the sea, or the plains below, nothing can be more diversified than their shape when we look from above into their craters, one side of which, as we have seen, is generally broken down. There are indeed, few objects in nature more picturesque than a wooded volcanic crater. The cones situated in the higher parts of the forest zone are chiefly clothed with lofty pines, while those at a lower elevation are adorned with chestnuts, oaks, and beech-trees.' As the point where a lava-current finds a vent is often situated at a considerable distance below the surface of the liquid column in the internal chimney of the volcano, the pressure from above not seldom causes the lava to spout forth in a jet, until its level in the crater shaft has been reduced to that of the newly-formed orifice. Thus, when * See p. 67. 72 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Vesuvius was rent by the dreadful paroxysmal eruption of 1794, the lava was seen to shoot up in magnificent fountains as it issued from the openings along the fissure. Further on, the lava flows down the mountain's side according to the same laws which regulate the movements of any other stream, whether of water, mud, or ice: more rapidly down an abrupt declivity, slower where the slope is more gradual; now accumulating in narrow ravines, then spreading out in plains; sometimes rushing in fiery cascades down precipices, and, where insurmountable obstacles oppose its progress, not seldom breaking off into several branches, each of which pursues its independent course. At the point where it issues, the lava flows in perfect solution, but, as its surface rapidly cools when exposed to the air, it soon gets covered with scorise, which are dashed over each other in wild confusion, by successive foods of liquid stone, so as to resemble a stormy sea covered with ice-blocks. But the liquefied stone not only hardens on its external surface; it also becomes solid below, where it touches the colder soil, so that the fluid lava literally moves along in a crust of scorie, which lengthens in the same proportion as the stream advances. The movements of the lava-current are of course considerably retarded by the formation of scorie, so that, unless where a greater inclination of the soil gives it a new impulse, it flows slower and slower. Thus the lava-stream which was ejected by Etna during the great eruption of 1669, performed the first thirteen Italian miles of its course in twenty days, or at the average rate of 162 feet per hour, but required no less than twenty-three days for the last two miles. While moving on, its surface was in general a mass of solid rock; and its mode of advancing, as is usual with lava streams, was by the occasional fissuring of the solid walls. Yet, in spite of the tardiness of its progress, the inhabitants of Catania watched its advance with dismay, and rushed into the churches to invoke the aid of the Madonna and the Saints. One citizen only, a certain Baron Papalardo, relied more upon his own efforts than upon supernatural assistance, and set out with a party of fifty men, dressed in skins to protect them from the heat, and armed with iron crows and hooks for PROJECTION OF LAVA INTO THE SEA. 73 the purpose of breaking open one of the solid walls of scoriae that flanked the liquid current, so as to divert it from the menaced city. A passage was thus opened for a rivulet of melted matter, which flowed in the direction of Paterno; but the inhabitants of that town being alarmed for their safety, took up arms against Papalardo, whose fifty workmen would hardly have been able to cope with the powers of nature. Thus, slowly but irresistibly, the lava advanced up to the walls of Catania, which, being formed of huge Cyclopean blocks, and no less than sixty feet high, at first stemmed the fiery stream. But the glowing floods, pressing against the rampart, rose higher and higher, and finally reaching its summit, rushed over it in fiery cataracts, and destroying part of the town, at length disgorged themselves into the sea, where they formed a not inconsiderable promontory. A truly gigantic conflict might naturally be expected from the meeting of two such powerful and hostile bodies as fire and water. This, however, is by no means the case, for as soon as the lava enters the sea, the rapid evaporation of the water that comes into immediate contact with it accelerates the cooling of the surface and thickens the hard external crust to such a degree that very soon all communication is cut off between the water and the fiery mass. While the lava continues to advance from the land, the crust of scorie is prolonged in the same proportion, and should it be rent here and there, steam is at once developed with such violence as to prevent all further access of the water into the interior of the fissures. Thus, Breislak informs us that, in 1794, the eruption of a lava-stream into the Bay of Naples, near Torre del Greco, took place with the greatest tranquillity, so that he himself was able to observe the advancing of the lava into the sea while seated in a boat immediately near it, without being disturbed by explosions or any other violent phenomenon. As the crust of scoriae is so bad a conductor of heat, it occasions a very slow cooling and hardening in the interior of the lava-stream, forming as it were a vessel in which the liquid fire can be retained and preserved for a long time. When Elie de Beaumont visited the lava-stream of Etna, nearly two years after its eruption in 1832, its interior was 74 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. still so warm that he could not hold his finger in the hot steam issuing from its crevices. It has also been proved, on trustworthy evidence, that after twenty-five and thirty years, many lava-streams of Etna still continued to emit heat and steam; and after twenty-one years it was possible to light a cigar in the crevices of the lava that issued from Jorullo in 1759. Another extremely curious effect of the scorie being such bad conductors of heat is, that masses of snow will remain unmelted, though a lava-stream rolls over them. Thus, in 1787, the lava of Etna flowed over a large deposit of snow, which, however, was by no means fully liquefied, but remained for the greatest part entire, and gradually changed into a granular and solid mass of ice. This was traced in 1828, by the geologist Gemellaro, for a distance of several hundred feet under the lava, and most likely still reposes under it as in an ice-cellar. The cliffs which form the vast crater-ring of the Isle of Deception, in the extreme Southern Atlantic, are likewise composed of alternate layers of ice and lava. Probably in both these cases the ice-beds had been covered before the lava flowed over them, by a rain of scorire and volcanic sand, which is so well known among the shepherds in the higher regions of Etna as a bad conductor of caloric, that, to obtain a supply of water for their herds during the summer, they cover some snow a few inches deep with volcanic sand, which entirely prevents the penetration of solar heat. Most of the recent lava-streams evolve from all their fissures and rents a quantity of vapour, so as to be dotted with innumerable fumaroles, and to exhibit, as they flow along, a smoking surface by day and a luminous one by night. At first these fumaroles are so impetuous that they frequently puff up the lava-crust around their orifices into little cones or hillocks, consisting of blocks of scorike irregularly piled up over each other, and from whose summit the vapours continue to ascend. As the mass cools, they are naturally lessened in numbers and in power; but in 1803 HIumboldt still saw fumaroles from twenty to thirty feet high, rising from the small cones which covered by thousands the great lavastream of Jorullo of the year 1759. The vast dimensions of single lava-streams give proof of SKAPTAR JOKULL AND MAUNA LOA. 75 the enormous powers which forced them out of the bowels of the earth. The lava-stream of Vesuvius which destroyed Torre del Greco in 1794, is 17,500 French feet long, and when it reached the town was more than 2,000 feet wide and forty feet deep. While this mighty mass of molten stone, the volume of which has been reckoned at about 457 millions of cubic feet, was descending towards the sea, another stream, whose mass is computed at about one-half of that of the former, was flowing in the direction of Mauro. This single eruption has therefore furnished more than 685 millions of cubic feet of lava, equal to a cube of 882 feet, in which at least a dozen of the largest churches, palaces, and pyramids on earth might conveniently find room. If to the solid lava we add the astonishing quantities of scorise, sand, and ashes thrown out by this same eruption, we may formn some idea of the masses of matter which were in this one instance ejected from the interior of the earth. The volume of the lava-stream which flowed from the volcano of the Isle of Bourbon in the year 1787 is estimated at 2,526 millions of cubic feet; but even this astonishing ejection of molten stone is surpassed by that which took place during the eruption of Skaptar Jokull * in 1783, when the lava rolled on to a length of fifty miles, and, on reaching the plain, expanded into broad lakes, twelve and fifteen miles in diameter and a hundred feet deep. In the great eruption of Mauna Loa, which commenced on the 30th of May 1840, the lava began to flow from a small pit-crater called Avare, about six miles from Kilauea. The light was seen at a distance, but, as there was no population in that direction, it was supposed to proceed from a jungle on fire. The next day another outbreak was perceived farther towards the coast, and general alarm prevailed among the natives, now aware of the impending catastrophe. Other openings followed, and by Monday the 1st of June the large flow had begun, which formed a continuous stream to the sea, which it reached on the 3rd. This flood issued from several fissures along its whole course, instead of being an overflow of lava from a single opening; it started from an * A detailed account of this eruption, one of the most dreadful on record, is given in' The Polar World,' chap. vi. p. 81. 76 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. elevation of 1,244 feet, as determined by Captain Wilkes, at a point twenty-two miles distant from the first outbreak, and twelve from the shore. The scene of the flowing lava, as we are told by those who saw it, was indescribably magnificent. As it rolled along it swept away forests in its course, at times parting and inclosing islets of earth and shrubbery, and at other times undermining and bearing along masses of rock and vegetation on its surface. Finally, it plunged into the sea with loud detonations, and for three weeks continued to disgorge itself with little abatement. The light which it emitted converted night into day over all eastern Hawaii. It was distinctly visible for more than one hundred miles at sea, and at the distance of forty miles fine print could be read at midnight. As previous to the eruption, the whole vast pit of Kilauea had been filled to the brim with the lava, which, bursting through the flanks of the mountain, thus found a vent towards the sea, we have some means of estimating the volume of the ejected masses in the actual cubic contents of the emptied pit. The area of the lower pit, as determined by the surveys of the American Exploring Expedition, is equal to 38,500,000 square feet. Multiplying this by 400 feet, the depth of the pit after the eruption, we have 15,400,000,000 cubic feet for the solid contents of the space occupied by lava before the eruption, and therefore the actual amount of the material which flowed from Kilauea. This is equivalent to a triangular range 800 feet high, two miles long, and over a mile wide at base! Though generally symptoms of violent disturbance, such as shakings of the earth and loud thundering noises, precede.the eruption of lava, yet this is not always the case. Thus the craters of Mount Kea have frequently disgorged their masses of molten stone without such accompanying phenomena. In 1843, when the volcano poured out a flood of lava, reaching for twenty-five miles down its side, all took place so quietly that persons at the foot of the mountain were unaware of it, except from the glare of light after the action had begun. Through its progress no sounds were heard below, nor did it cause any perceptible vibrations, except in the region of the outbreak, and there none of much violence. PROGRESS OF LAVA STREIAMS. 77 The lava sometimes cools down with a smooth, solid, undulating surface, marked with rope-like lines and concentric folds, such as are seen on any densely viscid liquid if drawn out as it hardens; but much more frequently it appears as if shattered to a chaos of ruins. The fragments vary from one to hundreds of cubic feet, or from a half-bushel measure to a house of moderate size. They are of all shapes, often in angular blocks, and sometimes in slabs, and are horribly rough, having deep recesses everywhere among them. The traveller shudders as his path leads him over a lava-field, thus bristling with myriads of spikes, where the least false step would precipitate him into the deep cavities, among the jagged surfaces and edges. This scene of horrid confusion often extends for miles in every direction, and, viewed from its central part, the whole horizon around is one wide waste of gray and black desolation, beyond the power of words to describe. The breaking up of a lava-field into chaotic masses evidently proceeds from a temporary cessation, either complete or partial, and a subsequent flow of a stream of lava. The surface cools and hardens as soon as the stream slackens; afterwards there is another heaving of the lava, and an onward move, owing to a succeeding ejection or the removing of an obstacle, and the motion breaks up the hardened crust, piling the masses together, either in slabs or huge angular fragments, according to the thickness to which the crust had cooled. If the motion of a lava-stream be quite slow, the cooling of the front of it may cause its cessation, thus damming it up and holding it back, till the pressure from gradual accumulation behind sweeps away the barrier. It then flows on again, carrying on its surface masses of the hardened crust-some, it may be, to sink and melt again, but the larger portion to remain as a field of clinkers. The breaking-up of the ice of some streams in spring gives some idea of the manner in which the hardened masses of a lava-field are piled up as it moves along; but to form a just idea of the greatness of the effect, the mind must bring before it a stream, not of the scanty limits of most rivers, but one, not unfrequently, of several miles in breadth: besides, in place of slabs of pure and clear ice, there should be sub 78 THIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. stituted shaggy heaps of black scoriae, and a depth or thickness of many yards in place of a few inches. Where volcanic mud-streams have flooded the land, or a, rain of ashes and light scorie has descended upon the soil, its fertility may soon be restored under the influence of a sunny sky; but as far as the lava reaches, a stony wilderness often remains for ages, particularly in the colder regions of the earth. Thus, though many of the lava-fields of Iceland have existed long before the first Scandinavian colonists settled in the land, their surface is generally as naked as when they first issued from the volcano; and where signs of vegetation may be seen among their fragments, the eye finds nothing to relieve the horrid monotony of the scene but spare patches of lichen and mosses, or here and there some dwarf herb or shrub that hardly ventures to peep forth from the crevice in which it has found a shelter. But in a milder climate, such as that of Italy, and still more rapidly in the torrid zone, the horrid nakedness of a lava-field undergoes a more rapid transformation, provided a sufficient moisture favours the growth of plants. The rains promote the decomposition of the lava, and a rank vegetation succeeds, which in its turn assists the work of decomposition, and thus hastens the accumulation of soil. Ferns and grasses spring up in the nooks and crevices, and finally the vine or the taro flourish luxuriantly, for nothing can exceed the fertility of a disintegrated lava-field. Volcanoes have frequently been considered as safety-valves, which, by affording a vent to subterranean vapours, preserve the neighbouring regions from the far more disastrous and wide-spreading effects of earthquakes; and facts are not wanting which seem to justify this opinion. After the soil had trembled for a long time throughout the whole of Syria, in the Cyclades, and in Eubcea, the shocks suddenly ceased when, in the plains near Chalcis, a stream of' glowing mud' (lava from a crevice) issued from the bowels of the earth. Strabo, who relates this incident, adds that' since the craters of Etna have been opened, through which fire ascends, the land on the sea-coast is less subject to earthquakes than at the time when all vents on the surface were stopped up.' Before the earthquake which destroyed the town of STATE OP THE EARTH'S INTERIOR. 79 Riobamba, the smoke of the volcano of Pasto, which is 200 miles distant, disappeared. The Neapolitans and Sicilians consider the eruptions of Vesuvius and Etna, or even a more lively activity of these volcanoes, as a certain preservative against devastating earthquakes, and we meet with the same belief among the inhabitants of Quito and Peru. But in many cases this fancied security has proved to be delusive, as very violent earthquakes have not seldom been found to accompany volcanic eruptions. The great Chilian earthquake of 1835 coincided with an eruption of Antuco; and the shocks which agitated all Kamtschatka and the long chain of the Kurilian Islands, in 1737, occurred simultaneously with an eruption of Kllutschewskaja Skopa. Professor Dana doubts whether action so deep-seated as that of the earthquake must be can often find relief in the narrow channels of a volcano miles in length. He points out the example of Mauna Loa, where lavas are frequently poured out from the summit crater, at an elevation of more than 10,000 feet above Kilauea, so that the latter, notwithstanding its extent, the size of its great lakes of lava, and the freedom of the incessant ebullition, is not a safety-valve that can protect even its own immediate neighbourhood. In his opinion volcanoes might more fitly be called indexes of danger. They point out those portions of the globe which are most subject to earthquakes, and are results of the same causes that render a country liable to such convulsions. The phenomena attending an eruption can leave no doubt that below every active volcano a large subterranean cavity must exist in which melted lava accumulates. The partisans of the theory which supposes the earth to consist of a central fluid mass with a solid shell resting upon it, attribute the formation of volcanoes to rents or fissures in this crust through which the lava is cast forth; but the local development of heat by chemical action, or some other unknown cause, is quite sufficient to account for the existence of fiery lakes imnbedded in a solid mass, and which, though insignificant when compared with the surface of the globe, may still be large enough to produce volcanic phenomena on the grandest scale. The cause of the reaction of such a reservoir against the surface of the earth must in all probability be sought for in 80 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. the expansive force of steam; for when water, penetrating through crevices or porous strata, comes in contact with the heated subterranean mass, it is evident that the steam thus generated must press upon the lava, and, when formed in sufficient quantity, ultimately forces it up the duct of the volcano. In other cases, we may suppose a continuous column of lava mixed with liquid water raised to a red-hot, or white-hot, temperature under the influence of pressure. A disturbance of equilibrium may first bring on an eruption near the surface, by the expansion and conversion into gas of the entangled water, so as to lessen pressure. More and more steam would then be liberated, bringing up with it jets of liquid rock, and ultimately ejecting a continuous stream of lava. Its force being spent, a period of rest succeeds, until the conditions for a new outburst (accumulation of steam and melted rock) are obtained, and another cycle of similar changes is renewed. The important part which water plays in volcanic action is moreover sufficiently proved by the enormous quantity of steam which is poured forth during every eruption, or is constantly escaping in the fumaroles of a crater. The various gases (carbonic, muriatic, sulphurous) which are likewise exhaled by volcanoes may also have been rendered liquid by pressure at great depths, and may assist the action of water in causing eruptive outbursts. The great number of active volcanoes on sea-coasts and in islands likewise points to the agency of water in volcanic operations; and in the few cases where eruptive cones are situated far inland, their situation on the borders of a lake, or their cavernous and porous structure, accounts for the absorption of a quantity of atmospheric water, sufficient for the production of volcanic phenomena. _E=E — H e~~~~~~~~~~~ —--— i _ A~~; _ _ 3*="' —t. —-1.;..!''= ERUPTION Of VESUVEUS~ BAY OF NAPLES. 81 CHAPTER VII. DESTRUCTION OF HERCULANEUM AND POMPEII. State of Vesuvius before the eruption in the year 79 A.C.-Spartacus-Premonitory Earthquakes-Letter of Pliny the Younger to Tacitus, relating the death of his Uncle, Pliny the Elder-Benevolence of the Emperor Titus —Herculaneum and Pompeii buried under a muddy alluvium-Herculaneum first discovered in 1713. OF all the volcanic eruptions recorded in history there is none more celebrated than that which, on the 23rd of August, A.D. 79, buried the towns of Herculaneumn and Pompeii under a deluge of mud and ashes. Many other eruptions have no doubt been on a grander scale, or may have spread ruin and desolation over a wider area, but never has a volcano, awakening from the slumber of a thousand years, devastated a more smiling paradise than the fields of happy Campania, or buried more beautiful cities. Before that terrible catastrophe, Mount Vesuvius, now constantly smoking, even in times of rest, had, ever since the first colonisation of South Italy by the Greeks, exhibited no signs of volcanic activity. Even tradition knew of no previous disturbance. No subterranean thunder, or sulphurous steams, or cast-up ashes, gave token of the fires slumbering beneath its basis; and the real nature of the apparently so peaceful mountain could only be conjectured from the similarity of its structure to other volcanoes, or from the ancient lavastreams that furrowed its abrupt declivities. At that time also its shape was very different from its present form, for instead of two apices, it exhibited, from a distance, the regular outlines of a sharply truncated cone. Plutarch relates that rough rock walls, piled round its summit, and overgrown with wild vines, inclosed the waste of the crater. G 82 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. When, in 73 B.c., Spartacus, with seventy of his comrades, broke the fetters of an insupportable slavery, he found a secure retreat in this natural stronghold, which could only be scaled by a single narrow and difficult -path. By degrees 10,000 fugitive slaves gathered round his standard, and Rome began to tremble for her safety. The prsetor Clodius led an army against the rebels, and surrounded the mountain; but Spartacus caused ropes to be made of the branches of wild vines, by means of which he, with the boldest of his followers, was let down from the rocks, where they were supposed to be totally inaccessible, and, falling unawares upon the pretor, put his troops to flight and took his camp. The declivities of the mountain, thus become historically renowned, were covered with the richest fields and vineyards, and at its foot, along the beautiful Bay of Naples, lay the flourishing towns of Herculaneum and Pompeii, the seats of luxury and refinement. Who could, then, have imagined that this charming scene was so soon to be disturbed in so terrible a manner, and that the time was nigh when the ancient volcanic channels, from which, in unknown ages, lava-streams and ashes had so frequently broken forth, were once more to be re-opened? The first sign which announced the awakening energies of the volcano was an earthquake, which, in 63 A.D. devastated the fertile regions of Campania. From that time to the crowning disaster of 79, slight tremors of the earth frequently occurred, until, finally, the dreadful eruption took place which Pliny the Younger so vividly describes in his celebrated letter to Tacitus.'My uncle,' says the Roman,'was at Misenum, where he commanded the fleet. On the 23rd of August, about one o'clock in the afternoon, my mother informed him that a cloud of an uncommon size and form was seen to arise. He had sunned himself (according to the custom of the ancient Romans), and taken his usual cold bath, then dined, and studied. He asked for his sandals, and ascended an eminence, from which the wonderful phenomenon could be plainly seen. The spot from whence the cloud ascended, in a shape like that of an Italian pine-tree, could not be ascertained on account of the distance; its arising from Vesuvius only subsequently became known. RENEWED ACTIVITY OF VESUVIUS. 83'In some parts it was white, in others black and spotted, from the ashes and stones. which it carried along. To my uncle, being a learned man, the phenomenon seemed important, and worthy of a closer investigation. He ordered a light ship to be got ready, and left it to my option to acconmpany him. I answered that I preferred studying, and by chance he himself had given me something to write. He was on the point of leaving the house when he received a letter from Resina, the inhabitants of which, alarmed at the impending danger-the place lay at the foot of the mountain, and escape was only possible by sea-begged him to help them in their great distress. He now changed his plan, and executed as a hero the undertaking to which he had been prompted as a natural philosopher.'He ordered the galleys of war to set sail, and embarked to bring help, not only to Resina, but to many other places along the coast, which, on account of its loveliness, was very densely peopled.' He hastens to the spot from which others are taking flight, and steers in a direct line towards the seat of danger, so unconcerned as to dictate his observations upon all the events and changes of the catastrophe, as they passed before his eyes.'Already ashes fell upon the ship, hotter and thicker on approaching, as also pumice and other stones blackened and burnt by fire. Suddenly a shallow bottom, and the masses ejected by the eruption, rendered the coast inaccessible. He hesitated for a moment whether he should sail back again, but, soon resolved, said to the steersman who advised him to do so, " Fortune favours the bold; steer towards the villa of Pomponianus." This friend resided at Stabire, on the opposite side of the bay, where the danger, although as yet at some distance, was still within sight, and menacing enough. Pomponianus had therefore caused his effects to be conveyed on board a ship, intent on flight so soon as the contrary wind should have abated. As soon as my uncle, to whom it was very favourable, has landed, he embraces, consoles, encourages his terrified friend, takes a bath to relieve his fears by his own confidence, and dines after the bath with perfect composure, or, what is no less great, with a serene countenance. tc, 2 84 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD.' Meanwhile high columns of flame burst forth from Vesuvius in various places, their brilliancy being increased by the darkness of the night. My uncle, with the intention of relieving apprehension, said that they proceeded from the villas which, abandoned by their terrified proprietors and left a prey to the flames, were now burning in solitude. He then retired and slept soundly, for his attendants before the door heard him fetch his breath, which, on account of his corpulence, was deep and loud. But now the court, into which the room opened, became filled to such a height with ashes and pumice that by a longer delay he would not have been able to leave -it. They awaken him, he rises, and greets Poumponianus and the others who had watched. They consult together, whether to remain in the house or to flee into the open air, for the ground trembled from the repeated and violent shocks of the earth, and seemed to reel backwards and forwards. On the other hand, they feared in the open air the falling of the pumice-stones and cinders. On comparing these two dangers, flight was chosen; and, as a protection against the shower of stones, they covered their heads with cushions. Everywhere else the day was already far advanced, but the blackest night still reigned at Stabiae. Provided with torches, they resolved to seek the shore, in order to ascertain whether they could venture to embark, but the sea was found to be too wild and boisterous.'iMy ulncle now lay down upon a carpet, and asked for some cold water, of which he repeatedly drank. The flames and their sulphurous odour drove away his companions, and forced him to rise. Leaning on two slaves, he tried to move, but immediately sank down again, suffocated as I believe by the dense smoke, and by the closing of his larynx, which was by nature weak, narrow, and subject to frequent spasms. On the third morning after his death, the body was found without any marks of violence, covered with the clothes he had worn, and more like a person sleeping than a corpse.' Thus perished, in his fifty-sixth year, one of the greatest naturalists and noblest characters of ancient Rome, the philosopher to whom we are indebted for the first general description of the world- a work which, in spite of its numerous imperfections and errors, is one of the most interesting mIonuments of classical literature. DESTRUCTION OF POMPEIT. 85 When the rage of the volcanic powers had subsided, the sun, now no longer obscured by clouds of ashes, shone upon a scene of utter desolation, where nature, embellished by art, had, but a few days before, appeared in all her loveliness. The mountain itself had changed its form, and rose with new peaks to the skies; a thick layer of stones and dust had settled with the curse of sterility on the fields; thousands of homeless wretches wandered about disconsolate, and three towns-Pompeii, Herculaneum, Stabise-had disappeared to be brought to light again in a wonderful manner after the lapse of many centuries. This great catastrophe gave the Emperor Titus a fine opportunity for displaying the benevolence which entitled him to be called'the delight of mankind.' He immediately hastened to the scene of destruction, appointed guardians of consular rank to distribute among the needy survivors the property of those who had perished without heirs; and encouraged the weak-hearted, assisting them by liberal donations, until a no less terrible misfortune recalled him to Rome, where a fire, which laid almost half the town in ashes, was followed by a plague, which, for some time, daily swept away thousands. It has often been asked how so many of the relics buried in Herculaneum and Pompeii could have been so perfectly preserved as to form a Museum of the Past for the admira — tion and instruction of future ages. A stream of lava would undoubtedly have consumed everything on its fiery track, but, fortunately for posterity, it was not a flood of molten stone, but a current of mud which overwhelmed the devoted cities. We learn from history that a heavy shower of sand, pumice, and lapilli was ejected by Vesuvius for eight successive days and nights, in the year 79, accompanied by violent rains, and thus all these volcanic matters were converted into mudstreams, which, rushing down the sides of the mountain, descended upon Herculaneum and Pompeii. This circumstance satisfactorily explains how the interior of the buildings, with all the underground vaults and cellars, was filled up, and how all the objects they contained could be as perfectly moulded as in a plaster cast by the muddy alluvium, which subsequently hardened into pumice tuff. Hence this wonder 86 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. ful preservation of paintings, which, shielded from the destructive influence of the atmosphere, still retained their original freshness of colour when again brought to light by a late generation; these rolls of papyrus which it has been found possible to decipher; this perfect cast of a woman's form, with a child in her arms! No lava has flowed over Pompeii since that city was buried, but with Herculaneum the case is different. Although the substance which fills the interior of the buildings in that doomed city must have been introduced in a state of mud like that found in similar situations in Pompeii, yet the superincumbent mass differs wholly in composition and thickness. Herculaneunl was situated several miles nearer to the volcano, and has, therefore, been always more liable to be covered, not only by showers of ashes, but by alluvium and streams of lava. Accordingly, masses of both have accumulated on each other above the ancient site of the city, to a depth of nowhere less than 70, and in many places of 112 feet; while the depth of the bed of ashes under which Pompeii lies buried seldom exceeds 12 or 14 feet above the houses, and it is even said that the higher part of the amphitheatre always projected above the surface. Yet, strange to say, Herculaneum, though far more profoundly hidden, was discovered before Pompeii, by the accidental circumstance that a well sunk in 1713 came right down upon the theatre where the statues of Hercules and Cleopatra were found. Many others were afterwards dug out and sent to France by the Prince of Elbeuf, who, having married a Neapolitan princess, became proprietor of the field under which the theatre lies buried. Further excavations were, however, forbidden by Government, and only resumed in 1736. But the difficulty of removing the large masses of lava accumulated above the city, and the circumstance of its partly lying under the modern towns of Portici and Resina have confined the exploration of Herculaneum within narrow limits. The large theatre alone is open for inspection, and can be seen only by torchlight, so that its dark galleries, cut through the tuff, are but seldom visited by strangers; while no traveller leaves Naples without RUINS OF HERCULANEUM. 87 having wandered through the ruins of Pompeii, for Italy hardly affords a more interesting sight than that of these streets and forums, these theatres and temples, these houses and villas, which require but the presence of their ancient inhabitants to complete the picture of a Boman town, such as it was eighteen hundred years ago. 88 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER VIII. GAS SPRINGS AND MUD VOLCANOES. Carbonic-acid Springs-Grotto del Cane-The Valley of Death in Java —Exaggerated Descriptions-Carburetted Hydrogen Springs-The Holy Fires of Baku — Description of the Temple —Mud Volcanoes-The Macaluba in Sicily-Crimean Mud Volcanoes -Volcanic Origin of Mud Volcanoes. THE numerous gas springs which in many countries are evolved from an unknown depth, afford us a convincing proof that the remarkable chemical transformations of which we find so many traces in the past history of our planet are still perpetually taking place in many of the mysterious crevices and hollows of the earth-rind. In Auvergne, the Vivarrais, the Eifel, and along the whole basaltic range from the Rhine to the Riesengebirge in Silesia, carbonic acid gas is exhaled in incredible quantities from the vast laboratories of the subterranean world. Professor Bischoff found that a single gas spring near Burgbrohl daily produced 5,650 cubic feet of carbonic acid, a quantity amounting in the course of a year to no less than 262,000 pounds in weight; and, according to Bromeis, the great Artesian spring at Nauheim evolves every minute 71 cubic feet of carbonic acid, equal to a weight of 5,000,000 pounds annually. If from these two instances we judge of the produce of the many carbonic acid gas springs of Germany, and if we further extend our view to the rest of the world, in many parts of which carbonic acid probably escapes in still greater quantities, we can form some idea of the geological importance of these springs, which also exercise no small influence upon the organic world. For the incalculable masses of carbonic acid which are thus constantly pouring from subterranean vents into the atmospheric ocean are again absorbed by millions of plants. They CARBONIC-ACID SPRINGS, 89 feed the forests and the fields; and thus these chemical changes, which are incessantly but imperceptibly modifying the earth-rind, ultimately tend to the advantage of man. As a light dipped in carbonic acid gas is immediately extinguished, and every animal inhaling it is liable to instant suffocation, these properties are sometimes made use of for cruel experiments, for which, among others, the insignificant Grotto del Cane, in the kingdom of Naples-a cave or hole in the side of a mountain near the Lake Agnano-has become notorious. Some miserable dogs are thrust into the stratum of fixed air which covers the bottom of the hole, and are alternately almost choked and resuscitated to satisfy the idle curiosity of tourists. Their violent efforts to escape, when about to be plunged into the poisonous vapour, prove the horrible cruelty of the practice. The carbonic-acid springs in the glen of the Brohl, a small rivulet flowing into the Rhine, near Andernach, are turned to a better purpose, for the manufacture of white lead. The famous'Valley of Death,' or Poison Valley, in the Island of Java, is nothing more than a funnel-shaped hollow, measuring about 100 feet in diameter at the top, and with a bare space in its centre fifteen feet broad and long, which is frequently covered with a stratum of carbonic acid gas. The sides of the hollow, and even the bottom, with the exception of the above-mentioned naked spot, are everywhere clothed with shrubbery, or even with forest trees. The dead bodies of stags, tigers, wild boars, and birds are said to have been frequently found in the hollow; but, Dr. Junghuhn, the author of a classical work on Java, saw in 1838 but one human corpse lying on its back in the centre of the bare spot. It was still there in 1840, and but slightly decomposed. In 1845 it had been removed, most likely by some compassionate wanderers desirous of giving it a decent burial, for not the slightest trace of the skeleton remained. During the years 1838, 1840, and 1845 Junghuhn visited the Valley of Death no less than thirteen times. When he last saw it, the bodies of six wild hogs were lying at the bottom, all more or less in a state of putrefaction. The crows that were feasting upon their remains proved that a descent might be effected without danger, for, on seeing them hop 90 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. ping about on the naked soil, even the Javanese entered the circle without hesitation. Not a single trace of carbonic acid was to be perceived, not even when the bold naturalist stretched himself out upon the ground and drew his breath in the crevices and rents with which it is furrowed. Probably the gas never rises more than three feet above the level of the soil, as at this height a luxuriant vegetation begins. This simple description of an accurate observer forms a strange contrast to the gross exaggeration of other travellers, whose accounts, copied in many hand-books, have puffed up a phenomenon hardly superior to that of the Grotto del Cane into something like an eighth wonder of the world. Loudon, who in July 1830 visited the Pakamaran (as the natives call the pit), swells its dimensions to a vast crater about half a mile in circumference, thickly strewn with skeletons of men, tigers, game, and birds of all kinds; and another recent traveller goes so far as to give it an extent of twenty miles. Next to carbonic acid, but of far less general occurrence, carburetted hydrogen, which gives rise to the wonderful phenomenon of fiery springs, is the gas most frequently evolved by volcanic spiracles. Near Pietra Mala, between Bologna and Florence, on a spot about twelve feet in diameter, several flames rise from the earth, the largest of which ascends to a height of five feet, and is seen burning at night with a pale yellow flame, while its minor satellites around are blue tipped with white. No doubt many a terrible legend is attached to this infernal spectacle. Near Barigazzo, between Modena and Pistoja, near the ruins of Velleji, and in many other parts of the volcanic region of the Apennines, similar flames gush out of the ground. The neat little town of Fredonia, in the State of New York, on the eastern shore of Lake Erie, is lighted by natural springs of carburetted hydrogen, which, being led into a gasometer, feed the seventy or eighty lamps of the town. The thrifty and practical Chinese, who have preceded us in so many useful discoveries, have for centuries made a like use of the many gaseous emanations in the provinces of Yunnan, Szutschuan, Kuangsi, and Schansi, by leading the BURNING SPRINGS. 91 inflammable air in pipes, wherever they want it for lighting or cooking. But there is no place in the world more remarkable for its burning springs than Baku, on the western coast of the Caspian Sea, where the holy and eternal fires are worshipped by the pious Parsees as the special symbol of the Almighty. Like most of the cloisters and convents of the Orient, which are exposed to the incursions of plundering hordes, Aleschga, the temple dedicated to the worship of fire, is a fortified square inclosing a large courtyard, and capable of being defended from the terraced roof. The outer wall forms at the same time the back of the cells, which front the yard. Over the entrance gate, which is situated to the north, rises a high bastion or tower, serving as an additional defence, from the summit of which the visitor enjoys after sunset the fantastic view of the flames which, untarnished by smoke, rise on all sides from rents and crevices in the neighbouring steppe, and wave their bright summits to and fro like tongues of fire. In the centre of the court stands a square tower supported by four columns, and inclosing a basin-like excavation, three or four feet in diameter, into which the gas is conducted by a pipe from sources beyond the walls of the temple. Four chimneys at the four corners of the tower are fed in a similar manner. From the centre of the tower rises a trident, called Thirsul The Parsees relate that the Devil once got possession of the earth, and reigned with despotic fury. But man in his distress prayed to the Almighty, and an angel came down and planted this identical trident in the earth as a token that the dominion of his Satanic Majesty had ceased. Round the court are twenty-two cells, like those of a Catholic convent. They are very small, and, with the exception of a ragged rug, wholly without furniture; but each of them is provided with a gas pipe, which can be opened or closed at pleasure, and furnishes light and warmth to the inmate. Near the temple a well has been dug fifty feet deep, in which the gas accumulates in larger quantities. Koch (' Wanderungen im Oriente,' 1843-4) tells us that he here enjoyed a sight more wonderful and surprising than any he had ever witnessed before. A carpet was spread over the mouth of the well to prevent 92 TIHE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. the gas from escaping. After a few minutes, a priest seized a bundle of brushwood, in which a piece of burning paper had been stuck, and flung it into the well, after quickly removing the carpet. The strangers had previously been warned to keep at some distance, and the priest and his assistants likewise ran off as fast as they could. About half a minute after the fire-brand had been cast into the pit, a terrific explosion took place, and a vast column of fire, in the shape of an inverted cone (from the gas spreading out as soon as it emerges from the pit), ascended to the skies. How long the fires of Baku may have been burning is unknown, but it is very probable that they did not exist before the Christian era. No Greek or Roman author mentions them, and it is not before the tenth century that Arab writers take notice of Baku and its wonders. When the Sassan-'ides restored the religion of Zoroaster, the attention of these fire-worshipping princes was naturally directed to a place where fire gushes pure and unbidden from the earth. They raised a temple on the spot, and thousands of pilgrims wandered to the holy fires of Baku. But when the fanatical Arabs overthrew the Persian Empire, times of persecution and distress began for the Parsees; and still later they were almost entirely extirpated by the hordes of Tamerlane. During the last centuries fire-worshipping was again introduced by the Indians, who, after the Sefides had ascended the Persian throne, gradually settled in the Caspian provinces, and whose number must have been considerable, as travellers inform us that in the latter half of the seventeenth century 200 rich Indian merchants were residing in the town of Schemachi. But the anarchical times which followed the usurpation of Nadir Schah forced most of these Indians to leave their adopted country, and since then only solitary pilgrims have found their way to Baku. But the number even of these is constantly diminishing, although the Russians, to whom the sanctuary now belongs, allow them full freedom of access. When Koch was at Baku, he found there only five Indians from Mooltan, whither the majority would gladly have returned, had they but possessed the necessary means. Their squalid appearance and tattered raiment formed the strongest imaginable contrast to the MUD VOLCANOES. 93 splendour of the element they worshipped. Among them was a Fakir, who had made a vow constantly to remain in the same position absorbed in religious contemplation, and who for sixteen years had never moved from the spot. The burning springs gush out not only from the ground near the temple and in other parts of the peninsula of Abscheron, but even from the bottom of the neighbouring Caspian Sea; and as Sir Charles Lyell saw carburetted hydrogen rise in countless bubbles through the crystal waters above the falls of the Niagara, and shoot up in bright flames at the approach of a light, so Dr. Abich mentions a spot in the Gulf of Baku where the inflammable gas issues with such force, and in so great a quantity, from the bottom, which is there three fathoms deep, that a small boat is in danger of being overturned when coming too near it. As gas springs most frequently occur in districts which have been the former seats of volcanic action, and as similar exhalations often arise from still active craters, they are supposed by many geologists to be the last remaining traces of an expiring volcanic energy. Bisehoff considers the carbonic acid of the German gas springs to be developed by the decomposition of carbonate of lime by volcanic heat or heated water. A phenomenon which is sometimes found connected with gas springs is that of the mud volcanoes, which. may be described as cones of a ductile, unctuous clay, formed by the continued evolution of a sulphurous and inflammable gas, spurting up waves and lumps of liquid mud. These remarkable cauldrons are found in many parts of the world, in the Island of Milo, in Italy, in Iceland, in India, about 120 miles from the months of the Indus, on the coast of Arracan, in Birmah, in Java, Columbia, Nicaragua, and Trinidad, but probably nowhere on a grander scale than at either extremity of the chain of the Caucasus, towards the Caspian on the east and the Sea of Azof on the west, where in the peninsula of Taman, and on the opposite coast of the Crimea, near Kertsch, vast numbers of mud volcanoes are scattered, some of them 250 feet high. Their operations have apparently been going on for countless ages, and have covered a great extent of land with their products. 94 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. The Macaluba, in Sicily, which owes its name to the Arabs, is the mud volcano most anciently known. It is mentioned by Plato in his' Phdclon,' and has been described by Strabo. It is situated five miles to the north of Girgenti, on a hill of a conical shape, truncated at the top, and 150 feet high. The summit is a plain half a mile round, and the whole surface is covered with thick mud. The depth of the mud, which is supposed to be immense, is unknown. There is not the slightest appearance of vegetation upon it. In the rainy season the mud is much softened; the surface is even, and there is a general ebullition over it, which is accompanied with a very sensible rumbling noise. In the dry season the mud acquires greater consistency, but its motion still goes on. The plain assumes a form somewhat convex; a nmnber of little cones are thrown up, which rarely rise to the height of two feet. Each of them has a crater, where black mud is seen in constant agitation, and incessantly emitting bubbles of air. With these the mud insensibly rises, and as soon as the crater is full of it, it disgorges. The residue sinks, and the cone has a free crater, until a new emission takes place. Such is the ordinary state of the Macaluba; but froim Quell is thle olsdillary state of the Miacalla; lout fisoll ORIGIN OF MUD VOLCANOES. 95 time to time the hill becomes subject to alarming convulsions. Slight earthquake shocks are felt at the distance of two or three miles, accompanied with internal noises resembling thunder. These increase for several days, and are followed at last by a prodigious spout of mud, earth, and stones, which rises two or three hundred feet in the air. Similar paroxysmal explosions have been observed in the Caucasian mud volcanoes. In February 1794, the Obu, in the peninsula of Taran, had an eruption accompanied with a dreadful noise, and an earthquake which radiated from the cone, and was felt as far as Ekaterinodor, at a distance of fifty-five leagues. At the beginning of the eruption flames were seen, which rose to a prodigious height, and lasted about half an hour. At the same time dense clouds of smoke escaped from the crater, and mud and stones were cast up to the height of 3,000 feet. Six streams of mud, the largest of which was half a mile long, flowed from the volcano, and their volume is said to have been equal to twenty-two millions of cubic feet. Violent eruptive symptoms accompanied the formation of a new mud volcano in the vicinity of Baku on the Caspian. On November 27, 1827, flames blazed up to an extraordinary height for three hours, aind continued for twenty hours more to rise about three feet above a crater from which mud was ejected. At another point in the same district, where flames issued, fragments of rock, of large size, were hurled up into the air and scattered around. The phenomena exhibited by the Macaluba and other mud cauldrons are certainly very distinct from those of true volcanoes, since no scorie or lava or heated matters of any kind are sent forth, the mud being described as cold when emitted, although the gas, whose violent escape throws it up, is sometimes ignited. Hence geologists commonly regard these phenomena as entirely distinct from the volcanic, and ascribe their origin to chemical action going on at no great depth beneath the surface, among the constituents of certain stratified matters; while other scientific authorities declare'them to be as much connected with internal igneous agency as any other eruptive phenomena. Their occurrence in dis 96 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. tricts not remote from the sites of vast volcanic disturbance, and their occasional violent paroxysms, certainly afford much support to this view, and show that it is probably the same power, in different degrees of energy, which casts up the mud of the Macaluba and pours forth the lava-streams of Cotopaxi. 97 CHAPTER IX. EARTHQUAKES. Extent of Misery inflicted by great Earthquakes-Earthquake Regions-Earthquakes in England-Great Number of Earthquakes-Vertical and undulatory Shocks-Warnings of Earthquakes-Sounds attending Earthquakes-Remarkable Displacements of Objects-Extent and Force of Seismic Wave MotionEffects of Earthquakes on the Sea-Enormous Waves on Coasts-Oscillations of the Ocean-Fissures, Landslips, and shattering Falls of Rock caused by Earthquakes -Causes of Earthquakes-Probable Depth of Focus-Opinions of Sir Charles Lyell and Mr. Poulett Scrope-Impressions produced on Man and Animals by Earthquakes. OF all the destructive agencies of nature there is none to equal the earthquake. The hurricane is comparatively weak in its fury; the volcanic eruption generally confines its rage to the neighbourhood of the labouring mountain, but a great earthquake may cover a whole land with ruins. The terrible subterranean revolution which convulsed all Asia Minor and Syria in the reign of Tiberius, destroyed twelve celebrated cities in a single night. The sun, which on setting had gilded their temples and palaces with his parting rays, beheld them prostrate on the following morning. In A.D. 115 Antioch was the centre of a great commotion. The city was full of soldiers under Trajan; heavy thunder, excessive winds, and subterranean noises were heard; the earth shook, the houses fell; the cries of people buried in the ruins passed unheeded. The Emperor leaped from a window, while mountains were broken and thrown down, and rivers disappeared, and were replaced by others in a new situation. Four centuries later (May 20, 526) the same doomed city was totally subverted by an earthquake, when it is reported that 250,000 persons perished. Similar catastrophes, in which thousands and thousands of victims were suddenly destroyed, have frequently occurred in H 98 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD, Peru and Chili, in the West Indies and Central America, in the Moluccas and Java, in the countries bordering on the Mediterranean and the Red Sea; but a bare mention of the loss of life conveys but a faint idea of the extent of misery inflicted by one of those great earthquakes which mark with an ominous shade many large tracts of the earth's surface. We must picture to ourselves the slow lingering death which is the fate of many-some buried alive, others burnt in the fire which almost invariably bursts out in a city where hundreds of dwellings have suddenly been laid prostratethe numbers who escaped with loss of limbs or serious bodily injuries, and the surviving multitude, suddenly reduced to penury and want. In the Calabrian earthquake of 1783, it is supposed that about a fourth part of the inhabitants of Polistena and of some other towns were buried alive, and might have been saved had there been no want of hands; but in so general a calamity, where each was occupied with his own misfortunes or those of his family, help could seldom be procured.' It frequently happened,' says Sir Charles Lyell,' that persons in search of those most dear to them could hear their moans, could recognise their voices, were certain of the exact spot where they lay buried beneath their feet, yet could afford them no succour. The piled mass resisted all their strength, and rendered their efforts of no avail. At Terranuova four Augustin monks, who had taken refuge in a vaulted sacristy, the arch of which continued to support a vast pile of ruins, made their cries heard for the space of four days. One only of the brethren of the whole convent was saved, and of what avail was his strength to remove the enormous weight of rubbish which had overwhelmed his companions? He heard their voices die away gradually, and when afterwards their four corpses were disinterred, they were found clasped in each other's arm s. Affecting narratives are preserved of mothers saved after the fifth, sixth, and even seventh day of their interment, when their infants or children had perished with hunger. In his work on the great Neapolitan earthquake of 1857, Mr. Mallet, from innumerable narratives of personal peril and sad adventure, selects the distressing case of a noble family MORAL EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKES. 99of Monte Murro, as affording a vivid picture of the terrors of an earthquake night. Don Andrea del Fino, the owner of one of the few houses in the city which escaped total destruction, was with his wife in bed, his daughter sleeping in an adjacent chamber on the principal floor. At the first shock his wife, who was awake, leaped from bed, and immediately after, a mass of the vaulting above came down, and buried her sleeping husband. At the same moment, the vault above their daughter's room fell in upon her. From the light and hollow construction of the vaults neither was at once killed. The signora escaped by leaping from the front window, she scarcely knew how. For more than two hours she wandered, unnoticed, amongst the mass of terrified survivors in the streets, before she could obtain aid from her own tenants and dependants, to extricate her husband. They got him out after more than eighteen hours' entombment-alive, indeed, but maimed and lame for life. His daughter was dead. As he lay longing despairingly for release from the rubbish, which a second shock, an hour after the first, had so shaken and closed in around him that he could scarcely breathe, he heard, but a few feet off, her agonising cries and groans grow fainter and fainter, until at last they died away. His wife, to whose devotion his own life was owing, had escaped unhurt. Unfortunately man too often vies with the brute forces of nature to increase the horrors of a great earthquake. As the arm of the law is paralysed by the general panic, thieves and ruffians are not slow to avail themselves of their opportunity. Thus in the Calabrian catastrophe of 1783, nothing could be more atrocious than the conduct of the peasants, who abandoned the farms and flocked in great numbers into the towns-not to rescue their countrymen from a lingering death, but to plunder. They dashed through the streets amid tottering walls and clouds of dust, trampling beneath their feet the bodies of the wounded and half buried, and often stripping them, while yet living, of their clothes. From the vast ruin and misery they entail, it is evident that where earthquakes are frequent, there can never be perfect security of property even under the best government; and as the fruits collected by the labour of many years may Ai 2 10) TIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. be lost in an instant, the progress of civilisation and national wealth must necessarily be retarded.'Earthquakes alone,' says Mr. Darwin,' are sufficient to destroy the prosperity of any country. If beneath England the now inert subterranean forces should exert those powers which most assuredly in former geological ages they have exerted, how completely would the entire condition of the land be changed! What would become of the lofty houses, thickly packed cities, great manufactories, the beautiful public and private edifices? If the new period of disturbance were first to commence by some great earthquake in the dead of the night, how terrific would be the carnage! England would at once be bankrupt; all papers, records, and accounts would from that moment be lost. Government, being unable to collect the taxes, and failing to mllaintain its authority, the hand of violence and rapine would remain uncontrolled. In every large town famine would go forth, pestilence and death following in its train.' Fortunately the experience of many ages shows that the regions subject to these terrible catastrophes are confined to a comparatively small part of the surface of the globe. Thus Southern Italy and Sicily; the tract embracing the Canaries, the Azores, Portugal, and Morocco; Asia Minor, Syria, and the Caucasus; the Arabian shore of the Red Sea; the East Indian Archipelago; the West Indies, Nicaragua, Quito, Peru, and Chili, are particularly liable to destructive shocks. But beyond these limits slighter earthquakes are of far more common occurrence than is generally supposed, and probably they leave no part of the world entirely undisturbed. From the year 1821 to 1830 no less than 115 earthquakes have been felt to the north of the Alps, and since the year 1089, 225 are cited in the annals of England. Some of these earthquakes seem to have but just stopped at the point when a slight increase of their force would have covered the land with ruins. In 1574, on the 26th of February, between five and six in the evening, an earthquake was felt at York, Worcester, Hereford, Gloucester, and Bristol. Norton Chapel was filled with worshippers; they were nearly all overthrown, and fled in terror, thinking that the dead were unearthed or DURATION OF EARTHQUAKES. 101 that the chapel was falling. Six years later, on the 6th of April, at 6 P.M., all England was thrown into consternation. The great bell at Westminster, began to toll; the students at the Temple started up from table and rushed into the street, knives in hand; a part of the Temple Church fell, and stones dropped from St. Paul's. Two stones fell in Christ's Church, and crushed two persons. In rushing out of the church many were lamed, and there was a shower of chimneys in the streets. At Sandwich, the occurrence was marked by the violence of the sea, which made ships run foul of each other; and at Dover a part of the fortifications fell with the rock which supported it. On the 6th October 1863, a movement, though gentle when compared to the preceding instances, was felt from the English Channel to the Mersey, and from Hereford to Leamington and Oxford. The Malvern range was about the centre of the area, as it has often been before. Even in alluvial Holland, six or eight slight earthquakes have been felt during the last century. The industrious researches of Kluge show that, during the eight years from 1850 to 1857, no less than 4,620 earthquakes-a great proportion of which (509) fell to the share of Southern Europe-have been noticed in both hemispheres; and when we remember that a very considerable part of the globe is still either totally unknown or removed by the barbarous condition of its inhabitants from all intercourse with the scientific world, and that, consequently, the above list must necessarily be incomplete, it is very probable that not a day passes without some agitation of the surface of the earth in some place or other. A violent earthquake almost always consists of several shocks following each other in rapid succession. Sometimes they are preceded by slighter vibrations; at other times they suddenly convulse the land without any previous notice. In most instances, each shock lasts but a few seconds; but this is enough to ruin the work of ages. Three violent commotions within five minutes destroyed the town of Caraccas on March 26, 1812; and the earthquake which, in 1692, desolated Jamaica lasted but three minutes. On January 11, 1839, two shocks within thirty seconds covered Martinique, and the whole range of the Lesser Antilles, with ruins. l102 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. But a violent earthquake, though itself but of short duration, is generally followed by a series of secondary shocks, which are repeated at gradually widening intervals and with decreasing energy, so that if these subsequent tremors be taken into account, it may often be said to last for weeks, or even months. Thus, to cite but one instance, the earthquake of October 21, 1766, destroyed the whole town of Cumana in a few minutes, but during the following fourteen months the earth was in a constant vibratory motion, and scarce an hour passed without a shock being felt, In countries where earthquakes are comparatively rare (for instance in the south of Europe) the belief is very general that oppressive heat, stillness of the air, and a misty horizon are always forerunners of the phenomenon. But this popular opinion is not confirmed by the experience of trustworthy observers, who have lived for years in countries such as Cumana, Quito, Peru, and Chili, where the ground trembles frequently and violently. Humboldt experienced earthquakes during every state of the weather, serene and dry, rainy and stormy. Brute animals, being more sensitive than men of the slightest movement of the earth, are said to evince extraordinary alarm, and it has been often observed that even the dull hog shows symptoms of uneasiness previous to the shock. During the great Neapolitan earthquake of 1857 an unusual halo-like light was seen in the sky before, and not long before, the shock. Mr. Mallet was at first inclined to look upon this notion as a superstitious tale; but, finding it widely diffused in a country where communication is bad and news travels slowly, no longer doubted that it was founded on fact.* Conjectures would be useless as to its nature, but future observation directed to the point may determine whether some sort of auroral light may emanate from the vast depths of rock formation under the enormous tensions and compressions that must precede the final crash and rupture; or whether volcanic action, going on in the unseen depths below, may give rise to powerful disturbances of electric equilibrium, and hence to the development of * Mallet,' The Great Neapolitan Earthquake of 1857,' vol. i. p. 323. SOUNDS IN EARTLHQUAKES. 103 light; just as from volcanic mountains in eruption lightnings continually flash from the huge volumes of steam and floating ashes above the crater. Humboldt is also of opinion that, though in general the revolutions which take place below the surface of the earth are not announced beforehand by any meteorological process, or a peculiar appearance of the sky, it is not improbable that during violent shocks some change may occur in the condition of the atmosphere. Thus, during the earthquake in the Piedmontese valleys of Pelis and Clusson, great alterations were observed in the electrical tension of the atmosphere without any appearance of a thunder-storm. Earthquakes are generally attended with sounds, sometimes like the howling of a. storm, or the rumbling of subterranean thunder, at others like the clashing of iron chains, or as if a number of heavily laden waggons were rolling rapidly over the pavement, or as if enormous masses of glass were suddenly shivered to pieces. As solid bodies are excellent conductors of sound (burnt clay, for instance, propagating it ten or twelve times more rapidly than the air), the subterranean noise may be heard at a vast distance from the primary seat of the earthquake. In Caaccas, in the grassplains of Calabozo, and on the banks of the Rio Apure, which falls into the Orinoco, a dreadful thunder-like sound was everywhere heard on April 30, 1812, without any simultaneous trembling of the earth, at the time when, at the distance of 158 geographical miles, the volcano of St. Vincent, in the Lesser Antilles, was pouring out of its crater a mighty lava-stream. This was, according to distance, as if an eruption of Vesuvius were heard in the north of France. In the year 1744, during the great eruption of the volcano Cotopaxi, a subterranean noise like the firing of cannon was heard at Honda on the Magdalena river. But the crater of Cotopaxi is 17,000 feet higher than Honda, and both points, situated at a distance of 109 geographical miles, are moreover separated by the colossal mountain masses of Quito, Pasto, and Popayan, and by numberless ravines and deep yalleys. The sound was certainly transmitted, not through the air, but through the earth, and must have proceeded from a very considerable depth. 104 THE SUBTERRAEAEAN WORLD. But noise is not the necessary attendant of an earthquake, for many instances are known in which the most violent shocks have been completely noiseless. No subterranean sounds were heard during the terrific earthquake which destroyed Riobamba on February 4, 1797, and the same circumstance is mentioned in the narratives of many of the Chilian earthquakes. The phenomenon of sound, when unaccompanied by any perceptible vibration, makes a peculiarly deep impression on the mind, even of those who have long inhabited a country subject to frequent earthquakes. They tremble at the idea of the catastrophe which may follow. A remarkable instance of a long protracted noise without any trembling of the earth occurred in 1784, at the wealthy mining town of Guanaxuato in Mexico, where the rolling of subterranean thunder, with now and then a louder crash, was heard for more than a month, without the slightest shock, either on the surface of the earth, or in the neighbouring silver mines, which are 1,500 feet deep. The noise was confined to a small space, so that a few miles from the town it was no longer audible. Never before had this phenomenon been known to occur in the Mexican highlands, nor has it been repeated since. Earthquake shocks are either vertical or undulatory. A vertical shock, which is felt immediately above the seat or focus of the subterranean disturbance, causes a movement up and down. Like an exploding mine, it frequently jerks movable bodies high up into the air. Thus, during the great earthquake of Riobamba, the bodies of many of the inhabitants were thrown upon the hill of La Culla, which rises to the height of several hundred feet at the other side of the Lican torrent; and during the earthquake of Chili in 1837, a large mast, planted thirty feet deep in the ground at Fort San Carlos, and propped with iron bars, was thrown upwards, so that a round hole remained behind. Although to the inhabitants of a shaken district the undulatory wave or vibration of an earthquake appears to radiate horizontally outwards from the spot on the surface where it is first felt, the force does not really operate in a horizontal direction, like a wave caused by a pebble on the WAVE-MOTION OF EARTHQUAKES. 105 surface of a pond; for at every point, except that immediately above the focus of the shock, it comes up obliquely from below, causing the ground to move forwards and then backwards in a more or less horizontal direction. As a ship, yielding to the oscillatory movements of the waves, alternately inclines to one side or the other, so, during the more violent undulations of the soil, the objects on its surface are momentarily moved from their vertical position, and often considerably inclined towards the horizon. Thus during the great earthquake which convulsed the valley of the Mississipi in 1811-12, Mr. Bringier, an engineer of New Orleans, who was on horseback near New Madrid, where some of the severest shocks were experienced, saw the trees bend as the wave-motion of the earthquake passed under them, and immediately afterwards recover their position. The transit of the wave through the woods was marked by the crash of countless branches, first heard on one side and then on the other. It must have been awful to see the giants of the forest thus move to and fro like a corn-field agitated by the wind! Very remarkable displacements of objects are not seldom caused by earthquakes, such as the rotation of the blocks of columns or the turning of statues on their pedestals. At Lima, which, owing to its repeated destructions by earthquakes, is properly a city of ruins, Professor Dana saw two obelisks with the upper stone on each displaced and turned round on its axis about fifteen degrees in a direction from north to east. These rotations by earthquakes have been attributed by some authors to an actual rotatory movement in the earthquake vibration; but it has lately been shown by Mr. Mallet that this hypothesis is untenable and unnecessary, as a simple vibration back and forth is all that is required to produce a rotatory motion in the stone of a column, provided that stone be attached below more strongly on one side of the centre than on the opposite. The wave-motion of an earthquake sometimes spreads over enormous spaces. The shocks of the earthquake of New Granada which took place in the night from the 16th to the 17th of June 1826, were noticed over a surface of 750,000 square miles. The earthquake of Valdivia (February 20, 10 6 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. 1835) was felt southwards on the distant island of Chiloe to the north as far as Copiapo, in Mendoza to the east of the Andes, and on the Island of Juan Fernandez, 300 miles from the coast. Supposing these effects to have taken place at corresponding distances in Europe, all the land would have trembled from the North Sea to the Ifediterranean, and from Ireland to the centre of France. It is evident that the extent and force of the wave-motion of an earthquake must in a great measure depend upon the nature of the rocks through which it is transmitted. It will vibrate more easily through solid homogeneous masses, while in alluvial deposits, or in a soil composed of sand and loose conglomerate, its undulations will be propagated irregularly and its effects be far more destructive. This is particularly the case where the alluvial deposits repose on a substratum of hard rock. Thus the devastations of the Calabrian earthquake of 1783 were most apparent in the plain of Oppido, in those parts where the newer tertiary strata rest upon granite. The earthquake wave generally follows the direction of mountain-chains, and but rarely crosses them. The great Chilian earthquakes, which often propagate their vibrations to distances of many hundred miles along the western foot of the Andes, remain unfelt on their eastern border; while the earthquakes along the shores of Venezuela, Caraccas, and New Granada rarely transmit their vibrations beyond the high mountain-chains which run parallel with the coast, This is probably due to the numerous dislocations, rents, and caverns which are produced by the elevation of the mountain-chains, and necessarily serve as barriers to the propagation of the earthquake wave. Severe earthquakes are not seldom accompanied by a violent agitation of the sea. First, at the instant of the shock, the water swells high up on the beach with a gentle motion, and then as quietly recedes; secondly, some time afterwards, the whole body of the sea retires from the coast, and then returns in waves of overwhelming force. The first movement seems to be an immediate consequence of the earthquake affecting differently a fluid and a solid, so that their respective levels are slightly deranged; but the second is a far more important phenomenon.' Some authors,' says MOVEMENTS OF THE SEA IN EARTHQUAKES. 107 Mr. Darwin,' have attempted to explain it by supposing that the sea retains its level, while the land oscillates upwards; but surely the water close to the land, even on a rather steep coast, would partake of the motion of the bottom; moreover, similar movements of the sea have occurred at islands far distant from the chief line of disturbance. I suspect (but the subject is a very obscure one) that a wave, however produced, first draws the water from the shore on which it is advancing to break. I have observed that this happens with the little waves from the paddles of a steamboat. From the great wave not immediately following the earthquake, but sometimes after the interval of even half-an-hour, and from distant islands being affected similarly with the coasts near the focus of the disturbance, it appears that the wave first rises in the offing, and, as this is of general occurrence, the cause must be general. I suspect we must look to the line where the less disturbed waters of the deep ocean join the water nearer the coast which has partaken of the movements of the land, as the place where the great wave is first generated; it would also appear that the wave is larger or smaller according to the extent of shoal water which has been agitated together with the bottom on which it rested.' The following examples sufficiently prove that no storm, however violent, is capable of raising such prodigious waves as an earthquake. In the year 1692 the town of Kingston in Jamaica was almost totally destroyed by a huge earthquake wave. A frigate which lay in port was carried forwards over the houses and stranded in the middle of the town. In his'Principles of Geology,' Sir Charles Lyell relates that, during the Calabrian earthquake of 1783 the Prince of Scilla had persuaded a great part of his vassals to betake themselves to their fishing boats for safety, and he himself had gone on board. On the night of February 5, when some of the people were sleeping in the boats, and others on a level plain slightly elevated above the sea, the earth rocked and large masses of rock were thrown down with a dreadful crash upon the plain. Immediately afterwards the sea, rising more than twenty feet above the level of this low tract, rolled foaming over it and swept away the multitude. It then retreated, but soon I 08 TI-THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. rushed back again with greater violence, bringing back with it some of the bodies it had carried away. At the same time every boat was sunk or dashed against the beach, and some of them were swept far inland. The aged prince was killed, with 1,430 of his people. After the earthquake which devastated the town of Lima on the 28th of October 1746, the sea rose on the evening of the same day eighty feet above its usual level in the neighbouring Bay of Callao, overwhelmed the town, and destroyed nearly all the inhabitants. Of the twenty-three ships which were lying in the harbour at the time, nineteen immediately sank, while the four others were thrown upon the land at the distance of nearly a league. Shortly after the shock which desolated Chili on the 20th of February 1885, a great wave was seen from the distance of three or four miles, approaching in the middle of the Bay of Talcahuano with a smooth outline, but tearing up cottages and trees along the shore, as it swept onwards with irresistible force. At the head of the bay it broke in a fearful line of white breakers, which rushed up to a height of twenty-three vertical feet above the highest spring tides. Their force must have been prodigious, for at the Fort a cannon with its carriage, estimated at four tons in weight, was moved fifteen feet inwards. The whole coast was strewed over with timber and furniture, as if a thousand ships had been wrecked. As Mr. Darwin walked along the shore, he observed that numerous fragments of rock, which, from the marine productions adhering to them, must recently have been lying in deep water, had been cast up high on the beach. One of these was six feet long, three broad, and two thick. During the dreadful earthquake which in 1868 raised the strip of land at the western foot of the Andes from lburra in Ecuador, to Iquique in Peru, 1,200 miles in length, the receding sea uncovered the bay at Iquique to the depth of four fathoms, and then, returning in an immense wave, a mass of dark blue water, forty feet high, rushed over the already ruined city, and swept away every trace of what had been a town. One spectator, seeing the whole surface of the sea rise like a mountain, ran for his life to the Pampa. The waves overtook him. Fighting with the dark water, amidist wreck and IOTION OF EARTHQUAKE WAVES. 109 ruin of every kind, carried back into the bay, and again thrown back to the Pampa, wounded and half-naked, he crept for safety into a hole of the sand, and waited sadly for the dawn. At Arica, the British Vice-Consul, alarmed at the first shock, rushed out of the house with his family, and made for the high ground, in just terror of the expected sea-wave. Through the ruined town, amidst dead and dying, half stifled with dust, they reached rising ground, and, looking back, saw a dreadful sequel-the sea rushed in and left not a vestage remaining of the lower part of Arica. Six vessels were lost in the bay or tossed over rocks and houses; an American gunboat was whirled away from her moorings, and laid, without a broken spar or tarnished flag, high and dry on the sand-hills, a quarter of a mile from the sea. As might be expected from the movable nature of water, the wave-motion of earthquakes is frequently propagated to surprising distances over the sea. The Chilian earthquake of 1835 produced oscillations of the ocean that made themselves felt on the Sandwich Islands at a distance of 5,000 nautical miles. On Mauai, the sea retreated 120 feet, and then suddenly returned with a tremendous wave that swept away the trees and houses on the beach. In Hawaii, a large congregation had assembled for divine service near Byron's Bay. Suddenly the water began to sink, so that soon a great part of the harbour was laid dry. The spectators hurried to the shore to admire the astonishing spectacle, when a wave, rising twenty feet above the usual tide-mark, inundated the land, destroyed sixty-six huts, and drowned eleven of the islanders, though the best swimmers in the world. So far from its starting-point did the South American earthquake seek its victims. Fifteen hours and a half after the great earthquake of Arica (1868) the waterwave undulating over the vast Pacific was felt at Chatham Islands, a distance of 6,300 miles, and an hour later at New Zealand. The enormous powers which come into action during a great earthquake show themselves not only in the destruction of edifices and the wide-spread ruin so produced, but in the changes which they effect in the configuration of the soil. Wherever masses of earth rest looselh 110.THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD, upon a sloped surface of subjacent rock, or where steep imountain crests overlie wet and unctuous beds of shale, or where the rock itself is composed of coherent material, or where river-banks are formed of precipitous masses of clays, or where the corroding waters have undermined the ground, the violent commotion caused by an earthquake cannot fail to produce landslips, fissures, and falls of rock. In 1571, on the 17th of February, the ground opened all at once at the'Wonder,' near Putley, not far from Marcle in Herefordshire; and a large part of the sloping surface of the hilltwenty-six acres, it is said-descended with the trees and sheep-folds, and continued in motion from Saturday to Mionday, masses of ground being turned round through half a circle in their descent. This was a great landslip, said to have been occasioned by an earthquake. Earth-fissures were formerly supposed to be occasioned by a stretching of the ground, occasioned by the wavy nature of the shocks; but Mr. Mallet has shown that no earthquake wave can possibly produce any such stretching, and considers them as cases of small and incipient landslips caused by the shaking downwards of a loose mass. His own observations left no doubt in his mind that the descriptions, given by the Neapolitan Academy in their Historical Account of the Earthquake of 1783, of the earth-fissures therein produced, and designated constantly by the pompous term' voragines,' are gross exaggerations, and that the well-known Jamaica earth-fissures, that were said to have opened and closed with the wave, and to have bitten people in two, must be regarded as audacious fables.' The vulgar mind, filled from infancy with superstitious terrors as to " the things under the earth," is seized at once by the notion of these fissures of profound and fabulous depth with fire and vapour of smoke issuing from within their murky abysses; but they should cease to belong to science.' Enormous landslips are sometimes occasioned by earthquakes, but their extent depends less upon the power and energy of the shock than upon the conditions of unstable equilibrium presented by great masses of loose material, through the configuration of the country. In consequence of landslips or dislodgements of large masses of rock, altera CAUSES OF EARTHQUAKES. 111 tions in the flow or distribution of the waters frequently take place. Thus, brooks or rivers are not seldom dammed, and temporary ponds or lakes created. Permanent elevations of the land have been observed after some earthquakes. Thus, after the violent shocks of November 19, 1822, a great part of the coast of Chili was found to be raised several feet above its previous level, and after the great earthquake which occurred in New Zealand in the night of January 23, 1855, a large tract of land was found to be permanently upraised from one to nine feet. Before the shock there had been no room to pass between the sea and the base of a perpendicular cliff called MukaMuka, except for a short time at low water, and the herdsmen were obliged to wait for low tide in order to drive their cattle past the cliff. But immediately after the upheaval, a gently sloping raised beach, more than 100 feet wide, was laid dry, affording ample space at all states of the tide for the passage of man and beast. These permanent elevations have often been attributed to the immediate agency of earthquakes; but Mr. Mallet proves this assumption to be a fallacy, as the impulse of the earthquake wave even right above the focus is utterly incapable of raising the level of the land by a height much more than instrumentally appreciable, and there is not the least evidence that any part of even this elevation is permanent. That earthquakes occur along with, and as part of, a train of other circumstances which do produce permanent elevation occasionally, and that earthquakes are probably always the signals that the forces producing elevation are operative, is another matter, with which that erroneous or loosely expressed view should not be confounded. The causes of earthquakes are still hidden in obscurity, and probably will ever remain so, as these violent convulsions originate at depths far below the reach of human observation. Mr. Mallet came to the conclusion that the depth of the original Calabrian shock in 1857 did not exceed seven or eight miles, and deduces from all the facts known as to the movements of earthquakes, that the subterranean points where the shocks originate perhaps never exceed thirty geographical miles, so that, even supposing the central 112 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. nucleus of the earth to be fluid, they cannot possibly be due to the reaction of the internal ocean of molten stone upon the solid shell with which it is enveloped, but must have their seat within the latter. The existence of reservoirs of fused matter at various depths in the solid earth-rind is quite sufficient to account for all seismic and volcanic phenomena; for it is evident that whenever rain-water, or the waters of the sea percolating through rocks, gain access to these subterranean -lakes of molten stone, steam must be generated, the pressure of which will in many cases rend and dislocate the incumbent masses.'During such movements,' says Sir Charles Lyell,' fissures may be formed and injected with gaseous or fluid matter, which may sometimes fail to reach the surface, while at other times it may be expelled through volcanic vents, stufas, and hot springs. When the strain on the rocks has caused them to split, or the roofs of pre-existing fissures or caverns have been made to fall in, vibratory jars will be produced and propagated in all directions, like waves of sound through the crust of the earth, with varying velocity, according to the violence of the original shock, and the density or elasticity of the substance through which they pass. They will travel, for example, faster through granite than through limestone, and more rapidly through the latter than through wet clay, but the rate will be uniform through the same homogeneous medium.' According to Mr. Poulett Scrope, the originating cause of the earthquake must be sought in the expansion of some deeply seated mass of mineral matter, owing to augmentation of temperature or diminution of pressure. By this expansive force, the solid rocks above are suddenly rent asunder, and whether below the sea or not, their violent disruption produces a jarring vibration, which is propagated on either side through their continuous masses in undulatory pulsations. Some geologists are of opinion that earthquakes are frequently the result of the subsiding, sinking in, or cracking of subterranean cavern roofs, in consequence of the pressure of the superincumlbent rocks. Small local earthquakes may be explained by this theory; but terrible convulsions which shake a whole continent evidently proceed from a far more EARTHQUAKES IN PERU. 113 formidable cause, and are more satisfactorily explained by the agency of subterranean heat and elastic vapours. If, even during an ordinary storm, the black clouds, the howling of the wind, the flashes of lightning, and the loud claps of thunder strike men and brutes with fear, we may naturally expect to see terror carried to its highest pitch by so dreadful a phenomenon as an earthquake. All creatures living or burrowing under the earth-rats, mice, moles, snakes-hastily creep forth from their subterranean abodes, though many no doubt are gripped and suffocated by the suddenly moved soil before they can effect their escape; the crocodile, generally silent, like our little lizards, rushes out of the river and runs bellowing into the woods; the hogs show symptoms of uneasiness; the horses tremble; the oxen huddle together; and the fowls run about with discordant cries. On man, the phenomenon makes a peculiarly deep impression.' A bad earthquake,' says Mr. Darwin,' at once destroys our oldest associations. The earth, the very emblem of solidity, has moved beneath our feet like a thin crust over a fluid. One second of time has created in the mind a strange idea of insecurity, which hours of reflection would not have produced.' We can no longer trust the soil on which we stand, and feel ourselves completely at the mercy of some unknown destructive power, which at any moment, without forewarning, can destroy our property or our lives. But as first impressions are always the deepest, so habit renders man callous even to the terrors of an ordinary earthquake. In countries where slight shocks are of frequent occurrence, almost every vestige of fear vanishes from the minds of the natives, or of the strangers whom a long residence has familiarised with the phenomenon. On the rainless coast of Peru, thunderstorms and hail are unknown. The thunder of the storm is there replaced by the thunder which accompanies the earthquake. But the frequent repetition of this subterranean tumult, and the general belief that dangerous shocks occur only twice or thrice in the course of a century, produce in Lima so great an indifference towards slighter oscillations of the soil that they hardly attract more attention than a hail-storm in Northern Europe. i 114 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER X. THE GREAT EARTHQUAKE OF LISBON. A dreadful All Saints' Day-The Victims of a Minute-Report of an Eye-witness -Conflagration-Banditti-Pombal brings Order into Chaos-Intrigues of the Jesuits-Damages caused by the Earthquake in other Places-at Cadiz-in Barbary-Widespread Alarm-Remarks of Goethe on the Earthquake. I[STORY exhibits few catastrophes more terrible than that which was caused by the great earthquake which, on November 1, 1755, levelled the town of Lisbon to the dust. On other occasions, such as that of a siege, a famine, or a plague, calamity approaches by degrees, giving its victims time to measure its growth, and preparing them, as it were, to sustain an increasing weight of misery; but here destruction fell upon the devoted city with the rapidity of a flash of lightning. A bright sun shone over Lisbon on that fatal morning. The weather was as mild and beautiful as on a fine summer's day in England, when, about forty minutes past nine, in the morning, an earthquake shock, followed almost immediately by another and another, brought down convents, churches, palaces, and houses in one common ruin, and, at a very moderate computation, occasioned the loss of thirty thousand lives.' The shocking sight of the dead bodies,' says an eyewitness of the scene,'together with the shrieks and cries of those who were half buried in the ruins, exceeds all description; for the fear and consternation were so great that the most resolute person durst not stay a moment to remove a few stones off the friend he loved most, though many might have been saved by so doing; but nothing was thought of but self-preservation. Getting into open places, and into the middle of streets, was the most probable security, Such as were in the upper storeys of houses were, in general, more ;~~- 5== —=; —=-="FS=5 —-==1 —-"";""===E======-=!I -_ —_ --- - —- -- —-== —-S~=~li —;I —~;= ii -— = —--— 1- -- -- _ --=-. — —-s- . =--== —--I ~I — r'' —-i; —~ —-----------— r-i"L- - _ _ _ _- I = -—;-; —----— - — 1.L==-===jL-.- —iL-S ---------- ---- -- —-----—:-- -,-f',_,_ --- -- ____ —— iCI —'- —=== _ —' — __i5;~SC= —C-=_-~==E=55C —?: — C""SLI-= —=""""---=Zi —- —-— --- - ------ -----— = —cL-~.=_-=;s=i —;LJ — —-— I —= CSjii-E —---- I Bql;~-~~II-j ——?=i —_:ji-=i —- —c -- i19 :i I-:__:'' —-i -=-'=-i-I-".;;;;;;-=z,,,-,r: __ _._:. ; r:-i_:r-.I-: — —-I:.-_- — ~ —-_13=:P_-,-tz-==l'= —:;;5===;=-= —---— ;= -— _- _=-============-;I-_L_1-_;;-L-LI -----— ~ — -^~~-.. —.-. —— ~ -I-r:-.-..-^.~ -;=l`=S-T=l=__=_-==-====-=:- -::-:-- L;i-;;--l:=_J:-::; — _~~---i--= —-= —--- — . -_., --:;;:=- — —-~---_---;-`~r---lr-_-,;;:,-II T=--- —--IL,-,-:_--=:1 AmPsk fRWIPIITa i.:-.-.. -----—::__=_-__Li-i —--— —-j::i: ——;-..-- -1 — - -- ii" E6tn_ -f'. ~T:=:.~\~ b 1 141Rbj%lAleIk2 —-----;z=,, k lil' I fZ'BI i L1Y!BBiJu-",irmrlfl13'' i --— i —------- -PYnpLi3C-;- r*uic=9;i;d6p_dPJS\jsini;=P' -- —-"- _ ___._._ - -- -- THE EAWHQUAKE AT CISON BM a755. DESTRUCTION OF LISBON. 115 fortunate than those who attempted to escape by the doors; for they were buried under the ruins with the greatest part of the foot-passengers; such as were in equipages escaped best, though their cattle and drivers suffered severely; but those lost in houses and the streets are very unequal in number to those that were buried in the ruins of churches; for as it was a day of great devotion, and the time of celebrating mass, all the churches in the city were vastly crowded; and the number of churches here exceeds that of both London and Westminster; and as the steeples are built high, they mostly fell with the roof of the church, and the stones are so large that few escaped.' Many of those who were not crushed or disabled by the falling buildings fled to the Tagus, vainly hoping that they might find there the safety which they had lost on land. For, soon after the shock, the sea also came rushing in like a torrent, though against wind and tide, and rising in an enormous wave, overflowed its banks, devouring all it met on its destructive path. Many large vessels sank at once; others, torn from their anchors, disappeared in the vortex, or, striking against each other, were shattered to pieces. A fine new stone quay, where about three thousand persons had assembled for safety, slipped into the river, and every one was lost; nor did so much as a single body appear afterwards. Had the misery ended here, it might in some degree have admitted of redress; for, though lives could not be restored, yet a great part of the immense riches that were in the ruins might have been recovered; but a new calamity soon put an end to such hopes, for, in about two hours after the shock, fires broke out in three different parts of the city, caused by the goods and the kitchen fires being all jumbled together. About this time also, a fresh gale suddenly springing up, made the fire rage with such violence that, at the end of three days, the greatest part of the city was reduced to ashes. What the earthquake had spared fell a prey to the fire, and the flames consumed thousands of mutilated victims, who, incapable of flight, lay half-buried in the ruins. According to a popular report, which, true or not, shows * Philosophical Transactions, vol. xlix. part i. p. 404. i 2 116 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. the hatred in which the Holy Office was held, the Inquisition was the first building that fell down, and probably more than one inquisitor, who, in his life-time, had sent scores of Jews or heretics to the stake, was now, in his turn, burnt alive. As if the unshackled elements were not sufficient agents of destruction, the prisons also cast forth their lawless denizens, and a host of malefactors, rejoicing in the public calamity which paralysed the arm of justice, added rapine and murder to the miseries of the city. More than 60,000 persons are supposed to have perished in Lisbon from all these various causes. The total loss of property was estimated at fifty millions of dollars, an enormous sum for a small country, and in times when money was far more valuable than at present. A few shocks sufficed to destroy the treasures accumulated by the savings of many generations. The royal family was at this time residing in the small palace of Belem, about a league out of town, and thus escaped being buried among the ruins of the capital-a fortunate occurrence in the midst of so many misfortunes; for the anarchy that must have ensued from the destruction of all authority would have filled the cup of misery to the brim. As it was, Government seemed utterly incapable of contending with a disaster of such colossal proportions.' What is to be done P' said the helpless king to his minister Carvalho, Marquis of Pombal, who, on entering the councilchamber, found his sovereign vainly seeking for advice among his weeping and irresolute courtiers:'how can we alleviate the chastisement which Divine justice has imposed upon us?'' Sire! by burying the dead and taking care of the living,' was the ready answer of the great statesman, whose noble bearing and confident mien at once restored the king's courage. From that moment Jose bestowed a boundless confidence upon Pombal. Without losing a single moment, the minister, invested with full powers, threw himself into a carriage, and hastened with all speed to the scene of destruction. Wherever his presence was most needed, there was he sure to be found. For several days and nights he never left his carriage, whence, incessantly active in his efforts to reduce chaos to order, he issued no less than two EARTHQUAKE AT CADIZ. 117 hundred decrees, all bearing the stamp of a master-mind, Troops from the provinces were summoned in all haste, and concentrated round the capital, which no one wa.s allowed to leave without permission, so that the robbers, who had enriched themselves with the plunder of palaces and churches, were unable to escape with their spoils. In all his numerous ordinances Carvalho neglected none of the details necessary for insuring their practical utility, writing many of them on his knees with a pencil, and sending them, without loss of time, to the various officers charged with their execution. His wise regulations for ensuring a speedy supply and a regular distribution of provisions averted famine. Great fears were entertained of pestilential disorders, in consequence of the putrid exhalations of so many corpses, which it was impossible to bury. To prevent this additional misfortune, Carvalho induced the Patriarch to give orders that the bodies of the dead should be cast into the sea, with only such religious ceremonies as circumstances permitted. But the Jesuits, the mortal enemies of the enlightened minister, did not lose this opportunity of intriguing against him, and openly ascribed the catastrophe to the wrath of God against an impious Government. Thus Pombal had not only to cope with the disastrous effects of the earthquake, but also with the venomous attacks of hypocritical bigots, in spite of whose clamours he interdicted all public processions and devotional exercises that were calculated still further to inflame the excited minds of the populace. Though Lisbon was the chief sufferer from the great earthquake of 1755, the shocks which destroyed the capital of Portugal proved disastrous in many other places, and vibrated far and wide over a considerable portion of the globe. St. Ubes was nearly swallowed up by the sudden rising of the sea. At Cadiz the shocks were so violent that the water in the cisterns washed backwards and forwards so as to make a great froth upon it. No damage was done, on account of the excessive strength of the buildings; but, about an hour after, an immense wave, at least 60 feet higher than common, was seen approaching from the sea. It broke against the west part of the town, which is very rocky, and 118 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. where, fortunately, the cliffs abated a great deal of its force. At last it burst upon the walls, destroyed part of the fortifications, and swept away huge pieces of cannon. The strong causeway which connects the town with the Island of Leon, was utterly destroyed, and more than fifty people drowned that were on it at the time. In Seville a number of houses were thrown down, and the bells were set a-ringing in Malaga. In Italy, Germany, and France, in Holland and in Sweden, in Great Britain and in Ireland, the lakes and rivers were violently agitated. The water in Loch Lomond rose suddenly and violently against its banks, so that a large stone lying at some distance from the shore, in shallow water, was moved from its place, and carried to dry land, leaving a deep furrow in the ground along which it had moved. At Kinsale, in Ireland, a great body of water suddenly burst into the harbour, and with such violence that it broke the cables of two vessels, each moored with two anchors, and of several boats which lay near the town. The vessels were whirled round several times by an eddy formed in the water, and then hurried back again with the same rapidity as before. London was shaken, the midland counties disturbed, and one high cliff in Yorkshire threw down its half-separated rocks. At Toplitz, in Bohemia, between eleven and twelve o'clock, the mineral waters increased so much in quantity that all the baths ran over. About half an hour before. the spring grew turbid and flowed muddy, and, having stopped entirely for nearly a minute, broke forth again with prodigious violence, driving before it a considerable quantity of reddish ochre. After this, it became clear, and flowed as pure as before, but supplying more water than usual, and that hotter and more impregnated with its medicinal substances. In Barbary, the earthquake was felt nearly as severely as in Portugal. Great part of the city of Algiers was destroyed; at Fez, Mequinez, and Morocco many houses were thrown down, and numbers of persons were buried in the ruins. At Tangiers and Sallee the waters rushed into the streets with great violence, and when they retired they left behind them a great quantity of fish. Ships sailing on the distant Atlantic received such violent EFFECTS OF THIE LISBON EARTHQUAKE. 119 concussions that it seemed as if they had struck upon a rock, and even America was disturbed. At the Island of Antigua the sea rose to such a height as had never been known before, and at Barbadoes a tremendous wave overflowed the wharfs and rushed into the streets. The remote Canadian lakes were seen to ebb and flow in an extraordinary manner, and the Red Indian hunter felt the last expiring pulsations of the great terrestrial shock which a few hours before had overthrown the distant capital of Portugal. Such were the extraordinary effects of this terrible earthquake, which extended over a space of not less than four millions of square miles! Of the enormous sensation it produced over all Europe, as well as of the deep impression it made upon his own youthful mind, Goethe, then about six years old, has given us a masterly account in his autobiography (c Dichtung und Wahrheit').'For the first time,' says the illustrious poet,' the boy's peace of mind was disturbed by an extraordinary event. On November 1, 1755, the earthquake of Lisbon took place, and spread consternation over a world which had long been accustomed to tranquillity and peace. A large and splendid capital, the seat of wealth and commerce, suddenly falls a prey to the most terrible disaster. The earth shakes, the sea rises, ships are dashed against each other, houses, churches, and towers fall in; the king's palace is partly engulfed by the waves; the bursting earth seems to vomit flames, for smoke and fire appear everywhere among the ruins. Sixty thousand persons, but a moment before in the enjoyment of a comfortable existence, are swept away, and they are the most fortunate who no longer feel or remember their misery. The flames continue to rage, along with a host of criminals whom the catastrophe has set at liberty. The unfortunate survivors are exposed to robbery, to murder, to every act of violence; and thus on all sides Nature replaces law by the reign of unfettered anarchy. Swifter than the news could travel, the effects of the earthquake had already spread over a wide extent of land; in many places slighter commotions had been felt; mineral springs had suddenly ceased to flow; and all these circumstances increased 120 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. the general alarm when the terrible details of the catastrophe became known. The pious were now not sparing of moral reflexions, the philosophers of consolations, the clergy of admonitions. Thus the attention of the world was for some time concentrated upon this single topic, and the public, excited by the misfortunes of strangers, began to feel an increasing anxiety for its personal safety, as from all sides intelligence came pouring in of the widely-extended effects of the earthquake. The demon of fear has indeed, perhaps, never spread terror so rapidly and so powerfully over the earth. The boy who heard the subject frequently discussed was not a little perplexed. God, the Creator and Preserver of Heaven and Earth, whom the first article of faith represented as supremely wise and merciful, appeared by no means paternal while thus enveloping the just and the unjust in indiscriminate ruin. It was in vain that his youthful mind endeavoured to shake off these impressions, nor can this be wondered at, as even the wise and the learned did not agree in their opinions on the subject.' 121 CHAPTER X I LANDSLIPS. Igneous and Aqueous Causes of Landslips-Fall of the Diablerets in 1714 and 1749-Escape of a Peasant from his living Tomb-Vitaliano Donati on the Fall of a Mountain near Sallenches-The Destruction of Goldau in 1806-Wonderful Preservation of a Child —Burial of Velleja and Tauretunum, of Pliirs and Scilano-Landslip near Axmouth in Dorsetshire-Falling in of Cavern-roofsDollinas and Jamas in Carniola and Dalmatia-Bursting of Bogs-Crateriform Hollows in the Eifel.' ANDSLIPS, or sudden subsidences and displacements of portions of land, result both from igneous and aqueous causes. Wherever cavities have been formed beneath the surface of the earth, whether in consequence of volcanic eruptions or by the erosive and dissolving action of subterranean waters, the shock of an earthquake or the mere weight of the superincumbent mass may cause the roof to fall in, or the superficial ground, no longer sustained by its undermined foundations, to slide away and sink to a lower level. In mountainous regions it frequently occurs that the foundations of a rock, undermined by filtering waters, give way, and that huge masses of stone and earth, now no longer reposing on a solid basis, are precipitated into the valley below. More than once, the slipping or falling in of a mountain has brought death and destruction upon the humble dwellings of the Alpine peasants, and added many a mournful page to their simple annals. Thus, in the years 1714 and 1749, large beds of stone were detached from the Diablerets, a mountain stock between the cantons of Vaux and Valais, and burying the meadows of Cheville and Leytron under a mound of rubbish 300 feet deep, killed many herds and shepherds. In the first of these catastrophes, the life of a peasant was 12)2 TIHE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. preserved in a wonderful manner. An immense block came toppling down close to his chalet and covered it like a shield, so as to preserve it from being crushed by the following debris, though piled up two hundred feet above it. Thus, imnnured as it were in a living tomb, the unfortunate man spent miserable weeks and months, subsisting on the stores of cheese hoarded in his hut, without light and air, and in constant fear that the rocks above his head might give way and bury him under their ruins. With all the energy of despair, he endeavoured to find his way out of the mighty mound of rubbish, and at length, after incredible toil, emerged into the open daylight. More like a spectre than a human being, pale and emaciated, with torn clothes, and covered with bruises, he knocked at the door of his house* in the lower valley, where his wife and children, who had already long reckoned him among the dead, were at first terrified at his ghost-like appearance, and called in the village pastor to convince them of his identity, before they ventured to rejoice at his return. On the road from Sallenches to Servoz, in the Valley of the Arve, well known to all the visitors of Monit Blanc, may be seen the ruins of a high mountain which collapsed in the year 1751, causing so dreadful a crash and raising such clouds of dust that the whole neighbourhood thought the world was at an end. The black dust was taken for smoke; flames had been seen darting about in the murky clouds, and the report spread to Turin that a new Vesuvius had suddenly opened its subterranean furnaces among the highest of the Alpine mountains. The king, alarmed or interested at the news, immediately sent the famous geologist Vitaliano Donati to gather accurate information on the spot. Donati, travelling night and day, with all the eagerness of a zealous naturalist, arrived while the appalling phenomenon was still in full activity.'The peasants,' writes Donati to a friend,'had all fled from the neighbourhood, and did not venture to approach * It is almost superfluous to mention that in the Alps many of the peasants lead a migratory existence. During the summer they ascend, with their herds, into the higher valleys, where they remain, separated from their families, until the first night-frosts force them to return to their homes on a lower level. LANDSLIP OF THE ROSSBERG. 1,23 the crashing mountain within a distance of two Italian miles. The country around was covered with dust, which closely resembled ashes, and had been carried by the wind to a distance of five miles. I examined the dust, and found it to consist of pulverised marble. I also attentively observed the smoke, but could see no flames, nor could I perceive a sulphurous smell; the water also of the rivulets and sources showed no trace of sulphurous matter. This convinced me at once that no volcanic eruption was taking place, and penetrating into the cloud of dust which enveloped the mountain, I advanced close to the scene of the commotion. I there saw enormous rocks tumbling piecemeal into an abyss with a dreadful noise, louder than the rolling of thunder or the roar of heavy artillery, and distinctly saw that the smoke was nothing but the dust rising from their fall.'Further investigations also showed me the cause of the phenomenon, for I found the mountain to consist of horizontal strata, the lowest being composed of a loose stone of a slaty texture, while the upper ones, though of a more compact nature, were rent with numerous crevices. On the back of the mountain were three small lakes, the water of which, penetrating through the fissures of the strata, had gradually loosened their foundations. The snow, which had fallen during the previous winter more abundantly than had ever been known within the memory of man, hastened the progress of destruction, and caused the fall of six hundred million cubic feet of stone, which alone would have sufficed to form a great mountain. Six shepherds, as many houses, and a great number of cows and goats have been buried under the ruins.' In my report to the king I have accurately described the causes and effects of the catastrophe, and foretold its speedy termination-a prediction which has been fully verified by the event-and thus the new volcano has become extinct almost as soon as its formation was announced.' Fortunately, this grand convulsion of nature, which spread consternation far and wide, caused the death of but a few victims. The landslip of the Rufi or Rossberg, which, on September 2, 1806, devastated the lovely Vale of Goldau, and overwhelmed four villages, with their rich pasture-grounds and 124 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. gardens, was far more disastrous. The preceding years had been unusually wet, the filtering waters had loosened the Nagelfluh, or coarse conglomerate of which the mountain is composed, and the rains having latterly been almost continuous, a great part of the mountain, undermined by the subterranean action of the waters, at length gave way and was hurled into the valley below. Early in the morning the shepherds who were tending their herds on the mountains perceived fresh crevices in the ground and on the rock walls. In many parts the turf appeared as if turned up by a ploughshare, and a cracking noise as if roots were violently snapped asunder was heard in the neighbouring forest. From hour to hour, the rents, the cracking, the rolling down of single stones increased, until finally, at about five in the afternoon, a large chasm opened in the flanks of the mountain, growing every instant deeper, longer, and broader. Then from the opposite Righi the forest might be seen to wave to and fro like a stormtossed sea, and the whole flank of the mountain to slide down with a constantly increasing velocity, until finally hundreds of millions of cubic feet of rock came sweeping down into the valley with a noise as if the foundations of the earth were giving way. The friction or clash of the huge stones, hurled against each other in their fall, produced so intense a heat that flames were seen to flash forth from the avalanche, and the moisture with which they were saturated, being suddenly changed into steam, caused explosions like those from the crater of a volcano. Dense clouds of dust veiled the scene of destruction, and it was not before they slowly rolled away that the whole extent of the disaster became visible. Where, but a few hours since, four prosperous villages-Goldau, Busingen, Upper and Lower Rithen, and Lowerz-had been gilded by the sun, and numerous herds had been grazing on the rich pastures along the borders of the lake of Lowerz, nothing was now to be seen but a desolate chaos of rocks, beneath which 457 persons lay buried. From this terrible disaster some wonderful escapes are recorded. High on the slope of the Rossberg, lived Blasi Mettler, with his young wife Agatha. When, in the morning, the first premonitory signs of the disaster appeared, and the labouring LANDSLIP" OF THE VALE OF GOLDAU, 125 mountain began to raise its warning voice, the superstitious peasant, fancying he heard the jubilee of demons, hastened down to Arth, on the bank of the lake of Zug, and begged the parish priest, with tears and lamentations, to accompany him, and exorcise the evil spirits with a copious sprinkling of holy water. While he was still speaking, the catastrophe took place, and he now rushed back again to his hut, where beyond all doubt his beloved wife and his only child, which was but four weeks old, had found a premature grave. Meanwhile Agatha had spent several anxious hours. She was preparing her humble evening meal when the thundering uproar and the shaking of the hut filled her with the terrors of death. Seizing the infant, which lay awake in its cradle, she crossed the threshold, while the soil under her feet slid down into the valley. Escaping into the open air, she looked back and saw her hut and a sea of huge stone blocks roll down into the vale below, while the spot on which she stood remained unmoved. In this situation she was found by Blasi, who, though a poor and ruined man, still thanked God for the wonderful preservation of his family. About a thousand feet lower down the mountain lived Blasi's brother Bastian, who, when the mountain slipped, was tending his herd on the opposite Righi. But his wife and her two little children were in his hut when it was buried beneath the stony avalanche. After the terrible commotion had subsided, the relations of Frau Mettler, anxious to ascertain her fate, hastened to the scene of desolation. The hut had disappeared, -he green Alpine meadow was covered with a heap of ruins, but, not far from the former site of the humble cottage, the youngest child lay quietly sleeping. At the peril of his life, one of the infant's relations clambered over the ruins and rescued the little sleeper, who, unhurt amidst the falling rafters of the hut and the ruins of the crumbling mountain, had been carried away with the bed on which he was reposing. On my last visit to Switzerland, I was informed that Sebastian Meinhardt Mettler, the child thus wonderfully saved, died in the year 1867, at the age of sixtyone. Some of the victims who had been buried in the ruins of the villages were dug out and restored to daylight; others, 126 TIlE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. less fortunate, may have slowly perished, immured in a living grave; but by far the greater number were no doubt suddenly killed. The total number of those who were saved, either by the assistance of their friends, or by a timely flight, or by absence from their homes at the time of the disaster, amounted to 220; but more than double that number perished, and probably there was not one among the survivors who had not to lament the loss of friends and kinsfolk. This dreadful catastrophe also levied its tribute among the strangers whom the beauties of Alpine scenery annually attract to Switzerland. A party of tourists had left Arth in the afternoon with the intention of spending the night in Schwyz. Part of the company had already entered the illfated village of Goldau, and the others were about to follow, when suddenly the thundering roar of the sliding miountain caused them to stop. Looking up and seeing rocks, forests, huts, all rushing down in horrible confusion, they instinctively ran back for their lives. The warning came not one instant too soon, for close behind the spot where they stopped panting for breath, the stones still fell like hail. But their unfortunate companions, the wife and daughter of Baron Diesbach, Colonel Victor von Steiger, and some boys, whose tutor had been slowly following them with the Baron, were buried beneath the ruins. From the Righi the traveller still looks down upon the avalanche of stones, and the flank of the Rossberg still plainly shows the spot where, more than half a century ago, the masses of rock now reposing in the valley detached themselves from the mountain. But the beautifying hand of vegetation has already done much to adorn the scene of ruin. Green mosses have woven their soft carpet over the naked stones, while grasses and flowers, and in some places even shrubs and trees, have sprung up between them. The tears also which once were shed over the victims of the great catastrophe have long since been dried, and its last witnesses have passed away to make room for a new generation, who remember the mountain-slip which buried their fathers only as a legend of the past. This terrible disaster, however appalling through the farspread desolation it entailed, has yet been equalled or sur FREQUENCY OF LANDSLIPS. 127 passed by others of a like nature. In the fifth century, the old Roman town of Velleja was buried under the ruins of the Ravinazzo Mountain, and the bones and coins dug out of its ancient site prove that no time was left to the inhabitants for flight. Tauretunum was once a flourishing Roman town, situated on the south bank of the lake of Geneva, at the foot of the Dent d'Oche. In 563 it was utterly destroyed by a disruption of the overhanging mountain. The avalanche of stones which at that time was hurled down upon the devoted city is still visible as a promontory projecting far into the lake, which is here at least 500 feet deep. The immense wave caused by the rocky mass as it plunged into the water inundated the opposite shore from Morges to Vevay, and swept away every homestead that lay on its path. In the night of September 4, 1618, the falling of the Monte Conto, in the Vale of Chiavenna, so completely buried the small town of Pliirs and the village of Scilano, that of their 2,430 inhabitants but three remained alive, and but one single house escaped the universal destruction. At present, magnificent chestnut-trees grow upon the mound of ruins and cast their shade over the graves of the long-forgotten victims. Three villages, with their whole population, were covered in the district of Treviso when the Piz mountain fell in 1772; and the enormous masses of rock which in 1248 detached themselves from Mount Grenier, south of Chambery in Savoy, buried five parishes, including the town and church of Saint Andre, the ruin occupying an extent of about nine square miles. Sometimes the same village has been repeatedly destroyed by mountain-slips. Thus excavations have shown that Brienz, a hamlet built on the borders of the lake of the same name, on a mound of accumulated ruins, has been twice overwhelmed by a deluge of stones and mud, and twice reconstructed. It would be useless to multiply examples of the undermining power of water. I will merely add that it is impossible to wander through the valleys of Switzerland without being struck by the sight of the sloping hillocks of rubbish piled up against the foot of every gigantic rock wall, which in many cases can only be attributed to that cause. Some 128 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. are entirely overgrown with large firs, thus showing that the last stony avalanche took place at a remote period; others are desolate heaps of rubbish, which evidently prove that the work of destruction is constantly going on, and that the highest peaks will ultimately be levelled with the plain. Over many a hamlet the sword of Damocles is continually suspended in the shape of a precipitous rock-wall, or of a forest-crowned mountain-brow. For years the undermining waters are slowly and secretly at work, and then suddenly the crisis takes place. _,_~I,-:22 —---............................... — -------.. _______ 1 _ _ =. 7. i f =. AXtOUTH LANDSLIP. Were the history of the Andes or of the Himalayas as familiar to us as that of the Alps, we should be able to relate many like instances of disastrous mountain-slips. But the high places of the earth do not alone bear witness to the power of aqueous erosion, for wherever the soil is undermined, it may be precipitated to a lower level. Thus, the phenomenon is by no means uncommon in England, though rarely occurring on so large a scale as in the landslip which took place at Axmouth in Dorsetshire, on December 24, 1839. The tract of downs ranging there along the coast,' says Sir Charles Lyell (' Principles of Geology'), is capped by chalk, -which rests on sandstone, beneath which is more than 100 TIE AXaMOUTII LANDSLIP. 129 feet of loose sand, the whole of these masses reposing on retentive beds of clay shelving towards the sea. Nuumerous springs, issuing from the loose sand, have gradually removed portions of it, and thus undermined the superstratum. In 1839, an excessively wet season had saturated all the rocks with moisture, so as to increase the weight of the incumbent mass, from which the support had already been withdrawn by the action of springs. Thus, the superstrata were precipitated into hollows prepared for them, and the adjacent masses of partially undermined rock to which the motion was communicated, were made to slide down, on a slippery basis of watery sand, towards the sea. These causes gave rise to a convulsion, which began on the morning of December 24, with a crashing noise; and, on the evening of the same day, fissures were seen opening in the ground, and the walls of tenements rending and sinking, until a deep chasm or ravine was formed, extending nearly three-quarters of a mile in length, with a depth of from 100 to 150 feet, and a breadth exceeding 240 feet. At the bottom of this deep gulf lie fragments of the original surface, thrown together in the wildest confusion. In consequence of lateral movements, the tract intervening between the new fissure and the sea, including the ancient undercliff, was fractured, and the whole line of sea-cliff carried bodily forwards for many yards. This motion of the sea-cliff produced a further effect, which may rank among the most striking phenomena of this catastrophe. The lateral pressure of the descending rocks urged the neighbouring strata, extending beneath the shingle of the shore, by their state of unnatural condensation, to burst upwards in a line parallel to the coast, so that an elevated ridge, more than a mile in length and rising more than forty feet, covered by a confused assemblage of broken strata and immense blocks of rock, invested with seaweed and corallines, and scattered over with shells and starfish, and other productions of the deep, forms an extended reef in front of the present range of cliffs.' Landslips caused by the falling in of cavern roofs are nowhere more common than in the cretaceous strata, which are more liable than others to be undermined by the action of running waters. In the vast chalk-range extending from Carinthia to the Morea, they occur of all sizes, from a diameter of a few K 130 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. fathoms to one of many thousand feet, and are not seldom of considerable depth. They are generally funnel-shaped, sometimes elongated; and the bottom of the larger ones is generally covered with villages, orchards, vineyards, or considerable tracts of arable land. In Dalmatia, Carinthia, Carniola, and Istria, where the country consists chiefly of arid plateaux or mountain-chains, exposed to the dry north-easterly winds, the cultivation of the soil is almost exclusively confined to these depressions or dollinas, which, as a further protection against the cutting blasts, are inclosed with walls of loose stones. Besides the funnel-shaped landslips or dollincas, there are others with perpendicular sides like walls or shafts, which are called jcmas or mouths. One of these (near Breschiak) descends to a depth of 384 feet. The hares seek a winter refuge in the dollinas, and the jamas, as the favourite resort of pigeons, are also called pigeon-holes or golubinas. Many a pedestrian has lost his life by falling into a jama, particularly in former times, when fewer precautions were taken to protect the stranger against these treacherous precipices. In the Jura Mountains there are also whole rows of cauldron-shaped depressions; and in North Jutland, where the chalk formation is likewise very extensive, a recent landslip suddenly emptied the Norr Lake, which lost itself in subterranean channels. Effects very similar to those of an ordinary landslip are sometimes produced by the bursting of a bog. On the western confines of England and Scotland, the Solway Moss occupies a flat area about seven miles in circumference. Its surface is covered with grass and rushes, presenting a dry crust and a fair appearance; but it shakes under the least pressure, the bottom being unsound and semi-fluid. The adventurous passenger therefore, who sometimes, in dry seasons, traverses this treacherous waste, must pick his way over the rushy tussocks as they appear before him, for here the soil is firmest. If his foot slip, or if he venture to move in any other part, it is possible he may sink never to rise again. On December 16, 1772, this quagmire, having been filled, like a great sponge, with water, during heavy rains, swelled VOLCANIC FISSURES. 131 to an unusual height above the surrounding country, and then burst. The turfy covering seemed for a time to act like the skin of a bladder retaining the fluid within, till it forced a passage for itself, when a stream of black halfconsolidated mud began at first to creep over the plain, resembling in the slow rate of its progress an ordinary lava-current. No lives were lost, but the deluge totally overwhelmed some cottages, and covered 400 acres with a mass of mud and vegetable matter, which in the lowest parts of the submerged area was at least fifteen feet deep. It may easily be imagined that in Ireland, the classic land of bogs, such phenomena are not uncommon. In the peat of Donegal an ancient log-cabin was found, in 1833, at the depth of fourteen feet. The cabin was filled with peat, and was surrounded by other huts, which were not examined. Trunks and roots of trees, preserved in their natural position, lay around these huts. There can be little doubt that we have here one instance out of many in which villages have been overwhelmed by the bursting of a moss. In many volcanic regions we find circular cauldron-shaped depressions in the earth's surface, which might easily be mistaken for land-slips, but which have in reality been formed by explosive discharges of confined vapours. When vents or fissures are produced by a paroxysm of volcanic energy, we can easily understand how in some cases the pent-up gases, finding a sudden outlet through some weaker part of the surface, must act like a powder mine, and scattering the rocks that surrounded the orifice, leave a deep hollow behind as a memento of their fury. The depressions thus caused bear a great resemblance to real craters, from which they are, however, distinguished by the absence of a cone of scoriae and from their never having ejected lava. These curious crateriform hollows are very common in the Eifel, a volcanic region in Rhenish Prussia, where, probably owing to the clayey nature of the soil, they have become reservoirs of water, or Maare, as they are called by the natives. Most of them still have small lakes at their bottom, while others have been drained for the sake of cultivation, or by the spontaneous rupture or erosion of their banks. Some of thein are of considerable dimensions, such as that of K 2 132 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Meerfeld, the diameter of which falls very little short of a mile; or the Pulvermaar of Gillenfeld, remarkable for the extreme regularity of its magnificent oval basin. Similar lakes or Maare occur in Auvergne, in Java, in the Canary Islands, in New Zealand, and in the volcanic districts of Italy. The beautiful lakes of Albano and Nemi, which oave been so often sung by ancient and modern poets, belong to this class; but Fro Hoffmnann, a celebrated German geologist, ascribes the origin of the former to a landslip caused by the falling in of the roof of a vast subterranean cavern. :::.~: I Iljlr i~ i~~ iI II AEli( L H STALACTMEE CAVF-RN AT AG-GTELEK, HUNGARY: TWE CAVE OF B02ODLA. 133 CHAPTER XILo ON CAIVES IN GENEBRAL. Their various Forms-Natural Tunnels —The Ventanillas of Gualgayoc-EimneoTorgatten —ole in the lMirtschenstock-The Trebich Cave-Grotto of Antiparos-Vast Dimensions of the Cave of Acelslerg and of the Mammoth Cave -Discovery of Baumann's Cave —Limestone Caves-Causes of their Excavation —Stalactites and Stalagmites-Their Origin-Variety of FormsMarine Caves-Shetland-Fingal's Cave-The Azure Cave -Cave under Bonifacio-Grotta di Nettuno, near Syracuse-The Bufador of Papa LunaVolcanic Caves-The Fossa della Palomba-Caves of San Miiguel-The Surtshellir, IHE natural excavations which abound in many mountain chains, or on rocky shores washed by the stormy sea, are extremely various in their forms. Many are mere rents or crevices in the disruptured rocks; others wide vaults, not seldom of hall or dome-like dimensions, or long and narrow passages branching out in numerous ramifications. Not seldom the same cave alternately expands into spacious chambers, and then again contracts into narrow tunnels or galleries. The walls of many are smooth and nearly parallel; the sides of others are irregular and rugged. Many have narrow entrances and swell at greater depths into majestic proportions; while others open with wide portals, and gradually diminish in size as they penetrate into the rock. Sometimes an excavation pierces a mountain from side to side like a natural tunnel, so as to allow a passage to the light of day. Such, among others, are the numerous perforations or windows (ventanillas) in the serrated bastions of the rich silver mountain Gualgayoc in the Peruvian Andes, or the opening through one of the high peaks of the romantic island of Eimeo which rises within sight of Tahiti out of the dark blue ocean. According to a popular tradition, this hole owes its origin to Oro, the powerful god of war, who, having 134 TIlE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. one day quarrelled with the minor god of Eimeo, hurled his mighty spear at him over the sea. As even gods, when losing their temper, are apt to miss their aim, the puny delinquent escaped unhurt, while the dreadful lance flew like a thunderbolt through the mountain, leaving the perforation as a lasting memorial of its passage. In Europe we likewise meet with several remarkable instances of such natural tunnels. One of the most celebrated is the grotto of Torgatten in Norway, which perforates a huge rock, 400 feet above the level of the sea. Its proportions are truly colossal, as it is no less than 900 feet long by from 80 to 100 feet broad; and the arches of its vast portals measure respectively 200 and 120 feet. Its floor is nearly horizontal, and covered with fine sand; its sides are smooth, as if they had been chiselled by the hand of man. The sea, with its numberless cliffs and white-crested breakers, appears through the immense gallery as through the tube of a gigantic telescope, and in fine sunny weather affords a spectacle of incomparable beauty. Whoever has visited the romantic lake of Wallenstadt, in Switzerland, will have had his attention directed to a tunnel near the summit of the almost inaccessible Mirtschenstock, a favourite resort of the chamois. It is visible from the lake near the hamlet of Muillehorn, and, though of considerable dimensions, appears to the eye like a mere speck of snow on the huge grey rockwall, which towers to a height of 7,517 feet. From the 1st to the 3rd of February, at 2 o'clock in the afternoon, the inhabitants of Miihlehorn see through this aperture the disk of the sun for the first time after a long winter. In the structure of some caves a vertical direction predominates; as, for instance, in the Trebich Cave, three leagues from Trieste, which consists of several perpendicular shafts, connected by narrow transversal passages, and descending' one after another, until finally, at a depth of more than a thousand feet, the cavern terminates in a wide vaulted space spanning a subterranean river. Such, also, is the renowned Grotto of Antiparos, into which the visitor is let down by a rope to a depth of about twenty fathoms. After reaching a tolerably even platform, he is obliged to THE MAMMOTH CAVE OF KENTUCKY. 135 descend another precipice, and then to proceed over slippery rocks until he finally reaches the terminal vault. In most caverns, however, the chief direction is horizontal, either on several planes, separated from each other by more or less steep passages, or on a single level. The dimensions of caves are as various as their forms. Many are small and of inconsiderable depth-mere holes worn in the rock; while others are of a truly astonishing size, and fatigue the wondering spectator as he wanders through their lofty halls or endless galleries. The famous Cave of Adelsberg in Carniola has been explored to a distance of 1,243 fathoms from the chief entrance; and in the Mammoth Cave in Kentucky no less than 226 avenues branch out to the right and left from the main gallery, so as to form a network of subterranean passages and halls of various dimensions whose total length has been computed at about 160 miles! As many caves are without any visible communication with the external world, and the entrance of others is frequently narrow, and concealed behind rocks in solitary ravines on wild hill slopes or steep sea shores, far from the busy haunts of man, we cannot wonder that chance has frequently been instrumental in their discovery. Sometimes a hunter pursuing a wild animal has been led to the hidden cave in which it sought a refuge, or the workmen in a quarry have been suddenly surprised at meeting with a hollow in the rock, which opened an unexpected passage into the bowels of the mountain. The digging of wells, of cellars, of foundations, the boring for mines or Artesian wells, has often revealed the existence of unknown subterranean chambers; and so recently as 1868, one of the finest known caverns, which already attracts a number of delighted visitors, was discovered in the neighbourhood of the thriving manufacturing town of Iserlohn in Westphalia, on blasting a rock for the making of a railway. We may thus infer that a vast number of caves must still be totally unknown; many so situated that chance may one day lead to their discovery; while others are hollowed out at such vast depths in the earth-rind as to be for ever inaccessible to man. Even of those caves which have been objects of curiosity 136 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. for centuries, many have still been by no means thoroughly explored. In the year 1848 an American gentleman persuaded the guides of Baumann's Cave in the Harz Mountains to accompany him on a voyage of discovery through parts of the cavern hitherto untrodden by man. It was no easy task to clamber over slippery rocks and deep chasms yawning into black abysses; but curiosity and the spirit of adventure kept leading them on from passage to passage and vault to vault, when suddenly the lights began to burn more dimly; and the glass of the guiding compass having been accidentally broken warned them to retrace their steps. They had been wandering for twenty-four hours in the subterranean labyrinth, and after so long an absence from the light of day, joyfully hailed the green hill slope which decks that mysterious palace of the gnomes. Franz Baumann, the first discoverer of the cavern, was less fortunate. Its tortuous windings confused the expert and intrepid miner, who lost his way in the recesses of the cave. While seeking in vain for an outlet, his sparing light went out. Three days he groped about in darkness, until at length, worn out and exhausted, he was led by a wonderful chance to the mouth of the cave, Before he died he had yet sufficient strength briefly to mention the wonders he had seen during his fatal expedition. is descendants still enjoy the privilege of serving as guides to the visitors of the cave, and never fail to relate the melancholy end of their illfated forefather. Grottoes and caves occur in every kind of rock, in lavas, basalt, slate, and granite, as well as in limestone, dolomite, and gypsum; for the volcanic powers are capable of rending the hardest stone, and the foaming breakers of a turbulent ocean meet with no cliff that is able ultimately to resist their never-tiring assaults. But, owing to their great fragility and to the solubility of limestone (carbonate of lime) in water containing carbonic acid, calcareous rocks are more liable than any others to be shattered and undermined, both by volcanic and aqueous causes. Its water readily absorbs carbonic acid gas. Every drop of rain that falls upon the ground necessarily contains some small portion of this gas, which, as we all know, is THE CAVE OF ADELSBERG. 137 constantly mixed with the atmosphere, and thus becomes a solvent for chalk; more particularly if the latter, as, for instance, in the Karst Mountains of Carniola, contains some proto-carbonate of iron, which, changing into an oxide when ENTRANCE TO TIlE CAVE OF ADELSBERG. in contact with wateri yields its carbonic acid to the percolating fluidc and consequently ilncreases its solvent powerse Hence every shower of rain that filters through the crevices of a linmestone rock wears away some part of its mass; and if we consider the vast number of years over which these 138 TTHE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. operations have extended, and add to their effects the transporting powers of the waters on their progress through the subterranean channels which they have excavated or enlarged, we can easily comprehend how in the course of ages whole mountains may be hollowed out. As the streams that flow on the surface of the earth are constantly altering their courses, thus also the subterranean waters are ever active in excavating new channels in the bosom of the rock. Finding at length new outlets on a lower level, they abandon their ancient beds, and the explorer now wanders dry-footed where once a foaming river gushed along. The Cave of Adelsberg is a remarkable example of the changes which the subterranean waters, aided by time or by the disrupting power of earthquakes, may thus bring about; for the Poik now flows beneath its galleries in the same north-easterly direction, in a channel which is for the greatest part unknown and inexplorable, so that the dry cave of the present day must evidently have been the old river-bed. But nowhere can be found such perfect, unequivocal, and abundant proofs of the action of running water in corroding and excavating new passages in a soluble rock as in the huge Mammoth Cave. The rough-hewn block in the quarry does not bear more distinct proof of the hammer and the chisel of the workman than these interminable galleries afford of its denuding and dissolving power. At Niagara we see a vast chasm evidently cut by water for seven miles, and still in progress; but we cannot see beneath the cataract the water-worn surface, nor the rounded angles of the precipice; while the frosts and rains of countless winters have reduced the walls of the chasm itself to a talus of crumbling and moss-grown rocks. But in the Mammoth Cave we see a freshness and perfection of surface such as can be found only where the destructive agencies of meteoric causes are wholly absent. Here we have the dry beds of subterranean rivers exactly as they were left thousands of years ago by the streams which flowed through them when Niagara was young. No angle is less sharp, no groove or excavation less perfect, than it was originally left when the waters were suddenly drained off by cutting their way to some lower level. The very sand ACTION OF WATER IN CAVES. 139 and rounded pebbles, which now pave the galleries and which anciently formed the bed of the stream, ha.ve remained in many of the more distant galleries untrodden even by the foot of man.' The rush of ideas was strange and overpowering,' says Professor Silliman,' as I stood in one of these before unvisited avenues, in which the glow of a lamp had never before shone, and considered the complex chain of phenolmena which were before me. There were the delicate silicious forms of cyathophylli and encrinites protruding from the softer limestone, which had yielded to the dissolving power of the water; these carried me back to that vast and desolate ocean in which they flourished, and were entombed as the crystalline matrix was slowly cast around them, mute chroniclers of a distant epoch. Then succeeded the long periods of the upper secondary, and, these past, the slow but resistless force of the contracting sphere elevated and drained the rocky beds of the ancient ocean. The action of the meteorological causes commenced, and the dissolving power of fresh water, following the almost invisible lines of structure in the rocks, began to hollow out these winding paths slowly and yet surely.' What a lesson for the thoughtful spectator, and how vast a prospect into the dark abysses of the past here unrolls itself before him! After abandoning the vaults where they once collected and formed a running stream, the waters, filtering through the porous limestone, begin to ornament them with lustrous petrifactions; for whether below or above the surface of the earth, Nature ever loves to decorate her works. The moisture, charged with carbonate of lime, evaporates or parts with its free carbonic acid in coming into contact with the air of the cave; the carbonate, now no longer held in solution, precipitates and forms calcareous incrustations or excrescences, which in course of time assume every variety of fantastic shape, either hanging like icicles from the vault (stalactites), or rising in columns (stalagmites) from the floor of the cave where the dripping-water deposited its spar. Sometimes stalactites and stalagmites join as they continue to grow in opposite directions, and ultimately form pillars which appear to sustain the roof. On considering the simple physical and chemical agencies ~140 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. which are at work in the formation of these beautiful productions-solution, mechanical dripping, evaporation, and precipitation —a great similarity might naturally be expected in their forms; but here also Nature shows herself as a consuimmate artist, and with the simplest means brings forth an astoni.shing variety of effects. As among the leaves of a forest there are not two perfectly alike, thus also every stalactite differs from another; and the celebrated traveller Kohl affirms that every stalactital cave has its peculiar style or character of decoration. The causes to which stalactites owe their existence are indeed everywhere the same, but the circumstances under which the drops fall and evaporate are so various that in each case some new shape is produced. Thus all the infinite diversity of forms which we admnire in the corals and sponges of the seas, is wonderfully repeated in the dark vaults of the subterranean world. The variety and beauty of their colouring likewise contribute to adorn these formations. They are generally white, sometimes rivalling the purity of snow, and translucent, even when of considerable thickness, but often also green, brown, yellow, red, orange —a variety of tints which produces the most pleasing effects, and is chiefly owing to the metallic salts with which the water has been impregnated while filtering through the calcareous rocko All these wonderful plays of Nature, in which form and colour contribute to delight the eye or to charm the fancy of the spectator, are, however, still less interesting than the reflections suggested by the slow gorowth of stalactites in general, and the enormous size which some of them attain. Inscriptions seventy or eighty years old appear covered only with a thin translucent coat of sinter, and in the Cave of Adelsberg names scratched in the walls more than six centuries ago are still perfectly legible. How many ages must, then, have passed before such colossal stalagmites could have been formed as, for instance, in the Australian cavern explored by Mr. Waoods,' or in the Cave of Corneale, near Trieste, where we find one of these formations measuring fifty feet in circumference, and another rising thirty-five feet above the ground, with a trunk as massive as that' The Geology of South Australia.' SLOW FORMATION OF CAVERNS' 141 of an old oak. The ruins of Thebes' or the rock-temples of Ipsamboul, appear almost as works of the present day when compared with those amazing monouments of timeo But, while meditating on their colossal dimensions, the mind. is necessarily carried still further back, and wanders througlh the countless ages which the filtering waters' collecting' into f$ irpjkii?...... STALACTITAL CAVERN IN AUSTRALIA. subterranean streams, required for hollowing out the vast cavities on whose floor those gigantic stalagmites were subsequently deposited. An epoch of still older date presents itself when the limestone rocks, now pierced with vast stalactital caverns, were first slowly forming at the bottom of the primeval sea by the accumnulation of countless exuvie of zoophytes' star-fishes, and foraminifera, and after growing 142 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. into strata many hundred feet thick, were then forced upwards by plutonic powers, and became portions of the dry land. Nor is this the end of the vast perspective, for changes still more remote loom in the fathomless distance. The mind grows giddy while thus plunging into the abyss of time, and, in spite of the ideas of sublimity awakened by such meditations, feels a painful sense of its incapacity to conceive a plan of such infinite extent. While on land the running or filtering waters restlessly pursue their work of excavation, the tumultuous waves of the ocean impress on every rocky shore the seal of their tremendous power. As, day after day, and year after year, the billows strike against the cliffs that oppose their progress, they undermine their foundations, scoop out wide portals in their projecting headlands, and hollow out deep caverns. Hera also water appears as the beautifying element, decorating inanimate nature with picturesque forms; and the sea nowhere exhibits more romantic scenes than on the bold coasts against which her waves have been beating for many a millennium.- During the calm ebb tide seals are often seen sunning themselves at the entrance of the oceanic grottoes, while cormorants stand before them as guardians of the dark galleries beyond; the waves murmur in softer strains, and the screeching sea-mew glides with his silvery pinions through the tranquil air; but when the stormy flood batters against the coast, the billows rush into the caverns, scaring all animal life away, and no voice is heard lbut that of the ocean. Our coasts abound in beauties such as these, particularly on the wild shores of Shetland or the stormy Hebrides-'Where rise no groves and where no gardens blow, Where even the hardy heath scarce dares to grow; But rocks on rocks, in mist and storm arrayed, Stretch far to sea their giant colonnade.' —SCOTT. Along the coast of the mainland of Shetland and the neighbouring islets of Bressay and Noss, cape follows upon cape, consisting of bold cliffs hollowed into caverns, or divided into pillars and arches of fantastic appearance, by the constant action of the waves. As the voyager passes THE CAVE OF CAPRI. 143 the most northerly of these headlands, and turns into the open sea, the scenes become yet more sublime. Rocks, upwards of three or four hundred feet in height, present themselves in colossal succession, sinking perpendicularly into the sea, which is very deep, even within a few fathoms of their base. All these huge precipices abound with caves, many of which run much farther into the rock than the boldest islander has ever ventured to penetrate. One of these marine excavations, called' The Orkneyman's Harbour,' is remarkable for the circumstance of an Orkney vessel having once run in there to escape a French privateer. Sir Walter Scott, who visited this interesting spot, found the entrance lofty enough to admit his six-oared boat without striking the mast, but a sudden turn in the direction of the cave would have consigned him to utter darkness if he had gone in further. The dropping of the sea fowl and cormorants into the water from the sides of the cavern, when disturbed by his approach, had something in it wild and terrible. The shores of Caithness and of Sutherland, and of many of the islets in the Highland seas, likewise exhibit many wonderful specimens of the fantastic architecture of the ocean; but pre-eminent above all in grandeur and renown is Fingal's Cave. Sir Walter Scott, who twice visited this celebrated grotto (in 1810 and 1814), pronounced it above all description sublime.'The stupendous columns and side-walls, the depth and strength of the ocean with which the cavern is filled, the variety of tints formed by stalactites dropping and petrifying between the pillars, and resembling a sort of chasing of yellow or cream-coloured marble, filling the interstices of the roof-the corresponding variety below, where the ocean rolls over a red, and in some places a violetcoloured rock, the basis of the basaltic pillars-the dreadful noise of those august billows, so well corresponding with the grandeur of the scene-are all circumstances elsewhere unparalleled.' In the Azure Cave of Capri, the Mediterranean possesses a marine grotto rivalling Fingal's Cave in celebrity, and no less wonderful in its peculiar style of beauty. As the roof of 144 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD.. its narrow entrance rises only a few feet above the level of the sea, it is probable that no human eye had ever been delighted with its charms before 1826, when it was accidentally discovered by two Prussian artists who were swimming in the neighbourhood. After passing the low portal the cave widens to grand proportions, 125 feet long and 145 feet broad, and except a small landing-place on a projecting rock at the further end, its precipitous walls are on all sides bathed by the influx of the waters, which, in that sea, are so clear that the smallest objects may be distinctly seen on the bottom of the deep basin, the most beautiful bathing-place a mermaid might wish for. All the light that enters the grotto must first penetrate the whole depth of the waters before it can be reflected into the cave, and it thus acquires so blue a tinge, fromi the large body of clear water through which it has passed, that the walls of the cavern are illumined by a radiance of the purest azure. Had Byron known of the existence of this magic cave, Childe Harold would surely have devoted some of his most brilliant stanzas to its praise. In many other parts of the Mediterranean the limestone rocks that fringe its shores have been worn into magnificent caverns, less singular, indeed, than the fairy grot of Capri, but still of rare and wonderful beauty. Such, among others, is the Antro di Nettuno, in the island of Sardinia, about twelve miles from the small seaport of Alghero.* Exceedingly picturesque caverns have also been worn by the chafing waters in the chalk cliffs under Bonifacio, in the island of Corsica. Their entrances festooned with hanging boughs, they penetrate far into the interior of the rocks, and the water percolating through their vaulted roofs has formed stalactites of fantastic shapes. The boat glides through the arched entrance, and the glaring sunshine without is replaced by cool and grateful shade. Fishes are flitting in the clear water; limpid streams oozing through the rocks form crystal basins with pebbly bottoms; and the channels from the blue sea, flowing over the chalk, become cerulean. Poetic fancy has never pictured anything more enchanting than these lovely caves. *' The Sea and its Living Wonders,' 3rd edit. p. 49. SUBTERRANEAN WATER-COURSES. 14. The rocky coast of Sicily is likewise hollowed out with numerous marine grottoes, which, though rarely noticed by travellers, may well be ranked amongst the greatest natural beauties of the island. One of the most remarkable is the Grotta di Nettuno, near Syracuse, which, in calm weather, admits a boat to a considerable distance. Its rugged vaults rise to a height of about twenty or thirty feet, and are covered with stalactites wherever the water does not reach. There is no landing-place, and throughout the whole cave the water is as deep as in the open sea beyond. Nothing CAVE UNDER BONIFACIO. can be more charming than to look back from the dark recesses of the grotto upon the bright sunshine without, and to listen to the soothing murmurs of the clear waves as they ripple against the rocky walls. The atmosphere is so pure in this delicious climate that not a trace of fog or mist obscures even the remotest parts of the cave, and the serene daylight falling through the entrance renders even its deepest shadows translucent. Here a lover of nature might linger for hours enjoying the most delicious coolness, and watching the charming effects of light and shade in their ever-varying play. L 146 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. On many rocky shores the ocean has worn out subterranean channels in the cliffs, against which it has been beating for ages, and then frequently emerges in water-spouts, or fountains, from the opposite end. Thus in the Skerries, one of the Shetland Islands, a deep chasm or inlet, which is open overhead, is continued underground, and then again opens to the sky in the middle of the island. When the tide is high, the waves rise up through this inland aperture, with a noise like the blowing of a whale. Similar phenomena occur on the south side of the Mauritius,* on the north coast of Newfoundland, near Huatulco on the Mexican coast of the Pacific, and near Peniscola, in Spain, where a cave, through whose roof at storm tides the sea bursts with a terrific noise, has received the name of the' Bufador, or the water-spout of Pope Luna,' the family name of Benedict XIII., who, having been deposed by the Councils of Pisa and Constance, retired to the small Spanish town where he was born. As the chief occupation of the holy father in exile was to vent a continuous torrent of curses and excommunications upon his numerous enemies, it is probable that this circumstance caused his name to be given to the noisy but harmless Bufador. Though water, aided by time, is probably the chief excavating power, there can be no doubt that the action of subterranean fire has likewise produced, and still produces, many hollows in the hard crust of the earth. Wherever a volcano has been piled up to the skies, the matter ejected from its vents must necessarily have left a void behind, and given rise to corresponding cavities in the space beneath. The shock of an earthquake must frequently rend asunder deep-seated rocks, and the slow upheaval of considerable tracts of land can hardly be supposed to take place without the formation of hollows and crevices. When the lavas poured forth during an eruption are in a liquid state, they do not form on cooling a compact homogeneous mass, but generally exhibit a porous, spongy texture, due to the bubbles of the vapour generated through, or entanlgled in, their mass. These bubbles frequently unite in'The Sea and its Living Wonders,' 3rd edit. p. 52. VOLCANIC CAVES OF PUNTA DELGADA. 147 larger volumes, which, influenced by their elasticity and inferior specific gravity, rise towards the surface of the lava as it flows on, and, when sufficiently powerful, raise its crust in dome-like or conical protuberances, which not seldom burst open at the summit, or crack at the sides. The hollows thus formed are often so large as to entitle them to the name of caves. According to Sir Charles Lyell, the sudden conversion into steam of lakes or streams of water, overwhelmed by a fiery current, may perhaps explain the formation of many of the extensive underground passages or caverns which form a common feature in the structure of a volcano. Great volumes of vapour, thus produced, may force their way through liquid lava, already coated over externally with a solid crust, and may cause the sides of such passages, as they harden, to assume a very irregular outline. The famous cave on Etna, called the Fossa della Palomba, which opens near Nicolosi, not far from Monte Rossi, has not improbably been thus formed. After reaching the bottom of a hollow 625 feet' in circumference at its mouth, and 78 feet deep, the explorer enters another dark cavity, and then others in succession, sometimes descending precipices by means of ladders. At length the vaults terminate in a great gallery ninety feet long, and from fifteen to fifty feet broad, beyond which there is still a passage never yet visited, so that the whole extent of the Possa remains unknown. The volcanic caves of Punta Delgada in the Island of San Miguel, one of the Azores, are still more grand. Their entrance is through a narrow crevice, which soon, however, expands into an enormous hall, whose vault even the strongest torch-light is unable to illumine. In one spot, an opening in the floor shows that the lava, which is here but a foot thick, forms the roof of a second cave, situated below the first, into which even the boldest explorer has never ventured, but the noise of stones cast into the abyss proves it to be of considerable size. The first-mentioned cave leads into another, the width of which is estimated by Webster* at 120 feet; but the height he was unable to measure. Gradually this cave becomes narrower and lower, until, about *'Description of the Island of Saint Michael.' L2 148 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. 450 feet from the entrance, it terminates in a low vault. Black lava stalactites everywhere hang down from the roof, and the floor is so covered with sharp-sided blocks of the same volcanic material that walking among them becomes a task of the greatest difficulty. While a lava-stream is flowing along, a slag-crust forms on its surface, inclosing the internal fluid matter as in a canal. But when the supply of fresh lava from the vent diminishes or entirely ceases, the still liquid interior at the central part of the current continuing for some time to flow on, often leaves behind hollow gutters, arched over by a thin and brittle roof-so thin sometimes as to yield to the weight of a person stepping on them. Such vaulted roofs have pseudo-stalactitic projections left by the subsidence of the liquid, and are coated with a glossy varnish. Sometimes, very large caverns are thus formed beneath the surface of a lava-stream, and even rival in their extent and windings the caves worn by water in limestone rocks. The famous Surtshellir,* situated near Kalmanstunga in Iceland, is a remarkable instance of a vast lava excavation owing its origin to this cause. It has very appropriately been named after Surt, the prince of darkness and fire, of the ancient Scandinavian mythology; for this gloomy deity could not possibly have chosen a fitter residence than its vast and dismal halls, once glowing with subterranean fires, and now the seat of perpetual darkness.:' The Polar World,' p. 58. '49 CHAPTER XIII. CAVE RIVERS. The Fountain of Vaucluse-The Fontaine-sans-fond-~The Katabothra in MoreaSubterranean Rivers in Carniola-Subterranean Navigation of the Poik in the Cave of Planina-' The Stalactilal Paradise'-The Piuka Jama. WIHIEREVEYI large bodies of water gush forth in a rapid stream from the bowels of the earth, they must either have flowed through wide underground channels, or they must come from extensive lake-like reservoirs, for the mere drainage of a porous stratum is evidently incapable of accounting for their production. Thus the celebrated fountain of Vaucluse, near Avignon, which has the volume and power of a river at its very source, is undoubtedly fed by a subterranean sheet of water of considerable extent. Even when least abundant, it pours forth upwards of 13,000 cubic feet of water in a minute; and after the country has been flooded with abundant rains, this volume is increased fourfold. The environs of the fountain are extremely picturesque, and justify the praises which have been lavished upon it in the immortal strains of Petrarch. It fills a large oval basin, vaulted by a spacious cave, and its waters, which, when low, escape through subterranean channels into the deep bed of the Sorgue, rise, when high, over the rock-wall at the mouth of the grotto, and form a broad cataract, rushing down with a dreadful noise. Near Sable in Anjou, a source, or rather a pit from eighteen to twenty-four feet in diameter, well known in the country under the name of the Bottomless Fountain (Fontaine-sansfond) sometimes overflows its brink, and then casts forth a large quantity of fish, so that it is evidently a mere aperture in the vault of a large subterranean pool. In the department of the Haute Sa6ne, another pit, called 150 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. the Frais Puits, presents a similar phenomenon. After abundant rains, the water gushing forth from its mouth inundates the neighbourhood, and on its retiring, pikes are not seldom found scattered over the surface of the flooded fields or meadows, a sure proof that the Puits must communicate with a large subterranean cavity. Nothing is more common in limestone districts than the engulfment of rivers, which, after holding a subterranean course of many miles, escape again by some new outlet. The Guadiana loses itself in a flat country in the midst of an immense savannah, and hence the Spaniards, when the magnificent bridges of London or Paris are mentioned to them, boastfully reply that they have one in Estramadura on which more than a hundred thousand oxen graze at a time. In the vast limestone formation which, under various names, extends through Carinthia, Carniola, Istria, Dalmatia, Albania, and Greece, the whole country is perforated like a sponge by an intricate system of subterranean water-courses. In the more elevated districts of the Morea there are many deep ]and-locked valleys or basins inclosed on all sides by mountains of cavernous limestone. When the torrents are swollen by the rains, they rush from the surrounding heights into these basins; but, instead of forming temporary lakes, as would be the case in most other countries, they are swallowed by chasms, which are sometimes situated in the middle of the plain, constituting the bottom of the closed basin, but more commonly at the foot of the surrounding escarpment of limestone. During the dry season, which in Greece alternates almost as distinctly as between the tropics with a period of rain, these chasms are the favourite retreats of wild animals. Sometimes, in the limestone formation, the same stream repeatedly gushes forth from some cavernous recess, and then again disappears. The caves of Adelsberg, Planina, and Upper Laibach in Carniola are traversed by the same river, which, losing its name every time it plunges into a new subterranean channel, is called, first, the Poik, then the Unz, and finally the Laibach. In the same manner the Temenitz, an affluent of the Save, thrice disappears under the earth, and thrice emerges as a new-born river with another name. CAVE OF PLANINA. 151 As far as these subterranean streams have been explored, their course exhibits a wonderful variety of interesting underground scenery. Sometimes they form high cataracts, leaping over rocks so picturesquely grouped that, were they illumined by the sun, and of more easy access, they would be admired by numberless tourists; and not seldom they expand into dark and melancholy lakes. Sometimes they with difficulty force a passage through a chaos of rocks, and then again they fow gently in a deep and even channel, so as to be navigable to a considerable distance. Generally, not the least breath of air sweeps over their placid waters, but sometimes their surface is rippled by the wind pouring in through some unseen chasm. Among the bold explorers who have launched forth their barques on unknown subterranean rivers, the late Adolph Schmidl, of Vienna, holds a conspicuous rank. In a canoe specially constructed for the purpose he trusted himself to the dark streams of Carniola, which rewarded his adventurous zeal with many a scene of incomparable beauty, where the water-spirits and the gnomes seemed to have rivalled each other in the work of decoration. To give an idea of the difficulties and of the enjoyments of these subterranean explorations, we will follow the intrepid naturalist on his voyages of discovery through the famous Cave of Planina, through which flows the Poik, a river which is at all times deep enough to carry a boat. The course of the navigation is stream-upwards, and consequently much safer than would otherwise have been the case; but in many places the rapidity of the current calls for great caution, and considerable strength is needed to overcome its violence; while at the same time great care must be taken to avoid striking against the rocks that lie hidden under the water. As far as the end of a magnificent dome, situated about 600 feet from its entrance, the cave can be traversed on foot; but here the sullen stream, completely filling its whole width, compels the explorer to trust to his canoe. When he has passed a portal about eight fathoms high and half as broad, with proportions as symmetrical as if it had been sculptured by the hand of man, the thundering roar of a distant cataract announces still grander scenes. The portal widens, and 152 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. the astonished explorer suddenly emerges on a lake 250 feet long and 150 feet broad, beyond which the cave is seen to divide into two arms, giving passage to two streams, whose confluent waters form the lake. This broad sheet of water affords an imposing but melancholy sight. The walls of the cave rise everywhere abruptly out of the water, with the exception of one small landing-place opposite to the portal at the foot of a projecting rock or promontory. Here and there large masses of stalactite hang like petrified cascades from the rocks, which are generally naked and black. The vault is so high that the light of a few torches fails to pierce its gloom, which is rendered still more impressive by the roar of the waterfall in the left branch of the cavern. As far as the lake, the cave is of comparatively easy access, and has been repeatedly visited, but the subterranean course of the two brooks beyond was first explored by Dr. Schmidl. In the left or western branch of the cave, into which he penetrated to a distance of more than a mile, his boat had to be unloaded no less than eleven times on account of the reefs that obstructed its passage, while the explorers, wading through the water, dragged it over the shallows. Once even, where the navigation was interrupted by large masses of rock, under which the tumultuous waters disappear with a dreadful roar, they were obliged to take the little shallop to pieces, and to reconstruct it on the opposite side of the mound. The navigable part of this western branch ends in a circular dome, the floor of which is entirely filled with a lake 180 feet long, and from 40 to 45 feet deep. On the western bank of this lake, a chasm opens at the top of a mound of rubbish, the only place where it is possible to land. A violent gust of wind descends from this chasm, which, sloping upwards, soon narrows to a small crevice, through which the current of air sets in. To a lateral gallery, opening beyond the mouth of the chasm, Dr. Schmidl gave the name of'The Stalactital Paradise,' on account of the uncommon beauty of the sparcrystals with which its walls were incrusted. It was the first time that the foot of man had ever penetrated into this charming laboratory of nature; no torch had ever soiled its brilliant decorations; no profane hand had ever damaged its gem-like EXPLORATIONS OF ADOLPH SCHMIDL. 153 tapestry. Here whole groups of stalagmitic cones, of all shapes and sizes, some like tiny icicles, others six feet high and as thick as a man's waist, rose from the ground, while further on the brown wall formed a dark background, from which projected in bold relief the colossal statue of a sceptered king. Near the entrance stood a magnificent white figure, which fancy might have supposed to be a cherub with a flaming sword, menacing all those who should dare to injure the wonders which he guarded. "The Stalactical Paradise" remained intact, says Dr. Sclhmidl.* I begged my companions not to strike off the smallest piece of spar as a memorial of our visit, and they all joyfully consented. Our feet carefully avoided trampling down any of its delicate ornaments; we left it with no other memorial than our admiration of its beauty. The nymphs of the grot will no doubt have pardoned us for having intruded upon the sanctuary, where for countless centuries they had reigned in undisturbed solitude and silence.' The eastern branch of the cave, through which the main stream flows, is much larger than the branch above described; it is also easily navigated, as it contains but two reefs and a small number of cliffs. On first ascending the stream, the continually increasing roar of waters announces a considerable waterfall. Enormous masses of stone, piled up by the falling in of the roof, have blocked up and narrowed the bed of the river to fifteen feet, and cause the stream to shoot down in a broad sheet ten feet high. The cataract, madly rushing over the jet-black rocks and casting up flakes of milk-white foam, is very beautiful, and, when brightly illuminated, must produce a truly magical effect. Beyond the cataract the river flows for a short space in an invisible channel, as its waters are completely hidden under rocks. It was no easy task to carry the planks of the dismlembered boat over these rugged blocks of stone, but after reconstructing it on the opposite side of the mound, and overcoming the minor obstacles of a couple of reefs, the river was found to flow in a deep channel between steep walls, and a free navigation opened to a distance of at least a league and a half.;''Die H6hlenkunde des Karstes.' Wien, 1804. 154 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD.' No description,' said Dr. Schmidl,' can do justice to the fascination of this subterranean voyage. In some parts the roof is adorned with coral-shaped draperies of snow-white stalactites, but generally the walls are mere black, naked stone. Here and there sources gurgle down their sides, and, along with the melancholy trickling of single drops of water from the vault, alone break the silence of the dark interminable cave. The breathless attention we bestowed on the guidance of our boat and on the wonders that surrounded us sealed our lips; and we glided silently along through the dark waters, that now, for the first time since they began to flow, reflected the glare of a torch.' Throughout the whole distance of 1,140 fathoms beyond the second reef, there is but one landing-place; everywhere else the walls rise precipitously from the water. In some parts the roof descends so low that the explorers were obliged to lie down in the boat and to shove it along by holding to the projections of the vault, which finally left but a few inches' space above the water, and thus opposed an invincible obstacle to all further progress. In another grotto-called the Piuka Jamna-the Poik again flows in the midst of the grandest subterranean scenery. About a league to the north of Adelsberg, the wanderer, after traversing a thicket of underwood, suddenly finds himself on the brink of a yawning precipice, from the bottom of which is heard distinctly the noise of a rushing stream. The walls of the chasm are almost perpendicular, except where a small ravine, overgrown with shrubs, leads to an enormous rock, on which it is possible to stand, and, if perfectly free firom giddiness, to look down into the gulf below, where the huge portal of a cave is seen to open. From this rock, which projects over the abyss, the only descent is by means of a rope or a rope-ladder. The bottom of the pit is covered with large blocks of stone irregularly piled up, and here one first sees the river rushing through the cave from right to left. The Piuka Jama may thus be compared to a window pierced through a vault overspanning a subterranean stream. Clambering down a, heap of rubbish, the explorer at length stands upon the floor of the cave, and reaches the bank of the Poik. Stream-upwards, about 300 GROTTO OF P1UKA JAMA. 155 fathoms from the aperture, he meets with a rock gate, through which the river rushes so violently that a boat can master the current only when the water is unusually low. After crossing this broad portal, the last faint traces of daylight glimmering from the distant aperture in the Piuka entirely disappear, and the scene suddenly changes. The expanding cavern assumes the proportions of an imposing dome. On its left side a mound has been formed by the falling in of the roof; but every block of stone is completely covered with calcareous incrustations of the purest white. From the floor to the centre of the vault millions upon millions of brilliant spars reflect the light: every hollow in the walls is a cabinet of gems. The background of the dome completes the beauty of the scene, and exhibits one of the most imposing cavern decorations it is possible to imagine. A monstrous pillar rises from its centre, forming' two colossal ogival portals. The larger one is on the left, and at its entrance a mighty stalagmite, above twelve feet high, seems to forbid intrusion. The pillar itself and the vaults of both the portals are ornamented with the richest stalactital drapery. When the river is swollen it rushes tumultuously through both the gates, where now Dr. Schmidl found but a scanty rill whispering and babbling among the stones. 156 T-IE SUBTERRANEAN WORLDV CHAPTER XIV. SUBTERRANEAN LIFE. Subterranean Vegetation-Fungi-Enormous Fungus in a Tunnel near Doncaster -Artificial Mushroom-beds near Paris-Subterranean Animals-The Guacharo -Wholesale Slaughter-Insects in the Cave of Adelsberg-The Leptodirus and the Blothrus-The Stalita taenaria-The Olm or Proteus-The Lake of Cirknitz-The Archduke Ferdinand and Charon The Blind Rat and the Blind Fish of the Mammoth Cave. F all the phenomena which attract the naturalist's attention, as he wanders over the surface of the earth, there is none which makes a deeper impression on his mind than the omnipresence of life. On the snow-clad cone of Chimborazo, 18,000 feet above the level of the sea, Humboldt found butterflies and other winged insects, while, high over his head, the condor was soaring in solitary majesty. At the still greater elevation of 18,460 feet, at the Doonkiah Pass in the Himalaya Mountains, Dr. Hooker plucked flowering plants, and saw large flocks of wild geese winging their flight above Kunchinjinga (22,750 feet) towards the unknown regions of Central Asia. Thus man meets with life as far as he is able to ascend, or as far as his sight plunges into the atmospheric ocean. Besides the objects visible to his eye, innumerable microscopical organisms pervade the realms of air. According to Ehrenberg's brilliant discovery, the impalpably fine dust which, wafted by the Harmattan, often falls on ships when hundreds of miles from the coast of Africa, consists of agglomerations of silica-coated diatoms, individually so small as to be invisible to the naked eye; and everywhere numberless minute germs of future life —eggs of insects and sporules of cryptogamic plants-well fitted by cilia and feathery crowns for an aerial journey, float up and down in the atmosphere; while the waters of ocean are found, in like manner, filled with myriads of animated atoms. SUBTERRANEAN VEGETATION. ] 57 But organic life not only occupies those parts of our globe which are accessible to solar light; it also dives profoundly into the subterranean world, wherever rain, or the melted snow, filtering through the porous earth, or through vents and crevices, is able to penetrate into natural caverns or artificial mines. For the combination of moisture, warmth, and air is able to develop organic life even thousands of feet below the surface of the earth; while light, though indispensable to most creatures, would blight and destroy the inhabitants of the subterranean vaults. On surveying the flora of these dismal recesses, we find it consisting exclusively of mushrooms or fungi, the lowest forms of vegetation, which, shunning the light, love darkness and damp. Their appearance in the caves is, as everywhere else, dependent upon the existence of an organic basis, and thus they are most commonly found germinating on pieces of wood, particularly in a state of decomposition, which have been conveyed into the caverns either through the agency of man or by the influx of water. Species of a peculiarly luxuriant growth are sometimes seen to spread over the neighbouring stones, or apparently to spring from the rocky ground, where, however, on closer inspection, vestiges of decayed organic substances will generally be detected. Thus vegetation in caves most commonly keeps pace with the quantity of mouldering wood which they contain, and flourishes not only near their entrance but in their deepest recesses, as, for instance, in the Cave of Adelsberg, where, at a distance of more than a thousand fathoms from its entrance, the pegs which have been driven into the stalactital walls for the purpose of measuring its length are covered with a rich coat of fungi. Nothing can be more. curious than to see these plants, thriving and luxuriating in deep stillness and gloom, under circumstances so alien to the ordinary conditions of life. Among the fungi found in caves, many also vegetate upon the surface of the earth exposed to the influence of light, and not seldom, degenerate into monstrous forms in their less congenial subterranean abodes; but many are the exclusive children of darkness. The Austrian naturalist Scopoli published in 1772 the first exact description of more than seventy subterranean fungi, collected 158 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. chiefly in the mines of Schemnitz and Idria; and about twenty years later Humboldt wrote his celebrated treatise on the same subject.* Since then G. F. Hoffmann has described the subterranean flora of the Harz Mountains; t and latterly the botanists Welwitsch and Pokorny have examined the caves of Carinthia, where they discovered no less than eighteen species of fungi, among others the mouse-tail mushroom (Agaricuss tyurus, Hioffin.), which is also found in the Harz, and bears on a slender hairy stalk, more than a foot long, a small hat, scarcely a quarter of an inch in diameter. Some of these fungi are remarkable for their size (Thelephora rubiginosa sanguinolenta), others for their elegance (Didermc nigripes). Some years ago a gigantic fungus, found growing from the woodwork of a tunnel near Doncaster, afforded a striking proof of the luxuriancy of subterranean vegetation. It measured no less than fifteen feet in diameter, and was, in its way, as great a curiosity as one of the colossal trees of California. Even the plants that flourish in the darkness of caves have been rendered subservient to our use. The cultivation of the edible mushroom in spacious caverns or ancient quarries is practised to a great extent in the environs of Paris, at Arcueil, Moulin de la Roche, and St. Germain, but particularly at Mlontrouge, on the southern side of the city. The mushroom-beds are entirely underground, seventy or eighty feet below the surface, at a depth where the temperature is nearly uniform all the year round. These extensive catacombs, formed by long burrowing galleries, have no opening but by a circular shaft, to be descended by clambering down a perpendicular pole or mast, into the sides of which large wooden pegs are fixed, at intervals of ten or twelve inches, to rest the feet upon. The baskets containing the ripe mushrooms are hoisted from below by a pulley and rope. The compost in which they grow consists of a white gritty earth, mixed with good stable manure, and is moulded into narrow beds about twenty inches high, ranged along the sides of the passages or gal*'Flora Fribergensis Plantas Cryptogamicas prmsertim subterraneas exhibens. t'Vegetabilia in Hlercynie Subterraneis collecta Norinberge.' 1811. SUBTERRANEAN ANIMAL LIFE. 159 leries, and kept exquisitely neat and smooth. The mushroom sporules are introduced to the beds either by flakes of earth taken from an old bed, or else from a heap of decomposing stable manure in which mushrooms have naturally been engendered. The beds are covered with a layer of earth an inch thick, the earth being merely the white rubbish left by the stone-cutters above. They must be well watered, and removed after two or three months, when their bearing qualities are exhausted. In one of the caves at Montrouge alone there are six or seven miles of mushroom-bedding, a proof that this branch of industry is by no means unimportant. While subterranean vegetation is exclusively confined to mushrooms, animal life of almost every class has far more abundant representatives, for plants are in general much more dependent on the vivifying influence of light. The various animals which are found dwelling in caves may be subdivided into two groups; one, which, though preferring darkness, and spending a great part of its existence under the earth, yet often voluntarily seeks the light of day, or at least wanders forth at night; while the other is exclusively subterranean, and is never seen above the surface of the earth, unless by chance or when driven up by violence. To the first group belong most of the insectivorous and rodent quadrupeds that dwell in self-made burrows, or pursue a subterranean prey, such as the armadilloes and the moles. The large family of the bats likewise love to sleep by day, or to hibernate in warm and solitary caves, where they are sometimes found in numbers as countless as the sea-birds which flock round some rocky island of the north. When Professor Silliman visited the Mammoth Cave (October 16, 1822), he everywhere saw them suspended in dense clusters from the roofs, though a large number had not yet retired into winter-quarters. In a small space, scarcely four or five inches square, he counted no less than forty bats, and conviiced himself that at least one hundred and twenty find room on a square foot, as they held not only by the surface of the walls of their retreat, but by each other, one closely crowding over another. Such clusters are found in the interior of the cavern, which branches out in many directions 160 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. as far as two miles from the entrance, so that a very superficial survey allows them to be counted by millions. Who, in these dismal regions, where no change of temperature or of light announces the various seasons, tells them that the reign of winter is past P who awakes them at the proper time out of the deep sleep in which they remain plunged for months P The same mysterious voice of instinct which regulates the migrations of the birds and the wanderings of the fishes, and which in this case, as in every other, is equally wonderful and incomprehensible. In the class of birds we find many cave-haunting species. The pigeons like to nestle in grottoes, which also serve as welcome retreats to the moping owl; and various swallows and swifts breed chiefly in the darkness of caverns. One of the most remarkable of these troglodytic birds is the Guacharo, which inhabits a large cave in the Valley of Caripe, near the town of Cumana, and of which an interesting account has been given by Humboldt, who first introduced it to the notice of Europe. The Cueva del Guacharo is pierced in the vertical profile of a rock, and the entrance is towards the south, forming a noble vault eighty feet broad and seventy-two feet high. The rock surmounting the cavern is covered with trees of gigantic growth, and all the luxuriant profusion of an inter-tropical vegetation. Plantain-leaved heliconias, and wondrous orchids, the Praga palm, and tree aruns, grow along the banks of a river that flows out of the cave, while lianas, and a variety of creeping plants, rocked to and fro by the wind, form elegant festoons before its entrance. What a contrast between this magnificently decorated portal and the gloomy mouth of the Surtshellir, imbedded in the lava wildernesses of Iceland? As the cave at first penetrates into the mountain in a straight direction, the light of day does not disappear for a considerable distance from the entrance, so that visitors are able to go forward for about four hundred and thirty feet without being obliged to light their torches; and here, where light begins to fail, the hoarse cries of the nocturnal birds are heard from afar. The guacharo is of the size of the common fowl. Its hooked bill is wide, like that of the goat-sucker, and furnished at the THE GUACHARO CAVERN. 161 base with stiff hairs directed forwards. The plumage, like that of most nocturnal birds, is sombre brownish grey, mixed with black stripes and large white spots. The eyes are incapable of bearing the light of day, and the wings are disproportionately large, measuring not less than four feet and a half from tip to tip. It quits the cavern only at nightfall, especially when there is moonlight; and Humboldt remarks that it is almost the only frugivorous nocturnal bird yet known, for it does not prey upon insects like the goatsucker, but feeds on very hard fruits, which its strong hooked beak is well fitted to crack. The horrible noise made by thousands of these birds in the dark recesses of the cavern can be compared only to the wild shrieks of the sea-mews round a solitary bird mountain, or to the deafening uproar of the crows when assembled in vast flocks in the dark fir-forests of the North. The clamour increases on advancing deeper into the cave, the birds being disturbed by the torch-light; and as those nestling in the side avenues of the cave begin to utter their mournful cries when the first sink into silence, it seems as if their troops were alternately complaining to each other of the intruders. By fixing torches to the end of long poles, the Indians, who serve as guides into the cavern, show the nests of these birds, fifty or sixty feet above the heads of the explorers, in funnel-shaped holes with which the cavern roof is pierced like a sieve. Once a year, about midsummer, the Guacharo Cavern is entered by the Indians. Armed with poles they ransack the greater part of the nests, while the old birds, uttering lamentable cries, hover over the heads of the robbers. The young which fall down are opened on the spot. The peritonmeum is found loaded with fat, and a layer of the same substance reaches from the abdomen to the vent, forming a kind of cushion between the birds' legs. The European nocturnal birds are meagre, as, instead of feasting on fruits and oily kernels, they live upon the scanty produce of the chase; while in the guacharo, as in our fattened geese, the accumulation of fat is promoted by darkness and abundant food. At the period above mentioned, which is known at Caripe as the' oil harvest,' huts are erected by the Indians with palm leaves near the entrance, and even in the very porch of the vi 162 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLLD cavern. There the fat of the young birds just hilled is melted in clay pots over a brushwood fire, and is said to be very pure and of a good taste. Its small quantity, however, is quite out of proportion to the numbers killed, as not more than 150 or 160 jars of perfectly clear oil are collected fromthe massacre of thousands. The way into the interior of the cavern leads along the banks of the small river which flows through its dark recesses; but sometimes large masses of stalactites obstruct the passage, and force the visitor to wade through the water, which is, however, not more than two feet deep. As far as 1,458 feet from the entrance the cave maintains the same direction, width, and height of sixty or seventy feet, so that it would be difficult to find another mountain cavern of so regular a formation. Humboldt had great difficulty in persuading the natives to pass beyond the part of the cave which they usually visit to collect the oil, as they believedits deeper penetralia to be the abode of their ancestors' spirits; but since the great naturalist's visit, they seem to have abandoned their ancient superstitions, or to have acquired a greater courage in facing the mysteries of the grotto, for, while they would only accompany Hinumboldt as far as 236 fathoms into the interior of the cave, later travellers, such as Codazzi and Beaupertuis, have advanced with their guides to double the distance, though without reaching its end. They found that beyond thle furthest point explored by Humboldt the cave loses its regularity, and has its walls covered with stalactites. In the embranchments of the grotto Codazzi found innumerable birds. It was formerly supposed that the guacharo was exclusively confined to this cave; latterly, however, it has also been found in the province of Bogota. The discovery of animals adapted for perpetual darkness is but of modern date, and as the vast majority of caves have not yet been thoroughly explored by zoologists, the number of genera and species already known gives us reason to believe that future investigations will add considerably to their number. In the Adelsberg, Lueg, and M]agdalena grottoes, which form but an inconsiderable part of the extensive cavernous regions of Carniola, seven exclusively subterranean insects, one spider, two scorpionides, one CAVERN BEETLES. 163 millepede, two crustaceans, one snail, and one reptile-in all fifteen different species of animals, belonging to no less than six different classes-have been found. Among these dwellers of the dark, warfare is as rife as in the regions of light. Thus, in the recesses of the Grotto of Adelsberg, the cavern beetle (Leptodirus Hochenwcrtii) is persecuted and devoured by the scorpioniform Blothrus espelceus, and by the eyeless spider (Stalita teenaria). The black and brown Leptodirus discovered in the LEPTODIRUS HOCHENWARTII. Grotto of Adelsberg in 1831, by Count Hochenwart, is distinguished by long and delicate antennae and legs, and comparatively small translucent and smooth elytra. The unique specimen found at the time was unfortunately lost, and although twenty-five florins were offered to the cavern guides for one of these beetles, fourteen years passed before it was re-discovered in the same cave. Since then other collectors have been more fortunate, particularly Prince Robert Khevenhiiller, who, during his repeated visits to the Cave of Adelsberg, captured no less than twenty specimens of the Leptodirus. Cautiously feeling its way with its long antennse, the beetle slowly ascends the damp stalactital columns, and accelerates its movements at the approach of a light. The greater number were found in the evening, thus giving reason for supposing that the Leptodirus is a noctural beetle, although it is hardly possible to conceive how the alternating influence of night and day can still be felt in these regions of darkness. The manner in which it is pursued by the eyeless Blothrus, (discovered in 1833, by Mr. F. Schmidt), has been several times observed by Prince Khevenhiuller. He once saw one u 2 164 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. of these cavern scorpions slowly crawling along, stretching out its palpi in all directions, and evidently on the search. He immediately guessed that the animal was engaged in a hunting expedition, and soon found that he was not mistaken, for a fine Leptodirus was crawling about four feet higher on the opposite wall. For a long time the Prince left the two insects undisturbed, until he had thoroughly convinced himself that the movements of the Blothrus were evidently regulated by those of the Leptodirus, and that the former was, beyond all doubt, in pursuit of the beetle. A Leptodirus having been thrown along with a Blothrus into a phial, was immediately cut to pieces and devoured. The eyeless cavern spider (Stalita tacnaria), with brownish palpse and a snow-white abdomen, is not seldom found in the hollows of the stalactites, lying in wait for the unfortunate Leptodirus. On the surface of the earth spiders are frequently obliged to fast for a very long time; but in caverns where life is so sparingly distributed, the patience of the Stalita must be exemplary, even among spiders. Her appearance on the snow-white stalactital columns, where she only becomes visible when illumined by the full light of a taper,* is very striking. Like a vision, she sweeps away in her ivory robe, accompanied by her increasing shadow, until she finally disappears in the darkness. But the largest and most interesting of all the European cave animals is undoubtedly the Olm (Proteus anguinus; HTypochthon). This enigmatic reptile was first found in the famous Lake of Cirknitz, which, communicating with unmerous subterranean caves, alternately receives and loses its waters through openings in the rock. After long and heavy rains the floods, which the hidden vaults are no longer able to contain, gush forth in foaming cataracts, and the lake, which generally forms but a long and narrow channel, then swells to at least three times its ordinary width. Sometimes, after a long drought, the contrary takes place, and the whole lake disappears under ground. Thus, from December 1833 to October 1834, not a trace of it was visible, so thoroughly had it concealed itself in its subterranean reservoirs, where its * Torches are not allowed to be carried in the Grotto of Adelsberg, that the whiteness of the stalactites may not be tarnished by the smoke. THE JMAGDALENA GROTTO. I65 fishes, secure from the persecutions of man, multiplied in a remarkable manner. The Olm, which only casually comes to the light of day, along with the overflowing waters of the Cirknitz Lake, was first discovered in 1814, in one of its permanent subterranean abodes. The Magdalena or' Black Grotto' situated about a league to the north of Adelsberg, slants abruptly into the bowels of the mountain. After a long and difficult passage over blocks of stone or through soft mud, a tranquil pool is at length reached, which rises or falls simultaneously with the waters of the Poik, and proves, by this reciprocal action, that, in all probability, all the numerous grottoes and subterranean river channels of this so strangely undermined country form but one vast and intricate network. It was in this pool, which no light illumines and no wind ever THE PROTEUS ANGUINUS. stirs, that numerous Protei were first discovered; but as hundreds of specimens have since found their way to the cabinets of naturalists, to be observed, dissected, or bottled up in spirits, their number has very much decreased, and the time is perhaps not far distant when they will be entirely extirpated in the grotto, where from time immemorial they had enjoyed an undisturbed security. The Proteus is one of those remarkable reptiles which breathe at the same time through lungs and gills, having on each side of the neck three rose-red branchie, which it retains through life, as its lungs are but imperfectly developed. It has a long, eel-like body with an elongated head, a compressed tail, and four very short and thin legs. The skin is flesh-coloured, and so translucent that the liver and the heart, which beats about fifty times in 166 TIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. a minute, can be distinctly seen underneath. In spite of its apparent weakness, it is able to glide rapidly through the water. Its four little legs remain immovable while swimming; they are only used for creeping, and then in a very imperfect manner. During rapid movements the gills swell and assume a lively scarlet colour; when quiet, they collapse and become white like the rest of the body. Sometimes the animal raises its head above the water to breathe, but pulmonary respiration evidently plays but a secondary part in its economy, as it can only live a very short time out of the water. The skeleton consists almost entirely of cartilage. The eyes, two little black spots, lie buried under the skin, and, as may well be imagined, are very imperfectly developed. Although more than a thousand specimens have been observed, yet but little is known about its mode of life, nor has it been ascertained whether it is oviparous or brings forth live young. In a captive state the Proteus is able to live for several years without any apparent food; but on fastening a small worm to the extremity of a thin stick, and holding it under the water close to the head of the reptile, it shoots rapidly towards it, swallows it with the same velocity, then ejects it again, and repeats this manteuvre several times, until it finally retains the morsel. The untiring zeal of the German naturalists has discovered the Proteus in thirty-one different caverns, and ascertained seven distinct species, varying by their size, the form of the head, the position of the eyes, and the colour of the skin. Six of these species belong to the caverns of Carniola, and the seventh to those of Dalmatia. Two different species never inhabit the same cavern. During the visit which the Archduke Ferdinand paid, in 1819, to the Magdalena Grotto, the most remarkable parts of the cave were brilliantly illuminated, so as to produce a magical effect. Charon's boat, issuing from a dark recess, came gliding along over the black surface of the pool. The grim ferryman drew up his net before the august visitors, and presented them with six Protei that had been entangled in its meshes. Dr. Schmidl mentions part of the subterranean river in the Planina Cave, 1,715 fathoms from the entrance, as the spot where the Protei are most abundant. Near to a THE MAMMOTH CAVE. 167 small cascade which the rivulet here forms over a reef, the waters absolutely swarm with them, and the light-coloured animals, darting about in all directions in the dark stream, afford a strange and picturesque spectacle. As the cavern is of most difficult access, they here enjoy a tranquillity rarely disturbed, and no doubt they have many other still more hidden retreats, to which man is incapable of penetrating. The best method for transporting the Proteus is now perfectly understood, and living specimens have been conveyed as far as Russia, Hungary, and Scotland. All that they need is a frequent supply of fresh water, and a careful removal of all light. Their food need cause no trouble, as the water contains all they require. It is recommended to lay a piece of stalactite from their native grotto in the vase in which they are transported. When resting or sleeping, they then coil themselves round the stone, as if tenderly embracing it. In this manner they have already been kept above five years out of their caverns. The guides to the Grotto of Adelsberg have always got a supply on hand, and sell them for about two florins a-piece. On turning our attention from the grottoes of Carniola to those of the New World, we find, in the vast MIammoth Cave in Kentucky, a no less interesting animal creation, which, though different from that of the Austrian caverns, still shows a certain family resemblance, and affords another proof that a similarity of external circumstances always produces analogous forms of organic life. Thus, the two blind beetles which are found in the Mammoth Cave belong to the same genera (Anophthalmus and Adelops) that have also their representatives in the Grotto of Adelsberg. The largest insect is here a species of cricket, with enormously long antennae; there are also two small white eyeless spiders and a few crustaceans. The Mammoth Cave has no proteiform reptile to boast of, but a peculiar blind rat and a peculiar blind fish. The cavern rat, which is tolerably numerous, but which, on account of its remarkable timidity, seldom shows itself, differs from the common or Norway rat, by its bluish colour, its white abdomen, neck, and feet, and its soft hair. It has large black eyes, like those of a rabbit, but entirely destitute of an iris, and uncommonly long whiskers, as if Nature had 168 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. wished to indemnify it for the loss of sight by a more perfect development of the sense of touch. Although the eyes of this rat are large and brilliant, yet Professor Silliman convinced himself of their perfect insensibility to light. All proof is wanting that it ever visits the upper world. The blind fish (Amblyopsis spelceus) is now become tolerably rare from its having been so frequently fished out of the Lethe stream, as the subterranean river of the Mammoth Cave is called. Many physiologists have already made it the subject of their observations, and are generally of opinion that the BLIND FISIH (AMBLYOPSIS SPELIEUS). Amblyopsis was not originally blind, but that, having found its way into the cave, it gradually lost its powers of vision. The celebrated naturalist Agassiz, however, being perfectly convinced that all animals existing in a wild state have been created within their actual bounds with all the peculiarities of structure which distinguish them at the present day, is of opinion that the blind fish and all the other blind animals of the Mammoth Cave are the aboriginal children of darkness, and have at no time been connected with the world of light. 169 CHAPTER XV. CAVES AS PLACES OF REFUGE. The Cave of Adullam-Mahomet in the Cave of Thaur-The Cave of Longara-The Cave of Egg-The Caves of Rathlin-The Cave of Yeermalik-The Caves of Granada-Aben Aboo, the Morisco king-The Caves of Gortyna and Melidoni -Atrocities of French Warfare in Algeria-The Caves of the Dahra-The Cave of Shelas-St. Arnand. IN times of war or persecution, caverns have often served as places of concealment. It was in the cave of Adullam that David hid himself to escape from the fury of Saul; and on the flight from Mecca to Medina, Mahomet and his disciple Abu Bekr took refuge in a cave in Mount Thaur. They left Mecca while it was yet dark, making their way on foot by the light of the stars, and the day dawned as they found themselves at the foot of the hill, about an hour's distance from the holy city. Scarcely were they within the cave when they heard the sound of pursuit. Abu Bekr, though a brave man, quaked with fear.' Our pursuers,' said he,' are many, and we are but two.''Nay,' replied Mahomet,' there is a third: God is with us!' And here the Moslem writers relate a miracle dear to the minds of true believers. By the time, say they, that his pursuers, the Koreishites, reached the mouth of the cave, an acacia-tree had sprung up before it, in the spreading branches of which a pigeon had made its nest and laid its eggs, and over the whole a spider had woven its web. When the Koreishites beheld these signs of undisturbed quiet, they concluded that no one could recently have entered the cavern, so they turned away and pursued their search in another direction. But caverns have not always proved safe places of refuge, and a barbarous enemy has often used them for the destruction 170 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. of those who there vainly sought safety. Thus, in Palestine, the Jews, who hid themselves with their wives and children in deep caverns hollowed in the flanks of a precipitous mountain, could not escape the satellites of Herod, who, let down from above in large baskets or tubs, put these defenceless fugitives to the sword. During the Gallic war COesar ordered his lieutenant Crassus to wall up the mouths of the caves in which the inhabitants of Aquitaine had sought a refuge, and many of them were thus immlured alive. In the year 1510, when the French army, on its retreat from Italy, was traversing the defiles of Piedmont, the rearguard, commanded by the famous Chevalier Bayard, the good knight'without fear or reproach,' having halted at Longara, the mercenaries, who formed a considerable part of his troops, spread over the country, pillaging and destroying wherever they went. To escape from these savage bands, the nobles of the district persuaded about two thousand of the peasantry to accompany them, with their families and an abundant supply of provisions, into the Cave of Longara, which forms a vast though low vaulted hall, about 1,200 feet long and 300 feet broad, but with an entrance so narrow that only a single person can pass at a time. The mercenaries, having discovered the secret of the cave, rushed to the spot, eager for pillage. The unfortunate refugees vainly strove to soften the hearts of these barbarians, but, finding all supplications vain, they took courage from despair, and, favoured by the natural strength of the cave, repelled the attack of the first banditti who attempted to force an entrance. The ruffians now returned to the charge in greater numbers; but being still unable to accomplish their object, they formed the diabolical plan of setting fire to a heap of hay, straw, and greenwood, which they piled up before the mouth of the grotto. The smoke penetrated into the cave and in a short time the two thousand wretches it containedmostly women and children-were suffocated. Bayard, enraged at this barbarous act, which sullied his own honour, ordered the ringleaders to be seized and hanged before the entrance of the cave. While these malefactors were in the hands of the THE CAVE OF EGG. 171 executioner, a lad of fourteen, the only survivor of the catastrophe, was seen to crawl out of the grotto. Bayard ordered every aid to be rendered him which his state required, and could not refrain from tears while listening to his lamentable tale. The boy related that when the smoke began to spread in the cavern, the nobles, resolving to die at least like soldiers, wanted to sally forth, sword in hand, but were prevented by the peasants, who fell upon them and disarmed them, saying,' You have led us hither, and here with us you shall die!' Thus, a few moments before a common doom was to destroy both nobles and serfs, a horrible strife had arisen between them in the darkness of the cave. "And thou, my friend,' asked Bayard,' by what miracle hast thou escaped death?' I had remarked,' answered the lad, a feeble ray of daylight in a corner of the grotto, and applied my mouth to the crevice through which it passed. I soon fainted, but this small portion of fresh air preserved my life. When I recovered my senses, I remembered all that had passed, but I was alone, and it took me a long time to crawl out of the grotto.''All thy companions,' answered Bayard,''have been buried, by my orders, in consecrated ground; and behold! there hang their assassins! UTnfortunately the history of our land is tarnished with similar deeds of atrocity. A cave in the Isle of Egg, one of the Hebrides, has a very narrow entrance, through which one can hardly creep on knees and hands, but it rises steep and lofty within, and runs into the bowels of the rock to the depth of 255 measured feet. The rude and stony bottom of this cave is strewed with the bones of men, women, and children, the sad relics of the ancient inhabitants of the island, 200 in number, of whose destruction the following story is related.' The Macdonalds, of the Isle of Egg, a people dependent on Clanranald, had done some injury to the Laird of Macleod. The tradition of the isle says that it was by a personal attack on the chieftain, in which his back was broken; but that of the other isles bears that the injury was offered to two or three of the Macleods, who, landing upon Egg, and behaving insolently towards the islanders, were bound hand and foot, and turned adrift in a boat, which the winds and waves safely conducted to Skye. 172 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. To avenge the offence given, Macleod sailed with such a body of men as rendered resistance hopeless. The natives, fearing his vengeance, concealed themselves in the cavern; and, after strict search, the Macleods went on board their galleys, after doing what mischief they could, concluding the inhabitants had left the isle. But next morning they espied from their vessels a man upon the island, and, immediately landing again, they traced his retreat, by means of a light snow on the ground, to the cavern. Macleod then summoned the subterraneous garrison, and demanded that the inhabitants who had offended him should be delivered up. This was peremptorily refused. The chieftain thereupon caused his people to divert the course of a rill of water, which, falling over the mouth of the cave, would have prevented his purposed vengeance. He then kindled at the entrance of the cavern a huge fire, and maintained it until all within were destroyed by suffocation.' * In the reign of Queen Elizabeth, a no less horrible deed occurred during the campaign of Essex against the Irish rebels. When the English forces entered Antrim, the Scots of that county had sent their wives and children, their aged and their sick, to the island of Rathlin for safety. Sir John Norris was directed by the Earl to cross over and kill all that he could find. The run up the Antrim coast was rapidly and quietly accomplished. Before an alarm could be given the English had landed close to the church which bears Columba's name. The castle was taken by storm, and every soul in it-about two hundred-put to the sword. It was then discovered that the greater part of the fugitives, chiefly mothers and their little ones, were hidden in the caves about the shores.'There was no remorse,' says Froude,'not even the faintest shadow of perception that the occasion called for it. They were hunted out as if they had been seals or otters, and all destroyed.' When the barbarian Genghis Khan invaded Koondooz in Central Asia, 700 men took refuge, with their wives and families, in the cave of Yeermalik, and defended themselves so valiantly that, after trying in vain to destroy them by fire, * Voyages in the Lighthouse Yacht, published in Lockhart's'Life of Sir Walter Scott.' THE CAVES OF THE ALPUJARRAS. 173 the invader built them in with huge natural blocks of stone, and left them to die of hunger. In the year 1840, the cave was visited by Captain Burslem and Lieutenant Sturt, probably the only Europeans that ever entered its sepulchral recesses, as the people in the neighbourhood believe it to be the abode of Sheitan (the devil), and are as reluctant to guide a stranger as to explore it themselves. The entrance is halfway up a hill, and is fifty feet high, with about the same breadth. Not far from the entrance the travellers found a passage between two jagged rocks, possibly the remains of Genghis Khan's fatal wall, so narrow that they had some difficulty in squeezing through, and then before long came to a drop of sixteen feet, down which they were lowered by ropes. Here they left two men to haul them up on their return, and bade farewell to the light of day. The narrow path, which led by the edge of a black abyss, sometimes over a flooring of smooth ice for a few feet, widened gradually till they reached a damp and dripping hall, so vast in size that the light of their torches did not enable them to form any idea of its size. In this colossal hall, or rather tomb, they found the remains of the victims of Genghis Khan: hundreds of skeletons in a perfectly undisturbed state-one, for instance, still holding the skeletons of two infants in its long armswhile some of the bodies had been preserved, and lay shrivelled, like the mummies reposing in the sepulchral vault of the Great St. Bernard. In the dark history of Philip II. of Spain, one of the darkest passages is that of the rebellion and final destruction of the Moors of Granada. Driven to despair by an intolerable tyranny, the unfortunate people at length rose in arms against their oppressors; but all their bravery, aided by the natural strength of their mountain fastnesses, failed to defend them against the superior arms of their pitiless enemy. Defeated in every encounter, driven from every stronghold, thousands perished by famine or the sword, and those who submitted were either condemned to a cruel death or exiled from their native soil. Many were driven to seek a refuge in the caves of the Alpujarras, south-east of Granada, and of the bold sierras that stretch along the southern shores of Spain. Their pursuers followed up the chase with the fierce 174 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. glee of the hunter tracking the wild beast of the forest to his lair. There they were huddled together, one or two hundred frequently in the same cavern. It was not easy to detect the hiding-place amidst the rocks and thickets which covered up and concealed the entrance. But when it was detected, it was no difficult matter to destroy the inmates. The green bushes firnished the material for a smouldering fire, and those within were soon suffocated by the smoke, or, rushing out, threw themselves on the mercy of their pursuers. Some were butchered on the spot; others were sent to the gibbet or the galleys; while the greater part, with a fate scarcely less terrible, were given up as the booty of the soldiers, and sold into slavery. Aben Aboo, the last chief of the insurgents, who had hitherto eluded every attempt to seize him, but whose capture was of more importance than that of any other of his nation, had a narrow escape in one of these caverns not far from Berchal, where he lay hid with a wife and two of his daughters. The women were suffocated, with about seventy other persons; but the Morisco chief succeeded in making his escape through an aperture at the further end, which was unknown to his enemies. Unfortunately, the little king of the Alpujarras, as he was contemptuously called by the Spaniards, was soon after killed in another cavern by a traitor's hand, and with him fell the last hope of the Moriscos. His corpse, set astride on a mule, and supported erect in the saddle by a wooden frame, concealed beneath ample robes, was led in triumphal procession through the streets of Granada, and then decapitated. The body was given to the rabble, who, after dragging it through the streets with scoffs and imprecations, committed it to the flames, while the head, inclosed in a cage, was set up over the gate which opened on the Alpujarras. There it remained for many a year, no one venturing to remove it, for on the cage was inscribed, 6 This is the head of the traitor Aben Aboo. Let no one take it down, under pain of death.' The neighbourhood of Gortyna, in the island of Crete, has become celebrated in modern times for a mountain-labyrinth, with numerous and intricate passages, which exists in a valley near it, and in which the myth of the Daedalean labyrinth TIHE CAVES OF GORTYNA. 175 was probably localised. During the revolutionary war against the Turkish yoke (1822-1828) the Christian inhabitants of the adjacent villages, for months together, lived in this cavern, merely sallying out by day to till their lands, or to gather their crops, when it was safe to do so. Though the dark recesses of the cavern were not very inviting abodes for human beings for any long period, yet the sense of safety gave it, doubtless, a peculiar charm; for no one could approach within range of the numerous muskets pointed from masked loopholes at its entrance, without being immediately shot down; nor could either fire or smoke suffocate or dislodge its inmates, as the entrance is in the side of a steep hill, 500 or 600 feet above the bed of the wild valley in which it is situated, and thus is safe from attack in every direction. History as well as tradition states that, in all troubled times in Crete, the labyrinth of Gortyna has been the retreat of the inhabitants of the neighbourhood; but when Captain Spratt visited it in 1852, its only inhabitants were bats, who, by their mode of hooking on to each other, were hanging from the ceiling like clusters of bees. Under good native guides, he spent nearly two hours in threading its tortuous passages, which turn in so many ways and have so many branches as to justify the conclusion that a master hand must have directed the excavation. The mark of the tool is seen upon every side of the avenues and chambers, indicative of its artificial character. Less fortunate than their brethren of Gortyna were the unfortunate Cretans who, during the same war, took refuge in the cave of Melidoni. In 1822, when Hussein Bey marched against the neighbouring village, the inhabitants, to the number of three hundred, repaired to the cave, taking with them their valuables and provisions sufficient for six months. The entrance is so narrow and steep that they were perfectly secured against an attack, and the Turks in their first attempt lost twenty-five men. Finding that they refused submission on any terms, Hussein Bey ordered a quantity of combustibles to be brought to the entrance and set on fire. The smoke, rolling into the cavern in immense volumes, drove the miserable fugitives into the remoter chambers, where they lingered a little while longer, but were all evenmtually suffocated, The Turks waited. some days, but 176 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. still did not dare to enter, and a Greek captive was finally sent down on the promise of his life being spared. The Turks then descended and plundered the bodies. A week afterwards, three natives of the village stole into the cavern to see what had become of their friends and relatives. It is said that they were so overcome by the terrible spectacle that two of them died within a few days. Years afterwards, when the last vestiges of the insurrection had been suppressed, the Archbishop of Crete blessed the cavern, making it consecrated ground; and the bones of the victims were gathered together and partially covered up, in the outer chamber-a vast elliptical hall, about eighty feet in height, and propped in the centre by an enormous stalactitic pillar. On all sides the stalactites hang like fluted curtains from the roof, here in broad sheeted masses, there dropping into single sharp folds, but all on a scale of Titanic grandeur. In this imposing and silent hall, under the black banners of eternal Night, lay heaped the mouldering skulls and bones of the poor Christians. They could not have had a more appropriate sepulchre. Such have been the atrocities of Turkish warfare within the memory of living man; but French officers have in our days emulated the cruelty of Ottoman commanders, and shown that the nation which boasts of marching at the head of civilisation has still retained much of its ancient Gallic barbarism. When Marshal Pelissier filled with smokethe crowded caves of the Dahra in 1844, and destroyed many hundreds of Kabyls whose great crime it was to defend their country against the French hordes, it has been stated, as an excuse for this atrocity, that he left open some of the entrances to the caves, and that he only resorted to the smoke as a means of compelling the fugitives to come out and surrender; but no such excuse can be pleaded in favour of his successor, St. Arnaud. In the summer of 1845,7 this French commander received private information that a body of Arabs had taken refuge in the cave of Shelas. Thither he marched a body of troops. Eleven of the fugitives came out and surrendered; but it, was known to St. Arnaud, though not to any other French* Kinglake. MASSACRE IN THE CAVES OP THE DAHRA. 177 man, that five hundred men remained in the cave. All these people Colonel St. Arnaud determined to kill, and at the same time to keep the deed secret even from the troops engaged in the operation, as the smoking of the Caves of the Dahra had not greatly tended to raise France in the public opinion of Europe. Except his brother and Marshal Bugeaud, whose approval was the prize he sought, no one was to know what he did. He contrived to execute both his purposes. Thus he writes to his brother:-' I had all the apertures hermetically stopped up. I made one vast sepulchre. No one went into the caverns; no one but myself knew that under these there are 500 brigands who will never again slaughter Frenchmen. A confidential report has told all to the marshal, without terrible poetry or imagery. Brother, no one is so good as I am by taste and by nature. From the 8th to the 12th I have been ill, but my conscience does not reproach me. I have done my duty as a commander, and to-morrow I would do the same over again; but I have taken a disgust to Africa.' With such nauseous sentiment wrote the man,' good by taste and nature,' who seven years later was to attach the memory of his name to the bloody days of December, and to deal with many a French republican as he had dealt with the Arabs. N 178 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLDI CHAPTER XVI. HERMIT CAVES —ROCK TEMPLES —ROCK CHURCHES. St. Paul of Thebes-St. Anthony-His Visit to Alexandria, and death-Numerous Cave Hermits in the East-St. Benedict in the Cave of Subiaco-St. Cuthbert- St. Beat-us-Rock Temples of Kanara-The Wonders of Ellora-IpsamboulRock Churches of Lalibala in Abyssinia-The Cave of Trophonios-The Grotto of St. Rosolia near Palermo-The Chapel of Agios Niketas in Greece —The Chapel of Oberstein on the Nahe —The repentant fratricide. THE dim. twilight of a forest, its leafy vaults, its majestic silence, or its foliage moaning in the wind, are all apt to strike the mind with a religious awe. But the solitude and stillness of caverns is equally well adapted to awaken feelings of devotion, and thus we find that contemplative minds in every age, and of every creed, have found in them congenial retreats. The Indian fakir and the Mahometan dervish love the seclusion of the silent grotto, and here also the Hebrew prophets not seldom enjoyed their ecstatic visions. There can be no doubt that, during the first ages of Christianity many an unknown anchorite retired to some solitary cave, as to a harbour of refuge from the rude contact of the world; but the first hermit mentioned in ecclesiastical history is St. Paul of Thebes, in Egypt, who, during the persecution of Decius, in the middle of the third century, retreated to the desert, where, dwelling in a cave, and living on the fruits of trees, he reached his hundredth year. His friend and disciple, St. Anthony, who first roused among his contemporaries a wide-spread inclination for hermit seclusion, plays a far more conspicuous part in the annals of the Church. Born of wealthy Coptic peasants, this remarkable man, at the age of twenty, divided his whole property among the poor, and thenceforth devoted himself to a life of the strictest ascetism. He retired first to a rock-cave in the neighbourhood of his native village, and then to the more distant ruins of a deserted castle, where he spent twenty I 1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1'" -i!i INDIAN OKUTPiPRH T HTACVETMLEAN INDIAN ROCK=CUT TEMPLE; PORCH OF THE CHAITYA CAVE TEMPLE, AJUNTA, ST. ANTHONY OF EGYPT. 179 years as a hermit. Meanwhile his reputation for sanctity had spread throughout all Egypt, and numerous candidates for a hermit life besought him to take them under his spiritual care. He yielded to their entreaties, and soon the neighbouring desert was crowded with the huts of zealous anchorites, who revered him as their model. But he was surrounded not only by these pious disciples; the worldly-minded also came flocking to his cave for advice or assistance; for the belief was general that, like the first Apostles, he was gifted with the power of casting out devils and foretelling future events. Anthony, thus disturbed in his solitary meditations, resolved to bury himself still deeper in the desert, and fled to a cave in the furthest parts of Egypt, near a source shaded by a few date-palms. Here he hoped to be able to live entirely for prayer and contemplation, but his hopes proved vain, for, after a long search, his disciples discovered his retreat, and again anchorites and worldlings broke in upon his solitude. In his hundredth year he was prevailed upon by St. Athanasius to visit Alexandria, where, whenever he appeared, crowds gathered round him to kiss the hem of his garment and to implore his blessing. Even the Emperor Constantine the Great wrote to him; yet so indifferent had he become to all worldly distinctions that he could with difficulty be prevailed upon to have the letter read to him. Thus, honoured by high and low, and yet avoiding all honour, Anthony reached the patriarchal age of 105. At the approach of death he begged two of his most beloved disciples to conduct him to the wildest part of the desert. Here he died in their arms, after having first made them promise to keep the place of his burial secret, as he feared that an undue reverence might be paid to his bones. Anthony's example was followed far and wide over the eastern world. Whole colonies of hermits settled in the desert of Thebes, near Lake Moeris, in Southern Palestine, in Armenia, and Pontus. Their numbers amounted to thousands, many living in rude huts, which they erected with their own hands, while others found a congenial retreat in the grottoes and rock-tombs which abound in many of the countries where they dwelt. From the East the spirit of monastic seclusion soon spread N 2 ]80 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. to Western Europe. St. Benedict, the founder of the order which has rendered such signal service to learning during the Middle Ages, spent three years in an inaccessible cave near Subiaco, five leagues from Tivoli. Romanus, a monk in a neighbouring convent, alone knew of his retreat, and daily let down by a rope, from the top of the rock in which the cave was situated, the small quantity of bread which he needed for his subsistence. Here he was at length discovered by some shepherds, who at first sight took him for a wild beast, as he was clothed in skins, but soon discovered that he was a saint by the wise lessons he gave them. A similar longing for a life of pious seclusion induced St. Cuthbert to quit the Convent of Lindisfarne, of which he had been prior, and to seek a retreat in a grotto excavated by his own hands, on one of the Fame Islands, on the coast of Northumberland. An ox-hide, which he hung before its entrance and turned towards the side whence the wind blew, afforded a scanty shelter against the rigours of a northern winter. But the fame of his sanctity spread over all England, and numerous pilgrims resorted to his cave, to profit by his advice, or to seek consolation in their troubles. One day, when he had spent eight years in seclusion, the king of Northumbria, attended by his principal nobles, landed on Cuthbert's island-rock to beg him to accept the episcopal dignity of Durham, to which he had been elected. The holy anchorite yielded, with many tears, and after an obstinate resistance, for he was loth to accept duties which tore him from his solitude. After two years he resigned his bishopric, and returned to his beloved cave, where he shortly after died. According to a popular legend the Entrochi, or calcareous joints of the petrified Lily-Encrinites, which are found among the rocks of the Fame Islands, are forged by his spirit, and pass there by the name of' St. Cuthbert's beads.' While at this task, he is supposed to sit during the night upon a certain rock, and to use another as his anvil.'Such tales had Whitby's fishers told, And said they might his shape behold, And hear his anvil sound; A deadened clang-a huge dim form, Seen but, and heard, when gathering stornl And night was closing round.'-lMarnmio?. ROCK-TEMPLES OF INDIA. 181 The Beatenberg, situated on the northern side of the lake of Thun, is named after a celebrated cave in which St. Beatus, originally a British noble, who had come to preach the Gospel to the wild men of the district, dwelt for many years, and died at the advanced age of ninety. His relics remaining there, his fete-day attracted such crowds of pilgrims that reforming Berne sent two deputies in 1528 to carry off the saint's skull and bury it between the lakes of Thun and Brienz; but still the pilgrimages continued, and at length, in 1566, the Protestant zeal of Berne went to the expense of a wall, and thus effectually shut out the pilgrims, who, in more modern times, have been profitably replaced by crowds of tourists. Both in the heathen and the Christian world, grottoes, particularly such as had been hallowed by the lives of sainted anchorites, have frequently been consecrated to divine service; and to render them still more worthy of their destination, the rude excavations of nature have not seldom been enlarged and beautified with all the resources of art. Among these subterranean places of worship, those of India are deservedly renowned for their colossal size, and for the vast labour bestowed upon the sculptures with which they are adorned. A description of the famous rock-temples of Kanara, in the island of Salsette, near Bombay, will give the reader some idea of their magnificence. The way leads over a narrow mountain-path, through a jungle so dense that the traveller is obliged to quit his palanquin, and to ascend on foot the steep acclivity, from which, at some distance from the summit, the large temple overlooks the country. This colossal work is hewn out of the solid rock, ninety feet long and thirty-eight feet broad, with a corresponding height, and forms an oblong square with a vaulted roof. Two colossal rows of columns divide the hall into three naves or avenues, and give it the form of an ancient basilica. As the Temple of Kanara served the Portuguese for some time as a church, during their occupation of the small archipelago of Bonabay, the heathen sculptures which decorated the interior have naturally been mostly destroyed. This is the more to be regretted as the well-preserved and masterly 182 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. executed capitals of the mighty columns justify the belief that their artistic merit must have been worthy of the grand dimensions of the hall. The beautiful portico, however, is still richly decorated. On each side a recess contains a colossal, well-executed statue, and long inscriptions in unknown characters are carved on the square pillars of the entrance. The charms of a mysterious past thus add to the interest of this beautiful monument, the work of an astonishing patience and perseverance. The outer face of the portico, as well as the vestibule extending before it, twenty-eight feet many stones have started from their joints and a multitude of creeping plants cling to the mouldering statues. Thus the efforts of man to rear eternal monuments are vamn; they must necessarily yield to the living powers of natures' The cloud-capped towers, the gorgeous palaces, The solemn temples, the great globe itself, Yea, all which it inherit, shall dissolve, And, like this uinsbstantial pageant faded, Leave not a rack behind.' i Steps are hewn in the rock to the summnit of the mountain, and various intricate paths lead to smaller excavations, con- Shakespeare,'Tenpest,' iv. 1l CAVE-TEMPLES OF ELLORA. 183 sisting mostly of two cells and a portico. Near each of them is a well or basin, likewise hewn out of the rock, in which the rain-water collects, affording a grateful beverage to the tired wanderer. Many of these caves are larger and more perfect than the others, and some in their general effect resemble the great temple, although far inferior in size and decoration. The whole aspect of this perforated mountain shows that a complete cave-town, capable of containing several thousand inhabitants, has been hollowed out in its flanks. The largest excavation was, beyond a doubt, the chief temple. The smaller caves, arranged according to the same plan, likewise served for devotional purposes; and the rest were dwellings more or less commodious and large according to the rank or means of their possessors, or, what is still more likely, the abode of pious Brahmans and their scholars at the time when India was the cradle of arts and sciences, while the nations of Europe were still plunged in barbarism. From the summit of this wonderful mountain the spectator enjoys a beautiful prospect. The island of Salsette lies before him as if spread out on a map, affording a most agreeable variety of rice-fields and cocoa-nut groves, of villages and meadows, of woody hills and fruitful vales. The surrounding mountains form a foreground of grey rocks, dotted with trees, or excavated into dark grottoes, once the abode of fakirs, but now the retreats of tigers, snakes, huge bats, and enormous swarms of bees, while towards the south the horizon is bounded by the island of Bombay, with its forest of masts, towards the east by the mainland, towards the north by Bassein and the neighbouring mountains, and towards the south by the ocean. The enjoyment of the picturesque scene is marred only by the many tigers which infest the mountains, and frequently descend into the plain, where they not only carry away sheep and oxen, but also tear many a poor Hindoo to pieces. The rock-temples of Kanara are rivalled by those of Elephanta, Karli, and Ajunta, and far surpassed in magnificence and extent by the excavations of Ellora, near the town and fort of Dowlatabad, where a whole mountain of hard red granite has been hollowed out into an immense range of 184 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. highly ornamented grottoes and temples, fit for the residence of a whole pantheon of deities, and for the reception of a whole nation of pilgrims. About three miles to the north of Madras, where the rock touches the sea, navigators had long remarked some pillars of stone rising from the water and covered with rude sculptures. From these the spot received the name of the Seven Pagodas. Most of them have since been destroyed by the tides, and one only is still standing, though tottering to its fall. These, however, were but the advanced posts of the colossal excavations in the rocky wall behind; for here also are seen large grottoes, porticoes, and temples, as at Ellora, though of somewhat smaller proportions, and of less beautiful execution. They are dedicated to the worship of Vishnu and Siva, and covered with inscriptions. A whole rock-town, or at least a vast sanctuary, thus lies concealed on this solitary coast. Similar cave-temples are met with in Cochin China, Birmah, Malwah, and Ceylon, where the spacious rock-temple of Dambool is deservedly celebrated for its antiquity, and for its numerous statues of Buddha, in the varied attitudes of exhortation and repose. On the banks of the mysterious Nile we find rock-temples rivalling those of India in colossal grandeur, and among these Ipsamboul is pre-eminent in splendour.'After sailing for some hours,' says Warburton,*'through a country quite level on the eastern bank, we come upon a precipitous rocky mountain, starting up so suddenly from the river's edge, that its very summits are reflected in the water. We moored under a sand-bank, and, accompanied by half-a-dozen of the crew with torches, approached this isolated and stupendous rock. Yet even here the daring genius of Ethiopian architecture ventured to enter into rivalry with Nature's greatness, and found her material in the very mountains that seemed to bid defiance to her efforts.'On the face of the vertical cliff a recess is excavated to the extent of about a hundred feet in width. From this four gigantic figures stand out in very bold relief. Between the two central stony giants, a lofty doorway opens into a *' The Crescent and the Cross.' ROCK-TEMPLES OF IPSAMBOUL. 185 vast hall, supported by square pillars, each the size of a tower, and covered with hieroglyphics. Just enough painting still glimmers faintly on these columns to show that they were formerly covered with it; and the walls are carved into historic figures in slight relief; these, as our torches threw an uncertain glare over them, seemed to move and become instinct with life.' This temple was dedicated to Athor, the lady of Aboccis (the ancient name of Ipsamboul), who is represented within under the form of the sacred bow. This was, however, a mere " chapel of ease " to the great temple, excavated from a loftier rock, about fifty yards distant. Between these two a deep gorge once ran to the river, but this is now choked up with sand, in whose burning waves we waded knee-deep to the Temple of Osiris.' Here a space of about 100 feet in height is hewn from the mountain; smooth, except for the reliefs. Along the summit runs a frieze of little monkeys in long array, as if the architect felt the absurdity of the whole business, or as Byron sometimes finishes off a sublime sentence with a scoff. Then succeeds a line of hieroglyphics and some faintlycarved figures, also in relief, and then four colossal giants that seem to guard the portal. They are seated on thrones (which form, with themselves, part of the living rock), and are about sixty feet high. One is quite perfect, admirably cut, and the proportions admirably preserved; the second is defaced as far as the knee; the third is buried in sand to the waist; and the fourth has only the face and neck visible above the desert's sandy avalanche.' The doorway stands between the two central statues, and is surmounted by the statue of Isis wearing the moon as a turban.'On entering, the traveller finds himself in a temple, which a few days' work might restore to the state in which it was left, just finished, three thousand years ago. The dry climate and its extreme solitude have preserved its most delicate details from injury; besides which it was hermetically sealed by the desert for thousands of years, until Burckhardt discovered it, and Mr. Hay cleared away its protecting sands.' A vast and gloomy hall, such as Eblis might have given 186 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Vathek audience in, receives you in passing from the flaming sunshine into that shadowy portal. It is some time before the eye can ascertain its dimensions through the imposing gloom, but gradually there reveals itself, around and above you, a vast aisle, with pillars formed of eight colossal giants, upon whom the light of heaven has never shone. These images of Osiris are backed by enormous pillars, behind which run two great galleries; and in these torchlight alone enabled us to peruse a series of sculptures in relief representing the triumphs of Rameses the Second, or Sesostris. The painting, which once enhanced the effect of these spirited representations, is not dimmed, but crumbled away; where it exists the colours are as vivid as ever.' This unequalled hall is one hundred feet in length, and from it eight lesser chambers, all sculptured, open to the right and left. Straight on is a low doorway opening into a second hall of similar height, supported by four square pillars, and within all is the adytum, wherein stands a simple altar of the living rock in front of four large figures seated on rocky thrones. This inner shrine is hewn at least one hundred yards into the rock, and here, in the silent depth of that great mountain, these awful idols, with their mysterious altar of human sacrifice, looked very preadamitic and imposing. They seemed to sit there waiting for some great summons which should awaken and reanimate these "kings of the earth, who lie in glory, every one in his own house."' We wandered through many chambers, in which the air is so calm and undisturbed that the very smell of the torches of the last explorers of these caverns was perceptible.' In Abyssinia the rock-churches of Lalibala likewise give proof of an ancient state of civilisation, strongly contrasting with the barbarism of the present times. Like the temples of Ellora, some of these curious structures have been hollowed out of single blocks of stone left standing in the centre of open courts excavated in the bosom of the rock, while others are completely subterranean. Though far inferior in magnificence and extent to those wonderful edifices, they are yet very remarkable. The courts, in which the three principal monolithic ROCK-CHURCHES OF LALIBALA. 187 churches are respectively dedicated to our Saviour, to the Holy Virgin, and to St. Emmanuel, communicate with each other by narrow passages, the whole thus forming a continued series of excavations. The Church of St. Emmanuel is forty-eight feet long, thirty-two feet broad, and forty feet high, but it is surpassed in size by the Church of the Holy Virgin, where the rock-walls of the court are moreover perforated with sepulchral vaults and with cells for the habitation of monks. The town of Lalibala is situated in a beautiful country, 7,000 feet above the level of the sea, on the slope of the mighty Ascheten mountain, and commands a prospect of Alpine magnificence. Though it is now reduced to about 2,000 inhabitants, its eight rock-churches (five monolithic and subaerial, three subterranean), prove that it must once have been a place of considerable importance. Divine service is still performed in all these churches, which are the resort of numerous pilgrims, and to whose service above 500 priests, monks, and nuns are attached. Though ancient Greece has no such huge rock-temples to boast of as India or Egypt, yet caverns played an important part in her ancient religious history.' Before the old tribes of Hellas erected temples to the divinities,' says Porphyry, in his treatise De Antro Nympharumn,'they consecrated caves and grottoes to their service; in the island of Crete to Zeus, in Arcadia to Artemis and to Pan; in the isle of Naxos to Dionysos.' Caves were the site of some of the most celebrated Grecian oracles. The tripod of the Delphian pythoness stood over a subterranean hollow, from which the divine inspiration was supposed to ascend; and pilgrims from all parts of Hellas resorted to a cave in the neighbourhood of Lebadeia, a city of Boeotia, and named after Trophonios, a mythical personage who was supposed to have lived there for many years, and was subsequently deified as an oracular god. Those who repaired to this cave for information were required, after passing some preparatory days in a chapel dedicated to Fortune and to the' good genius,' to anoint themselves with oil, to bathe in a certain river, and to drink of the water of two neighbouring springs called Lethe and Mnemosyne, the first of which mllade them forgetful of the past, while the second 188 aTHIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. fixed in their memory all they heard and saw in the cavern. They were then clothed in a linen robe, took a honeyed cake in their hands, and, after praying before an ancient statue of Trophonios, descended into the subterranean chamber by a narrow passage. Here it was that the future was unfolded to them, either by visions or extraordinary sounds. The return from the cave was by the same passage, but the persons consulting were obliged to walk backwards. They generally came out astonished, melancholy, and dejected. The priests on their return placed them on an elevated seat, called the seat of Mnemosyne or remembrance, and the broken sentences they uttered in their confused state of mind were considered as the answer of the oracle. They were then conducted to the chapel of the' good genius,' where by degrees they recovered their usual composure and cheerfulness. There can be no doubt that the priests introduced themselves into the cave by secret passages, and worked upon the excited imagination of their dupes by terrible sounds and apparitions. During the palmy days of the oracle, the neighbourhood of the Cave of Trophonios was decorated with temples and statues; at present its very site is uncertain. Like ancient paganism, Christianity not seldom celebrates her rites in caves hallowed by the memory of saints and anchorites. A stately church rises over the Grotto of the Nativity, at Bethlehem, and a magnificent pile has been constructed at Jerusalem over the rock-tomb in which our Saviour was buried. The grotto on Mount Carmel, to which the prophet Elijah retreated from the world, is now dedicated to divine worship, in the convent which bears his name; and the cave in which John the Evangelist is said to have written the Apocalypse during his exile in the island of Patmos has also been converted into a chapel. One of the most celebrated rock-churches is the grotto of St. Rosolia, the patroness of Palermo. This illustrious lady was niece to King William the Good, and, as the legends inform us, no less remarkable for her beauty than for her virtues, which made her the admiration of all Sicily. Never was a princess more fitted to adorn society; but the world had so few attractions for a spirit that could only breathe in the CAVE OF ST. ROSOLIA, 189 pure regions of piety, that, at the age of fifteen, she retired to the solitary mountains, and, from the date of her disappearance, in 1159, was never more heard of for about five hundred years. The people thought she had been taken up to heaven, as the fitting abode for her more than human perfections; but in the year 1624, during the time of a dreadful plague, a holy man had a vision that the saint's bones were lying in a cave near to the top of the Monte Pellegrino, and that if these were taken up with due reverence and carried in procession thrice round the walls of the city, they should immediately be delivered from the scourge. The bones were accordingly sought and found, thrice carried round the town, as the vision had described, and the plague suddenly ceased. From that time St. Rosolia was revered as the patron saint of Palermo, and the remote cave where she probably spent many years of her solitary life, became one of the most renowned sanctuaries of the Catholic Church, and the resort of innumerable pilgrims. The mountain is extremely high, and so steep that before the discovery of St. Rosolia it was looked upon as almost inaccessible; but a fine road, very properly termed La Scala, or the stair, has been cut out in the rock, and leads from terrace to terrace, over almost perpendicular precipices, to the entrance of the holy grotto, which is situated near the very top of the mountain, and commands a magnificent prospect. Within two miles of the foot of the mountain, the eye discerns the city of Palermo, with its beautiful villas and luxuriant gardens, and then, taking a wider range, glances to the north, over the dark blue sea bounded by the Lipari Islands and the everfuming cone of Stromboli; while to the east a large portion of Etna, although at the distance of almost the whole length of Sicily, towers like a giant above the minor mountain chains. A church and other buildings, forming a kind of court yard, where some priests reside, appointed to watch over the treasures of the place, and to receive the offerings of pilgrims that visit them, have been erected round the grotto. As may easily be imagined, the history of rock-chapels has frequently been embellished with legendary tales. The chapel of Agios Niketas (St. Nicholas) in Crete, is at present merely a smoky-looking cave beneath a large detached mass of rock, lying on the slope of an abrupt mountain; but there are still 190 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. the remains of a building which once extended far beyond the present limits. The roof of the cavern, although very uneven, is also elaborately ornamented with paintings, representing the remarkable events in the life of the Saviour and of St. Nicholas, and showing that considerable cost and artistic care have been bestowed upon it. Though it is now abandoned, an event that is said to have happened about four or five centuries ago gives this cave a special interest with the natives. The church was crowded with Christians from the adjacent villages on the eve of the festival of their patron saint Agios Niketas, so as to be ready (as is usual with the Greeks) for the matin service at daybreak. But the fires which the assembled party had lighted near it had been observed at sea by a Barbary corsair then cruising off the island, and guided him to the spot, where, under the darkness of the night, he landed his crew in a neighbouring cove. Thus unobserved, they stole up to the church, and, finding it full of the natives, closed the door and windows upon them, and waited for day, the better to secure their captives for embarkation. In this dreadful plight the unfortunate Cretans raised their voices in a general prayer to Saint Niketas. Their supplications were heard, for the priest soon after informed them that the saint had shown him a way of escape -through the back part of the cavern, by opening a small aperture communicating with another cavern that led finally out upon the mountain slope over the rock. Through this aperture they all silently crept unseen and unheard by the corsairs. Another interesting.legend is attached to a small rockchapel situated beneath the ruins of the ancient Castle of Oberstein, on the Nahe. The Baron of Oberstein, having, in a fit of jealousy, hurled his younger brother from the balcony of the castle, fled from the scene of his crime. For years he wandered, a wretched outcast, from land to land; but wherever he went the curse of Cain was upon him, and left him no rest by night or day. At length he came to Rome, to confess his fratricide at the feet of the Sovereign Pontiff, who comforted him with the assurance that he would recover his lost peace by returning to Oberstein and excavating with his own hands a rock-chapel for the interment of his brother on the spot where he fell. ROCK-CHAPEL OF OBERSTEIN. 191 Soon after the self-banished lord made his appearance at Oberstein in a hermit's garb, and set to work upon the hard rock with indefatigable zeal. Never was labour performed with better will, and such, consequently, was the progress of the excavation that it seemed as if he were assisted by the angels in his penitential task. At the expiration of four years, the rock-chapel was completed, and the bones of the murdered man were conveyed with great ceremony to the tomb which had been prepared for their reception at the foot of the altar. As soon as they were lowered into the grave, the murderer bent over them; a smile of ineffable happiness was seen to illumine his emaciated features, and he dropped down dead upon the remains of his brother. 192 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER XVII. ICE-CAVES AND WIND-HOLES. Ice-caves of St. Georges ard St. Livres-Beautiful Ice-stalagmites in the Cave of La Baume-The Schafloch-Ice Cataract in the Upper Glaciere of St. Livres -Ice Cavern of Eisenerz-The Cave of Yeermalik-Volcanic Ice-caves-AEolian Caverns of Terni-Causes of the low temperature of Ice-caves. SOME caves, remarkable for an extremely low temperature even in summer, form natural ice-cellars, though unconnected with glaciers or snow mountains, and in latitudes and at altitudes where ice could not under ordinary circumstances be supposed to exist. Besides the interest attaching to these natural curiosities, these ice-caves are sometimes lucrative sources of revenue to their owners, or answer various purposes of use or comfort. In hot summers, when the supplies of the artificial icehouses fail in Geneva and Lausanne, the hotel-keepers have recourse to the stores laid up for them by nature in the icecaves or glacieres of St. Georges and St. Livres, situated in the canton of Vaud, on the slope of the Jura. Other ice-caves are made use of as dairies, or as storehouses for cheese; and the quarries of Niedermendig, near the small town of Andernach, on the Rhine, which are likewise remarkable for a glacial temperature, serve as excellent beer-cellars. To Mr. Browne, who has made them his special study, we are indebted for an interesting account of the ice-caves of France and Switzerland,* which, as may naturally be expected in halls and galleries hung with drapery of transparent silver, not seldom offer scenes of beauty rivalling the most renowned stalactital grottoes. Inthe Glaciere of Grace-Dieu, or La Baume, near Besangon, *' Ice Caves of France and Switzerland: a Narrative of Subterranean Exploration.' By the Rev. G. F. Browne. Longmans, 1865. ICE-CAVE OF LA BAUME. ]33 Mr. Browne was particularly struck with three large stalagmites of ice rising in a line across the middle of the cave. The central mass was remarkable only for its size, the girth being sixty-six and a half feet at some distance from the icefloor, with which it blended; but nothing could be more strikingly lovely than the stalagmite to its right, owing to the i i the trunk of a small fir-tree, witl the upper branches complete, to receive the water from the corresponding fissure in hla.d vanished from sight under its crystal covering, the ice it!wiht vs inr~tdsoa vyl co _,O)YER.LACAME OF:-.LbRES wiood taste of some one, who had found that much ice was 0 194 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. which a mould so graceful could suggest, each twig of the different boughs becoming, to all appearance, a solid bar of frosted ice, from which complicated groups of icicles streamed down. But the mass to the left was the grandest and most beautiful of all. It consisted of two lofty heads, like weeping willows in Carrara marble, with three or four others less lofty, resembling a family group of lions' heads in a subdued attitude of grief, richly decked with icy manes. Similar heads seemed to grow out here and there from the solid sides of the huge mass, which measured seventy-six and a half feet in girth about two feet from the floor. When this column was looked at from the side removed from the entrance to the cave, so that it stood in the centre of the light which poured down the long slope from the outer world, the transparency of the ice made the whole look as if it were set in a narrow frame of impalpable liquid blue-the effect of light penetrating through the mass at its extreme edges. Other and no less striking beauties rewarded our subterranean explorer on his visit to the Schafloch or Trou-auxMoutons, a vast ice-cave on the Rothhorn, in the canton of Berne, which takes its name from the fact that, when a sudden storm comes on, the sheep and goats make their way to it for shelter, though never going so far as the spot where the ice begins. On entering the cave the way lies over a wild confusion of loose masses of stone, which soon, however, begin to be intermingled with ice, until the latter entirely hides the naked rock under a crystal mantle.'On either side of the cave was a grand column of ice, forming the portal, as it were, through which we must pass to further beauties. The ice-floor rose to meet these columns in a graceful swelling curve, perfectly continuous, so that the general effect was that of two columns whose roots expanded and met in the middle of the cave. Convinced that internal investigations would prove interesting, I began to chop a hole in one of the pillars about two feet from the ground, and having made an entrance sufficiently large, proceeded to get into the cavity which presented itself. The flooring of the dome-shaped grotto in which I found myself was loose rock, at a level of about two feet below the surface of the ice-floor, on which my guide Christian still stood. The GLACIERES OF ST. LIVRES. 195 dome itself was not high enough to allow me to stand upright, and from the roof, principally from the central part, a complex mass of delicate icicles passed down to the floor, leaving a narrow burrowing passage round, which was itself invaded by icicles from the lower part of the sloping roof, and by stubborn stalagmites of ice rising from the floor. The details of this central cluster of icicles, and, in fact, of every portion of the interior of the strange grotto were exceedingly lovely, and I crushed with much regret, on hands and knees, through fair crystal forests and frozen dreams of beauty. In making the tour of this grotto, contorting my body like a snake, to get in and out among the ice-pillars, and do as little damage as might be, I yet, with all my care, was accompanied by the incessant shiver and clatter of breaking and falling ice. Having squeezed myself out again through the narrow hole, I now passed between the two gigantic columns, and found that the sea of ice became still broader and bolder, until we came to the edge of a glorious ice-fall, round and smooth and perfectly unbroken, passing down like the rapids of some river too deep for its surface to be disturbed, and plunging majestically into a dark gulf, of which we could see neither the roof nor the end.' We will now follow Mr. Browne to the Upper Glaciere of St. Livres, where the interesting discovery was made that the ice-stream which filled the cave, instead of terminating with the wall of rock at its end, turned off to the right, and was lost in darkness. By tying a candle to a long stick, and thrusting it down the slope of ice, it was further found that the stream passed down at a very steep incline, and poured under a narrow and low arch in the wall of the cave, beyond which nothing could be seen. Steps were now cut down the slope by one of the party, who was carefully let down, and, his work being completed, the others followed him through the arch-a rather awkward undertaking, for, on pushing through, their breasts were pressed on to the ice, while their backs scraped against the rock which formed the roof.'As soon as this trough was passed,' says Mr. Browne,' the ice spread out like a fan, and finally landed us in a second cavern, 72 feet long by 36 feet broad, to which this 0 2 196 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. was the only entrance. The breadth of the fan at the bottom was 27 feet, and near the archway a very striking column poured from a vertical fissure in the wall, and joined the main stream. The fissure was partially open to the cave, and showed the solid round column within the rock: this column measured 18- feet in circumference, a little below the point where it became free of the fissure, and it had a stream of ice 22 feet long pouring from its base. The peculiar structure of the ice gave the whole mass the! ICE STREAMS IN THE UPPER GLACIERE OF ST. LIVIES. appearance of coursing down very rapidly, as if the water had been frozen while thus moving, and had not therefore ceased so to move.... At the farthest end of the cave, a lofty dome opened up in the roof, beneath which a very lovely cluster of columns had grouped itself, formed of clear porcelain-like ice, and fretted and festooned with the utmost delicacy, as if Andersen's Ice Maiden had been there in one of her amiable moods and had built herself a palace.' In Upper Styria, the Frauenmauer Mountain, which over ICE-CAVE OF YERMALIK.'197 looks the mining town of Eisenerz, contains a remarkable ice-chamber, consisting of a grotto from thirty to forty fathoms long, decked with ice-crystals, pillars of ice, and cascades of the same material, the floor being composed of ice as smooth as glass. In the summer pleasure parties assemble in the cave, and amuse themselves with sliding down its sloping ice-floors. In his work on the Natural Wonders of the Austrian Empire, the naturalist Sartori describes his visit to an ice-cave on the Brandstein, a peak situated in the same district, which thus appears to be rich in glacieres. He found crimpons necessary for descending the frozen snow, which led from the entrance to the floor of the cave, where he discovered pillars and capitals and pyramids of ice of every possible shape and variety, as if the cave had contained the ruins of a Gothic church or a fairy palace. At the further end, after passing large cascades of ice, his party reached a dark grey hole, which lighted up into blue and green under the influence of the torches; they could not discover the end of this hole, and the stones which they rolled down into it seemed to go on for ever. Other natural glacieres are also mentioned as occurring in Bohemia, Hungary, the Harz, in several places in North America, and probably there are few mountainous regions without them. The Cave of Yermalik, already mentioned among the silent retreats of nature which have been rendered infamous by the cruelty of man, is likewise highly interesting as a natural glaciere. After leaving the roomy dome in which they found the skeletons of the victims of Genghis Khan, Captain Burslem and Lieutenant Sturt proceeded through several low arches and smaller caves, and reached at length a vast hall, in the centre of which was an enormous mass of clear ice, smooth and polished as a mirror, and in the form of a gigantic beehive, with its dome-shaped top just touching the long icicles which depended from the jagged surface of the rock. A small aperture led to the interior of this wonderful congelation, which was divided into several compartments of every fantastic shape. In some the glittering icicles hung like curtains from the roof; in others, the vault was smooth '198 TIHE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. as glass, Beautifully brilliant were the prismatic colours reflected from the varied surface of the ice when the torches flashed suddenly upon them as they passed from cave to cave. Around, above, beneath, everything was of solid ice, and being unable to stand on account of its slippery nature, they slid, or rather glided mysteriously, along the glassy surface of this hall of spells. In one of the largest compartments the icicles had reached the floor, and gave the idea of pillars supporting the roof.' * Rocks of volcanic formation seem to afford favourable opportunities for the congelation of water. Ice-caves are found in Mount Etna, on the Peak of Teneriffe, and among the lava-currents of Iceland.t Scrope visited one of these natural glacieres near the village of Roth, in the neighbourhood of Andernach, on the Rhine. It formed the mouth of a deep fissure in a current of basalt derived from an ancient volcanic cone above it, and its floor was covered with a crust of ice at the time of his visit, about noon on a very hot day in August. The phenomenon of wind-grottoes is analogous to that of ice-caves, and not seldom associated with it. Here cold currents of air, increasing in violence as the day is hotter, are found to blow from the interstices of rocks. One of the most celebrated of these JEolian caverns is found near Terni in Italy. The entrance is closed by ain old gate, through the crevices of which the wind issues with a rustling noise, while in the grotto itself the current is sufficiently strong to extinguish a torch. The proprietors of some neighbouring villas have put the phenomenon to an ingenious use. Leaden pipes, branching out from the grotto, convey on sultry summer days an agreeable coolness through masks of gypsum with wide distended mouths, which are fixed in the walls of the apartments. The small town of Roquefort in France has been renowned ever since the time of the Romans for the delicious flavour of its cheese, which is said to owe its excellence to the cool cellars in which it is matured. These are excavated on the northern slope of a great chalk plateau, and communicate with numerous fissures in the rock, from which air-currents * Burslem,' A Peep into Toorkistan.' t The Cave of Stutshellir. WIND-GROTTOES. 1993 stream forth of so low a temperature as to cause a thernlometer marking + 23~ 1R. in the shade, and in the external atmosphere, to fall to + 4~ R. when exposed to their influence. The cellars are so valuable that one, which cost 12,000 francs in construction, sold for 215,000 francs. In times of ignorance, superstition could not fail to attach its fables to the phenomenon of wind-grottoes. A cave near Eisenach was supposed to be the seat of purgatory, and popular credulity or terror willingly transformed the sounds produced by the rushing air-currents into the wailings of tormented souls. Fortunately, modern science affords us a more satisfactory explanation of the phenomenon. Pictet represents the case of a cave with cold currents of air to be much the same as that of a mine with a vertical shaft ending in a horizontal gallery, of which one extremity is in communication with the open air, at a point much lower, of course, than the upper extreinity of the shaft. The cave or wind-hole corresponds to the horizontal gallery, and the various fissures in the rock take the place of the vertical shaft, and communicate freely with the external air. In summer the columns of air contained in these fissures assume nearly the temperature of the rock in which they rest-that is to say, the mean temperature of the district; and therefore they are heavier than the corresponding external columns of air which terminate at the mouth of the cave. The consequence is, that the heavy cool air descends from the fissures, and streams out into the cave, appearing as a cold current, and the hotter the day-that is, the lighter the columns of external air-the more violent will be the disturbance of equilibrium, and therefore the more palpable the current. The evaporation which takes place as the air-currents descend through the moist rock-fissures likewise tends to lower their temperature. Several naturalists have attempted to explain the phenomena of ice-caves in a similar manner, as being produced by cold currents still further refrigerated by the evaporation caused in the moist and porous rocks through which they pass. But to this theory there are weighty objections, as ini. mflny ice-caves there is no ceurrent whatever, and 200 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. in all the cases of cold air streams investigated or mentioned by De Saussure, the lowest temperatures observed were still considerably above the freezing-point, and consequently incapable of converting water into ice. Mr. Browne believes that, in many cases, the phenomenon may be satisfactorily accounted for by the position and surroundings of the caves in which it occurs; though, no doubt, cold currents and evaporation may often have an influence in maintaining the low temperature of ice-caves. In every one of the fourteen natural glacieres which he visited, the level at which the ice was found was considerably below the level at the entrance of the cave; so that, on ordinary principles of gravitation, the heavy cold air within could not be dislodged by the lighter warm summer air without. Heat naturally spreads very slowly in a cave like this; and even when some amount of heat does reach the ice, the latter melts but slowly, for ice absorbs 60~ C. in melting; and thus when ice is once formed, it becomes.a material guarantee for the permanence of cold in the cave. Another means for preventing the encroachments of the hotter seasons is the dense covering of trees and shrubs, which, in the case of many of the glacieres, shields their entrance or their roof from the rays of the sun, and thus keeps off the effects of direct radiation. Mr. Browne found all the glacieres that came under his observation thus protected, with the single exception of that of St. Georges, where, in consequence of an incautious felling of wood immediately near the mouth, trunks of trees had been laid horizontally over it, to prevent the rays of the sun from striking down on to the ice. He moreover invariably found that the entrances to the caves were more or less sheltered against all winds -a very important condition, as air-currents from without would infallibly bring in heated air, in spite of the specific weight of the cold air stored within. There can be no doubt, too, that the large surfaces which are available for evaporation have much to do with maintaining a somewhat lower temperature than the mean temperature of the place where the cave occurs. Another great advantage which some glacieres possess must be borne in mind, namely, the collection of snow at the bottom of the pit in which the PHENOMENA OF ICE-CAVES. 201 entrance lies. This snow absorbs, in the course of melting, all the heat which strikes down by radiation, or is driven down by accidental turns of the wind; and the snow water thus forced into the cave will, at any rate, not seriously injure the ice. It is easy to understand how, in caves thus protected against the influence of summer heat, a great part of the ice accumulated during the winter may be preserved, and ENTRANCE TO THE GLACISRE OF ST. GEORGES. that, for an explanation of the phenomenon, it is by no'means necessary to have recourse to cold blasts descending from the interior of the rock in which they are situated. It is indeed a common belief that the ice-caves are colder in summer than in winter, and consequently contain a greater abundance of ice during the former season; but this belief may well be considered as one of those popular fallacies, which-though, by dint of repetition, they come to be common articles of faith-have in fact no substantial proofrs to support thliem. 202 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD, CHAPTER XVYIII ROCK TOMBS AND CATACOMBS. Biban-el-Moluk, the Royal Tombs of Thebes-The Roman Catacombs-Their Extent-Their Mlode of Excavation-Touching Sepulchral Inscriptions-Antony Bosio, the Columbus of the Catacombs-The Cavaliere di Rossi-The Catacombs of Naples and Syracuse-The Catacombs of Paris. THE remoteness of caves and grottoes from the busy haunts of life, their eternal silence and their nightly gloom, have ever pointed them out as fit resting-places for the dead. From the earliest times they have been used as sepulchral vaults, and where nature neglected to hollow out the rock, it has often been excavated for this purpose by the hand of In an. Thus the Pharaohs of Egypt rested not in temples and mausoleums reared in the heart of cities, but they chose the desert-ravine for their sepulchre, and hid their tombs in deep excavations in the earth. A more impressive scene can hardly be imagined than that which is afforded by these splendid memorials. Of all such monuments which still mark the site of ancient Thebes, perhaps none are more striking to the traveller than the royal tombs-Biban-el-Moluk-which the pride of monarchs, whose very name is now a mystery, excavated four thousand years ago in the bosom of the Libyan mountains.'The next morning at daybreak,' says Warburton,*' we started for the Tombs of the Kings. I was mounted on a fine horse, belonging to the sheikh of the village, and the cool air of the morning, the rich prospect before us, and the cloudless sky, all conspired to impart life and pleasure to my relaxed and languid frame. I had been for a month almost confined to my pallet by illness, and now, mounted on a gallant;'The Crescent and the Crossa. ROCK-TOMBS OF THEBES. 203 barb, sweeping across the desert, with the mountain breezes breathing round me, I felt a glow of spirits and exhilaration of mind and body to which I had been long a stranger. For a couple of hours we continued along the plain, which was partially covered with wavy corn, but flecked widely here and there with desert tracts. Then we entered the gloomy mountain gorges, through which the Theban monarchs passed to their tombs. Our path lay through a narrow defile, between precipitous cliffs of rubble and caleareous strata, and some large boulders of coarse conglomerate lay strewn along this desolate valley, in which no living thing of earth or air ever met our view. The plains below may have been, perhaps, once swarming with life and covered with palaces; but the gloomy defile we were now traversing must have ever been as they now are, lonely, lifeless, desolatea fit avenue to the tombs for which we were bound.'After five or six miles' travel, our guide stopped at the base of one of the precipices, and, laying his long spear against the rock, proceeded to light his torches. There was no entrance apparent at the distance of a few yards, nor was this great tomb betrayed to the outer world by any visible aperture, until discovered by Belzoni. This extraordinary man seems to have been one of the few who have hit off in life the lot for which Nature destined them. His sepulchral instincts might have been matter of envy to the ghouls; with such unerring certainty did he guess at the place containing the embalmed corpses most worthy of his bodysnatching energies.' We descended by a steep path into this tomb, through a doorway covered with hieroglyphics, and entered a corridor that ran some hundred yards into the mountain. It was about twenty feet square, and painted throughout most elaborately in the manner of Raphael's Loggia at the Vatican, with little inferiority of skill or colouring. The doorways were richly ornamented with figures of a larger size, and over each was the winged globe or a huge scarabseus. In allusion, probably, to the wanderings of the freed spirit, almost all the larger emblems on these walls wore wings, however incompatible with their usual vocations; boats, globes, fishes, and suns, all were winged. On one of the 204 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. corridors there is an allegory of the progress of the sun through the hours, painted with great detail; the god of day sits in a boat (in compliment to the Nile he lays aside his chariot here), and steers through the hours of the day and night, each of the latter being distinguished by a star. The Nile in this, as in all other circumstances of Egyptian life, figures as the most important element; even the blessed souls for its sake assume the form of fishes, and swim about with angelic fins in this River of Life. One gorgeous passage makes way into another more gorgeous still, until you arrive at a steep descent. At the base of this, perhaps 400 feet from daylight, a doorway opens into a vaulted hall of noble proportions, whose gloom considerably increases its apparent size. Here the body of Osirei, father of Rameses the Second, was laid about 3,200 years ago, in the beautiful alabaster sarcophagus which Belzoni drew from hence, the reward of his enterprise. Its poor occupant, who had taken such pains to hide himself, was " undone " for the amusement of a London conversazione.' There are numerous other tombs, all full of interest; but as the reader who is interested in such things will consult higher authorities than mine, I shall only add that the whole circumstance of ancient Egyptian life, with all its vicissitudes, may be read in pictures out of these extraordinary tombs, from the birth, through all the joys and sorrows of life, to the death, the lamentations over the corpse, the embalmer's operations, and finally the judgment and the immortality of the soul. In one instance the Judge is measuring all men's good actions in a balance against a feather from an angel's wing; in another, a great serpent is being bound head and foot, and cast into a pit; and there are many other proofs, equally convincing, of the knowledge that this mysterious people possessed of a future life and judgment.' But not the kings alone; the illustrious, the wealthy, the whole nation reposed in rock-tombs magnificently sculptured or rudely excavated, according to the means of the defunct. Behind the ruins of the stately temples of ancient Thebes, which extend from Gourna to Medinet Abou, and fill the narrow strip of desert between the inundated fields and the foot of the mountains, lies an interminable necropolis, whose ROCK-HEWN CEMETERIES. 205 graves, like the cells of a bee-hive, one close to the other, are hewn in the rocky ground of the plain, or in the slopes of the neighbouring hills. These grottoes, originally destined for sarcophagi and mummies, are now occupied by fellahs and their herds, as they were in the fifth and sixth century by pious anchorites; and, being roomy and situated at a considerable height above the plain, may be considered as the most healthy dwellings of the country. The oldest graves are hewn in the mountains; and at a later period, when the rocky plain at their foot alone gave room for these excavations, it gradually became invaded by the dead. In the more splendid of these mausoleums, high gates and walls inclosed deep courtyards, scooped out of the rock, and from these long corridors led to subterranean halls, profusely decorated with sculptures and paintings. Similar cities of the dead were found in Upper Egypt, near the cities of the living, wherever the adjoining rocks allowed them to be excavated. Those of Syout-the ancient Lycopolis, where along an extent of several miles the whole declivity of the Libyan mountains is perforated with graves rising in terraces to their very summit-of El Kab (Eilei. thyia), of Assuan (Syene), of Madfuneh (Abydos), of Kan (Antoeopolis), and of a hundred other places, would in any other country excite the wonder of the traveller here, where along the Nile one gigantic necropolis follows upon another, they hardly attract any attention. But the ancient Egyptians not only embalmed human bodies and preserved them in rock-tombs, they also converted into mummnies the various animals to which they paid divine homage, and deposited them in subterranean cavities. This honour was paid to Apis, the ox-god, to the sacred Ibis, to dogs, cats, and even to the repulsive crocodile. Besides the Rome of the Cssars and the Rone of the Popes, there is a third Rome, scarcely less remarkable than the other two. The two former, gilded by the warm sunbeam, proudly rise above the banks of the Tiber with their ruins, palaces, and churches, while the latter lies hidden beneath the earth. 206 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. From the cupola of St. Peter's, the most favourable station for a panoramic view of all the monuments and buildings of the Eternal City, the eye is also best able to embrace at one glance the general topography of the catacombs or of subterranean Rome. Fifteen great consular roads, over which the victorious legions once marched out to subjugate the world, radiate from the centre of the town, and furrow the arid Campagna, until they are finally lost in the ]. tt C'.,T_: GALLERY WITH TOMBS. hazy distance. To the right and left of these causeways the catacombs have been hollowed out in the depths of the earth, and, though separated by the Tiber into two distinct regions, yet their various subdivisions trace a vast circle, the size of which may be measured by the circumference of the town itself. To form some idea of their extent, we must fancy an intricate wilderness of galleries and arched alcoves with their layers of sarcophagi, one above another; their lucernaria, for light or ventilation; their stairs, straight or winding; and all this, not on one level only, but floor beneath floor-one, two, three, four, five-hewn out on a laby SUBTERRANEAN ROME. 207 rinthine, yet harmonious and economic plan. Network is perhaps a feeble description of these vast and intricate mazes; a spider's web seen through the glass of a naturalist, or rather four or five spiders' webs, one within the other, would seem a more fitting illustration. Such is the immensity of this city of the dead that, according to the opinion of those who have made themselves best acquainted with all its subdivisions, their galleries, supposing them ranged in a line, would form a street 900 miles long, and lined by no less than six millions of tombs'! So vast a necropolis would command attention in any country, or as the memorial of any age, or of any part of the human race; but to us the catacombs of Rome are doubly interesting, as the mysterious crypts which served the first confessors of our faith for the purposes of sepulture and sometimes of concealment. Their extent at once precludes the idea of their having been excavated in a clandestine manner, as was at one time erroneously believed; and, moreover, history tells us that, apart from some passing storms of persecution, the Christians had as little reason as the Jews, their religious ancestors, for making a secret of their faith, or of their places of interment. From the times of the Apostles their community constantly grew and multiplied throughout the Roman world-in Rome especially, the centre of that world —and there can be little doubt that from Nerva to the middle of the reign of Marcus Aurelius (from 96 to about 166) and so onward to the great persecution under Decius (A.D. 249-256), the Christians, if exposed here and there and at times to local persecutions, were growing in unchecked and still expanding numbers. But as the living community increased, so also must the number of its dead, a reverence for whom was, among the survivors, not only a solemn duty but a deep-rooted passion. The Christians not only inherited from the Jews the ancient usage of interment, but this respect for the dead was strengthened by the belief that Christ had risen bodily from the grave, and that a bodily resurrection was to be their own glorious privilege. Hence the burning of the dead, customary among the wealthier pagans, was to them a profanation; and as the body of the slave was as holy as that of his master, it claimed the same right of decent burial. 208 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. But where was room for the spacious burial-places required for so vast a community? Within the walls of the city interment was very properly forbidden by the law, and at a convenient distance beyond its crowded precincts, large plots of ground could hardly be obtained; but the formation of subterranean cemeteries on a vast scale was greatly facilitated by the geological formation of the land. Three different kinds of stone compose the groundwork of the Roman campagna: the tufa litoicle, as hard and durable as granite, which furnished the materials for the palaces and temples of the Caesarian city; the tufa granolare, which, though consistent enough to retain the form given it by the excavators, cannot be hewn or extracted in blocks, and the loose tvfafriabile, or pouzzolana, which has been extensively used from the earliest ages for mortar or Roman cement. It is evident that neither the hard lithoid nor the loose tuff were suitable for the excavation of the catacombs, while this purpose could be admirably attained in the courses of the granular tuff, which, though not too hard to be worked, is yet solid enough to make walls for long and intricate passages, to be hewn into arches vaulting over deep recesses for the reception of coffins, and to support floor below floor down to the utmost depth to which the formation reaches. Neither in the stone quarries nor in the sand-pits of ancient Rome is there the slightest sign that they were ever used for the purposes of sepulture, while in the granular tuff not a yard seems to have been excavated except for the making of tombs, which line the walls throughout their prodigious length, as close to one another as the berths in the sides of a ship. Though the most ancient catacombs were excavated by the Jews, yet these excavations are of a very limited extent when compared with those of Christian origin, where, instead of the seven-branched candlestick and other sacred emblems of the Jewish persuasion, every ornament or inscription marked or painted upon the walls bears witness to the faith of those who were deposited-to use the peculiar and, appropriate expression —within these narrow cells. Everywhere we see Christian symbols only~ — the horse, emblematic of strength in the faitlh; the hunted DISCOVERY OF THE ROMAN CATACOMBS. 209 hare, of persecution; the dove and the cock, of the Christian virtues of vigilance and meekness; the peacock and the phoenix, of resurrection; the anchor, of hope in immortality; the palm-leaf, of the martyr's triumph over death, and many others. The sepulchral inscriptions are short and simple, but often extremely tender and touching, recalling to memory, in a few brief words, the innocence and purity of life, the beauty and the wisdom, or the amiable, peace-loving character, of the deceased. The pompous or desponding tone of the heathen mortuary inscriptions disappears; the Christian' sleeps and sleeps in peace.' There is no sign of affectation or hypocrisy in these simple epitaphs, and the ennobling influence of the new creed upon the spirit of man is, perhaps, nowhere more conspicuous than in the unostentatious inscriptions traced upon the tombs of its first confessors. The use of the catacombs for the various purposes of interment, assembly, or concealment began, no doubt, with the first persecution under Nero. Most of the inscriptions however, bear the date of the fourth or fifth century, and some are evidently of a much later period. When this custom may have ceased is uncertain, but in the Middle Ages the catacombs were entirely forgotten, and remained blocked up, until towards the end of the sixteenth century, when they were reopened and explored by the indefatigable and courageous Antony Bosio, who devoted thirty-three years of his life to this labour. During his frequent wanderings through the Roman Campagna, this zealous archaeologist once found, to the left of the Appian Way, near to the church of Sancta Mlaria in Palmis, a brick vault in a field covered with rubbish. He immediately presumed it to be the entrance of a catacomb, and descended through the narrow opening. Fired with scientific ardour, he penetrated further and further into recesses untrodden for centuries by the foot of man. The passage soon became so narrow and low as to oblige him to creep, but neither the difficulty of the exploration, nor the fear of being crushed to death by the crumbling stones, could restrain him; and thus, day after day, he continued his perilous search, until, finally, a P 210 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. complete subterranean city revealed itself, although lie could not ascertain its limits, for, however far he might probe its intricacies, new passages were still branching out on every side, and the maze descended in several successive stories deeper and deeper into the earth. After Bosio, other archaeologists have continued his researches, and in our days the Cavaliere de Rossi-to whose indefatigable zeal is due, amongst others, the discovery of the Catacomb of Callistus, where many of the early popes have been entombed-has all but completed the topography of subterranean Rome. Besides the ancient metropolis of the world, several other old Italian towns possess remarkable catacombs or subterranean burial-places. Those of Naples, historically far less interesting than those of Rome, are executed on a far more spacious plan. They are situated not beneath the town itself, but in a neighbouring mountain, where they have been excavated to a distance of more than two miles. Large galleries, eighteen feet broad, and fourteen or fifteen high, branch out into a number of smaller passages, while the walls on both sides are pierced, like those in Rome, with horizontal sepulchral cavities, six, or even seven, one above the other. The Catacombs of Syracuse, under the site of the ancient Achradina, are the largest and best preserved known. They are all excavated in the solid rock, and form lofty vaults, very different from the narrow and dangerous burrows of subterranean Rome. A broad gallery runs through the whole of the labyrinth, and from this many other passages of an inferior width branch out, leading to large circular vaults with openings at the top for the admission of light. Many of these have been closed, as they were equally dangerous for the people in their neighbourhood and their cattle, so that torches are necessary for visiting them. Along the walls are a number of niches, which served as sepulchres, so that these excavations, which originally were quarries, and during the flourishing times of the city were used by its vast population for various household purposes, were ultimately converted into a city of the dead. The Catacombs of Paris, though ancient as quarries, are of a very modern date as places of sepulture. Until the THE CATACOMBS OF PARIS. 211 end of the reign of Louis XVI. the principal burying-ground of Paris had been the Cemetery of the Innocents, near the church of the same name. Originally situated beyond the walls of the town, ithad in course of time been so surrounded by the growing metropolis as to occupy its centre. Here, during nearly ten centuries, numberless bodies had been deposited, so that, from the malaria it engendered, it became a constant source of danger to the living. At length the cemetery became so intolerable a nuisance that its suppression and conversion into a public market-place was decreed in 1785. The question now arose where the bones to be displaced should be deposited, and, from their proximity to the town and their extent, the ancient quarries were chosen as the most favourable spot for a vast subterranean necropolis. But these immense excavations, which, having been abandoned for several centuries, had in many places fallen in, needed a full year for repairs before they could be safely used for their new purpose. At length, on April 7, 1787, they were solemnly consecrated, and the same day the workmen began to remove the bones from the Cemetery of the Innocents-an operation which needed more than fifteen months for its completion. Gradually many others of the ancient cemeteries of Paris were in like manner removed to the catacombs, so that they are said to contain the bones of more than three millions of bodies. All these bones are symmetrically piled up along the sides of the galleries; the apophyses of the large thigh and arm bones are disposed in front, so as to make a nearly uniform surface, interrupted from space to space by a row of skulls. Some of the crypts or sepulchral chambers are rather lugubriously decorated with festoons or pyramids of skulls and cross-bones, and many of the stone pillars which support the vaults have likewise received ornaments of the same sexton taste. Sixtythree staircases lead from different parts of the town into the catacombs, and are used by the workmen and agents appointed to take care of the subterranean necropolis; but visitors are admitted only every three months by the entrance at the Barriere du Maine. A descent of ninety steps brings P 2 212 T-HE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. them to a narrow gallery, which conducts them, after several windings to the more roomy vaults where the bones are deposited and after wandering for some time among these gloomy memorials which are piled up on either side, they finally emerge into daylight through another gallery, similar to the first. No doubt Paris affords many a more pleasant ramble, but hardly one more interesting, or capable of making a deeper impression on the mind. 21: CHAPTER XIX. CAVES CONTAINING REMAINS OF EXTINCT ANIMALS. The Cave Hyena and the Cave Bear-The Cavern of Kirkdale-The Moa Caves in New Zealand-Various Species of Moas-Their enormous size. RESIDES their picturesque beauty or their solemn grandeur, some caves are extremely interesting as containing the bones of extinct quadrupeds or birds. Unrivalled in point of antiquity by the oldest tombs erected by man, they carry us back to times which, though of comparatively recent date, are still so far removed from the present day as almost to terrify the imagination-for how many ages must have elapsed, and what changes of climate must have taken place, since the hyena or the tiger inhabited the grottoes of northern Europe? In many cases the bones found in ossiferous caves must have been washed into them by currents of water, or else they may be the remains of animals that accidentally dropped in through holes in the roof; but there can be no doubt that frequently the caves in which the bones of extinct carniverous animals have been found, served as their dens while they were living. The abundance of bony dung associated with the remains of the hyena, as well as the great number of bones all belonging to one species which are frequently found congregated in the same cave, is strongly confirmatory of this opinion, no less than the circumstance that the walls of several ossiferous caves, when deprived of their stalactital covering, have been found smoothed or rounded off from the frequent ingress and egress of their former inhabitants as they squeezed themselves or dragged their prey through a narrow passage. Besides, the hyenas and bears of the present day frequently live in caves, thus justifying the inference that their extinct predecessors had the same habit. 214 THE SUBTERRAEAEAN WORLD. The antiquity of many of the animal remains found in caves is proved not only by their being dissilnilar to existing species, but by the manner in which they are entombed. For ages they accumulated on the floor of the cave, often to a considerable depth, mixed with mud or sand or fragments of rock-then, when, from a change of level or some other cause, the cavern became uninhabited, a thick crust of stalagmite was slowly formed, and burying them all, as under solid stone, preserved them undisturbed, until some accident revealed their existence after a time the length of which escapes all calculation. The dim vista into the past appears still more shadowy in the case of the cavern discovered by Dr. Schmerling at Choquier, about two leagues from Liege, where three distinct beds of stalagmite were found, and between each of them a mass of breccia and mud, mixed with quartz, pebbles, and in the three deposits the bones of extinct quadrupeds! Ossiferous caves have been found and examined in many parts of the world: in France, in Belgium, chiefly in the valleys of the Meuse and its tributaries; in Austria and Hungary, in Germlany and England. It is remarkable that while the remains of a large and extinct species of bear, although found in our caves, are much more common on the Continent, the bones of the hyena form by far the largest proportion of those obtained from the English caverns. Thus under the incrustated floors of our rock-crevices and hollows, we find the proofs that our island was once inhabited by brutes which are now confined to Africa and the adjacent parts of Asia. But the extinct hyena of England was a much larger and more formidable animal than either the striped hyena of Abyssinia or the spotted hyena of the Cape, the latter of whom it most resembled. The abundance of these animals, and the length of the period during which they inhabited England, may be inferred from Dr. Buckland's account of the opening of the celebrated cavern of Kirkdale.' The bottom of the cave, on first removing the mud, was found to be strewed all over, like a dog-kennel, from one end to the other, with hundreds of teeth and bones, and on some of the bones marlks could be traced, which, on applying one TIHE CAVES OF KIRKDALE. 215 to the other, appeared exactly to fit the form of the canine teeth of the hyena that occurred in the cave. Mr. Gibson alone collected more than three hundred canine teeth of the hyena, which must have belonged to at least seventy-five individuals, and adding to these the similar teeth I have seen in other collections, I cannot calculate the total number of hyenas, of which there is evidence, at less than two or three hundred.' The grisly bear of the Rocky Mountains (Ursus ferox) is the most ferocious of its race at the present day. It is about nine feet long, and is said to attain the weight of 800 pounds. Its strength is so prodigious that even the bison contends with it in vain. But this huge and formidable animal was surpassed in size and strength by the extinct bear (Ursus spelaeus) which once inhabited the caverns of Europe, at a time when vast and interminable forests covered the land, and the Rhine and the Danube flowed through wastes like those through which the Mackenzie or the Yenissei now find their way to the ocean. From the proportions of the molar teeth, and from some peculiarities of appearance and wearing, it has been inferred that this extinct species lived chiefly on vegetable food; but its prodigious strength, and the huge canines with which its jaws were armed, enabled it to cope with its contemporaries, the large Auerox and the teichorhine rhinoceros, and to defend itself successfully against the large lion or tiger whose remains have also been found in the caverns of western Europe, and which, if we may judge by the size of their canine teeth, must have been more than a match for the largest felides of the present day. Besides the hyena and the bear, more than a hundred species of extinct animals have been discovered in our ossiferous caves. In those of Paviland, Glamorganshire, bones of a primeval elephant have been found; and in that of Wirksworth, Derbyshire, the almost entire skeleton of a rhinoceros lay buried in a considerable mass of gravel and osseous fragments. How the large creature caime there is a question that may well exercise the ingenuity of a geologist. Though in these and similar cases, the bone-caves have 216 TITE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. been found to contain the remains of animals very different from those now existing in the same region, yet in general they show a remarkable relationship, in the same land or continent, between the dead and the living. Thus in the caves of Brazil there are extinct species of all the thirty-two genera, excepting four, of the terrestrial quadrupeds now inhabiting the provinces in which the caves occur, such as fossil ant-eaters, armadilloes, tapirs, peccaries, guanacoes, opossums, and numerous South American gnawers, monkeys and other animals. " -'.. V'_ =' ~ "= =. ~l. If'i,: ri' I N',s CAVE IN DREAM IALAD MlINE, NEAR WIRISWO'RTH, DERBYSHIIE. The kangaroo, as is well-known, is peculiar to Australia,, and caverns in that country have been described by Sir T. Mitchell, containing fossil bones of a large extinct kangaroo. A singular wingless bird, the Apteryx australis, is found only in the wilds of the interior of New Zealand, where it takes refufe in the clefts of rocks, hollow trees, or in deep holes which it excavates in the ground. The caves of that country show us that it was preceded by other wingless birds of a gigantic structure-the Moas, by the side of which even the ostriches of the present day would shrink into comparative insignificance. CAVIE- BIRDS. 217 These wonderful creatures would probably have remained unknown to the present day, if, in 1839, the thigh-bone of a Moa had not fallen by chance into the hands of Professor Owen, who from this single fragment drew up a surprisingly correct notice of the bird. This lmemoir, sent out to New Zealand, gave a stimulus to further researches, and from the larger quantity of the Iooa's bones now sent to England, Professor Owen built up the beautiful skeleton which, along with those of the Mylodon robustus, of the Mammoth, and of the primeval stag, forms one of the most conspicous ornaments of the splendid Museum in Lincoln's Inn Fields. But the reconstructive genius of our great paleontologist, not satisfied with this triumph, has detected a whole group of ostrich-like birds among the remnants of the past, which the New Zealanders, who, as we may suppose, are no adepts in comparative anatomy, all confound under the common name of the Moa; and thus five species of Dinornis, the Palaeopteryx, the Aptornis, and the comparatively small Notornis, have been, as it were, resuscitated by a miracle of science. A specimen of the last-named species of these birds was caught alive in a remote, unfrequented part of the south island of New Zealand in 1850 by some sealers, who, ignorant of the value of their prize, killed and devoured it as if it had been a common turkey. Fortunately, however, the skin of this unique bird, the link between the living and the dead, the last perhaps of a race coeval with the gigantic Moas, was preserved from destruction. The largest species of Moa (Dinornis robustus) must have stood, when alive, about thirteen or fourteen feet high, since Dr. Thomson saw a complete leg, which stood six feet from the ground. Like the ostrich, this feathered giant was incapable of flight, its rudimentary wings being unable to raise it from the ground. It had three toes on each foot, and tradition says that its feathers were beautiful and gaudy. Portions of the eggs of the bird have been found among their bones, of a sufficient size to estimate the probable size of a whole egg, and the conclusion is that the hat of a full-grown man would have been a proper-sized egg-cup for it. From the structure of the toes, which were well ada.pted for digging up roots, and from the traditional report that the Moas were 218 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD in the habit of swallowing stones to promote digestion, it may be concluded that they were herbivorous. This is about as much as we know of the aspect and habits of this colossal Struthionide, whose apparent confinement to the small New Zealandic group is one of the most curious enigmas of its history. As it is extremely improbable that so gigantic a race was originally formed for so nlarrow a sphere, we are led to believe that New Zealand is but the remnant of a vast continent now whelmed under the waves of the Pacific. When the group was first peopled by the Maories, about five hundred years ago, the Moas had already become excessively rare, and the last of them seem to have perished during the seventeenth century, though the New Zealanders believe that some of them still live in the remote and unfrequented wilds of their native land. The bones of the various species of Moa have been partly found in morasses, partly in the beds of mountain torrents, but chiefly in various caves, which, no doubt, served the living animals as dwellings or places of refuge. One of these caverns, called by the New Zealanders'Te Anaoteatua,' or the Cave of the Spirit, was visited by Dr. Thomson,* who describes it as very remarkable. It is situated in the tertiary, extremely cavernous, and undermined limestone mountain chain which extends along the west coast of the northern island, and whose picturesque beauties and natural curiosities are destined to occupy a conspicuous place in some future guide-book. Its entrance, resembling the gateway of an old castle, is concealed by a thick foliage of shrubs, and a dark green creeper adheres to the limestone rock and covers the opening. The cave extends in a tortuous direction underneath the hill for upwards of a mile, and consists of several different passages. From its roof and sides numerous stalactites are hanging, some of them six feet long, and composed of transparent calcareous spar, while others have a red tint. In that part of the cave which Dr. Thomson explored, there were three openings in the roof at different places, each from ten to fifteen feet in circum*'On the Moa Caves of New Zealand.' Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, vol. lvi. 1854. MOA CAVES OF NEW ZEALAND..219 ference, through which light was seen streaming in, one hundred and fifty feet above the head. Immediately below these openings there were heaps of wood and debris washed down from the surface; but these openings did not throw much light into the cave, so that even during the day it was perfectly dark. A subterranean stream of water runs through part of it, and then disappears under the rock. Before the introduction of Christianity, this cave was held in the greatest terror by all New Zealanders, and no one would have ventured to enter it; but as Moa bones fetch a high price, the love of money at length conquered the superstitious fears of some Christian natives, and their boldness was rewarded by a tolerably rich harvest of bones, although their search was made in a very hasty and imperfect manner. Another cave situated in the same neighbourhood, and bearing the indigenous name of' Te Anaotemoa' or the Cave of the Moa, did not enjoy the privilege of spiritual protection, and the Maories were in the habit of resorting to it to procure the skulls of the Moas, to keep the powder which they used for tattooing, and their long bones for the manufacture of fish-hooks, before they became acquainted with the use of iron. The Cave of the Moa is in a limestone hill, with two openings, one towards the north-east and the other towards the south-west. The north-east opening has evidently been caused by the falling in of the roof, and is apparently of no great age; the south-west entrance is 14 feet high and 10 feet broad, and covered over with trees and bushes. The cave is 165 feet long, the greatest breadth 28 feet, and the height 60 feet. The roof is oval, and numerous stalactites drop gracefully from it, giving a cathedral-like effect to the whole. One part of the floor is covered over with calcareous spar, another part with a large deposit of soft stalagmites, and the part of the floor furthest distant from the south-west opening is covered with earth, limestones, and mud, which appear to have fallen down when the roof of the cave gave way, which now forms the north-east opening. It is under this earth, and the soft deposit of carbonate of lime, that the Moas' bones are found. Dr. Thomson got only four skulls 220 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. in this cave, and the scarcity of them was accounted for by their use in former days as powder-holders. There was nothing to lead him. to think that these bones had been deposited in the cave by water, for he found a remnant of almost every bone in the body, from the spine and the rings of the trachea down to the last bone of the toes. The bones belonged to the largest and also to the smaller species of Moas. It would require several days' labour of many men to clear out the bottom of this cave properly, in order to see what bones it contains; but, as far as Dr. Thomson saw, there were no osseous remains of man or of any animals, except Moas, in it, nor any marks of fire, sculpture, nor figures of any kind on the walls of the cave. There are, no doubt, many other grottoes and cavities containing Moas' bones in the islands, but they are carefully kept secret by the natives, as, on account of the high price paid for the bones, they may almost be regarded as small gold-mines. 221 CHAPTER XX. SUBTERRANEAN RELICS OF PREHISTORIC MAN. The Peat Mosses of Denmark-Shell Mounds-Swiss Lacustrine DwellingsAncient Mounds in the Valley of the Mississippi-The Caves in tihe Valley of the Mleuse-Dr. Schmerling-Human Skulls in the Cave of Engis —Explorations of Sir Charles Lyell in the Cave of Engihoul-Caverns of Brixhamn —Caves of Gower —the Sepulchral Grotto of Aurignac -Flint Implements discovered in the Valley of the Somme-Gray's Inn Lane an ancient Hunting Ground for Mammoths. A MONG the various researches of geologists, there are perhaps none of a more general interest th1an those which relate to the antiquity of the human race. We would gladly know whether those strata and caves which contain so many relics of the past afford us also some insight into the primitive condition of man-some indication of the times when he first appeared upon the stage of life. Within the last years many discoveries have been made which have thrown light upon the subject, and proved that, though man, geologically speaking, is of recent origin, and probably the youngest born of creation, his ancestry still stretches back at least as far as that remote period when the huge Mammoth ranged over the north, when the cavern bear and the cavern hyena tenanted the excavations of our limestone hills, and the uncouth form of the rhinoceros brushed through the dense primeval forests of our land. In the following pages I intend briefly to point out some of the most interesting of these discoveries. The peat-mosses of Denmark, varying in depth from ten to thirty feet, show their enormous antiquity by the changes which have taken place in the vegetation of the land since the first periods of their growth. At their lowest levels lie thick prostrate trunks of the Scotch fir, which must once 222 TIHE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. have grown on their margin, but which is not now, nor has ever been in historical times, a native of the Danish isles. At higher levels the pines disappear, and are supplanted by the sessile variety of the common oak, while still higher occurs the pedunculated variety of the same oak, now in its turn almost superseded by the common beech. It is impossible to calculate the number of ages needed to bring about these vast changes in the forest scenery of Denmark-a very moderate estimate carries them back seven thousand yearsbut at every depth in the peat, and under all these various trees, implements and other articles of human workmanship have been found, which show that, since the appearance of man, the fir and the oak have successively flourished and disappeared. In addition to the peat-mosses, the Danish' shell-mounds' throw some light on the prehistoric ages of that northern land. These mounds, or'refuse-heaps,' consisting chiefly of thousands of cast-away shells of the oyster, cockle, and other molluscs of existing species, may be seen at certain points along the shores of nearly all the Danish islands. The shells are plentifully mixed up with the bones of various quadrupeds, birds, and fishes, which served as the food of the savages by whom the mounds were accumulated, while scattered all through them are rude implements of stone, horn, wood, and bone, with fragments of coarse pottery, mixed with charcoal and cinders, but never any implements of bronze or of iron. Similar refuse-heaps are found near the huts of many wild nations of the present day, as, for instance, near the miserable wigwam s of the Fuegians, who live chiefly upon limpets. The most striking proof that the Danish refuse-heaps are very old is derived from the character of their imbedded shells. These, indeed, belong entirely to living species, but the common eatable oyster is now unknown in the brackish waters of the Baltic, and the eatable mussels, cockles, and periwinkles, which in the refuse-heaps are as large as those which grow in the open sea, now only attain a third of their natural size. Hence we may confidently infer that in the days when thle savage inhabitants of the Danish coasts accumulated these heaps, the ocean must have had freer access than SWISS LACUSTRINE DWELLINGS. 223 now to the Baltic, and mixed its waters through broader channels with those of that inland sea. As in the peat-bogs the implements and weapons found buried with the Scotch fir are all made of stone, whereas those coinciding with the oak epoch are made of bronze, we may farther conclude that the stone hatchets and knives of the refuse-heaps likewise belong to the same distant period when evergreen forests flourished in the Danish isles. The ancient Swiss lacustrine dwellings, so frequently mentioned of late years, afford us another highly interesting glimpse into remote prehistoric ages. They seem first to have attracted attention during the dry season of 1853-4, when the lakes and rivers were unusually low, and when the inhabitants of Meilen on the Lake of Zurich resolved to raise the level of some ground, by throwing upon it the mud obtained by dredging in the adjoining shallow water. During these dredging operations they discovered a number of wooden piles deeply driven into the bed of the lake, and, among them, many stone instruments, fragments of rude pottery, fishing gear, and the bones of various animals; those which contained marrow being split open, in the same way as those found in the Danish shell-mounds.* The ruins thus unexpectedly brought to light were evidently those of a village of unknown date, and since then many other hill-dwellings (more than a hundred and fifty in all) have been detected near the borders of the Swiss lakes, at points where the depth of water does not exceed fifteen feet. Such aquatic sites were probably selected as places of safety, since they could be approached only by a narrow bridge or by boats, and the water would serve for protection alike against wild animals and human foes. The relative age of the pile-dwellings is clearly illustrated by the nature of the relies that lie scattered among their ruins. In some, only bronze utensils or ornaments are found; in others all the articles are of stone. The former, indicating an advance in civilisation, are evidently of a more recent age, but, even among the villages of the stone period, some are of later date than others, as they exhibit signs of an improved state of the * See also the article on Lacustrine ALodes, in the Edin. Review, July 1S62. 224 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. arts. Thus we have here a long perspective into an. unknown past, for even the bronze villages are probably of an age long antecedent to the Roman period. The oldest stone settlements are perhaps as old as the times of the Danish refuseheaps; but even among their ruins, some domesticated animals occur, namely, the ox, sheep, goat, and dog, and the appearance of three cereals indicates that the population had already made some. progress in the agricultural arts. Amber ornaments, which could only have found their way from the Baltic, as also hatchets and wedges of jade, of a kind not occurring in Switzerland or in the adjoining parts of Europe, and which some mineralogists would derive from the East, prove the existence of an active commercial intercourse, even at that early age, which the Swiss archaeologists and geologists carry back as far as 7,000 years. In the basin of the Mississippi, and especially in the valley of the Ohio and its tributaries, many large mounds have been found, which have served in some cases for temples, in others for outlook or defence, and in others for sepulture. Some of these earthworks are on so grand a scale as to embrace areas of fifty or a hundred acres within a simple inclosure; and the solid contents of one mound are estimated at twenty millions of cubic feet, equal to about one-fourth of the bulk of the Great Pyramid of Egypt. From several of these repositories pottery and ornamental sculpture have been taken, as also weapons made of unpolished hornstone and various articles in silver and copper. An active commercial intercourse must have existed between the Ohio moundbuilders and the natives of distant regions, as mica from the Alleghanies, sea-shells frol the Gulf of ]Mexico, obsidian from the Mexican mountains, and implements made of native copper from Lake Superior, have been found among the buried articles. The extraordinary number of the mounds implies a long period during which a settled agricultural population, considerably advanced in the industrial arts, occupied the fertile valleys or the alluvial plains in the basin of the Mississippi, covered, since then, with vast forests, and tenanted by wild hunters without any traditionary connexion with their more civilised predecessors. The epoch when this people flourished, AGE OF HUMAN RELICS IN CAVES. 225 or the adverse circumstances which swept them away, are all equally unknown; but the age and nature of the trees found growing on some of their earthworks afford at least some data for estimating the minimum of time which must have passed since the mounds were abandoned. Trunks, displaying eight hundred rings of annual growth, have been cut down from them, and several generations of trees must have lived and died before the mounds could have been overspread with that variety of species which they supported when the white man first set foot in the valley of the Ohio. In a memoir on this subject, General Harrison, who was skilled in woodcraft, observes that' beyond all doubt no trees were allowed to grow so long as the earthworks were in use; and when they were forsaken, the ground, like all newly cleared ground in Ohio, would for a time be monopolised by one or two species of tree, such as the yellow locust and the black or white walnut. When the individuals which were the first to get possession of the ground had died out one after the other, they would in many cases, instead of being replaced by the same species, be succeeded (by virtue of the law which makes a rotation of crops profitable in agriculture) by other kinds, till at last, after a great number of centuries (several thousand years, perhaps), that remarkable diversity of species characteristic of North America, and far exceeding what is seen in European forests, would be established.' In all the cases hitherto mentioned, the remains or relics of prehistoric man, however remote a date we may assign to them, have been found associated with fossil shells and manmalia of living species. In the instances I am now about to relate, we advance a step further back, and find man the contemporary either of extinct mammalia or such as could now no longer exist in the lands where once they throve. As the mere mention of the numerous caves in Belgium, England, France, and Germany, in which human bones or articles of human workmanship have been found embedded along with the fossil remains of extinct animals, would tire the reader's patience, I select from the number a few which have afforded the most convincing proofs of the antiquity of man. The credit of having given the first impulse to these Q 226 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. fruitful investigations is due to the late Dr. Schmerling, of Liege, who, with untiring zeal, devoted several years of his life to the exploring of the ossiferous caverns which border the valley of the Meuse and its tributaries. To gain access to many of the caves was in itself no easy task, as their openings could be reached only by a rope tied to a tree; and when we consider that, after these arduous preliminaries, Dr. Schmerling had frequently to creep on all fours through contracted passages leading to larger chambers, there to superintend by torchlight, week after week, and year after year, the workmen who were breaking through a stalagmitic crust as hard as marble, in order to remove, piece by piece, the underlying bone breccia nearly as hard, and that while thus directing their labours he stood for hours with his feet in the mud, and with water dripping from the roof on his head, in order to mark the position and guard against the loss of each single bone which they brought to light, we can scarcely praise too highly his rare devotion to the cause of science. Among these caverns thus laboriously explored, that of Engis was found to contain the remains of at least three human beings deeply buried under a thick floor of stalagmite. The skull of one of these, who may have been a beauty when the Meuse flowed at least fifty feet above its present channel, was embedded by the side of a mammoth's tooth. Another skull was buried five feet deep in a breccia in which the tooth of a rhinoceros, several bones of a horse, and some of the reindeer, together with some ruminants, occurred. On the right bank of the Meuse, on the opposite side of the river to Engis, is the cavern of Engihoul, where likewise bones of extinct animals, mingled with those of man, were observed to abound; but with this difference, that whereas in the Engis cave there were severalhuman crania and but very few other bones, in Engihoul there occurred numerous bones of the extremities belonging to at least three human beings, and only two small fragments of a cranium. None of the caves examined by Schmerling contained an example of an entire skeleton,,and the bones were invariably so rolled and scattered as to preclude all idea of their having been intentionally buried on the spot. As no gnawed bones nor any coprolites were found, he inferred that the caverns of the province of THE CAVES OF BRIXHAM. 227 Liege had not been the den of wild beasts, but that their organic and inorganic contents had been swept into them by streams communicating with the surface of the country. In 1860 Sir Charles Lyell, on a visit to Liege, determined still further to examine the Cave of Engihoul, into which Schmerling had delved in 1831, and engaged some workmen to break through the crust of stalagmite with the intention of searching for bones in the undisturbed earth beneath. Bones and teeth of the cave-bear were soon found, and, at the depth of two feet below the crust of stalagmite, three fragments of a human skull, and two perfect lower jaws with teeth, all associated with the bones of bears, large pachyderms and ruminants, and so precisely resembling these in colour and state of preservation as to leave no doubt that man was contemporary with the extinct animals. Our English bone-caves have likewise afforded abundant proofs of the antiquity of our race. In 1858 a new series of caverns having been accidentally discovered near the sea at Brixham, by the roof of one of them being broken through in quarrying, the Royal Society resolved to have it scientifically and thoroughly examined. The united length of the galleries which were cleared out under the superintendence of experienced geologists amounted to several hundred feet. Their width never exceeded eight feet. They were sometimes filled up to the roof with mud, but occasionally there was a considerable space between the roof and floor. The numerous fossils discovered during the progress of the excavations were all numbered and labelled with reference to a journal in which the geological position of each specimen was recorded with scrupulous care. As in many other bone-caverns, the underground passages and channels were generally found floored with a layer of stalaglmite, varying in thickness from one to fifteen inches, and next below occurred loam or bone-earth from two to fifteen feet in thickness. In the latter were found remains of the mammoth, of the cave-bear, of the cave-lion, and other extinct mamumnalia. No human bones were obtained, but many flint knives, chiefly from the lowest part of the boneearth, and one of the most perfect lay at the depth of thirteen Q 2 228 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. feet from the surface, and was covered with bone-earth of that thickness. At one point in the overlying stalagmite a perfect reindeer's horn was found sticking, and in another an entire humerus of the cave-bear —a convincing proof that both these animals must have lived after the flint tools were manufactured, or in other words that man in this district preceded the cavebear.' A glance at the position of Windmill Hill, in which the caverns are situated, and a brief survey of the valleys which bound it on three sides, are enough to satisfy a geologist that the drainage and geographical features of this region have undergone great changes since the gravel and bone-earth were carried by streams into the subterranean cavities. Some worn pebbles of hematite, in particular, can only have come from their nearest parent rock at a period when the valleys immediately adjoining the caves were much shallower than they now are. The reddish loam in which the bones are embedded is such as may be seen on the surface of limestone in the neighbourhood, but the currents which were formerly charged with such mud must have run at a level seventy-eight feet above that of the stream now flowing in the same valley.' * In 1861, Colonel Wood found, in a newly discovered cave of the peninsula of Gower, in Glamorganshire, the remains of two species of rhinoceros, R. teichorhinus and R. hemitoechus, in an undisturbed deposit, in the lower part of which were some well-shaped flint knives, evidently of human workmanship. This is the first well-authenticated example of the occurrence of human implements in connexion with R. hemitcechus-the first proof that this extinct brute, elsewhere the usual companion of the mammoth, has been coeval with man. In 1852, on the side of a hill near the small town of Aurignac in the South of France, a sepulchral grotto was discovered which, though unadorned and rude, is of the highest interest, as in point of antiquity it surpasses all other burial-places known, and leads us back to times long anterior to the oldest traditions of our race. In that year a labourer observed that rabbits, when hotly pursued by the sportsman, ran into a hole' Lyell,'Antiquity of Man,' p. 101. CAVE OF AURIGNAC. 229 which they had burrowed in a talus of rubbish washed down from the hill above. Expecting no doubt to'drag some struggling savage into day,' he reached as far into the opening as the length of his arm, and drew out, to his surprise, one of the long bones of a human skeleton. His curiosity being excited he then began to dig a trench through the middle of the talus, and in a few hours found himself opposite a large heavy slab of rock, placed vertically against the entrance. Having removed this, he discovered on the other side of it an arched cavity almost filled with bones, among which were two entire skulls, which he recognised at once as human. The good people of Aurignac, highly interested in the discovery, flocked to the cave, and as they probably expressed a wish to see the bones of what they supposed to be their forefathers enjoy a Christian burial, the mayor ordered these human relics to be removed from the lonely spot in which they had so long reposed in peace, and to be re-interred in the parish cemetery. But before this was done-having, as a medical man, a knowledge of anatomy, though, as it seems, a very imperfect idea of the ethnological value of the discovery —he ascertained that the bones must have formed parts of no less than seventeen skeletons of both sexes. Unfortunately, the skulls were injured in the transfer, and the interment was so negligently conducted that when, after the lapse of eight years, M. Lartet visited Aurignac, even the place could not be pointed out into which the skeletons had been thrown. The eminent antiquary, however, resolved systematically to investigate the ground inside and outside the vault, and, having obtained the assistance of some intelligent workmen, made the following interesting discoveries, which amply rewarded him for his trouble. Outside the grotto, he found a layer of ashes and charcoal, about six inches thick, extending over an area of six or seven square yards, and going no further than the entrance of the cave, there being no cinders or charcoal in the interior. Among the ashes were fragments of sandstone, reddened by heat, which had once formed a hearth, not fewer than a hundred flint articles, and knives, projectiles, sling-stones, and chips. Here also lay scattered the bones of various animals, some belonging to species 230 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. extinct for thousands of years in France, such as the mammoth, the Siberian rhinoceros, the reindeer, and the gigantic Irish deer; and among these bones those which had contained marrow were invariably split open, as if for its extraction, many of them being also burnt. The spongy parts, moreover, were wanting, having been eaten off and gnawed after they were broken-the work, according to M. Lartet, of hyenas, whose bones and coprolites were mixed with the cinders and dispersed through the overlying soil. These beasts of prey are supposed to have prowled about the spot, and fed on such relics of the funeral feasts as remained after the retreat of the human visitors. In the cave itself, along with some detached human bones which had escaped removal to the churchyard, were also found the bones of animals and some rude works of art, flat pieces of shell pierced through the middle as if for being strung into a bracelet, and the carved tusk of a young boar, perforated lengthwise as if for suspension as an ornament. The bones of animals inside the vault differed in a remarkable manner from those of the exterior, as none of them were broken, gnawed, half-eaten, or burnt, like those which were found lying among the ashes on the other side of the great slab which formed the portal. They seemed also to have been clothed with their flesh when buried in the layer of loose soil strewed over the floor, as they were often observed to be in juxtaposition, and in one spot all the bones of the leg of an Ursus spelceus were lying together uninjured. When we consider that it is still the custom of many savage tribes to bury with the bodies of the dead pieces of meat, such as the bear's fat haunch, so that they may not lack food on their long journey to the land of spirits, we gain a most interesting glimpse into the life of prehistoric man, the contemporary of the reindeer, the cave-bear, and the mammoth in the South of France. Armed with flint weapons, he had established his supremacy over the wild beasts of the forest. Rude and ferocious as no doubt he was, he carefully preserved the remains of his friends and kinsfolk, and performed funeral feasts before the vaults in which their bodies were interred. The lower parts of the Valley of the Sommle, far above Amiens and below Abbeville, as far as the sea, are covered PEAT BEDS OF THE SOMME VALLEY. 231 with a bed of peat, in some places more than thirty. feet thick. Near the surface of these moor grounds Gallo-Ronian remains have been found, and, still deeper, Celtic weapons of the stone period; but the thickness of the superincumbent vegetable matter is far inferior to that of the underlying peat, so that many thousands of years must necessarily have passed since the first growth of that swampy vegetation. But, however remote its age, it is still of later date than the adjoining or underlying alluvial deposits of clay, gravel, and sand, which cannot originally have ended abruptly as they do now, lut must have once been continuous further towards the centre of the valley. A long time must necessarily have elapsed between their deposition and subsequent denudation, and the first growth- of the peat. In the lowest, and consequently oldest, of these beds, there has been found also a mixture of freshwater and marine shells, bones of the primitive elephant and teichorhine rhinoceros, and a number of flint implements shaped by the hands of man. Thus we have here convincing proofs that a race of savages inhabited the Valley of the Somme long before it was scooped out to its present depth, and when as yet not a trace existed of the thick bed of peat which now covers its lower grounds, and required so many thousand years for its formation. Similar flint implements, in connexion with the bones of extinct animals, have been disinterred from ancient drift formations in many parts of England-in Surrey, Middlesex, Kent, Bedfordshire, and Suffolk. In the British Museum there is, among others, a flint spear-headed weapon which was found with an elephant's tooth near Gray's Inn Lane in 1715. When, according to the old myth, Evander led lEneas over the site of future Rome, they saw the cattle grazing in what was to be the Forum, and heard them bellowing among the future dwellings of the rich senators and knights, -' passimque armenta videbant Romanoque Foro et lautis mugire Carinis.' The change thus pointed out by Virgil was far less than that exemplified by these few relics of a time when possibly no intervening sea separated Britain from the rest of the world. 232 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER XXI. TROGLODYTES OR CAVE-DWELLERS —ANNIBAL CAVES. Cave Dwellings in the Val d'Ispica-The Sicanians-Cannibal Caves in South Africa-The Rock City of the Themud-Legendary Tale of its Destruction. CAVES were probably the earliest habitations of primitive man, the first rude shelter for which he had to do battle with the hyena or the bear. As we have seen in the preceding chapter, some of the oldest relics of his prehistoric existence have been discovered in caves; and at a far later period, when he had already made some progress in the arts, we find many races still adhering to the subterranean dwellings of their forefathers. Such a state of things may possibly be indicated in the mythical stories of the Greek and Trojan heroes, who, near the base of Mount Etna, are said to have found caverns tenanted by the troglodytic tribe of the Cyclops. In another part of Sicily the old cave-dwellings of the Val d'Ispica deservedly attract the antiquarian's attention. The vale is a narrow gorge, situated between Modica and Spaccafurno; and throughout its whole length of about eight Italian miles, the rock-walls on both sides are pierced with innumerable grottoes, which at first sight might be taken for the productions of nature, but on a closer inspection evidently show that they are the work of man, and have been originally excavated to serve as dwellings. The luxuriant vegetation of the Val forms a pleasing contrast with the naked sterility of the plain in which it is imbedded; a small rivulet flows along the bottom, and irrigates wild fig-trees and stately oleanders; on a higher level grow broad-leaved acanthuses and wild artichokes, while thick festoons of CAVE-DWELLINGS IN SICILY. 233 cactus hang down from the top of the rocks and shade the entrance of the grottoes. These are excavated at various heights above the bottom of the vale, and often consist of two or three stories, one above the other. A great part of the rock-wall on the right bank of the brook has fallen in, and exposes to sight the internal arrangement of the dwellings. On the mounds of rubbish the visitor is able to ascend to the entrances of the caves, which originally can have been accessible only by ladders. The chambers are seldom more than twenty feet deep and six feet high and broad. The above-mentioned rock-slip has laid open, among others, a dwelling of three stories, with flights of steps in a good state of preservation, to which, on account of its superior dimensions, the neighbouring peasants have given the name of Castello d'Ispica, and which may have been the abode of a chieftain. Several mortar-like basins or troughs, hollowed in the rock, evidently served for the pounding of corn, so that the inhabitants, whoever they were, must have known at least some of the arts of civilised life. A few of the rooms or burrows (for their size hardly warrants a better name) are still tenanted by shepherds, whose whole furniture consists of a kettle, a few pots, and some skins to lie upon. Parthey, a learned German traveller,* who visited many of the caves (the whole number probably exceeding 1,500), nowhere found the least traces of ornament about them; the doors and windows were mere rough holes broken through the rock. Thus there can be no doubt that the fragments of painted vases and sculptured marble that have been found here and there in the caves belong to a much later period, for a people sufficiently advanced in the arts to paint vases and to chisel marble could not possibly have been content with a mole-like existence. If we seek to ascertain the probable age of this cavern city, all circumstances combine to throw back its origin to a very ancient date. The total want of artistic decoration at once forbids us to assign these extensive but rude excavations to one of the Greek tribes which successively founded colonies in the island after expelling the aborigines from their ancestral seats. In the Roman, the Saracenic, or some later period a *' Wanderungen durch Sicilien.' 234 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. band of fugitives might indeed have found a temporary retreat in this remote vale, but could hardly have remained concealed long enough to execute a work which evidently required long years of undisturbed toil. Thus it has been conjectured that these caves were the dwellings of the ancient Sicanians, a people who became known to history only when about to disappear for ever from the stage of the world, having left no memorial of their existence save perhaps these rude vestiges of an infant state of society. We may justly presume that the aborigines of Malta, the Balearic Islands, and Sardinia were likewise troglodytes when the first foreign colonists landed on the shores of these islands. And such, after the lapse of more than thirty centuries, are the Sarde shepherds of the present day, who frequently have no better dwellings than the caves of the rocks. In Southern Italy the traveller meets with traces of the same primitive mode of life. Near a place called Iscalonga, in the province of Basilicata Mr. Mallet found many inhabited caves, excavated in dry tufa of extreme antiquity. Some of the troglodytes came out to see him pass, and looked savage and queer enough in their rough brown blanket-cloaks, with peaked hoods and sheepskins. Irrespective of climate, we at the present day find cavedwellers among the tribes of the frozen regions of the North and the Arabs of the stony wastes bordering on the Red Sea, in the Libyan deserts, and in the sandstone rocks of Southern Africa, wherever nature has formed grottoes or the soft material admits of an easy excavation. Amongst the many interesting objects of the Transgariep country are the celebrated cannibal caverns which extend from the Moluta river to the Caledon river. Thirty years ago they were inhabited by a race of men who, like the lion or the panther, were the scourge of the whole neighbouring country. Their mode of living was to send out hunting parties, who would conceal themselves among the rocks and bushes, and lie in ambush near roads, drifts, gardens, or watering-places for the purpose of surprising and capturing women, children, or travellers. The influence of the chieftain Moshesh induced them to change their,evil practices for a CANNIBAL CAVES. 235 better mode of life, and they are now said to be an inoffensive people of agriculturists and traders. When Mr. James Henry Bowker visited the caves near the sources of the Caledon river, in 1868, he met at one of them an old savage, one of the most ill-looking ruffians he had ever beheld, who had formerly assisted at the cooking and bone-picking of many a human victim, and, like the Last Minstrel, seemed greatly to regret that'Old times were changed, Old manners gone;' and that The bigots of the iron time Had called his harmless life a crime.' The largest cavern is situated amongst the mountains beyond Thaba Bosigo, the residence of the old chief Moshesh, about ten miles distant from the deserted missionary station Cana. The entrance to this cavern is formed by the overhanging cliff, and its arched and lofty roof is blackened with the smoke and soot of the fires which served for the preparation of many a horrible repast. At the further end of the cave some rough irregular steps led up to a gloomy-looking natural gallery where the victims not required for immediate consumption were confined. The cannibals, consisting of Betshuana, and Kafir tribes, had the less excuse for their barbarity as they inhabit a fine agricultural country, which likewise abounds in game; but it is said that, having in a time of famine been reduced to the horrible extremity of eating human flesh, they acquired a taste for it, and continued to relish it as a delicacy even in times of abundance. Though they are now reported to be no longer cannibals, there is reason to fear that they have not yet entirely abandoned their diabolical way of living, for among the numerous bones which strewed the floor of the cavern and had chiefly belonged to children and young persons, Mr. Bowker found some that could hardly have been there many months. The skull of a child which lay before the mouth of the cavern afforded a touching example of' life in death,' for a little bulb had sprung up from its cavity and covered it with a graceful tuft of drooping leaves. At the distance of a ten days' journey from Medina on the road of the pilgrim caravans from Damascus, lies the deserted 236 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. rock-city of the Thenmid, where a whole people had hewn their dwellings in the black rock, decorating the entrances with small columns on both sides, and traci g numerous inscriptions on the walls. No European traveller has ever visited this curious spot, for the Bedouins render the neighbourhood insecure, and the pilgrims to the holy cities allow no infidel to accompany them on their journey. How the subterranean city came to be deserted is still a secret of the past; but probably its ruin must be traced back as far as the first or second century of the Christian era, for Mahomet cites it more than once in his Koran as a warning to all true believers. According to the legend the prophet Saleh once came to Themud to convert the idolatrous inhabitants to the belief of the one true God. As a proof of his divine mission they required a miracle to be performed, upon which the prophet, raising his staff, struck the rock, which immediately opened and gave passage to a she-camel with its young. But the obdurate pagans, still persisting in their incredulity, killed the camel, and the young would no doubt have shared its mother's fate, if it had not speedily retired into the rock whence it had come forth. The sacrilegious crime'of the Themud did not long remain unpunished. A dreadful earthquake destroyed them to the last man, and ever since the place is cursed. When the caravan passes by, the pilgrims raise loud shouts and hurry along as fast as they can, fearful of their dromedaries becoming shy from the wailings of the young camel, which is still supposed to exist in the rock. 237 CHAPTER XXII. TUNNELS. Subterranean London-The Mont Cenis Tunnel-Its Length-Ingenious Boring Apparatus-The Grotto of the Pausilippo-The Tomb of Virgil. THE most renowned subterranean works of previous ages are generally of a religious character, as they have been executed to serve either as resting-places for the dead, or as temples in which gods or saints were worshipped. Thus the rock-tombs of the Egyptian Pharaohs and the sacred grottoes of India still bear witness to the feelings which conceived and realised the idea of these stupendous excavations. Our own times furnish no similar examples of underground temples or mausoleums on a scale so grand as to command the admiration of posterity. We neither scoop out whole mountains nor deeply plunge into the entrails of the earth to reverence the dead or to testify our devotion; our subterranean labours all bear the stamp of practical utility. But never yet has the genius of man executed such wondrous excavations as those of the present day; and though the purposes for which they are performed may seem commonplace and prosaic when compared with the ideal aims of the unknown artists who planned the Pharaonic rock-tombs, or the temples of Ellora, yet the boldness of their conception entitles them to rank among the grandest architectural works, while the difficulty of their execution would have appalled the most enterprising engineers of any age. Modern London alone has more subterranean wonders to boast of than all the capitals of the ancient world. As in the human frame numberless vessels and nerves provide for the circulation of the blood, and convey telegraphic signals through every part, so in the vast body of our 238 TIHE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. metropolis an amazing system of subterranean communication carries off the sewerage of its millions of inhabitants, provides them with light and water, conveys intelligence from one end to the other of its enormous circuit almost with the rapidity of thought, transports thousands of travellers below the crowded streets, and, not satisfied with all these achievements, opens passages under the broad river to which it owes its boundless wealth. But even the wonders of subterranean London, or of Paris -where troops moving underground can march from one fortified caserne to the other, so that, in a more literal sense than Pompey, the rulers of France can say that they have but BORING MACHINE IN THE TUNNEL, IMOiT CENIS. to stamp upon the ground to make legions start up from the soil-are surpassed by those which the railroad calls forth in its triumphal progress through the world. The Alps themselves, with their eternal snows, no longer oppose a barrier to the locomotive; and we have lived to witness the completion of the most gigantic tunnel ever yet devised by man. The borer has slowly but indefatigably done its work in the entrails of Mont Cenis, and the subterranean junction of France and Italy has been at length achieved. The tunnel, which pierces 12,201 metres, or nearly seven.miles, of solid THE MONT CENIS TUNNEL. 239 roek, opens on the Italian side at Bardonneche, 1,291 metres (about 4,000 feet) above the level of the sea, and on the French side at Modane, at a height of 1,163 metres. From each opening the tunnel gently ascends towards its culminating point in the centre of the mountain, so as to allow the waters to drain off on either side. The direction of the excavations was determined by trigonometrical measurement, which of course required the nicest accuracy, as a deviation of but half a centimetre on both sides would amount to no less than 120 metres in the centre. BORING MIACHINE IN THE SECOND mWORKING GALLERY, MONT CENIS TUNNSEL. For this purpose a signal was erected on the mountain above the culminating point or the centre of the tunnel; and opposite to each entrance, in the same longitudinal axis, a large theodolite pointed to the above-mentioned signal and towards a light in the interior of the tunnel, so that the slightest deviation from the requisite direction was rendered mathematically impossible. The machines used in the drivage of the tunnel were worked by means of compressed air. The comminuted rock produced during the boring was continuously removed by a jet of water 240 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. squirted into the hole by the machine-a precaution which was found to be of great economy in the wear of the tools. Under ordinary conditions the working speed was about 200 strokes per minute, at which rate from eight to ten holes, of 1'6 inches diameter and 35 inches deep, could be bored in the shift of six hours. The tunnel is of an Q section, 13 feet broad and 93 feet high; eight machines were employed at one time; they as ere mounted on a wrought-iron frame, which travelled on a railway, and could be removed to a safe distance when the blasting took place. From 65 to 70 holes were bored in the face of the rock, and then loaded with uniform charges, made up into cartridges, and primed with fuses of different lengths, so as to explode in groups at definite intervals. A horizontal series at about mid height was first fired, then followed two vertical side rows, then a group near the crown of the arch, and finally a horizontal series near the floor. In this way the rock was blown down in nearly uniform fragments of from six to eight inches in the side. At first, owing to the hardness of the quartz-slate which had to be pierced, the work went on very slowly; but at a greater depth, the mountain was found to consist of limestone strata, so that at length it advanced about thirteen feet per day. The compressed air which set the borers in motion served also for the ventilation of the tunnel, as every stroke of the piston liberated sufficient pure air to drive back to a considerable distance from the workmen the suffocating gases, produced by the blasting, which otherwise would render breathing impossible. Air-pumps placed before the entrance finally conducted the fumes of the gunpowder or dynamite into the open air. It is evident that the difference in height of the two openings, and the gradual ascent towards the centre, will insure a thorough ventilation. In the beginning of September 1869 the Italian side of the tunnel, which is 5,913 metres long, was completed, while on the French side only 4,222 metres were accomplished and 2056 remained to be bored, and it was calculated that this gigantic enterprise would most probably be terminated by the beginning of 1871. It was, however, completed a few days earlier. When Louis Quatorze, that model of regal pomposity, suc GROTTO OF PAUSILIPPO. 241 ceeded in placing the crown of Spain on the head of his grandson Philip of Anjou, he bid him grandiloquently farewell with the words' Go, my son i the Pyrenees no longer exist.' With more truth is our age able now to declare that the Alps have ceased to be a barrier between nations. There can be no doubt that the Mont Cenis tunnel will soon be followed by similar undertakings, some probably on a still grander scale. The governments of Italy, Switzerland, and Germany have already decided upon piercing a tunnel through the Mount St. Gothard. In winter the traveller will no longer be obliged to ascend the solitudes of the Schollenen, to cross the Devil's Bridge, and then, after traversing the valley of Urseren, to pursue his perilous way up to the summit of the pass, before a zigzag descent, along yawning precipices, leads him into the sunny vale of the Ticino; but at Goschenen on the north he will plunge at once into the bowels of the mountain, and in an hour will suddenly emerge at Airilo into the genial south. In early spring the change of climate will be almost miraculous; on one side winter still reigning supreme, the earth covered with deep snow and the cold wind moaning through the leafless trees — and then, after a short interval of darkness, the rich vegetation of an Italian vale bursting forth in all its first luxuriance, birds singing in the chestnut groves, and the green meads enamelled with myriads of flowers. It is curious to compare these stupendous works with the most celebrated tunnel of ancient times, the Grotto of the Pausilippo, near Naples, which serves as a passage for the travellers who intend visiting Puzzuoli, Baiae, or Curne, without being obliged to ascend the mountain or to cross the bay. It is about a mile long, from thirty to eighty feet high and twenty-eight feet broad, so as to allow three carriages to pass abreast. Twice a year, in February and October, the last rays of the sun dart for a few minutes through the whole length of the grotto; at all other times a speck of gray uncertain light terminates the long and solemn perspective. The origin of this celebrated grotto is unknown. Some old chroniclers have imagined it as ancient as the Trojan war; others attribute it to the mysterious race of the Cimmerians. T 242 TIlE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. The Neapolitans attribute a -more modern, though not more certain, origin to their fainous cavern, and most piously. believe it to have been formed by the enchantments of Virgil, who, as Addison very justly observes, is better known at Naples in his magical character than as the author of the' }Eneid.' This strange infatuation most probably arose from the fact that the tomb, in which his ashes are supposed to have been deposited, is situated above the grotto, and that, according to popular tradition, it was guarded by those very spirits who assisted in constructing the cave. King Robert, a wise, though far from poetical monarch, conducted his friend Petrarch with great solemnity to the spot, and, pointing to the entrance of the grotto, very gravely asked him whether he did not adopt the general belief, and conclude that this stupendous passage derived its origin from Virgil's powerful incantations.'When I had sat for some time,' says Beckford,* on a loose stone immediately beneath the first gloomy arch of the grotto, contemplating the dusky avenue, and trying to persuade myself that it was hewn by the Cimmerians, I retreated, without proceeding any farther, and followed a narrow path which led me, after some windings and turnings, along the brink of the precipice, across a vineyard, to that retired nook of the rocks which shelters Virgil's tomb, most venerably mossed over and more than half concealed by bushes and vetgetation. The clown who conducted me remained aloof at awful distance whilst I sat communing with the manes of my beloved poet, or straggled about the shrubbery which hangs directly above the mouth of the grot.' Advancing to the edge of the rock, I saw crowds of people and carriages, diminished by distance, issuing from the bosom of the mountain, and disappearing almost as soon as discovered in the windings of the road. Clambering high above the cavern, I hazarded my neck on the top of one of the pines, and looked contemptuously down on the race of pigmies that were so busily moving to and fro. The sun was fiercer than I could have wished, but the sea breezes fanned ne in my aerial situation, which commanded the grand sweep of the bay, varied by convents, palaces, and gardens, *'Italy.' THE TOMB OF VIRGIL. 243 mixed with huge masses of rock, and crowned by the stately buildings of the Carthusians and fortress of St. Elmo. Add a glittering blue sea to this perspective, with Caprea rising from its bosom, and Vesuvius breathing forth a white column of smoke into the sether, and you will then have a scene upon which I gazed with delight for more than an hour, forgetting that I was perched upon the head of a pine with nothing but a frail branchto uphold me. However, I descended alive, as Virgil's genii, I am resolved to believe, were my protectors.' ~&t 21 244 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER XXIII. ON MINES IN GENERAL. Perils of the Miner's Life-Number of Casualties in British and Foreign Coal Mines-Life in a Mine-Occurrence of Ores-Extent and Depth of Metallic Veins-Mines frequently discovered by Chance-The Divining Rod-Experimental Borings —Stirring Emotions during their Progress —Sinking of ShaftsPrecautions against Influx of Water-Expense-Shaft Accidents —Various Methods of working Mineral Substances-Working in Direct and Reverse Steps -Working by Transverse Attacks-Open Quarry Workings-Pillar and Stall System-Long Wall System —Dangerous Extraction of Pillars —Mining Implements-Blasting-Heroes in Humble Life-Firing in the Mine of Rammelsberg-Transport of Minerals Underground-Modern ImprovementsVarious Modes of Descent-Corfs-Wonderful Preservation of a Girl at Fahiun -The Loop-Safety Cage-Man Machines-Timbering and Walling of Galleries -Drainage by Adit Levels-Remarkable Adits-The Great Cornish Adit-The Georg Stollen in the Harz-The Ernst August Stollen-Steam Pumps-Drowning of Mines-Irruption of the Sea into Workington Colliery-Hubert Goffin -Irruption of the River Garnock into a Mine-Ventilation of Mines-Upcast Shafts-Fire Damp-Dreadful Explosions-The Safety Lamp-The Choke Damp-Conflagrations of Mines-The Burning Hill in Staffordshire. EW metals are found in a native state, nor are they commonly scattered in loose masses, nuggets, grains, or scales over the surface of the earth. Hence the seeker's trouble is by no means confined to the task of gathering these masses, or of separating them by washing from the alluvial sand or gravel with which they are mixed; much more frequently they are chemically combined with other substances from which a far advanced state of science is alone able to separate them, or deeply imbedded in subterranean mines, often so difficult of access as to tax for their working all the energies of man and all the resources of his metallurgic skill. The labours of the miner require indeed no less courage and presence of mind than those of the mariner. He no more knows whether he shall ever return from the pit into which he descends in the morning for his hard day's work than the CASUALTIES IN MINES. 245 sailor knows whether he shall ever revisit the port which he is leaving. He is perpetually at war with fire and earth, with air and water, and this eternal strife levies a no less heavy tribute of death and suffering than the storms of the raging seas. In the year 1867, 1,190 persons perished in our 3,192 collieries, which employ a total of 333,116 workmen. Of these, 286 were killed by explosions; 449 by falls of rock; 211 by other subterranean causes; 156 in the shafts; and 88 above ground. In the same year, 293 lives were lost in the Prussian collieries, where 102,773 workmen find employment. Of these, 39 perished by fire-damp; 106 by fall of roof; 65 in shafts; 74 by casualties under ground; and 9 by casualties above ground. These melancholy lists may give us some idea of the number of serious but non-fatal accidents which are not mentioned in the official accounts. Every visitor to a coal-mine will meet with many pit lads who have been'lamed' (or injured) several times in a few years, and who reckon events by the mournful chronology of their various'lamings.' Collieries, as will be seen in the sequel, are indeed peculiarly liable to frightful accidents; yet the number of lives lost in the inspected ironstone mines of Great Britain, in 1866, amounted to 81. Extending our view to the mines of Austria and Russia, of France and Belgium, of Mexico and Peru, &c., &c., where the same dangers cause, no doubt, an equal amount of death or suffering, we may justly conclude that not a day, probably not an hour, passes that does not doom more than one miner to an untimely grave or to permanent mutilation. But if mining is attended with a lamentable amount of individual suffering, the benefits derived from it by mankind in general are so important that the whole fabric of modern civilisation may be said to rest upon its basis. Coal and the useful metals rule the world. Wherever they occur in large masses they establish the prosperity of a people on the surest foundations; and England is in a great measure indebted for her high station among the nations of the earth to the treasures hidden beneath her soil. A large mine displays unquestionably some of the most interesting scenes of human activity. The restless industry 246 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. pervading its subterranean caves and galleries impresses the visitor with feelings of wonder akin to those which he experiences when he first sets foot on a man-of-war; and if he feels giddy on seeing the sailor climb the loftiest masts, the sight of the yawning abyss into which the miner undauntedly descends seems terrible to his unaccustomed eye; and as he penetrates further and further into the recesses of this unknown world, his sensations are not rendered more agreeable. The intricate passages branching out into a mysterious distance; the vaults and high halls faintly illumined here and there by a glimmering lamp; the dark forms emerging every now and then from some obscure recess, and then again plunging into night, like demon shades; the clanking of hammers, the rushing of waters, the creaking of wheels, the monotonous sound of machinery, or the loud explosion which, repeated by subterranean echoes, rolls like muttering thunder from vault to vault, the oppressive air in the low galleries, through which he can only move in a stooping position; the fear of being crushed any moment by a falling rock, or shivered to atoms by fire-damp combustion,-all combine to produce an impression which can seldom be made by any scenes above ground. The admiration which this imposing spectacle necessarily calls forth in his mind increases when he reflects how much skill and experience was required, and how many improvements and inventions had to be made, before mining could be brought to its present state of perfection. Ores sometimes occur, like coal, in layers or beds, running parallel with the strata of the inclosing rocks, or in prodigious irregular masses. Most commonly, however, they are found in veins traversing the rocks in every conceivable direction, and filling the crevices and chasms which former terrestrial revolutions have rent in the hard stone. From the wild and titanic powers that have here been at work, it may easily be imagined how irregular the direction of these veins must be, and under how many various forms they must appear. Here they are horizontal, there vertical; here they form thin layers, there they fill chasms several hundred feet thick. Sometimes they split into several minor branches, or make DEPTH OP MINES. 247 abrupt bends, and frequently they have been rent, torn, or displaced in every possible manner by subsequent revolutions. Their length is as various as their thickness or their direction. Some are short, while others traverse the rocks to a distance of many miles. Thus the argentiferous veins in the neighbourhood of Clausthal, in the Harz, are three leagues long, and the famous Veta Maadre, or chief lode of Guanaxuato in ]Mexico, has been traced for a length of eight miles. With regard to depth, the lower extremity of hardly a single mineral bed or vein of any note has as yet been pointed out, though many have been worked to a considerable depth. Thus, one of the pits of St. Andreasberg, in the Harz, is 2,485 feet deep, though, on account of its high situation in the mountains, not much more than 280 feet below the surface of the sea, while, in the coal mines of Valenciennes and Liege, the deepest shafts are sunk from 1,300 to 1,600 feet below the level of the ocean. The shaft of the colliery of Sacree l[adame, near Charleroi, is 800 yards deep, and that of Dukinfield Colliery 2,050 feet. The great difficulty of carrying on mining operations at great depths will, probably, for ever prevent most metalliferous veins from being followed to their origin in the bowels of the earth; for while on high mnountains the rarefaction of the atmosphere prevents respiration, the increasing pressure or impurity of the air at a depth of four or five thousand feet below the level of the sea must necessarily hinder the free expansion of the lungs. The weakness of our organisation soon sets limits to our progress, whether we wish to rise into the air or to penetrate into the interior of the earth; and it is only on spiritual wings that we soar aloft to the stars, or wander through the mysterious depths of our planet. How have the ores been collected or precipitated in the veins or strata where they are often found in such enormous quantities? Partly they ascended as vapour from unknown depths, and then were condensed in the crevices, mixing with the gangue or the stones which filled the volcanic chasms; and partly their solutions, of which the mineral springs of the present day afford us so many examples, permeated the porous rocks, and saturated themt on cooling, or were forced to relinquish their valuable contents by some more powerful chemical 248 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. affinity. Thus, numberless years before man appeared upon the stage of his future empire, the means were provided without which it would never have been possible for him to establish his dominion over the earth, and to make himself master of the treasures it bears on its surface. When we consider the frequent upheavings and subsidences of the earth-rind and the denuding power of water, which, in the long series of ages, cuts deep ravines into the mountains and washes away whole strata, we cannot wonder that many metalliferous veins emerge or crop out on the surface of the earth, so that a fortunate chance sufficed for their discovery. Thus, a poor Indian looking for wood first found the rich deposits of silver that had so long been buried in obscurity under the sterile soil of Copiapo in Chili (1632). Partridges, in whose stomachs grains of gold were found, are said to have led to the discovery of the rich mines of Kremnitz and Schemnitz in Hungary; and Ramm, a huntsman of the emperor Otho the Great, having bound his horse to a tree in a forest near Goslar in the Harz Mountains, the fretful steed, stamping with impatience and tearing up the soil, pointed out the celebrated lode of the Rammelsberg, which is still worked to the present day. But if in these and similar instances the treasures of the subterranean world have revealed themselves spontaneously to man, in many other cases laborious and costly investigations have been found necessary for their discovery. As civilisation advanced, and the value of the metals, of coal and salt, came to be more and more appreciated, nothing could be more natural than the desire of no longer relying upon the discoveries of chance or upon the mines bequeathed by former ages, but of sounding the mysterious recesses of the earth, and forcing her, by dint of patient exploration, to reveal the riches she conceals under her surface. Thus, as far back as the eleventh century, the divining rod came into practice, and found full credence in a superstitious age. A forked branch of the hazel-tree, cut during a peculiar phase of the moon, was the means employed in Germany for the discovery of buried treasures, of veins of metal, of deposits of salt, or of subterranean sources. But the miraculous rod did not indiscriminately show its powers in every hand; it DISCOVERIES OF LODES. 240 was necessary to have been born in certain months, and soft and warm —or, according to the modern expression, magneticfingers were indispensable for handling it with effect. The diviner possessing these necessary qualifications took hold of the rod by its branches so that the stem into which they united was directed upwards. On approaching the spot where the sought-for treasure lay concealed, the magical rod slowly turned towards it, until finally the stem had fully changed its position and pointed vertically downwards. To increase the solemnity of the scene, the wily conjurors generally traced magical circles that were not to be passed, burnt strong smelling herbs and spices, and uttered powerful charms to disarm the enmity of the evil spirits that were supposed to guard the hidden treasures. At present, the divining-rod has lost its old reputation, and more rational means are employed for the discovery of mineral wealth. Relying on experience, tact, and geological knowledge, the investigator carefully examines the country where ores or coal are supposed to be concealed, and having fixed upon an appropriate spot, has recourse either to experimental digging or to boring for testing the truth of his opinion. These expensive explorations, though often unsuccessful, frequently prove highly remunerative, and many a saline spring, or coal seam, or metallic vein would, without their assistance, have remained unknown and unproductive. Boring through hard stone; is necessarily a very tedious work, but as it proceeds it awakens not only in those who are directly interested in its success, but in every intelligent witness, all the stirring emotions of a game of chance.' Of all branches of business,' says Williams, a thoroughly devoted miner-' of all the experiments that a man of sensibility can be engaged in, or attend to, there is, perhaps, none so amusing, so engaging, and delightful as a successful trial upon the vestigia, or appearances, of a seam of coal, or other mineral discoveries. When you are attending the people who are digging down or forward upon the vestige of the coal, and the indications are increasing and still growing better under your eye, the spirit of curiosity and attention is awakened, and all the powers of expectation are elevated in pleasing hopes of success. And when your wishes are at 250 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. length actually fulfilled-when you have discovered a good coal of sufficient thickness, and all circumstances are favourable, the heart then triumphs with solid and satisfactory joy.' In a mining country like England, where the spirit of enterprise is continually on the look-out for new sources of profit, it may naturally be supposed that searches for coal or metallic ore must be frequently undertaken. Thus in all our mining districts there are professional master-borers, who engage for a fixed price to drill the hardest rock to any depth that may be required.* Their chief implements are boringrods, made of the best and most tenacious Swedish iron; chisels fitted with screws, tipped with good steel, with a face of two and a half to three and a quarter inches, and generally eighteen inches in length; and a wimble, which is a hollow iron instrument like an auger, whose cavity is from six to ten inches in length, with an opening up at one side, with partial overlap, the better to receive and hold the chopped strata. When the bore is intended to penetrate to a considerable depth, a lofty triangle of wood is set above the bore-hole. In boring, the lowermost rod is the chisel, which continually operates on the rock or stratum. The uppermost rod terminates in a stout ring, through which passes a cross-piece held by two men in working, and which is also suspended to a springing pole by a chain. One or more rods being pushed into the ground, two men on a wooden stage take hold of a cross stave at the end of the springing pole and work it steadily up and down, while two men below, by means of the cross-piece, at the same time heave the suspended rods a few inches, and then allow them to fall by their own weight, walking slowly round the hole. By these combined opera* In the North of England the prices of boring in the ordinary strata of that coal-field are as follows: s. d. First five fathoms 5 6 per fathom. Second five,, 11 0 Third five,, 16 6,, Fourth five, 22. 0 and so increasing 5s. 6d. per fathom on each succeeding depth of five fathoms. In boring through very hard strata the prices are from 80 to 100 per cent. higher. BORING FOR MINERALS. 251 tions of chopping and scooping the workmen make slow but sure way through whatever substance may be in contact with the chisel. When the hole is too deep, and the added rods become too heavy to be conveniently lifted by manual labour, a brake or lever, or a horse-gin or steam-engine, is employed. As the boring proceeds, it is also frequently necessary to lower pipes into the hole made, to prevent the falling of fragments from the sides of the cylinder. When the position of a mineral vein is ascertained, its PROCESS OF BORING. direction known, and some reasonable conjecture made concerning its extent, thickness, and value, measures must be taken to obtain, by subterraneous excavation, the buried mineral, and for this purpose vertical pits or shafts must be sunk, and horizontal galleries, or, as they are sometimes called, levels, must be driven, to prepare the way for its convenient extraction, and at the same time to carry off, so far as may be, the water which either rises into the mine from springs, or drains into it from the surrounding strata. Some idea may be formed of the extent of these works in many of the more considerable mines, when we learn that the total amount of sinking in the Consolidated Mines in Cornwall is stated to amount to more than twelve miles of perpendicular depth (including, of course, the winzes or 25i2 TIlE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. underground shafts), and that the horizontal'"i~ galleries extend to as:much as forty miles in IW~ It/ 1 length. A mine like this is, in fact, a large subterranean town, with numerous lanes and S ___ avenues, passages and -,l " thoroughfares. " i. fK _In sinking a shaft,:: 2 ~ _ i danger is to be appreh bended both from the,,,,,~~-,.,~ 2.... u falling in of loose and, i iJll in coherent strata, andi from the lateral springs, _whlich sometinmes empty __2 j_ ~themselves into the li workings to an extent ~ which it would at first, appear hopeless to con-. tend against. In such I jcases there is no safety eo be obtained withK! 1'~ K ~ out walling the shaft P with brick or stone, or securing it by timber or metal tubbing. For i this purpose many of our coal pits were forI,,.:.~:~merly lined throughout with three - inch boards, nailed to a circularwooden framework called a crib, which was -firmly attached to the sides of the pit at convenient distances. But Iraqi,, I -this method, although it has been known to keep out a pressure of water EXCLUSION OF WATER FROM MINES. 253 equal to 100 pounds on the square inch, is not considered so safe as the metal tubbing now adopted in all difficult works. In comparatively solid ground the cast-iron tubs are forced down the shaft, but in soft ground they sink by their own weight. As they descend, fresh tubs are added, until the work is finished. When we consider that, in the coal-pits in the north of England, many shafts have a diameter of as much as fifteen feet, that in some cases they are sunk to a depth of nearly 300 fathoms, and that, under the most favourable circumstances, even where tubbing is not required to guard against the influx of springs, it is necessary to line almost the whole of the interior with bricks, to prevent the loose strata from falling or being washed in, we cannot wonder that as much as 100,0001. and ten years of labour have, in some cases, been expended before the seam of coal has been reached that was to repay all this vast outlay of capital and time. Unsightly and filthy as such a shaft may be, it is in reality a great triumph of architectural skill. In most of our collieries one shaft serves for winding up the coal, for the passage of the men up and down, for ventilation, and for drainage by means of the engine-pumps. To answer these various purposes it is subdivided or bratticed by brick or wooden partitions into two, three, or four compartments; but this arrangement is very defective, for the safety of the workmen requires that in every large coal-pit, and indeed in every mine, there should be at least two separate shafts. When the partitions of the single shaft become injured or burnt, which has not unfrequently been the case, the ventilation of the pit may suddenly be deranged, and many lives have thus been endangered. The obstruction of a shaft by the breakage of an engine has caused some of the most appalling tragedies in mining history. On January 10, 1862, the beam of the pumping engine broke at the Hartley Colliery in the Newcastle coalfield, and striking, like a huge catapult, with its enormous weight of forty tons, against the sides of the shaft as it descended, accumulated an enormous mass of rubbish and broken timbers at the depth of 138 yards from the surface. Two hundred and four colliers were thus shut out from all 254 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. hope of rescue, for no exertion could possibly remove, in time enough to save them, the vast pile of ruins that obstructed their escape to the upper world. The methods of working, winning, or excavating mineral substances naturally vary, according to the magnitude and direction of the beds, lodes, or seams in which they are contained. With a vein of moderate width, as soon as the preparatory labours have brought the miners to the point of the vein from which the ulterior workings are to ramify, the first object is to divide the mass of ore into solid rectangular compartments by means of oblong galleries, generally pierced ten fathoms below one another, with pits of communication opened up, thirty, forty, or fifty yards.asunder, which follow the slope of the vein. These galleries and shafts are usually of the same breadth as the vein, unless when it is very narrow, in which case it is necessary to cut out a portion of the roof or the floor. Such workings serve at once the purposes of mining, by affording a portion of ore, and for the complete investigation of the nature and riches of the vein, a certain extent of which is thus prepared before removing the cubical masses. It is proper to advance first of all in this manner to the greatest distance from the central point which can be mined with economy, and afterwards to remove the rectangular blocks irrworking back to that point. This latter operation may be carried on in two different ways, by attacking the ore from above or from below. In either case the excavations are disposed in steps, similar to a stair, upon their upper or under side. The first is styled a working in direct or descending steps; the second a working in reverse, or ascending steps. By this method a number of miners are able to proceed simultaneously without interfering with each other. In rich lodes and in the case of thick masses, the system of working in large chambers or extensive excavations, or by transverse attacks, is employed. Superficial deposits are worked like open quarries. In British practice, coal is generally worked on the post (or pillar and stall) system, or on the long-wall system. The pillar and stall principle is carried out in the working DIVISIONS IN COAL MINES. 255 away of a certain portion of the coal as a first measure, a.nd in leaving the remainder in pillars, which are either to serve permanently for the support of the roof, or to be at some future time partially or totally removed. In the North of England, where this system has been brought to perfection, it is also named panel-work, because the whole area is divided into quadrangular panels, each panel containing an area of from eight to twelve acres, and round each panel is at first left a solid wall of coal of from forty to fifty yards thick. Through the panel walls roads and air-courses are PART OF A COLLIERY LAID OUT IN FOUR PANELS. A. Engine shaft: divided into three corn- F~, G. Two panels completed as to the first partrnents, an engine pit and two coal work. pits. D. Panel, with the rooms a a in regular B, 0. Dip head level, progress to the rise. A, 13. The rise or crop gallery. II. Panel fully worked out. K, K. Panel walls. driven in order to work the coal contained within these has a particular name, so that any circumstance relating to the details of the colliery can be readily referred to a specified place. By thi s plan, of which the above illustration gives a \1 MI I.R 1111 111 SIMI N1, E therise 256 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. distinct idea, the pillars of a panel may be worked out at any time most suitable for the economy of the mine, and the loss of coal amounts to no more than about a tenth, instead of a third or a half by the old methods. When the pillars of a panel are to be worked out, the most distant range is first attacked, and as the workmen cut away the furthest pillars, props of wood are placed between the pavement and the roof, within a few feet of each other, as shown by the dots at I. This is continued till an area of one hundred square yards is cleared of pillars. This operation is termed working the goaf.' The only use of the prop-wood is to prevent the stratum which forms the ceiling over the workmen's heads from falling down and killing them by its splintery fragments. Experience has proved that before proceeding to takle away another set of pillars, it is necessary to allow the last made goaf to fall. The workmen then begin to draw out the props. This is a most hazardous employment. Knocking down the more remote props one after another, they quickly retreat under the protection of the remaining props. Meanwhile the roof stratum begins to break by the sides of the pillars and falls down in immense pieces; while the workmen still persevere, boldly drawing and retreating till every prop is removed. lNay, should any props be so firmly fixed by the top pressure that they will not give way to the blows of heavy mauls, they are cut through with axes, the workmen making it a point of honour to leave not a single prop in the goaf. If any props are left, it causes an irregular subsidence of the strata, and throws more pressure on the adjacent pillars. The miners next proceed to cut away the pillars nearest to the sides of the goaf, setting prop-wood, then drawing it, and retreating as before, until every panel is removed excepting small portions of pillars which require to be left under dangerous stones, to protect the retreat of the workmen. While this operation is going forward and the goaf extending, the superincumbent strata, being exposed without support over a larger area, break progressively higher up; and when strong beds of sandstone are thus giving way, the noise of the rending rocks is very peculiar and terrific; at one time loud and sharp, at another hollow and deep. As the pillars of the LONG-WALL WORKING IN MINES. 257 panels are taken away, the panel walls are also worked progressively backwards to the pit-bottom, so that only a small portion of the coal is eventually lost. When mines are fully worked, the main shaft is frequently continued down to other seams of coal, which are excavated in the same way as the first seam. In such cases the workings communicate with each other by shafts called'staples,' which are sunk at intervals between the seams of coal. The principle of long-wall working (Shropshire and Derbyshire method) is the extraction of all the available coal by GENERAL VIEW OF MIINING OPERATIONS. the single process of first working, maintaining the roads by means of stone-walls or wooden props. This system is applicable with advantage only to thin seams which lie near to the surface, and in which the workings may be of a very limited extent. According to the various hardness of the minerals or of the rocks in which they are embedded, different means and implements for dividing the masses are employed. In loose earth, sand, and clay, shovels and scrapers suffice; in gypsum, coal, and rock-salt, the pick becomes necessary; in s 258 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. many hard slates, gads must be driven into the small openings made with the point of the pick. In still harder stones, forming the great majority of those which occur in veins d J'\ _Vi c f \ ^ _ - TOOLS USED BY IINERS IN CORNWALL. a. Pick. b. Gad. c. Shovel. d. Mallet. e. Borer. f. Claying-bar. g. Needle or nail. hi. Scraper. i. Tamping-bar. and strata, recourse must be had to the explosive power of gunpowder, which is also largely employed in our coalmines. The tools used for this purpose are the borer, an iron bar tipped with steel, formed like a thick chisel, which is held by one man straight in the hole with constant rotation on its axis, while another strikes the head of it with the iron sledge or mallet; the scraper for clearing out the hole from time to time; the claying-bar, a tapering iron rod, which, after the introduction of some tenacious clay into the cavity, is forced into it with great violence, and, condensing the clay into all the crevices of the rock, secures the dryness of the hole; and the nail, a small taper rod of copper, which, after the charge has been introduced, is inserted to reach the bottom of the hole, which is now ready for tamping. For this purpose, any soft species of rock free from flinty particles, which might provoke a premature explosion, is introduced in small quantities at a time, and rammed very hard by the tamping bar, which is held steadily by one man and struck with a sledge by another. The hole being thus filled, the nail is withdrawn by putting a bar through its eye and striking it upwards. Thus a small perforation or vent is left for the safety fuse, a woven cylinder containing gunpowder, and protected by a coating HEROISM OF MINERS. 259 of tar. The fire being applied, the men retire to a safe distance. Often, in order to lose as little time as possible, a number of shots are fired together, so that the explosions, pouring out their tongues of flame in rapid succession, and awakening the subterranean echoes far and wide, afford a highly interesting spectacle. But woe to the miner if he be too hasty to return to his post, for it often happens that a treacherous shot goes off several minutes after being lighted, and, exploding in the face of the imprudent workman, disfigures him for life, or kills him on the spot. Accidents in blasting arise also from other causes, such as a negligent handling of the powder while preparing the charge, or some delay in retiring after the fuse has been kindled. It was an incident of the latter kind which some years back called forth the following instance of heroism.' In a certain Cornish mine,' says Thomas Carlyle,* two miners, deep down in the shaft, were engaged in putting in a shot for blasting; they had completed their affair, and were about to give the signal for being hoisted up. One at a time was all their coadjutor at the top could manage, and the second was to kindle the match and then mount with all speed. Now it chanced, while they were still below, one of them thought the match too long, tried to break it shorter, took a couple of stones, a flat and a sharp, to cut it shorter, did cut it off the due length, but, horrible to relate, kindled it at the same time, and both were still below. Both shouted vehemently to the coadjutor at the windlass, both sprang at the basket; the windlass-man could not move it with them both. Here was a moment for poor miner Jack and miner Will! Instant horrible death hangs over both, when Will generously resigns himself. " Go aloft, Jack, and sit down. Away! In one minute I shall be in heaven!" Jack bounds aloft, the explosion instantly follows, bruises his face as he looks over; he is safe above ground; and poor Will? Descending eagerly, they find poor Will, too, as if by miracle, buried under rocks which had arched themselves over him, and little injured; *' Life of Sterling,' p. 278, s2 260 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. he too is brought up safe; and all ends joyfully, say the newspapers, which have duly specified the event.' Such a piece of manly promptitude and salutary human heroism was worth investigating. It was investigated and found to be accurate to the letter, with this addition and explanation, that Will Verran, an honest, ignorant, good man, entirely given up to Methodism, had been perfect in the "faith of assurance;" certain that he should get to heaven if he died, certain that Jack Roberts would not, which had been the ground of his decision in that great moment; for the rest that he much wished to learn reading and writing, and find some way of life above ground instead of below. By aid of the Misses Fox and the rest of that family, a subscription (modest Anti-Hudson Testimonial) was raised for this Methodist hero; he emerged into daylight with fifty pounds in his pocket; did strenuously try, for certain months, to learn reading and writing; found he could not learn those arts, or either of them; took his money and bought cows with it, wedding at the same time some likely milkmaid.' Several attempts have recently been made to diminish the dangers of blasting, by substituting gun-cotton or nitroglycerine for gunpowder; or by firing charges by means of the electric battery, but hitherto without much success. An enormous quantity of gunpowder is consumed for blasting in many of the larger mines. In 1836, 64,000 pounds were used in the Consolidated Mines in Cornwall, and 90,100 pounds in the Fowey Consolidated Copper Mines. The total amount of gunpowder consumed in the Cornish and Devonian Mines in the year 1837 reached 300 tons, which cost 13,2001. This one item may serve to give some idea of the enormous working expenses of a large mining concern. Sometimes the rock is so tenacious as to render boring too tedious and expensive an operation, and fire becomes necessary for subduing the solidity of the stone. In this manner the ancient mine of Rammelsberg, near Goslar, is forced to yield its treasures, and whole forests are annually consumed in order to loosen the hornstone and indestructible spar of its metalliferous veins. Every Saturday morning the fire is applied to the numerous piles of billets and faggots that have MODES OF LOOSENING STONES IN MINES. 261 been distributed throughout the course of the week. Those in the upper floors of exploitation are first burned, in order that the inferior piles may not obstruct by their vitiated air the combustion of the former. Thus at four o'clock in the morning the fires are kindled in the upper ranges, and then from pile to pile the firemen descend towards the lower floor, which occupies them till three o'clock in the afternoon. The vaults of Rammelsberg now afford a truly magnificent spectacle. The rising flames, flickering against the walls of the vaults, and ascending in broad sheets towards their roof; the dense clouds of smoke rolling towards the air vents; the crackling of the wood; the loud detonations of the stones rent by the expansive force of heat from the primitive rock; the lurid glare of the conflagration; the naked workmen with their mighty stirring-poles, flitting like dark spirits before the blazing pile; the intense heat, and the air loaded to suffocation with sulphurous fumes,-all combine to produce a picture worthy of Dante's'Inferno.' During the Sunday the noxious vapours engendered by the conflagration have time to disperse; and on the Monday morning the workmen detach, with long forks of iron, the ores that have been loosened by the flames. The ore being extracted from its bed, it becomes necessary to bring it to the light of day, an operation which is of course of the greatest importance, and not seldom requires the aid of complicated machinery, particularly in coal mines, where large masses have to be conveyed as economically and speedily as possible to the upper world. A great improvement has been effected of late years in the facility of transporting minerals underground, by the introduction of small tramroads, and the saving of expense thus effected sometimes amounts to one-half the former cost. Many of our larger mines are provided with miles of this subterranean railroad, and the advantage is greater, because for the most part there is a slight descent from the workings to the bottom of the shaft, to allow of a more complete system of drainage than could otherwise be attained. But frequently where the galleries are low, narrow, and crooked, the carriage is still effected. by means of sledges, barrows, or little waggons, which are with difficulty dragged or pushed 262 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. along, over planks or uneven and muddy roads; and sometimes even the interior transport of the ore is executed on the backs of men-a most disadvantageous practice, which is gradually wearing out. In great mines, such as the coal and salt mines of Great Britain, the salt mines of Wielitzka, the copper mines of Fahlun, the lead mines of Alston Moor, horses have long been introduced into the workings, to drag heavier waggons, or a train of waggons attached to one another. In some cases these animals are brought to the surface at stated CONVEYANCE, OF MINERALS UNDERGROUND. intervals, but generally when once let down the pit they for ever bid adieu to the light of day. Strange to say, this unnatural mode of existence, which would soon undermine the vigour and spirits of man, agrees admirably well with their health, of which the greatest care is taken, as their useful services are duly appreciated by their owners. They are abundantly fed with hay and oats of the best quality; their stalls are large and well ventilated; and as they labour in a mild and equable temperature, they remain free from many complaints to which horses are liable. Their good condition MODES OF DESCENDING MINES. 263 and sleek, shining coats prove that they have no sentimental longing for green fields or the bright sunshine. In a few of the largest collieries it has been found advantageous to establish underground stationary engines, which bring the trains of waggons, by means of an endless rope, along the galleries to the bottom of the shaft. In other mines, such as those of Worsley in Lancashire, subterranean canals are cut, upon which the mineral is transported in boats. In the European mines, the ores are usually lifted from the bottom of the shaft to the surface by steam-power, or horsegins; but in Spanish America, men, and even women, are employed for this purpose. The steep ladders which they ascend with heavy weights upon their backs, consist merely of the thick trunks of fir-trees, into which, at intervals of every ten or eleven inches, deep notches have been cut; but these rude steps are mounted with perfect security and ease by the sure-footed Indians. In many European mines, where the workmen are let down or raised by means of ropes, wire cables, or chains, they sometimes sit on transverse round pieces of wood or in a kind of chair, consisting of two strong leather belts, one of which serves as a seat, and the other for supporting the back. In Wielitzka ten of these chairs are attached to the cable at distances of seven or eight feet one from another. The persons seated in the uppermost and lowest chairs direct the descent, and take great care to prevent the conveyance grazing against the sides of the shaft, for were it to be hooked fast by a nail or any other projection, a fall into a deep precipice of several hundred feet would be the almost inevitable and fatal consequence. The old method of descending into a colliery was by a corf or strong basket, hooked on by a chain to the rope that hung down the shaft. Stepping into this, the men would swing down the dark hollow, gaily and readily, but not always safely. Thus, in the year 1835, in a colliery near Liege, seven workmen were already seated in a corf that was about to descend into the shaft, when one of their comrades, anxious to seize the opportunity, came hurrying along, and, in spite of all remonstrances, jumped into it; but the rope, unable to bear the shock and the increased weight, suddenly snapped, 264 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. and all eight were precipitated into the abyss, from which not one of them came forth alive. In the Swedish mines small barrels or tuns are generally used as vehicles of descent, and the workmen are uncommonly dexterous in preventing their little aerial skiff from striking against the rugged rock-walls, when it would run the danger of being wrecked. Women, and even children, who find occupation in the mines, are often seen standing on the narrow edge of one of these swinging, turning, or oscillating tuns, with an arm slung round the rope; and such is the power of habit that they will quietly knit where even a stoutnerved man would be appalled by the frowning cliffs above or the black abyss below. In the year 1785 a girl, descending alone into the pit of Fahlun, and unable to direct the tun, could not prevent it from striking against a rock. Jerked out of her conveyance by the violence of the shock, she fell upon a narrow ledge, about one hundred feet from the bottom of the pit, to which she clung with all the energy of despair. Her position was indeed terrific, for the least motion would have precipitated her into the dark grave which seemed to yawn for her reception, and to have given her but a momentary respite in order to make her feel more bitterly the pangs of approaching death. Already her strength was giving way, already a cloud swam before her eyes, when some bold miners, venturing their own lives in the hazardous undertaking, succeeded in rescuing her from her awful position, and snatching her as it were from the very jaws of death. Another method much adopted, and preferred by the pitmen in our collieries, was passing down and up in the loop. The pitman inserted one leg into a loop formed by curving the terminal chain and hooking it back upon an upper link, and then twined his arm tightly round the rope above. In this way he descended through any depth, and, as he alleged, with greater safety than in a bucket, out of which he might be ejected, while nothing except the breaking of the rope could harm him in loop. At present the safety-cage is generally used. This is simply a vertical railway carriage running down and up upon guides, and thereby introducing into the shaft the improve LABOUR OF ASCENDING MINES. 265 ments of the iron road. Into one of its square narrow compartments two or three men crouch together, others get into an upper compartment, and down the cage moves easily and safely, the men needing only to take care that hands or fingers do not hang beyond the edge, while four or five minutes of easy motion carry them down a thousand or fifteen hundred feet below the surface of the earth. MINERS DESCENDING SHAFT IN OWEN'S SAFETY CAGE. In many mines the workmen climb up and down the shaftsCAGE. In many mines the workmen climb up and down the shafts on fixed ladders, with landing-stages for resting; and it may easily be imagined how severely their strength must be taxed when, after their hard day's labour, they have still to ascend step by step a thousand or even two thousand feet, before they can return to their families. Some of the Cornish mines require a full hour to rise from the lowest depths to' grass,' and besides this considerable loss of time, diseases of the lungs and heart, which often terminate fatally, or pre 266 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. maturely make the miner an invalid, are the consequence of these fatiguing journeys.' 0 thou grumbling clerk in London city,' exclaims the author of'Cornwall and its Mines,''whose daily fatigues only extend to the ascent into and descent from the trim omnibus that takes you to or from Peckham or Kennington! Only think for a moment of travelling some four or five times the height of St. Paul's daily-before and after work! 0 thou querulous socialist, demagogue, or artisan, who canst sit in a comfortable coffee-house, under a flaming gas-light, immediately before and after work —or in your own snug parlour, by your own fireside or murmuring kettle-do but think for a moment of the Cornish miner, and what he must do before he can reach home or house! I fully believe that the best cure for discontent and gloom in fortunate workmen would be to put them upon the treadmill of a deep Cornish mine-for a temporary treadmill it is.' Tt had long been deemed of the utmost importance to devise some easier mode of locomotion; but it was not till 1833 that the circumstance of two water-wheels having been thrown out of work by the opening of the deep Georg Adit in the Hartz mines suggested the idea of employing the punprods for aiding the ascent of the miners. The trial was first made with a portion of one hundred fathoms. This was divided into twenty-two portions; and on each portion iron steps were fixed, at intervals of four feet, while hand-holds were fixed at convenient distances. A reciprocating motion of four feet was given to each rod, and the miners stepped to and fro from a bracket or ledge on one rod to the parallel one on the other. As one rod is always descending while the other is ascending, and vice versa, it is easy to understand how this alternate stepping on to the little platforms must lead to the ascent or descent of the miner. At the division between each two of the twenty-two portions, there is a larger platform on which he may rest awhile; and nothing is lost by his rest, for the reciprocal motion goes on, and is ready again for his use when he is ready for it. This first machine surpassed expectation. Short as the length of ascent was, many invalids of the district were now able to * London: Longmans, 1857. MAN-ENGINES IN MINES. 267 resume their underground labours, as the fatigue of mounting or descending was reduced, by the alternate action of the machinery, to a mere easy lateral motion. The advantages of this new method in saving both time and power were so obvious that it was soon imitated in the other deep metalliferous veins of the Hartz; and at present power-ladders or man-engines of an improved construction, such as the substitution of a single rod for the double apparatus above described, are in very general use over the Continent, whence they have passed in a modified form into Cornwall, where they are worked by steam. In Fowey Consols Mine the machine extends to a depth of 1,680 feet. The rod is eight inches square, with twelve-inch platforms at intervals of twelve feet; and there are stationary platforms equidistant at the side of the shaft. When a miner is about to descend the steps on a movable platform, the rod descends and carries him down twelve feet; he steps upon a fixed platform while the rod rises again; he then steps upon another movable platform, and descends another twelve feet, and so on to the bottom. In ascending, there is simply a reversed process. It is a very interesting sight to witness the ascent or descent of bodies of miners at certain hours of the day and night. You see them passing each other in the shafts, in a kind of zig-zag course, of as great regularity as any zig-zag will permit. As one miner steps off the rod platform to one fixed platform, another steps on to it from another fixed platform on the other side. Thus there are two streams of miners moving in opposite directions along the same rod at the same time, and this curious spectacle is rendered doubly pleasing when we consider how much distressing toil has been alleviated by the employment.of the manengine. Machinery constructed on the same principle has been latterly adopted in the mines of Anzin, for transporting the coal step by step to the surface; and it is evident that when coal mines are worked at greater depths than at present, ropes, however strong, will no longer be able to sustain even their own weight, and the whole transport up and down a shaft of perhaps 3,000 or 3,500 feet must be performed by means of similar machines. Wherever the excavated rock is not hard or solid enough 268 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. to bear the superincumbent weight, the galleries of a mine must necessarily be supported by timbering or walling. Timbering is most used, frequently in the form represented in the annexed woodcut; and when we consider how miles i-,j.C~,a,) upon miles of galleries are thus supC'_..- ) ported, we can easily imagine that ) _ Bwhole forests must be engulfed in our mines. It has been calculated that Vl o- for mining purposes in Cornwall, it: would require no less than 140 square IGi/f — H) miles of forest of Norwegian pine, /- ~-l/-'" - averaging a growth of 120 years. TIMIBERING OF A MLNE. The expense thus incurred is enormous; the cost for timber, duty free, in Cornish and Devon mines, amounted in 1836 to 94,1381. and is probably still larger at the present time. For timbering, no tree is more esteemed than the larch or the Norwegian pine, on account of its great durability in the wet; but whatever wood may be employed, it is necessary to peel off the bark, experience having shown that unless this is done the wood rots much more easily, as the fibres of the rind attract a far greater quantity of moisture than the smooth surface of the splint. Like the potato and the grape, subterranean timbering is exposed to the attacks of a fungus, producing what is called dry-rot. The parasite germinates in the sap which remains in the wood, or at least derives its nourishment from it. Its vegetation is at first scarcely perceptible; but soon its white fibres multiply, and form at length small sponges on the surface. The decomposition of the wood now advances with rapid strides, and terminates at last in the total destruction of the ligneous fibres. Not satisfied with depriving the roof of its support, the dry-rot likewise produces a vitiation of the air, so that wherever timbering is employed, it is reckoned among the great enemies of the mine and of the miner. Many remedies have been recommended, among which kyanizing, or saturating the wood with a solution of corrosive sublimate, is one of the most efficacious, though unfortunately too expensive to be of universal use. Mushrooms of various kinds likewise flourish upon the moist TIMBERING OF MINES. 269 surface of the spars, and various insects collect near this parasitic vegetation. The timbering of a mine also affords very convenient lurking-places to the numerous rats which are met with underground, where they contrive to live upon the crumbs or offal of the miners' meals, or upon candle-ends and remains of wicks. Not seldom the timbering of a gallery, weakened by rot, gives way under the pressure of the roof, which falls in with a tremendous crash, and sometimes buries the unfortunate miner under its ruins. Another disadvantage attending timbering is its liability to catch fire, and thus, wherever the cost is not found too great, the chief galleries of a mine are now usually constructed of stone. Sometimes the two sides of a g gallery are lined with vertical, and walls, and its roof is supportedunder w h the by an ogival vult or an arch. If the sides of the mine are with solid, a simple arch is sufficient TDRANSVESE SECTIONS OFY ALLAD DRLAIN to sustain the roof; and at other Gi e te scee of his times the whole surface of a gallery is formed of a single elliptic vault, the great axis of which is vertical, and the bottom is surmounted by a wooden plank, under which the waters run off. The miner is generally in a state of perpetual warfare with DRAINAGE OF A MINE BY ADIT LEVELS. a. Shaft. b. Shallow adit. c. Deep aclit. d.' Mineral lode. the water, which threatens to inundate the scene of his labours; and as in a leaky ship the pumps must be kept continually working to prevent the vessel from sinking, so here also perpetual efforts are necessary to keep off the encroach 270 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. ments of this never-tiring foe. When a mine is situated above the level of a valley or of the neighbouring sea, its drainage may be effected in a comparatively easy manner by means of sloping galleries, dry-levels or adits, which in many cases serve also for the transport of the ore or coal. In some mines these drainage levels are executed on a truly gigantic scale. Thus the Great Cornish Adit, which extends through the large mining district of Gwennap, begins in the valley above Carnon, and receives the branch adits of fifty mines in the parish of Gwennap, forming excavations and ramifications which have an aggregate extent of between thirty and forty miles, and which are in some places 400 feet below the surface of the ground. The longest branch is from Cardrew mine, and is five and a half miles in length. This great adit opens into the sea at Restronget Creek, and empties its waters into Falmouth Harbour. A similar great drain is Nent Force Level, in the north of England, which drains the numerous mines in Alston Moor. It consists of a stupendous aqueduct nine feet broad, and in some places from sixteen to twenty feet high. For more than three miles it passes under the course of the river Nent, to Nentsbury engine-shaft, and is navigated underground by long narrow boats. At the distance of a mile in the interior, daylight is seen at its mouth like a star, and this star is continually enlarging upon you until you find yourself in open daylight. The ramifications of the Great Adit Levels of the mines of Freiberg in Saxony have a total length of seventytwo miles; but the most stupendous works of this description are those in the district of Clausthal and Zellerfeld, in the Hartz, where, as the mining operations have been carried on deeper and deeper, adits have been successively driven below adits. Four of these levels date from times previous to the seventeenth century; but, as they were found insufficient, the famous Georg Stollen was added to their number in 1777. This gigantic tunnel, which, piercing the hard rock, required twenty-three years for its completion, is above five miles long, and passes 900 feet below the church of Clausthal. It serves the double purpose of a draining gallery and of a navigable canal. The water is always kept at a height of from fifty to sixty inches; and the boats, which carry about DRAINAGE OF MINES. 271 five tons, are propelled by means of a chain attached to the vault, along which the boatmen drag or push them forward. In this economical manner about 20,000 tons of ore are annually brought to daylight. The boats are made and repaired in a subterranean wharf, which, though far from being one of the largest, may probably boast of being the deepest. Until 1851 the Georg Stollen answered all the purposes for which it was constructed, but at the end of that period the increased depth and extension of the mines rendered necessary the addition of a new great adit level, which has been named the' Ernst August Stollen,' in honour of the late king of Hanover. In spite of its vast dimensions, this magnificent work, which is six and three-quarter miles long, about ten feet high, and six and a half broad, required only thirteen years for its completion, and may justly be considered as one of the triumphs of modern engineering. The excavation was begun simultaneously at ten different points, and such was the admirable precision of the plans that all the junctions of the different sections of the gallery fitted accurately into each other. Below the Ernst August Gallery (437 yards), the form of the country allows no deeper adit level to be driven; but to provide for the increasing vertical extension of the workings, a new underground gallery, without any opening to the surface, and at a depth of 262 yards below the former, is already in contemplation. The water is to be raised to the Ernst August Level by a special hydraulic machine placed in a vertical shaft, which will serve at the same time for raising the ore and for the passage of the miners. The expense is calculated at about 60,0001. but will be amply repaid by the new field of mineral wealth which it will open. Thus in the Hartz one magnificent work is but the precursor of another. When a mine is so situated that drainage galleries cannot be established, engines must be employed for pumping up the waters. Thus, in Cornwall, where most of the copper mines open almost at the sea level, an enormous influx of water can be kept in check only by an equally enormous steam-power. In the United and Consolidated Mines between Truro and Redruth, seven steam-pumps, working with the united strength 272 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. of 2,000 horses, are kept constantly in motion, and raise above 2,500,000 gallons of water in twenty-four hours. In 1837 the whole quantity of water pumped out of the earth by sixty Cornish engines attained the amazing aggregate of close upon thirty-seven millions of tons; but since then mining has been carried on more extensively and deeper, and consequently additional steam-power has become necessary to keep pace with the increasing waters. Even to the eye of an observer who is practised in machinery * of great magnitude, the first sight and the subsequent examination of such engines is very gratifying. To watch the labour of a giant would be interesting; but to see the giant not only labouring at ease amidst his enormous work but at the same time at the command of a child, who should be able to stop him at any moment-this would be doubly interesting. Such is the case with the great Cornish engines, for even the largest of them may be stopped by a child of ten or twelve years of age. Another peculiar feature, too, of these engines is this, that they work with a quietness -or absence of clash and clatter-which is in the inverse ratio of their magnitude. The water makes a great rush in the pumps, but the engine itself is calm and comparatively noiseless-like a great mountain reposing in calm greatness while a perpetual spring brawls at its feet.' In the coal-fields of the North equally gigantic efforts must be made to keep down the water. In sinking to the coal at Dalton-le.-Dale, eight or nine miles from Durham, the borers penetrated the vast bed of sand beneath the magnesian limestone, which appears to contain the chief subterranean water-stores of the district. In this case their outburst was truly terrific, amounting, on June 1, 1840, to the enormous quantity of 3,285 gallons every minute. To oppose this formidable enemy the spirited proprietors of the mine at once proceeded to erect the necessary steam-power for pumping off 3,000 or 4,000 gallons a minute; but, the waters still increasing, it became necessary to meet them with a double and treble force, so that finally the floods had to be kept down by steam engines of an'Cornwall, its Mines and Miners.' INUNDATION OF MINES. 273 aggregate power equivalent to 1,584 horses and setting twenty-seven sets of pumps in motion. Sometimes the influx of water into a coal mine is so enormous that no human contrivance can oppose it, and man is obliged to give up the conflict in despair. During the progress of the attempted winning of a pit at Haswell in the county of Durham, the engine power erected pumped out the water to the amount of 26,700 tons per day; but still the floods came in, and at last won the victory. From the same cause many collieries have been closed, of late years, on the banks of the Tyne, and among these the famous Wallsend Colliery, which has given its name to the best kinds of coal. The drowning of a coal mine not seldom occurs from the irruption of water accumulated in old wastes or ancient workings occupying a higher level in the vicinity. The growing pressure of such a body of water upon the beds or barriers below becomes enormous; and then the water, testing every weak point of the body opposed to its escape, at length unexpectedly rushes into the space which it finds open before it. All the works below are completely filled, and the mines are for a time rendered useless, or, it may be, for ever abandoned. This was the cause, in 1815, of the celebrated accident at Heaton, near Newcastle-on-Tyne, in which ninety lives were lost. The water flowed from two adjoining old collieries which had been abandoned seventy years before. A barrier of six feet withstood a pressure of thirty fathoms of water. But an irruption was aided at last by a natural fissure of the rock, and the catastrophe followed before any adequate protection could be interposed. About thirty years later a tremendous calamity of the like kind, after an outlay of 100,0001., totally ruined the Baghilt coal mines, in Wales. The water came from adjoining mines, which had been long abandoned. If correct plans and descriptions of all the ancient workings had been preserved, these accidents, which happen frequently, might easily be prevented, as an exact knowledge of the localities would enable the owners to leave sufficiently strong barriers in parts where they are now often most inadequate. Such is the importance of accurate mining records that T 274 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. thousands of pounds would be freely given at this nmomlent by many owners for a knowledge of old works of which no plan exists and which no memory can now recall. Fortunately, the legislature has now taken steps to introduce a system of registration such as has already existed long ago in Prussia, Austria, and Belgium, and which, at least, will answer the purpose of obtaining greater security for the future. Sometimes an enormous fall of rain, descending on the neighbouring country, finds its way into the mines through fissures in the ground or by breaking through galleries, and causes irreparable mischief; sometimes even a whole river bursts into the works and ruins them for ever. Thus, in 1856, the South Tamar Consols, in Devonshire, was flooded by the giving way of the bed of the Talmar, under which the workings were carried. Even the Sea has been known to take fatal vengeance for the underniningf of her domain. Workington Colliery extended to the distance of 1,500 yards under the Irish Channel, and the workings, being driven considerably to the rise, were brought at length within fifteen fathoms of the bottom of the sea. The pillars of coal which supported the overlying strata were hardly strong enough to support the roof, but the imprudence of a manager eager to produce a larger quantity of coal weakened even this insufficient support by working it partly away. Heavy falls of the roof, accompanied by discharges of salt water, gave repeated warnings of the impending catastrophe, which took place on July 30, 1837. So violent was the irruption that many persons at a distance of hundreds of yards observed the whirlpool commotion of the sea as it rushed into the gulf beneath. Some few workmen near the shaft had time to escape, but thirty-six men and boys and as many horses were destroyed by the waters, which in a few hours entirely filled the excavations, the extension of which had tasked the labour of years. The heroic devotion of a miner has invested with a more than ordinary interest the inundation of the mine of Beaujonc, near Liege, which took place on February 28, 1812. One hundred and twenty-seven persons were in the pit when INUNDATION OF THE BEAUJONC MINE. 275 the waters burst in from some old workings. Thirty-five had time to make their escape through the shaft; twenty-two were drowned in their eagerness to reach it; the majority, severed from the upper world by an impassable gulf, remained behind. Hubert Goffin, the overman, could have ascended in the tub; but, though the father of six children, his sense of duty would not allow him to desert his post, and he resolved to save all his men or to perish with them. As the rising waters forced the prisoners to seek a higher level, the boys burst out weeping and the boldest began to despair; but Goffin revived their courage by reminding them that their friends without would make every effort to save them. As one day after another passed, the prisoners suffered all the horrors of hunger, which some of them endeavoured to appease by devouring the candles they had brought with them. Others went to the water in the hopes of finding the body of some drowned comrade. Two of the pitmen quarrelled, and were on the point of coming to blows.' Let them fight,' said the others;'if one of them is killed we will eat him'-a declaration which at once put an end to the dispute. To satisfy their thirst they had nothing but the foul water of the pit. Some made vows to all the saints, others complained in their delirium that they had to wait for their meals. In the midst of these scenes of horror, Goffin alone retained his courage, and, exhortin nsolig, nsln encouraging, and reproving on all sides, appeared as the guardian angel of his despairing comrades. Meanwhile every effort was being made from without to bring them succour. Although as soon as the accident took place the pumps were incessantly at work, the water had risen to a height of 14 metres in the shaft on the following morning, and as it was still rising there was reason to fear that the captives, blocked up in a constantly narrowilng space, would soon be suffocated. It was resolved to strike a gallery from the neighbouring pit of Mamouster to Beaujonc, a distance of 175 metres. JUnfortunately, only two men could hew at a time, but such was the ardour with which the work was prosecuted that on the morning of March 4 a shout of triumph announced that the longed-for communication was effected, and that the prisoners were T2 276 T-HE SUBTERRANEAN WORLDS alive. Crawling through the narrow passage, they were wrapped up in woollen blankets and strengthened with soup and wine before being hoisted to the surface. Goffin and his son, a lad of twelve, were the last to leave the pit; as a brave sea captain, after some great catastrophe, never thinks of his own safety till he has satisfied himself of that of his men. With the exception of those who were drowned immediately after the accident took place, all were saved. The joy of some families, the despair of others, may be imagined when the final count was made. As a reward for Goffin's admirable conduct, he was decorated with the cross of the Legion of Honour and received a pension of 600 francs. Nine years later he was killed by an explosion of fire-damp, and thus the hostile elements with which he had so long waged a successful war triumphed over him at last. The sudden irruption of an immense body of water into a mine naturally causes a compression of the air in those galleries which are cut off from all communication with the shaft. This pressure, which may rise to three or four atmospheres-or, in other words, may be three or four times greater than that of the external air-not only produces symptoms of suffocation and cerebral congestion in the unfortunate miners who are exposed to it, but, forcing its way through fissures in the roof or violently rup — turing it, sometimes produces the effect of an explosion of gunpowder, throwing the earth to a distance, and even overturning houses. One of the most interesting of the accidents of this kind on record occurred in 1833, in an extensive Scotch colliery, into which the waters of the river Garnock had broken through a cavity in its bed. As the stream poured into the mine the opening' gradually enlarged, until at length the whole body of the river plunged into the excavations beneath. The river was affected by the tides, and this engulfinent took place at low water; but as the tide rose the sea entered with prodigious force, until the whole workings, extending for many miles, were completely filled. No sooner, however, had this taken place, than the pressure of the water in the pits became so great that the confined air, which had been forced back into the high workings, burst through the surface of the earth in a thousand places, and many acres of ground were seen to EVOLUTION OF FOUL GASES IN MIINES. 277 bubble up like the boiling of a cauldron. Great quantities of sand and water were also thrown up, like showers of rain, during a period of five hours, and an extensive tract of land was laid waste. Besides the danger of being crushed to death by a fall of rock, or immured in a living tomb by an obstruction of the shaft or an irruption of water, the miner has another, and often still more formidable, enemy to encounter in the noxious gases frequently evolved in coal-pits. Thus in all well-regulated mines the greatest attention is paid to ventilation, so that no part of the workings may be left without a proper supply of air. In ordinary cases the natural currents, which set in different directions through the shafts and galleries, may sufficiently purify the atmosphere; but in the coal mines which are peculiarly subject to the evolution of foul gases, artificial or mechanical means must be resorted to for driving away the hurtful vapours as quickly as they form. To establish a proper air current, the usual method is to keep a large fire continually burning at the bottom of one of the two shafts of the pit, or of one of the two compartments of the single shaft, and the difference of temperature thus caused between the column of air of the upcast shaft and the downcast becomes the imotive power which impels or drags the air current in obedience to it.* Yet this meets but half the difficulty; for the air current, which naturally tends to the shortest passage, must be forced to do its duty in every corner of the pit, and not suffered to escape through the upcast shaft before it has performed the longest circuit. For this purpose a great number of mechanical contrivances are adopted, in the shape of' stoppings,' of brick, or wood or stone, all so placed as to divert * Mr. Samuel Plimsoll (' Letters on the Iron Trade,' Times, February 10, 1868) informs us that in the Belgian coal mines the ventilation is carried on in a more economical and effective manner. Here no furnaces are lighted at the bottom of the upccst, because one-twentieth of the coal required for a furnace will make steam for an engine to work fans which act somewhat in the manner of huge paddlewheels in steam-ships, and by rapid rotation over the shaft produce a draught which the incoming air rushes to meet, and thus powerfully promote ventilation. These fans they can work and control, and are therefore independent of those atmospheric influences to which some of our greatest calamities have been ascribed — the damp, heavy atmosphere of early winter. In the great colliery of Sacree Madame, near Charleroi, one of these fans will draw 34,000 cubic metres (about 918,000 cubic feet) per minute. 278 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. and drive the air current into the several galleries of the pit, and to make it perform every kind of complex movement, from turning back upon its own right or left to turning over in a somersault upon itself. The most curious and admirably simple contrivance is that of splitting the air by means of a wooden erection, which meets and cuts the current in two, and sends one part on the one hand and another on the other hand. In fact, what is commonly practised in minutely irrigating a meadow is also effected in thoroughly airing a mine. We may form some idea of the underground travels which the air is thus obliged to perform, by being forced along from split to split, when we hear that at Hetton Colliery the ventilating current in the total equals no less than 196,000 cubic feet of air per minute circulating through the mine at a velocity of 18 feet 3 inches per second. The foul gases or damps evolved in mines are either heavy or light. The most remarkable of the former is the chokecdamcp, or black-damp, the name given by the miners to carbonic acid gas. From its great specific gravity (1-527), this gas rests on the floor of the mine and gradually accumulates, having no tendencyto escape beyond a slow mixture which takes place with atmospheric air; while the lightfire-damp, or carburetted hydrogen, which, though not immediately fatal when breathed, explodes on the slightest contact with flame, tends to rise to the surface. The quantity of fire-danp which is poured out into the workings of some mines is very considerable, and constantly varying. Some seams of coal are much more full of it than others, and in working these, which are technically called fiery seams, it is not uncommon for a jet of inflammable air to issue out at every hole made for the reception of the gunpowder before blasting. In the celebrated Wallsend Colliery, in an attempt made to work the Bensham Seam (an attempt which ended in a fearful accident), Mr. Buddle said, in evidence before a committee of the House of Commons:' I simply drilled a hole into the solid coal, stuck a tin pipe into the aperture, surrounded it with clay, and lighted it. I had immediately a gas light. The quantity evolved from the coal was such that in every one of those places I had nothing to do but to apply a candle, and then could set a thousand pipes on fire. The whole face of the working was a gas-pipe from every pore of coal.' INFLAMMABLE GAS IN MINES. 279 The force with which the gas escapes on some occasions from clefts or joints is so great as to prove much previous compression. These sudden outbursts are locally termed blowers. Their issues and effects are surprising. In one minute they have been known to foul the air to a distance of 300 yards, and their noise is described as like that of rushing waters, or the roar of a blast furnace. They are not merely dangerous from their inflammable vapours, but also from the pieces of coal which their tension not seldom'forces from the roof, and whose fall maims or kills the unfortunate workmen beneath. The fire-damp is very liable to accumulate in old workings, or goaves, which thus, unless completely isolated by stone and mortar, become a highly dangerous neighbourhood to the other parts of the mine. The immense quantity of gas evolved from a goaf of about five acres in Wallsend old pit affords a striking example of the danger of all such accumulations. A four-inch metallic pipe was conducted from the bottom of the pit to the surface of the ground and a few feet above it, when, a light being applied, a hissing streamer of flame flashed forth and burned night and day. The amount of gas thus drawn off from the mine was at first computed at about 15,000 hogsheads in twenty- four hours. Long did the little pipe continue to pour out in streaming flame thousands upon thousands of hogsheads of escaping fire-damp. The total issue might have illuminated a little town. The explosion of inflammable gas is the most fearful enemy the collier has to encounter. Three or four cubic inches of carburetted hydrogen, when ignited, produce a detonation like that of a pistol-shot; half a cubic foot, enclosed in a bottle and set fire to, shivers the bottle into fragments; hence we may judge how terrific the effects must be when a blower pours forth its thousands of cubic feet into the galleries of a mine, and the careless approach of a light lets loose the demons of destruction. The explosion of a large subterranean powder magazine would not be more terrific, Often without a moment's warning the unfortunate pitman is scorched and shrivelled to a blackened mass, or is literally shattered to pieces against the rugged sides of the mine. It may easily be imagined that many efforts have been made, 280 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. and many contrivances suggested, to disarm the fire-damp of its terrors; but Sir HIumphry Davy's safety-lamp was the first invention which successfully coped with it. The power of the safety-lamp lies in the non-communication of explosions through small apertures, and the discovery of this natural law, as well as its practical application, is one of the greatest exploits of Sir Humphry Davy. A cylinder an inch and a half in diameter and seven inches long, formed of wire gauze, with 784 apertures to the square inch, surrounds the light of the lamp. When the miner, armed with this apparatus, enters an atmosphere tainted with fire-damp, a light blue flame fills the cylinder; but, as if chained by some magic power, it is unable to transgress its bounds; and as in our Zoological Gardens we quietly view the beasts of the forest behind their iron grating, so the miner looks calmly upon his powerless foe. Unfortunately, the negligence or the ob-. stinate and blind perversity of the miner too often renders even this splendid invention ineffectual. The safety-lamp requires to be kept in It lfi perfect order, and unless certain precautions are taken while using it, it loses its pro(& ~ tectin g power. Thus, although perfectly SAFETY LAMP. secure when at rest, it seems certain that the rapid motion communicated by the swing of the arm during a hurried transit through the mine has in many cases produced an explosion. Blowing out the lamp is likewise attended with danger, as the flame is then easily driven through the gauze, and, like a tiger escaping from his den, may spread terror and havoc around; but the chief cause of accidents consists in the small quantity of light diffused by the safety-lamp, and the consequent dislike acquired by the miners to its use. Though in all well-regulated coal-pits one or several workmen are exclusively employed in keeping the lamps in the most perfect order, though they are handed to the miners burning and well closed, and fines are imposed upon CHIOKE-DAMP. 281 any attempt to remove the gauze, yet the best regulations cannot possibly exclude the chance of accident resulting from the almost inconceivable carelessness of men whose daily tasks lead them into imminent danger. Thus it is a melancholy but unquestionable fact that the number of accidents from fire-damp since the introduction of the Davy lamp has been many more in a given number of years than before that invention. This has, no doubt, partly arisen from the larger number of persons employed on the whole; but it is to be feared that it has chiefly happened from dangerous portions of a mine being taken into work which without the Davy could not have been attempted, and partly also from the extreme carelessness of the workmen in removing the wire gauze.* Unfortunately, the fatal effects of this rashness are not confined to the foolhardy miner who thus casts away the shield that preserves him from danger, but generally extend to many of his innocent comrades. In the year 1856 an explosion which took place in the Cymmer coal-pit killed 110 persons, and in the year 1857 170 workmen in the Lundshill colliery were swept from life to death with the rapidity of lightning. In the year 1858 the fire-damp levied a contribution of 215 victims in the coal-pits of England, while in 1859 it was satisfied with 95. But in 1860, as if to make up for this deficiency, it raged with double violence; for, after having already claimed a tribute of 80 lives, the dreadful explosion which took place in the Risca Colliery on December 1 destroyed no less than 142 men and boys. The fire-damp explosion which occurred at the Oaks Colliery in 1866 swept away the unprecedented number of 361 victims, and in the same year 91 workmen perished from the same cause at Talk-o'-th'-Hill Colliery. In these dreadful catastrophes the most terrible agent of destruction is not always the burning and concussion of the actual blast of fire-damp, but the choke-damp which succeeds * Recent improvements have done much to render the Davy lamp a more perfect instrument of safety. These more or less insure increased illumination, prevention of bad usage by locking, and more perfect combustion. By an ingenious contrivance, one of these improved lamps cannot be opened without previous extingui shment. 282 THIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. tile explosion. For the carbon of the inflammable gas, uniting with the oxgyen of the air, produces that deadly poison, carbonic acid gas, which, from the disturbed ventilation of the pit, soon spreads far and wide through the galleries; so that the poor colliers who are caught in an exploded pit have two chances of death against them-one from burning, and the other from suffocation. The effect of death by the one gas or the other is very distinctly seen in the countenances of the dead. The men killed by the fire-damp are marked with burns and scorching, and their features are more or less distorted or disfigured. On the other hand, where men have been suffocated by choke-damp, their features are placid and simply inanimate. The fragile and faulty separations (whether doors or stoppings of any kind) having been broken down, there is an end to a hope of safe retreat even for men totally unharmed by the flames, for at once the air takes the shortest course between the entrance and exit, and leaves the shattered parts unventilated. Whatever after-damp is then and there generated exerts its effects in full, and those who cannot rush to the shaft are suffocated. In the explosion at Risca it was declared by the surgeon to the pit that of those who were killed no less than seventy persons died from the effects of after-damp who had not been near the fire. In the great Haswell explosion, several years since, seventy-one deaths out of ninety-five were occasioned by choke-damp; and at the explosion in the Middle Dyffryn Pit in 1852 no less than seven-eighths of the deaths proceeded from this cause. Persons of great experience attribute at least seventy per cent. of the deaths in fiery mines to after-damp, while some advance them even to ninety per cent. After relating so many frightful disasters, too frequently caused by imprudence and rashness, it is a more pleasing task to mention a few instances of warnings taken in time. At Walker Colliery on the Tyne, in the year 1846, a huge mass of coal weighing about eleven tons was forced from its bed, and a great discharge of gas succeeded. Two men who were furnished with Davy lamps were working where this discharge took place; one of them had his lamp covered with the falling coal, and the other had his extinguished. They BURNING MINES. 283 groped their way to warn the other miners, and then all, extinguishing their lamps as they went, safely escaped to the bottom of the shaft, and were drawn up. A few months after a second discharge from another part of the same colliery took place. A bore-hole having been made, a violent noise like the blowing off of steam was heard, and a heavy discharge of gas filled the air courses for a distance of 641 yards and over an area of 86,306 cubic feet. At 400 yards from the point of efflux a mining officer met the foul air, felt it blowing against him, saw the safety-lamp in his hand enlarge its flame, and drew down the wick. Still the gas continued to burn in his lamp for ten minutes, making the wires red hot, and then the light went out-a hint not lost on the owner, who quickly followed its example. At a distance of 641 yards from the efflux of the gas he met four men and boys whose lamps were rapidly reddeningo At once they had the self-possession to immerse them in water, and thus escaped all danger of explosion. The disastrous effects of the fire-damp are not confined to the loss of human life; they are also extremely injurious to the workings, tearing up galleries, shattering machinery, or even setting fire to the mine-an accident which may also be caused by spontaneous combustion* or by the negligence of the workmen. These fires are often subdued by isolating the burning coal seam, by means of dams or clay walls, or by filling the mine with water; but not seldom they last for years, and assume dimensions which mock all human efforts to extinguish them. At Brule, near St. Etienne, a coal mine has been on fire for ages. The soil on the surface is barren and calcined, and the dense sulphurous fumes, escaping from innumerable crevices, give the country a complete volcanic aspect. In the carboniferous basins of Staffordshire and of Saarbriick and Silesia there are likewise coal mines which have been on fire for a long period. At Zwickau in Saxony the first accounts of one of these subterranean conflagrations date as far back as the fifteenth century, and the fire still * Experience has proved that when sulphuret of iron undergoes a chemical change into vitriol it disengages a sufficient quantity of heat to set fire to the coal with which it is often found mixed. 284 TIIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. burns on. The hot vapours which rise from the surface have since 1837 been put to an ingenious use. Conducted through pipes into conservatories, they ripen the choicest fruits of the south, and produce a tropical climate under a northern sky. In a Staffordshire colliery which had been on fire for many years, and which was called by the inhabitants Burning Hill, it was noticed that the snow melted on reaching the ground, and that the grass in the meadows was always green. Some speculators conceived the idea of establishing a school of horticulture on the spot, and imported colonial plants at a heavy expense. These flourished for a time, but one day the subterranean fire went out, and as the heat it had imparted to the soil gradually diminished and departed, the exotic vegetation likewise drooped and died. 285 CHAPTER XXIV. GOLD. The Golden Fleece- Golden Statues in ancient Temples —A Free-thinking Soldier —Treasures of ancient Monarchs- First Gold Coins- Ophir- Spanish Gold Mines-Bohemian Gold Mines -Discovery of America-Siberian Gold Mines- California - Marshall - Rush to the Placers —Discovery of Gold in Australia —The Chinaman's Hole-New Eldorados-Alluvial Gold Deposits in California and Australia-Washing-Quartz-crushing. ] OLD is probably the metal which has been longest known to man. For as it is found only in the metallic state, its weight and brilliancy most naturally have attracted attention or awakened greed at a very early age. Thus we read in the Bible that one of the rivers flowiing from Paradise compasseth the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold, and the gold of that land is good.' Gold is also mentioned among the riches of Abraham, and when the patriarch's servant met Rebekah at the fountain of Nahor, he presented the damsel with a'golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold,' undoubtedly the first trinkets on record. The mythical history of Greece has likewise been thought to point to a very ancient knowledge of gold, and the story of the search for the'Golden Fleece' has by some been explained as an expedition undertaken in quest of the metal; for the use of sheepskins or woollen coverings, to collect and retain the minutest particles of gold during the operation of washing, is common in many auriferous countries. From the great value which the ancient nations attached to its possession, gold was largely used for the decoration of their temples, and many of their idols were made of gold. Such, among others, was the image of Belus, seated on a golden throne in the great temple of Babylon; that of Apollo at 286 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Delphi, and the magnificent statue of the Olympian Zeus, composed, by the hand of Phidias, of ivory and gold, and still less remarkable for its costly materials than for the consummate beauty of its workmanship. Pliny relates that a massive golden statue of the goddess Anaitis was taken by Marc Antony in his war against the Parthians. The Emperor Augustus, dining one day at Bononia with an old veteran who' had taken part in the campaign, asked him whether it was true that the sacrilegious soldier who had first laid hands on the goddess had been suddenly deprived of the use of his eyes and limbs, and had thus miserably perished.'I myself am the man,' answered the smiling host;' you are dining from off her thigh, and to her am I indebted for all the plate in my possession.' The wealth of monarchs was estimated less by the extent of their domains than by the gold which they possessed, and as each successive conqueror added to the spoils of vanquished nations, the treasures accumulated by single despots grew to an almost fabulous amount. Every schoolboy knows that the vast treasures of Cresus fell into the hands of Cyrus, who, according to the rather questionable authority of Pliny, acquired in Asia Minor no less than 24,000 pounds weight of gold, without reckoning the vases and the wrought metal. To this treasure his son Cambyses added the gold of Egypt, and Darius Hystaspis the tribute of the frontier nations of India. Thus the gold of almost the whole known world was accumulated in one single hoard, which, after the taking of Persepolis, fell into the hands of Alexander the Great. Plutarch relates that 10,000 teams of mules and o00 camels were needed for the transport of this wealth to Susa, where Alexander was cheated out of a great part of it by his treasurer. Rome, the subsequent mistress of the world, naturally absorbed the greater part of the riches of Tyre and Carthage, of Asia and Egypt. Sixty-six years after- the third Punic war the public treasury contained 1,620,831 pounds weight of gold, and still greater wealth was accumulated under the C(esars. As the empire declined, the hoards amassed in the times of its increasing power were once more dispersed. A considerable part, however, found its way to Constantinople, and after many a loss, caused by the repeated EARLIEST USE OF GOLD. 287 disasters of a thousand years, the remnant fell at length into the hands of the victorious Turks. The time when gold was first coined is unknown. The oldest specimen in the Imperial Cabinet at Vienna is from Cyzicus, a town of Mysia, and bears the date of the seventh century before Christ; the next coin in point of antiquity is Persian, and was probably struck under the reign of Cyrus. According to Pliny, gold was first coined by the Romans in the year 547 after the foundation of the city. During the empire of the Chalifes Abuschafar-al-Mons-ur established a mint at Bagdad, in which silver coins (dirhems) and gold coins (dinars) * were struck. The Visigoths in Spain likewise had golden coins; but in the other western mediaeval States they first appear, after a long interval, under Lewis the Pious, son of Charlemagne, in Venice, in 1290; and in Bohemia, under John of Luxembourg. The gold of the Carolingian monarch probably proceeded from the spoils of the old west Roman Empire; that of the Venetians (zecchins or ducats) was, no doubt, obtained, like that of the Phoenicians of old, by trading with the gold countries of Africa and of the distant East. The Florentines, the rivals of Venice, likewise obtained wealth by trade, and struck gold coins, which, from their being stamped with a flower, the arms of Florence, were called fiorini, or florins. The coins of the kings of Bohemia were made from indigenous gold. It is hardly necessary to remark that since those times the use of gold coins has been constantly increasing with the progress of trade and civilisation; but even now, in many African and Asiatic countries which possess large quantities of gold, no coins are struck, but the metal is weighed, and thus serves as a medium of exchange, in the same manner as in the times of Abraham or Jacob. The countries from which the ancients obtained their chief supply of gold were the Indian Hlighlands, Colchis, and Africa. The seat of Ophir, which furnished this precious metal to the Phmenician and Jewish traders, is unknown. While some authorities place it on the east coast of Africa, others fix its situation somewhere on the west coast of the t These names were borrowed from the Greek Draclhma and the Latin Denarius. 288 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Indian peninsula; and Humboldt is even of opinion that the name had only a general signification, and that a voyage to Ophir meant no more than a commercial expedition to any of the coasts or isles of the Indian Ocean, just as at present we speak of a voyage to the Levant or the West Indies. The golden sands over which the Pactolus, a small river of Lydia, rolled, gave rise, it has been said, to the wealth of Croesus. The richest auriferous land in Europe was the Iberian peninsula, which for centuries yielded a golden harvest, first to the Carthaginians, then to the Romans, and at a still later period to the Visigoths and the Moors. During the middle ages Bohemia was renowned for its gold, and the accounts that have reached us of the times when her auriferous deposits first began to be extensively worked remind us of the scenes which our own age has witnessed in California or Australia. Bloody conflicts frequently arose between golddiggers and peasants because the former devastated the fields and meadows and left them permanently sterile. Even now in many parts of the country long ranges of sand hillocks and rubbish mounds remain as memorials of the mediaeval golddiggers. Frequent famines arose in the land, as many of the inhabitants gave up agriculture for mining. A new epoch in the history of gold began with the discovery of America. We all know by what prodigies of valour the Spaniards obtained possession of the treasures of Montezuma and of the Peruvian Incas, and how frequently acts of a fiendish cruelty, inspired by the love of gold, and aggravated by a bloodthirsty fanaticism, tarnished the lustre of their arms, More recently, about the year 1836, rich deposits of anriferous sand were discovered in Siberia, and soon raised the frozen regions of the Jenisei to the rank of the first goldproducing country in the world.* But the fame of the Russian mines was soon eclipsed by the eventful discovery of the Californian placers. It was in January 1848, a short time after the incorporation of the province with the United States, that one James MIarshall, who had contracted to build a saw-mill on the:'The Polar World,' p. 231. GOLD MINES OF CALIFORNIA. 289 land of Captain Sutter, about sixty miles east of Sacramento, discovered the glittering particles in the mud of the brook on which he was at work. Trembling with excitement, he hurried to his employer, and told his story. Captain Sutter at first thought it was a fiction, or the wild dream of a maniac; but his doubts were soon at an end when Marshall laid on the table before him a few ounces of the shining dust. The two agreed to keep the matter secret, and quietly to share the golden harvest between them. But, as they afterwards searched more narrowly, their eager gestures and looks happened to be closely watched by a Mormon labourer employed about the neighbourhood. He followed their movements, and the secret was speedily divulged. It appears that Marshall did not escape the ordinary lot of discoverers, for a few years later he was wandering, poor and homeless, over the land which was first indebted to him for its enormous development. The intelligence of the Californian gold treasures soon spread over the world, and a wonderful flood of immigration began into the newly-proclaimed Eldorado. An innumerable crowd of adventurers from every part of the New World, from the Sandwich Islands, from Europe, from Australia, came pouring in over the Rocky Mountains, through Mexico, round Cape Horn, or across the Pacific, all eager to seize fortune in a bound or to perish in the attempt. Every week dispatched its thousands to the diggings, and saw its hundreds of successful adventurers return to dissipate their earnings in the gambling saloons of the infant metropolis. In less than ten years California numbered more than half a million of inhabitants, and San Francisco, from an obscure hamlet, had risen to the rank of one of the great commercial emporiums of the world. Science had little to do with the discovery of gold in California; but the case was different in Australia. As early as 1844 Sir Roderick Murchison directed attention to the remarkable resemblance between the Australian cordillera and the auriferous Uralian chain. Two years later, his surmises about the hidden treasures of that distant colony were confirmed by some samples of auriferous quartz sent to him from Australia. Relying upon this fact, he advised some IT 90 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Cornish emigrants to choose Australia for their new home, and to seek for gold among the debris of the primitive rocks. Ilis opinion having become known at Sydney, through the newspapers, researches were made, which proved so far successful that in 1848 gold was found in several places in South Australia. The first important discovery was, however, not made before the year 1851, when Mr. Hargraves made known to Government that rich gold deposits were situated to the north-west of Bathurst, on the Suinmlerhill and Lewis rivulets, which flow into the Macquarie. When the geological Government inspector arrived at Summerhill Creek, on May 19, he found that about four hundred persons had already assembled there, who, without any other mining apparatus than a shovel and a simple tin pot, gained, on an average, from one to two ounces of gold daily. Soon after, still richer deposits were found near the Turon and the Meroo, two other branches of the Macquarie. Here a native shepherd, in the service of Dr. Kerr, found three quartz blocks, of which the largest contained sixty pounds weight of pure gold. It may easily be supposed that the whole neighbourhood became at once the scene of active researches, which at first proved fruitless, until at length a fourth quartz block was discovered, and publicly sold for a thousand pounds. Other discoveries were made within the bounds of New South Wales; but even the richest of them were soon to be obscured by the treasures of the neighbouring colony. As late as 1836 Port Philip had remained an unknown land, for it was not until then that its first settlers, attracted by the richness of the pastures, arrived from Tasmania. Soon a small town arose on the Yarra-Yarra, and, though badly chosen as a port, Melbourne soon rose to importance. In 1850 the district was made an independent colony, which received the name of Victoria. Here the traders and sheepdrivers now mourned over the news from Sydney. The best workmen had already left for the gold-fields, and if the exodus went on increasing, nothing remained for them but to follow the example, or quietly to await the ruin of their AUSTRALIAN GOLD MINES. 291 hopes-a patience which agrees but little with the AngloSaxon character. To prevent the impending evil, a reward of 200 guineas was immediately set upon the discovery of a gold-field within 120 miles from Melbourne, and soon after the world was astonished by the intelligence of the fabulous riches of Ballarat, at the source of the River Lea. The first consequence of this discovery was that the towns of Geelong and Melbourne, both not above sixty miles from Ballarat, were immediately deserted by their inhabitants, and that, within a few weeks, more than 3,000 gold-diggers had collected on the spot, who were gaining, on an average, their ten or twenty pounds a day. But here also there was no definite resting-place, for new prospects of dazzling wealth constaantly allured the crowd to new and still more distant fields of enterprise. Twenty thousand people, meeting with fair success, would migrate in a day, abandon their claims, and rush upon the new tract. The passions of human nature were roused by one of the strongest of its instincts; and madness and suicide, arising from excess of joy and wild despair, were far from uncommon occurrences. The whole order of society was inverted, and the labourer became of more importance than the employer of labour. The scum of the adjoining colonies boiled over and deluged the land with vice and crime. Bush-ranging extended over every portion of the country, and even the streets of Melbourne became the scenes of robbery and murder. The diggers were of all nations: Germans, French, Italians, AmericanIrish, Californians, and Chinese-these last being the. best conducted of this motley population, who as early as 1860 numbered 50,000. To this strange people one of the most remarkable of the Australian gold discoveries is due. The immigration-tax, which had been vainly devised to check their influx (for they are objects of the greatest antipathy to the white gold-diggers), drove them to a surreptitious mode of entering the colony; and, landing at Gurchen Bay in South Australia, and taking a course thence over the frontier across the Grampian ranges, they came upon a deposit of marvellous richness, in the neighbourhood of Mount Ararat. In one of u 2 292 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. their first encampments, while picking up the roots of grass and prying for gold, they found the celebrated' Chinaman's Hole,' which yielded 3,000 ounces in a few hours. This led to the greatest rush which had ever been known in the goldfields, for 60,000 people congregated there in a few weeks, and before a month had elapsed an immense town was systematically laid out. Shops, taverns and hotels, theatres and billiard-rooms, sprang up in the desert, like the mystic trees of Indian jugglers, and were quickly followed by a daily mail and a daily newspaper. Thus, within the space of two months, the magical power of gold converted a wild GOLD-WASHING IN AUSTRALIA. mountain gorge into a teeming city, where frontages were nearly as valuable as in the heart of London. The great social disorganisation which distinguished the first few years of the Australian gold discoveries has long since passed away, together with much of the excitement natural to a transition state. Order now universally prevails, and the occupations of life are pursued with as much regularity as in the oldest States. The growth of the colony, which scarcely thirty years since was a mere unknown waste, is not the leat marvellous of the many marvels that have AREA OF GOLD DISCOVERIES. 2!) been worked by gold. In the year 1851 the population of the province was 77,345 persons, of whom 28,143 were located in Melbourne. In 1860, it had already increased to 462,000, and probably the next few years will find it augmented to a million, while Melbourne already rivals our larger cities in size and wealth. The wonderful discoveries in California and Australia having made gold the all-absorbing topic of the day, it is not surprising that new Eldorados were now eagerly sought for wherever the geological formation of a country held out the hope of similar treasures. Fresh and highly-productive gold-fields have, within the last few years, been opened in British Columbia, and, still further to the north, in the Arctic wilds of the infant colony of Stikeen. N.1umerous diggers are at work in New Zealand, and in the deserts to the north of the Cape. A system of auriferous veins has been discovered in North Wales; the county of Sutherland, the Ultima Thule of our isle, claims to be ranked among the gold-producing regions; and numerous adventurers are on their way to the frozen deserts of Lapland, where the glittering metal is said to abound in the basin of the Ivalo. At no former period of the world's history has gold been so eagerly sought for over such extensive areas in all parts of the globe; never have larger quantities of the precious metal been added to the accumulated hoards of ages. No doubt this vast influx of wealth has in many cases been productive of evil consequences; but its beneficial influence upon the progress and happiness of mankind far outweighs the injury it may too frequently have caused by rousing the worst passions of our nature. An astonishing impetus has already been given to commerce and industry; competence and wealth have been diffused over many lands; deserts have been transformed into growing empires; and a vast continent, long despised as the convict's prison, has been raised in the social scale to a height almost commensurate with its geographical importance. The mineral formations in which gold originally occurs are the crystalline primitive rocks, the compact transition rocks, and the trachytic and trap rocks, which, by their 294 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. disintegration have, in the course of ages, enriched large alluvial tracts with particles of the precious metal. Torrents and rivers washed them down from the heights, along with the worthless rubbish of their original matrix, and finally deposited them in the gulleys and ravines of the lower grounds. Hence the alluvial territories have always been the chief sources of auriferous wealth, and this circumstance explains how countries which at one time abounded in gold have long since ceased to be of importance. For the comparative ease with which the metal could generally be obtained by digging and washing, and the greed which stimulated the researches of thousands, could not fail to exhaust even the richest placers. No one now dreams of searching for gold in the sands of the Pactolus or of the Golden Tagus; no modern Argonaut sails to Colchis in quest of the golden fleece; the fields of Bohemia are no longer ransacked by gold-seekers; and a like fate probably awaits many of our modern Eldorados. A marked difference between the gold deposits of Australia and California deserves to be noticed. The gold of California is found in the midst of, or contiguous to, the existing great mountain ranges, amidst regions of peaked, jagged, irregular crests, and upheaved and distorted strata, the undoubted effects of internal convulsions. It has not, however, selected as its resting-place the smooth levels and hanging slopes of the contiguous hills. The metal, ground finer and finer as it is carried forward by the torrents that year after year tear up the river-beds, finally settles in the form of fine flakes or dust along the banks and at the bottoms of the great streams of the country. Hence the Californian diggers generally find the drifts of the precious metal in the strata immediately under the surface, either associated with the subsoil, or in the holes or' pockets' of water-worn rocks. In Victoria the most prolific gold-fields are in regions where the old formations are pierced by igneous rocks which have flowed from extinct volcanoes; and some of the richest alluvial deposits have been found on the pipe-clay bottom of flat, wide-spread plains, or settled in great subterranean gutters, under broad, elongated slopes, which the miner WORKS ON AUSTRALIAN GOLD MINES. 295 can reach only by sinking his shaft through stratum after stratum, from fifty to three hundred feet down, before he reaches the buried treasure. The inference necessarily is that much of the gold-drift of Australia is of an earlier origin than the deposits of California, which are the products of the existing mountain ranges, and therefore will be exhausted in a comparatively brief period. In Victoria, not seldom three distinct auriferous deposits, the result of successive upheavals and depressions, occur in the same locality; and the miner finds, in the course of his working, a first, second, and third bottom, the last being always on the solid and unmoved paleozoic rock, from which all the gold has been derived. Rich as the auriferous drifts of the deep alluvial deposits are frequently found to be, they must be within definite limits, having been deposited by currents and the continuous action of waves not far from the localities where the gold was originally formed. But the alluvial gold of Victoria and New South Wales is not confined to drifts and gutters. There are hundreds, probably thousands, of square miles, where the clay, earth, and sand are impregnated with gold in sufficient quantities to pay well for washing. Besides these deposits of incalculable wealth, there are vast reserves of gold locked up in the great mountain ranges both of Victoria and New South Wales, the hidden wealth of which will eventually be brought to light by systematic miinig. As even the richest auriferous drift would be comparatively worthless without the assistance of water, the diversion of a running stream through a'placer' is often one of the most laborious undertakings of the gold-digger. Pliny speaks of 6 the bringing of the rivers from the mountains, in many instances for a hundred miles, for the purpose of washing the debris,' and this method of hydraulic mining is now carried on in California on a stupendous scale. Thus, north of Mariposa County, the thick deposits, often semi-indurated, are now washed down by vast streams of water (thrown by the pressure of a column of water of 150 feet), that do the work of running off the earth and gravel and gathering the gold in an incredibly short time. The ores of auriferous quartz are treated in a different 296 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. way from the alluvial debris. After having been crushed and pulverised by powerful machinery, the finely powdered quartz is then treated with mercury, a method well known to the ancients. This metal dissolves out the gold, producing an amalgam, which, by straining and distillation, yields the gold. 297 CHAPTER XXV. SILVER, Its ancient Discovery-Its uses among the luxurious Romans —The Mlines of Laurium-Silver Mines of Bohemia, Saxony, and Hungary —Colossal NuggetsSilver Ores-Silver Production of Europe-Mexican Silver Mines-The Veta Madre of Guanaxuato-The Conde de la Valenciana —-Zacatecas and CatorceAdventures of a Steam-engine-La Bolsa de Dios Padre-The Conde de la Regla-Ill-fated English Companies-Indian Carriers —The Dressing of Silver Ores-Amalgamating Process-Enormous Production of Mexican Mines-Potosi -Cerro de Pasco —Gualgayoc-The Mine of Salcedo-Hostility of the Indians -The Monk's Rosary-Chilian Mines-The Comstock Lode. IKE that of gold, the first discovery of silver precedes the historic times, and must no doubt be sought for in the remotest antiquity; for as it is not seldom found in a native state, its brilliancy could not fail to attract attention at a very early age. Veins of silver ore, moreover, not seldom crop out on the surface, a circumstance which likewise greatly facilitated the accidental discovery of the metal. Thus Diodorus relates that streams of melted silver flowed out of the calcined soil where some shepherds had set fire to a forest in the Pyrenees. The cunning Phoenician merchants, who were trading in the neighbourhood, bought the metal for a trifle from the natives, who, ignorant of its value, gladly exchanged it for some worthless trinkets. Our earliest annals show us silver in common use among the more polished nations of antiquity, both for ornamental purposes and as a means of exchange. When we read in the Bible that Abraham weighed to Ephron the Hittite' four hundred shekels of silver, current money with the merchant' for the purchase of the field of Machpelah, where Sarah was buried, we cannot possibly doubt that, long before the patriarch's time, great quantities of silver must have circulated among the traders of the East, and that even then it belonged to the discoveries of ancient days. 293 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Homer describes the shields and helmets of his heroes as inlaid with silver, and in Northern Asia silver ornaments have been found in the tumuli of the Tschudi, a mysterious people who have left no vestiges of their existence save their tombs. The Babylonian, Assyrian, and Persian monarchs imposed large tributes of silver on the conquered nations of Asia, and at a later period the treasures thus amassed by a long line of despots came into the possession of Alexander the Great, and finally of the Romans, who absorbed all the riches of Carthage and the East. In the reign of Augustus, the tables of the wealthy senators groaned under silver dishes weighing from one hundred to five hundred pounds; silver statues of their ancestors decorated their apartments, and they not seldom performed their luxurious ablutions in baths of silver. Mirrors of this metal were in frequent use among a people to whom the art of applying a lustrous amalgam to the back of a plate of glass was unknown. The skill of the artist not seldom added an inestimable value to the intrinsic worth of an embossed or chiselled silver vase, and Pliny mentions several works of this kind which enjoyed a world-wide celebrity. The most ancient silver mines of which we have any historical account were situated in the mountainous parts of Chaldsea and in Spain. With the development of the Grecian States, Eastern Europe also began to furnish its contingent. Silver mines were discovered and worked in the Pangean Mountains, between Macedonia and Thrace, in the islands of Siphnos and Cyprus. Athens derived a considerable part of its revenue from the mines of Lauriuml in Attica. At first the profits derived from this source were distributed among the citizens, until Themistocles persuaded the general assembly of the people to devote them to the construction of ships of war. The battle of Salamis was won by the galleys built with the money thus obtained, so that the silver mines of Laurium have been the means of adding some of its brightest pages to the history of Ancient Greece. After the fall of the Roman Empire, the exhausted or neglected mines of the East, and of the Iberian peninsula, ceased to be the sources from which silver flowed over the world. EUROPEAN SILVER FIELDS. 299 The riches amassed during ages of civilisation were now scattered among barbarous hordes, or buried in the ruins of cities destroyed by fire; and as no new influx replaced the losses caused by accident or the slow wear of time, the precious metals gradually became more rare and of increasing value, until Germany began to open a new era in mining history, and for a time to take the lead among the silverproducing countries of the globe. The first discovery of this metal in Bohemia dates back as far as the seventh century; and in the tenth the Rammelsberg in the Hartz Mountains began to yield its still unexhausted treasures. In the twelfth century the silver mines of Saxony and Hungary were discovered, and at a much later period those of Kongsberg in Norway. Many of these deposits are remarkable for the richness of their ores, and for the large masses of native or crystallised silver which they have sometimes yielded. From the mine of Himmelsfirst, near Freiberg in Saxony, lumps or nuggets weighing above a hundred pounds have more than once been extracted. The largest single block ever known was discovered at Schneeberg, in the Saxon Erzgebirge, in the year 1477. It consisted of silver-glance and native silver, and measured no less than seven yards in length and three and a half in width. On hearing of this magnificent prize, Duke Albrecht of Saxony visited the mine, where he eat his dinner from the block. Agricola Bermannus relates that, during the repast, he exclaimed,' Frederick is a wealthy and powerful emperor, but he has never dined from a table such as this.' The subsequent smelting of this wonderful mass produced 40,000 pounds of solid silver. Large nuggets of solid silver have likewise been found at Kongsberg. A block weighing 560 pounds, which was discovered in 1666, is still preserved as a curiosity in the Copenhagen Museum; and as a convincing proof that the ancient riches of these northern mines are not yet exhausted, a still larger block, weighing 750 pounds, was disinterred as late as the year 1834. Though native silver is found in many localities, our chief supply of the precious metal is derived from the ores in which it is found combined with other substances, such as silver 300 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. glance (sulphuret of silver); antimonial silver; red-silver (sulphuret of silver and antimony); horn silver (chloride of silver), &c. A considerable quantity is likewise obtained as an accessory product from the lead mines, by separating it from the galena or lead-glance, which usually contains a small percentage of silver. At present the mines of the Austro-Hungarian Empire, which in the year 1851 produced 122,950 marks of silver, are the richest in Europe. In Bohemia the mines of Birkenberg, near Przibram, yield on an average 40,000 marks a year, considerably more than the celebrated mine of Schemnitz in Hungary, which in the year 1854 produced 26,064 marks. Prussia obtains from her mines in the Hartz Mountains in Nassau and the county of Mansfeld about 100,000 mlarks; and the kingdom of Saxony, which, in proportion to its small extent, holds the first rank among the silver-producing countries of Europe, produces annually about 53,000 marks. In Great Britain, silver is accessorily obtained from the lead mines, to an amount of about 80,000 marks per annum. France produces 26,800 marks, Sweden and Norway 6,000 marks, and Italy 4,500; while Spain, which in ancient times enriched Tyre and Carthage with the rich produce of her silver mines, yields at present but an insignificant quantity. On adding together the various sums above mentioned, we find that, exclusively of the Russian Empire, which obtains the greater part of its silver (about 65,000 marks a year) from the Altai Mountains in Siberia, the whole annual production of Europe may be estimated at about 400,000 marks. This quantity, large as it is, sinks into comparative insignificance when compared with the enormous masses of silver with which, ever since their discovery and conquest by Cortez and Pizarro, Mexico and Peru have enriched the world. The Mexican silver mines, which deserve a particular notice from the immensity of their produce and the interesting details with which their history abounds, are mostly situated on the back or on the western slopes of the Cordillera of Anahuac at elevations which sometimes approach the line of perpetual snow. But little is known of their first history. The lodes of Tasco and Pachuca appear to have been worked soon after the conquest, and in 1548, twenty-eight years MEXICAN SILVER MINES. 301 after the death of Montezuma, the mines of Zacatecas were opened, though situated above 400 miles from the capital. Muleteers travelling from Mexico to Zacatecas are said to have discovered the silver mines of Guanaxuato. Many of my readers will no doubt be surprised to hear that the Mexican silver ores are generally poor. On an average they contain only from three to four ounces of silver per cwt., much less than the ores of Annaberg, Marienberg, and other districts of Saxony. Their comparative poverty is, however, amply redeemed by their abundance and the facility with which they are worked. After these preliminary remarks I will now briefly describe the chief Mexican silver mines. The Sierra de Santa Rosa, a group of porphyritic hills, rises in the centre of the province of Guanaxuato. Partly arid and partly covered with the evergreen oak, it attains an absolute height of from 8,000 to 9,000 feet; but, as the neighbouring plain is nearly 6,000 feet above the sea, it hardly attracts the notice of the traveller accustomed to the vast proportions of the Andes. The southern slope of this porphyritic range is crossed by the famous Veta Madre of Guanaxuato, the richest silver lode as yet discovered in Mexico. This enormous vein, which traverses the country for upwards of eight miles, with an average width of from 120 to 135 feet, is, however, not productive throughout its whole extent, but the ore occurs in branches and bunches, leaving intermediate spaces of dead and unproductive ground. Among the numerous mines that have been opened along its course, the Valenciana exhibited, at the beginning of the present century, the almost unparalleled example of a mine which, during a period of more than forty years, never yielded its proprietors less than an annual income of from 80,0001. to 120,0001. The part of the Veta in which it is situated had remained unexplored till 1760, when Obregon, a young Spaniard, began to work it, with the assistance of some friends who advanced him the necessary capital. In the year 1766 the diggings had reached a depth of 240 feet, and the expenses were far greater than the proceeds. But Obregon clung with the passionate ardour of a gambler to the hazardous enterprise on which he had staked all his hopes of fortune. In 1767 he entered into 302 TIHE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. partnership with a small shopkeeper, Otero, who was destined soon to share the fabulous riches that were about to reward his perseverance. Already in the following year the produce of the mine considerably increased, and in 1771 it began to yield enormous masses of sulphuret of silver. From that time till 1804, when Humboldt left Mexico, it never produced less than 560,0001. worth of silver annually, and the net profits of the partners amounted in some years to 240,0001. TUnder the title of Conde de la Valenciana, Obregon maintained the simple habits and the urbanity of character which had distinguished him in poverty. When he began to work his mine, the goats were feeding on the spot where ten years later a thriving town of 8,000 souls had started into existence. Guanaxuato, the capital of the State of the same name, is indebted to the neighbourhood of the richest silver mines in the world for its origin and prosperity. Inclosed in a narrow valley, its houses rise in terraces one above the other; and the contrast of the magnificent abodes of the rich mining proprietors with the miserable huts of their dependants adds to the singular appearance of the place. The Mexican miner is, however, not so poor as his wretched dwelling might lead us to suppose. In some measure he shares the fortunes of the proprietors of the mines, as he is entitled to part of the ore; so that when the vein is more than usually productive his weekly profits may amount to as much as a hundred dollars. Yet he never thinks of purchasing a piece of land, or of repairing his hut, when favoured by fortune; but foolishly squanders his money in drinking and gambling, and seldom returns to his work before his last farthing has been spent. The population of Guanaxuato naturally fluctuates with the prosperity of the mines. In 1806 and 1807, when they were in the highest state of activity, it amounted to 90,000 souls; during the wars of independence it sank to 20,000, but since then it has again risen to 60,000. Next to the mines of Guanaxuato those of Zacatecas are distinguished by their richness. They are likewise situated on the great central plateau of the cordillera in a wild mountain region whose forbidding aspect forms a strange contrast to the riches concealed under its surface. In 1826 the United Mexican and the BolaiLos Company undertook the MINES OF POTOSI AND TAMPICO. 303 working of these mines; and two years after, the latter had the good fortune to find an exceedingly rich vein, which up to the year 1834 produced no less than 1,680,316 marks of silver. Before 1770 the populous district of Alanos de Catorce in the State of San Luis de Potosi, was still a complete desert. About this time a free negro, named Milagros, who made a scant livelihood as an itinerant musician, having lost his way, was obliged to pass the night in the forest. On the following morning he found a few drops of silver on the spot where he had made a fire, and, on a closer examination, discovered'the rich cropping out of a bed of argentiferous ores. He lost no time in establishing the right of property which he derived from his discovery, and opened the shaft Milagros, which, in a few years, made him a wealthy man. Soon after Don' Barnabe de Zepeda discovered the chief vein of Catorce-the Veta Madre-which continued to be worked with great success until the revolution. This event having proved as destructive to the draining machines of Catorce as to those of Guanaxuato and Zacatecas, a contract was made with an English house for the furnishing of a steam-engine, the first ever seen in Mexico. It was landed at Tanpico in May 1822, but arrived at Alanos six months later, as the carts which dragged the heavy piece of machinery broke down every moment on the wretched roads which lead to the central plateau on which the mines are situated. This, however, was but the prelude of new difficulties; for as the neighbouring forests could not furnish wood fit for the purpose, it was necessary to order iron pump-tubes in England, which did not arrive before 1826, so that the engine could not be set to work until four years had passed after its arrival in Mexico. The history of Catorce affords many remarkable examples of good fortune; but as most of the rich mineros (mine-proprietors) were men of low birth and without education, they squandered their treasures as fast as they acquired them. Medellin, the proprietor of the mine Dolores, once spent 36,000 dollars on a christening party; and at times, when the share of the hewers amounted to one-third of the extracted ores, a commlon miner would stake two or three thousand dollars on the issue of a cock-fight. 304 THE SUBTERRAEAEAN WORLD. Among the first settlers at Catorce was an ecclesiastic named Flores, who bought for 700 dollars a newly-opened mine, which received the significant name of'La Bolsa de Dios Padre,' or' God the Father's Money-Bag.' Never was a small capital more profitably invested, for, at a depth of about twenty yards, a deposit of such enormous richness was discovered that in less than three years the profits of Padre Flores amounted to three millions and a half of dollars. The mines of Pachuca, Real del Monte, and Moran began to be worked soon after the conquest. The Veta de la Biscayna, the chief vein of the district, yielded immense profits from the sixteenth to the beginning of the eighteenth century, when, in consequence of insufficient drainage, the mines were drowned. An enterprising hidalgo, Don Jose Bustamente, then began to drive a draining gallery, 7,000 feet long, which, however, was only finished after his death by his partner, Don Pedro Terreros, a merchant of Queretaro. Its immense cost was amply repaid, for Terreros extracted no less than fifteen millions of dollars from the mine, and was ennobled under the title of Conde de la Regla. His liberality was worthy of his wealth, for besides a gift of two ships of the line-one of them of 112 guns-to King Charles III. of Spain, he lent the court of Madrid a million of dollars, which, it is almost superfluous to remark, were never repaid. He built the enormous factories of La Regla at a cost of more than 400,0001., and left his children a property rivalling that of the Conde de la Valenciana. Since 1774, however, the profits of the Biscayna, which was now worked 300 feet below the adit, began to diminish; for though it still continued to yield enormous quantities of ore, the water flowed in so abundantly that twenty-eight baritels,5 each requiring forty horses, and worked at an expense of 2,0001. per week, was incapable of mastering it. At the death of the old Conde the works were abandoned, until 1791, when his heirs once more set all the baritels in motion; but the proceeds not covering the expenses, the works were again abandoned. In the year 1824, when the frenzy of mining speculations * A very primitive contrivance for raising the water in skin bags. MEXICAN METHODS OF MINING. 305 was at its height, a company was formed in London, with a capital of 400,0001., for the purpose of working the mine of Tlalpujahua, in the State of Mejoacan, which had long since been abandoned. Without any accurate information, a number of supervisors and workmen were sent to the spot in 1825, when they found all the mines under water. Yet, in spite of this rather unpromising state of affairs, the company, not satisfied with its first acquisitions, entered into new engagements, so that at the end of 1825 it had contracted for no less than eighty mines, for which it bound itself to pay the proprietors annuities amounting to more than 50,000 dollars during the first three years. Operations were now begun in many places at once, but every one of them ended in disappointment; and in 1828 the company, after spending every farthing of its capital, vanished into' airy nothing,' abandoning the mines to their original proprietors, and leaving the ill-fated shareholders to mourn over their credulity and folly. Subsequently another English company undertook the working of the mines of Real del Monte, and after spending no less than 15,381,633 dollars, against a produce of 10,481,475 dollars, was dissolved in 1848. Mr. Buchan now undertook the management for a Mexican company, and almost immediately struck the great Rosario vein, which opened a long career of prosperity, and yielded a profit of a million of dollars in 1867. Every fortnight a conducta, or escort, of one hundred and fifty armed men X conveys the silver, in bars of seventy pounds, inclosed in an iron safe, to the capital. It would be vain to seek in the Mexican mines for the scientific arrangement which is to be found in most of the English or German subterranean workings. One of their chief faults consists in a want of communication between their various parts, so that they resemble those ill-arranged houses where, to go from one room to another, one is obliged to traverse long and crooked passages. Hence the impossibility of introducing in most of the mines an economical transport by means of tramroads and waggons, and hence also the necessity of conveying the ore to the surface by human labour. The native Indians, however, are ad*Il hlstlted London News, No. 1477, Saturday, April 11, 1868. X 306 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. mirable carriers, for they will climb steep ladders, with 240 to 380 pounds, and perform this hard work for six hours consecutively. Their muscular strength seemed truly astonishing to Humboldt, who, though having no weight to carry but his own, felt himself utterly exhausted after ascending from a deep mine. Most of the Mexican silver is extracted from the ores by the process of amalgamation. For this purpose the ore is first crushed either by rollers, or, more generally, by stamps, called in Mexico molinos, which in principle resemble those used in the tin mines of Cornwall, but are not so powerful, and are worked either by water-power or by mules. STAMPING MILL. The crushed ores are then conveyed to the arrastres, or grinding-mills, which are usually arranged in rows in a large gallery or shed. The ore, having been brought into a finely divided state, is next allowed to run out of the arrastre into shallow tanks or reservoirs, where it remains exposed to the sun until it has the appearance of thick mud, and in this state the process is proceeded with. The lama, as it is called, or slime, is now laid out on the patio, or amalgamation floor (which is in some places boarded, and in others paved with flat stones), in large masses called tortas, from forty to fifty feet in diameter, and about a foot thick; and so extensive are the floors that a large number of these tortas are seen in progress at the same time. When the ore has been laid out in masses on the patio, the operations necessary to produce the chemical changes commence. The METIODS OF DECOMPOSING ORES. 807 first ingredient introduced is salt, in the proportion of fifty pounds to every ton of ore, and a number of mules are made to tread it, so that it may be dissolved in the water and intimately blended with the mass. On the following day another ingredient is introduced, called in Mexico magistral. It is common copper-pyrites, or sulphide of copper and iron, pulverised and calcined, which converts it into a sulphate. About twenty-five pounds of this magistral are added for every ton of ore in the torta, and the mules are again put in, - Ill ff11ii GRINDING MILL, and tread the mass for several hours. Chemrical action now commences, and new combinations between the decomposed mineral substances are in progress. Quicksilver is then introduced, being spread over the torta in very small particles, which is effected by passing it through a coarse cloth. The quantity required is six times the estimated weight of the silver contained in the ore. The quicksilver being spread over the surface, the mules are once more put in, and tread the whole until it is well mixed. Great skill is now required to watch the progress x 2 308 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. of the amalgamation, and to decide whether any one of the ingredients that have been added to the ore is in deficiency or excess. The amalgamating process being at length ended, the mass is washed in large vats, through which streams of water are made to pass, so as to drive away the lighter particles of the mud and to leave the heavy amalgam at the bottom of the tub. After being strained through the strong canvas bottom of a leathern bag, in order to separate the superfluous mercury, the amalgam is finally heated in large retorts, when the quicksilver is volatilised and the pure silver remains behind. As a considerable quantity of mercury is thus lost, this metal has always had a great influence on the working of the Mexican mines. When, in times of war, the importation of quicksilver from Europe was stopped, thus causing a considerable increase in its price, the ores accumulated in the magazines, as their poverty made it impossible to meet the additional expense; and then it not unfrequently happened that proprietors, possessing ores to the amount of several millions of dollars, were unable to pay their current expenses. In the last century, the Mexican mines annually required sixteen thousand hundredweight of mercury, which was furnished chiefly by the mines of Almaden, Huancavelica, and Idria. The sale of mercury to the various mining proprietors was a Government monopoly. The quantity of silver produced by the Mexican mines in 110 years, ending with the first year of the present century, amounted to about ninety-eight millions of pounds troy, and the total value of the gold and silver produced from 1689 to 1803 to about 285 millions of pounds sterling. The production was most abundant in the years 1805, 1806, and 1809, when it reached the sum of twenty-six and twenty-seven millions of dollars. It then fell enormously during the revolutionary wars; but the English mining mania of 1824 having furnished the necessary capital for the re-opening of a large number of mines, it again gradually rose, and even reached during some years the rate of its most flourishing period. But it never amounted to one-third of the value which is now annually extracted from our coal mines; and while the latter open new and unbounded sources of wealth THE MINES OF POTOSI. 309 by the activity they communicate to numberless branches of industry, Mexico-a prey to bigotry, ignorance, anarchy, and sloth-remains, in spite of her silver mines, as poor and as barbarous as ever. In South America, the mines of Potosi, Cerro di Pasco, and Gualgayoc, are the most renowned for their richness. In 1545, an Indian, while pursuing some deer along the declivity of a steep mountain, took hold of a shrub, the roots of which, giving way, brought to view a mass of silver, the first discovery of the riches which have rendered Potosi the proverbial symbol of wealth. The Indian, wisely concealing his good fortune, repeatedly visited the mine, but his improved circumstances having been remarked by one of his countrymen, he was obliged to take him into the secret. Unfortunately a quarrel ensued, and the faithless confidant betrayed it to his master, Don Jose Villaroel, a Spaniard, whose extraordinary success in working the mines soon drew the attention of all America, to the wild Cerro di Potosi. A town of 100,000 inhabitants soon rose in the desert, in spite of the wintry inclemency of the climate (12,842 feet above the level of the sea,) and of the fabulous prices of provisions, as all the necessaries of life had to be conveyed from a vast distance over the pathless mountains. But if living in Potosi was extravagantly dear, Mammon took care to provide his votaries with the necessary means; for the treasures which were here extracted from the bosom of the earth seem rather to belong to the world of Oriental romance than to that of sober reality. According to Humboldt, the mountain of Potosi, whose topmost mine is situated 15,384 feet above the level of the sea-considerably higher than the eternal snows of the summit of Mont Blanc -produced from 1545 to 1803. no less than 230,000,0001., besides the silver which was not registered, or had been carried off by fraud, and which may probably have amounted to as much again. During the period of their greatest prosperity-from 1585 to 1606-when they annually yielded 882,000 marks of silver, 15,000 Indians were occupied in the mines of Potosi. At present, however, their produce, though still considerable, has diminished to one-eighth, and the population of the town has shrunk in the same proportion. 310 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. The ores were at first reduced in a very imperfect manner, according to the old Indian method. On the mountains surrounding the town of Potosi, wherever the wind blew with sufficient force, portable smelting ovens of clay, in which numerous holes kept up a strong current of air, received alternate layers of ore and charcoal, and the lively blast soon separated the metal from the dross. The first travellers in the Cordillera describe with enthusiasm the magnificent aspect of more than 6,000 fires, which every evening blazed on the mountain crests of Potosi. Amalgamation was first introduced about the year 1571. On the bleak Puna, or high table-land between the parallel chains of the Cordillera and the Andes, is situated the famous mining town of Pasco. Surrounded by a crescent of steep and naked rocks, its straggling buildings extend over an uneven ground, bordered by. small marshes and lagunes. The shivering traveller, descending from the windy heights, is at first agreeably surprised by the sight of a large town in the midst of these dreary solitudes; but a nearer inspection of its narrow crooked streets, and of its miserable huts, with here and there a stately mansion, soon dissipates the fancies he may have formed at a distance. The wild, forbidding aspect of the neighbourhood, and the rigorous climate, only a short day's journey from the loveliest valleys, prove the greatness of the subterranean treasures which could induce so large a population to settle in so harsh a region. The mines of Pasco, like those of Potosi, were discovered, it is said, by an Indian shepherd, who, accidentally lighting a fire where the ores cropped out, found silver among the ashes. There are two chief lodes, with numerous branches, so that the whole neighbourhood may be considered as resting on a subterranean network of silver. The entrances to most of the mines are situated in the town itself; and, as every proprietor thinks only of his present profits, they are worked in so slovenly a manner that they frequently fall in. Tschudi, who visited some of the deepest of them, always thought himself extremely fortunate when, after descending on half-rotten steps or by mouldering ropes and rusty chains, he returned again to daylight without accident, and mentions TIlE MINES OF PASCO. 311 an instance where three hundred workmen were buried in the ruins of a mine, in which the necessary props had been shamefully neglected. When a mine is very productive, it is said to be in' boya;' and when such periods of affluence take place in several of the mines at once, the population of Pasco sometimes increases to double or treble the usual number. The Peruvian miners are no less dishonest than their fellow-workmen in Mexico, and equally cunning in robbing their employers. On the other hand their patience and perseverance are unrivalled. Satisfied with the coarsest food, and with a still more miserable hut, they undergo an amount of bodily toil which no European could endure. Their only solace is the chewing of Coca, the mysterious plant to which they ascribe such wonderfully stimulating powers, and which has at length begun to awaken the curiosity of European chemists and naturalists.* When a'boya' raises their earnings to a considerable sum, they spend it in drunkenness, and never think of returning to their work until their last farthing or their last credit is exhausted. The mineros, or proprietors of the mines, are almost equally uncivilised. Passionately devoted to gambling and mining speculations, they are commonly deeply in debt to the capitalists of Lima, who advance them money at the rate of 100 and 120 per cent.; and when a' boya' favours them, this sudden increase of wealth is merely the prelude of new embarrassment. According to law, all the produce of the silver mines should be sent to the Callana or Government smelting-house; but in order to avoid the heavy duties levied by the State, vast quantities are smuggled to the coast. The annual produce registered at the Callana amounts to about 300,000 marks, but perhaps as much again is exported in a clandestine manner. Besides the mines of Pasco, Peru possesses many others of considerable value, situated chiefly in the provinces of Pataz, Huamnanchuco, Caxamarca, and Gualgayoc. The famous Cerro de San Fernando de Gualgayoc, fourteen leagues from the town of Caxamarca, is an isolated mountain traversed by numberless veins of silver. Its summit is sharply * The seventeenth chapter of'The Tropical World' is devoted to the Eryv throxylon Coca. 312 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. serrated by a multitude of tower-like or pyramidal pinnacles, and its steep sides are not only pierced by several hundred galleries for the extraction of the ores, but also by many natural openings or caverns, through which the dark blue sky is visible to the spectator standing at the foot of the mountain. The singularity of aspect is increased by the numberless huts, sticking like nests to the slopes of the fortress-like mountain wherever a ledge allowed them to be constructed. During the first thirty years after the discovery of the mines from 1771 to 1802, they yielded considerably more than thirty-two millions of dollars, and are still very productive. One of the most celebrated silver mines of Peru was that of Salcedo, renowned alike for its richness and for the tragical end of its possessor. Don Jose Salcedo, a poor Spaniard who had settled in Puno, fell in love with an Indian girl, whose mother, on condition of his marrying her daughter, revealed to him the existence of a rich silver lode. The fame of Salcedo's wealth spread far and wide, and excited the envy of Count Lemos, the viceroy, who sought to obtain possession of the mine. As the good-natured and liberal Salcedo had become very popular among the Indians, this circumstance was made use of by the rapacious viceroy to accuse him of fomenting among the natives a spirit of rebellion against the Spanish yoke. He was cast into a dungeon, and the obsequious judges condemned him to death. While in prison Salcedo begged the viceroy to submit the case to the high court of justice at Madrid, and to allow him to appeal to the mercy of the king. At the same time he offered, as an acknowledgment for this favour, to give the viceroy daily a bar of silver, from the day the ship left the port of Callao to its return from Europe. If we consider that in those times a journey from Peru to Spain and back required at least from twelve to sixteen months, we may form some idea of Salcedo's wealth. The viceroy, however, would not listen to the proposal, the very brilliancy of which probably inflamed still more his cupidity, and he ordered Salcedo to be hung. But his cruelty met with the disappointment it deserved; for when it became known that nothing could save Salcedo, his Indian friends destroyed the works of the mine, and so carefully concealed the entrance that it has remained undis SECRET WORKING OF MINES. 313 covered to the present day. After performing this work of,retribution, the Indians dispersed, and neither promises nor tortures could wring the secret from those that were caught. Though the mines of Peru have yielded and still yield vast quantities of silver, yet probably only a few of the richest lodes are worked; for the Indians, to whom other lodes are well known, will never reveal their existence to the white men. They know by experience how small a benefit they derive from the mines, which are to them but a source of severe labour. Thus they prefer leaving the treasures of the earth undisturbed; or use them only in cases of extreme necessity. In many provinces undoubted proofs exist that the richest silver mines are secretly worked by the Indians, but all efforts to discover them have proved fruitless. A Franciscan monk at Huancayo, a desperate gambler and almost always in want of money, had by his friendly manners gained the goodwill of the Indians. One day, after a severe loss, he bitterly complained of his distress to one of his Indian friends. After some hesitation the man promised to assist him, and brought him on the following evening a bag full of rich silver ores. This gift he repeated several times. But the monk, greedy after more, begged the Indian to show him the mine-a request which, after repeated refusals, was at length reluctantly granted. On the appointed night, the Indian, with two of his comrades, came to the Franciscan's dwelling, took him on his shoulders, after first carefully blindfolding him, and carried him, alternately with his friends, a distance of several leagues into the mountains. Here they halted, and the Franciscan's bandage having been removed, he found himself in a subterranean gallery, where the richest silver ores sparkled from the walls. After feasting on the grateful sight and filling his pockets, he was carried back again in the same way. On his return he secretly loosened the string of his rosary, and let a bead drop from time to time, hoping by this means to be able to find the mine. But, on the following morning, as he was about to reconnoitre, his Indian friend knocked at the door, and saying,' Father, thou hast lost thy rosary!' brought him a whole handful of the loose beads. In 1850 the mines in the province of Copiapo in Chili yielded 335,000 marks of silver, nearly as much as the entire 314 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. production of Europe, and the State of Nevada in North America bids fair to rival the riches of Peru. The ores are found on the eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevada, in the region of the Carson River, and have since 1859 attracted a stream of emigrants to the Washoe Mine. At the present time they annually produce about 16,000,000 dollars of silver, chiefly from the Comstock Lode, which may be ranked among the richest mineral deposits ever encountered in the history of mining enterprise. Thus we find veins and deposits of silver ore scattered throughout almost the entire length of America; and no doubt many an unknown Potosi still lies concealed in the lonely ravines or on the bleak sides of the Andes, awaiting but some fortunate discoverer to astonish the world with its treasures. 315 CHAPTER XXVI. COPPER. Its valuable Qualities —English Copper Mines-Their comparatively recent Importance-Dreary Aspect of the Cornwall Copper Country-Botallack-Submarine Copper Mines-A Blind Miner-Swansea- Smelting Process-The Mines of Fahlun-Their Ancient Records-Alten Fjord-Drontheim-The Mines of Rivaas-The MIines of Mansfeldt-Lake Superior-Mysterious DiscoveriesBurra Burra-Iemarkable Instances of Good Fortune in Copper Mining. COPPER derives its name from the island of Cyprus, where it was extensively mined and smelted by the Greeks; but its first discovery is of much more ancient date, and loses itself in the darkness of the prehistoric ages. Weapons and tools of bronze-its alloy with tin-have been found both in the tumuli of extinct nations and in the lacustrine dwellings of the Swiss lakes, erected by an unknown people in unknown times. Among the Egyptians, the Greeks, and Etrurians, copper was in immemorial use, and the ancient Celtic nations fought their battles with copper or brazen swords, and felled the trees for the construction of their rude hovels with axes of the same metal. As in many parts of the world native copper is found scattered over the surface of the earth in large lumps or masses, it naturally attracted the attention of barbarous tribes much sooner than iron, which very rarely occurs in the native state; and some fortunate chance or lucky experiment having shown that, when rendered malleable by heat, it could easily be hammered into any convenient shape, it soon became, and has ever since remained, one of the most valuable metals. Forming important compounds with tin (bronze) and zinc (brass), remarkably incorrodible as compared with iron, and nearly as tenacious in structure, but not so hard, it is recommended by its qualities for a variety of uses, and 316 TIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. its consumption everywhere increases with the progress of civilization and the extension of commerce. Fortunately copper is of such common occurrence that a mere enumeration of the localities where it is found would swell into a long and tedious list; it is enough to state that rich copper mines exist both in the Old World and the New, and promise an inexhaustible supply to the most distant generations. In Europe England is the chief copper-producing country. Rich mines have been discovered and worked in Anglesey, Shropshire, Cheshire, and Staffordshire, in the counties of Wicklow, Cork, and Waterford; but by far the largest quantity is supplied by Cornwall and Devon.' The history of Cornish copper,' says Mr. Warner,' is as a mushroom of last night compared with that of tin. Lying deep below the surface of the earth, it would be concealed from the inquiries of human industry till such time as natural philosophy had made considerable progress, and the mechanical arts had reached their present state of perfection; for notwithstanding tin in Cornwall seldom runs deeper than fifty fathoms below the surface, good copper is seldom found at a less depth than that. Accordingly we do not find that any regular researches were made for copper ores in Cornwall till the latter end of the fifteenth century, when a few adventurers worked in an imperfect manner some insignificant mines. Half a century afterwards, in the reign of Elizabeth, though the product of the mines would naturally be greater than before, yet little advantage seems to have been derived to the country at large from the working of its copper. Writers hint at the mystery made of its uses by the merchants. In the next reign, however, all mystery was dispersed, the mines were inspected, their value determined, and a system was introduced of working them to greater advantage.' Yet so wretched was the knowledge of mineralogy before 1712 that the yellow copper ore, at present so highly valued, was considered of no importance and cast aside as worthless rubbish. Since the reign of George I. there has been so much improvement that, next to iron and coal, copper is now the most important of our mineral products. The chief Cornish copper mines are situated in the districts CORNISH COPPER MINES. 317 of Camborne, Redruth, and Gwennap, which are about the dreariest of all British wildernesses. Few trees are to be seen, few fields; furze and wild berries form the chief vegetation of the niggard soil. Blocks upon blocks of stone are scattered over these desolate moorlands, that have been excavated, dug into hillocks, disturbed and. turned over and over again, sometimes by the primeval stream-works of the old men or ancient miners, sometimes by more modern labour in search of metallic wealth. Off the roads these districts are utterly impervious on wheels or on horseback, and the TIE BOTALLAC - INE, CO THE BOTALLACK RIMN]E, CORNIWALL. traveller can only walk, or rather flounder, over them by jumping from patch to patch of firmer land. Yet this scene of apparent poverty is in reality one of the very richest portions of the kingdom, and conceals more wealth beneath its sterile surface than has ever been produced by a similar extent of the fairest fields and pastures. The bluff promontory of Botallack, not far from Cape Cornwall, conceals in its rocky entrails a copper mine, the most singularly placed, probably, of any mine in the world, for nowhere do the triumphs of industry appear in more picturesque connection with the magnificent scenery of the 318 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. ocean. The metalliferous veins running along the cliffs into the sea vainly concealed themselves beneath the swelling surge; in vain a huge barrier of rocks seemed to render them inaccessible to the miner, as soon as it became known that here, buried under the ocean, lay treasures that would amply repay the cost and labour expended, and the danger encountered in seeking for them. To those who stand below the cliff and look up from the sea, the view is fearfully grand, and remarkable for the combination of the wonders of art with the wonders of nature. The separate parts of an enormous steam-engine had to be lowered 200 feet down the almost perpendicular precipice, and a tram-road runs right up the face of the cliff. Lofty chimneys, pouring out dense volumes of black smoke, are seen perched on the verge and even on the ledges of a tremendous precipice, and the miner has built his hut over the sea-bird's roost. All these constructions seem at the mercy of every storm, and to the beholder from beneath they almost appear suspended in the air and tottering to their fall. On one side of the cliff tall ladders scale the rock; but he must have strong nerves who can tread them fearlessly, the sea roaring under him and flinging its raging spray after him as he ascends, while in other parts mules and their riders may be seen trotting up and down the rocky tracks which the pedestrian visitor would scarcely dare to pass. A strange and restless life pervades a scene which nature seemed to have for ever removed far from the busy haunts of malln. A visit to this remarkable mine leaves an ineradicable impression on the mind. Descending ladder after ladder, and passing on from gallery to gallery, stepping over rough stones and awkward holes, now stooping down under masses of overhanging rock, and now climbing over stony projections beneath your feet, you are at length informed that you are vertically 120 feet below the sea-level, and horizontally 480 feet under the bottom of the ocean or beyond low-water mark, while still deeper down human beings are hewing the hard rock. The brine oozes through the metallic ceiling, and the sound of distant waters falls faintly upon the ear. There are other submarine mines in the neighbourhood of THE BOTALLACK MINE. 319 Botallack. In Little Bounds and Wheal Cock the hardihood of the miners tempted them to follow the ore upwards, even to the sea; but the openings made were very small, and, the rock being extremely hard, a covering of wood and cement in the former, and a small plug in the latter mine, sufficed to exclude the water, and protected the workmen from the fatal consequences of their rashness.' In all these, and in Wheal Edward and Levant,' says Mr. Henwood,' I have heard the dashing of the billows and the grating of the shingle overhead even in calm weather. I was once, however, underground in Wheal Cock during a storm. At the extremity of the level seaward, some eighty or one hundred fathoms from the shore, little could be heard of its effects, except at intervals, when the reflux of some unusually large wave projected a pebble outward, bounding and rolling over the rocky bottom. But when standing beneath the base of the cliff, and in that part of the mine where but nine feet of the rock stood between us and the ocean, the heavy roll of the large boulders, the ceaseless grinding of the pebbles, the fierce thundering of the billows, with the crackling and boiling as they rebounded, placed a tempest in its most appalling form too vividly before me ever to be forgotten. More than once, doubting the protection of our working shield, we retreated in affright, and it was only after repeated trials that we had confidence to pursue our investigations.' It seems that at times of great storms, even the miners, accustomed for years to these submarine caverns, have been terrified by the roaring of the sea. They have heard, as it were, mountain dashing against mountain, or as if all the artillery of England was booming over their heads. Yet their roof of rock, thin as it is in some parts, has hitherto shielded them against the sea, and will no doubt continue to defend them against it. On leaving these wonderful submarine excavations, the scenery of the upper world appears doubly beautiful. The'Traveller Underground' t tells us a remarkable story of a blind man who once worked in Botallack, and continued his perilous toils underground for a long period, from the *'Transactions of the Royal Geological Society of Cornwall,' vol. v. p. 11. t'Cornwall, its Mines and Miners.' London, 1860. 320 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. dread of being compelled to accept parish relief. By the fruits of his labour he supported a family of nine children, and such was his marvellous recollection of every turning and winding of the mine that he became a guide to his fellowlabourers if by any accident their lights were extinguished. On being discharged from this employment (and they must truly have had rocky hearts who did discharge him), this poor blind man soon afterwards met his death in a melancholy manner. Being engaged as attendant on some bricklayers, who were building a house at St. Ives, he had to carry the hods of mortar up to the scaffolding. Stepping too* far back from a platform, he fell, and died almost immediately. The chief copper ores of Cornwall are the bisulphuret (containing nearly equal parts of copper, sulphur, and iron), the sulphuret, or grey ore of the miners (containing more than 79 per cent. of copper), and the black ore, an almost pure oxide; but when extracted from the mine, these ores are generally so mixed up with impurities that their average contents do not amount to more than 2- or 32 per cent. They have consequently to undergo various processes of picking, crushing, sorting, and washing, before they are rendered saleable and fit for export to the smelting works of Swansea, the grand emporium for copper. The reason why they are not smelted on the spot is that the fuel needed is more bulky than the ore, and it is cheaper to bring the copper of Cornwall to the coal of South Wales than to take the coal to the copper. In Swansea -but half a century ago a mere hamlet, and now a flourishing town of 36,000 inhabitants-we find all the conditions needed for the development of a vast industry. Coal and water-power in inexhaustible abundance, excellent roads and railroads, the nearness of the sea, canals which allow vessels of considerable burden to load and unload close to the smelting huts, so that their high masts rise alongside of the towering chimneys —these are the natural and artificial advantages to which Swansea owes its rank as the first copper manufacturing town in the world. For, not satisfied with the abundant ores of Great Britain, its smelting works seek their materials in almost every copperproducing country of the globe. The rich ores of Chili and PROCESS OF SMELTING COPPER. 321 Australia, of Cuba and North America, of Norway and Tuscany, all find their way to Swansea, which re-exports the metal to every part of the world. Vivian's works, the most important of the establishments of Swansea, are situated in a vale a couple of miles from the town. A maritime canal enables brigs to sail at high tide up to the smelting furnaces, whence a second canal leads to the coal-pits, ascending the hill by a succession of locks. Although in the building of this huge factory not a thought was given to grace or beauty of form, utility being the sole aim in view, still its vast extent leaves on the mind a certain impression of grandeur. The whole smelting process is carried on in reverberatory furnaces.* In order to disengage the sulphur and other volatile impurities, the ore is first roasted in at least sixteen of these powerful ovens, each of which holds forty hundredweight, and performs its office in six hours. The smoke of all these furnaces collects in a huge chimney, which, after climbing the hill for about six hundred feet, ends in a mighty column two hundred feet high. The roasted ores are then mixed with a certain proportion of fluor spar, and smelted in twenty smaller reverberatory furnaces. A ton is introduced at a time, and in each oven seven tons can be smelted in twenty-four hours. It would lead me too far were I to enter into more minute details. I will therefore briefly state that the copper is still obliged to pass four times through differently constructed furnaces before it is sufficiently pure to be rolled into sheets or to be granulated, a condition in which it is used for the fabrication of brass, as it then presents more surface to the action of the zinc, and combines with it more readily. To produce this granulation, the metal is poured into a large ladle pierced with holes, and placed above a cistern filled with water, which must be hot or cold according to the form of the grains required. When it is hot, round grains are obtained, analogous to lead shot, and the copper in this state is called bean shot. When the melted copper falls into cold water per* A reverberatory furnace is a furnace in which intense heat is produced by a flame which, while passing through a furnace, reverberates from the roof over the substance to be fused, the draught being created by means of a lofty chimney. y 322 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. petually renewed, the granulations are irregular, thin, and ramified, constituting feathered shot. The process of preparing the copper does not present the bustle and activity nor the glare and brilliancy of an ironwork. The smoke and vapour disengaged from the ore are of the most noxious and disagreeable kind, and impart to the whole neighbourhood a singularly gloomy character. The stunted vegetation is so kept down by it -that there are no trees, and, instead of grass, a dry, yellow, sickly growth of chamomile barely covers the ground. When viewed from a neighbouring eminence at night, the livid glare from the chimneys, the rolling white clouds of smoke which fill up the valley beneath, the desolate-looking heaps of slag, and the pungent sulphurous vapours remind the spectator of' The dismal situation, waste and wild, The dungeon horrible on all sides round,' where Satan lay weltering after his fall from heaven. After England, Sweden, Germany, and Russia take the lead among the copper-producing countries of Europe. The mines of Fahlun in Dalecarlia are no less remarkable for their picturesque appearance than the celebrated iron mines of Dannemora in the same province. A vast pit, 1,200 feet long, 600 feet broad, and above 180 feet deep, with precipitous, sometimes vertical, and occasionally even overhanging walls, opens before the spectator, who might fancy himself standing on the brink of an enormous crater.' The aspect of this deep chasm,' says Professor Haussmann,*' affords a desolate picture of ruin caused by improvidence and waste, as it owes its origin to the successive fallings in of subterranean excavations carelessly widened and left without sufficient supports. From the vast mounds of rubbish accumulated at the bottom of the pit, remnants of ancient shafts, formed of thick beams of wood, are seen protruding, but these show only a part of the devastation produced by the great falling in which took place in the year 1678. On the northern side of the pit is a broad and convenient wooden staircase, by which not only the miners, but also the horses used for working the subterranean machinery, descend to *'Geological Travels through Sweden.' THE MINES OF FAHLUN. 32'3 the bottom. Thence it gradually winds underground to a depth of 177 fathoms.' As is generally the case in Sweden, the ore of Fahlun forms considerable masses, the chief being a vast reniform lump 1,200 feet long and 600 broad at its upper surface, and gradually narrowing as it descends. Near this gigantic stock are situated similar deposits, which though of smaller dimensions are still very considerable. From the copper pyrites being deposited chiefly on the circumference or the outer shell of these reniform masses, which are themselves of extremely irregular outline, the mining operations are carried on with great difficulty, and exhibit, a perfect labyrinth of crooked and winding galleries, situated at various depths, and supported by pillars or sometimes by walls-a peculiarity which explains the successive failings in that have formed the enormous pit of Fahlun. The mine has been worked from time immemorial, and is said to have been known even before the Christian era. The oldest document extant bears the date of the year 1347, and contains the privileges granted to the proprietors of the mine by King Olaus Smek; but still more ancient documents are mentioned, among others a purchase-deed of the year 1200. As the ores are poor, their abundance alone renders the working of the mine profitable; but Fallun has seen its best days and is doomed to a gradual decline. During its greatest prosperity it is said to have yielded 5,000 tons of copper annually, but in 1866 it furnished no more that 600 tons, or about one-third of the entire production of Sweden. In 1719 a body, preserved from corruption by the vitriolic water with which it had been saturated, was found in an abandoned part of the Fahlun mines. When it had been brought up to the surface, the whole neighbourhood flocked together to see it; but nobody could recognise a lost friend or kinsman in its young and handsome features. At length an old woman, more than 80 years of age, approached with tottering steps, and casting a glance on the corpse, uttered a piercing shriek and fell senseless on the ground. She had instantly recognised her affianced lover, who had mysteriously disappeared more than sixty years previously, but whose image she still bore in her faithful memory. As he was not employed in the mines, no search had been made for him underY 2 324 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. ground at the time. Most probably he had fallen, by some accident, into one of the numerons crevices by which the surface of the mines is traversed. Thus the tottering woman, weighed down with the double burden of infirmity and age, saw once more the face of her lover as she had looked upon it in the days of her youth. In the sister kingdom of Norway, which produces annually about 480 tons of copper, the mines of the Alten Fjord are remarkable for their high northern situation (in 70~ N. Lat., beyond the Arctic Circle). A piece of copper ore found by a Lap woman in 1825 fell accidentally into the hands of Mr. Crowe, an English merchant in Hammerfest, who immediately took measures for obtaining a privilege from Government for the working of a mine. All preliminaries being arranged, he set off for London, where he founded a company with a capital of 75,0001. When Marmier visited the Alten Fjord in 1842, more than 1,100 workmen were employed in these most northerly mining works of the world; but probably the number has since decreased. Although Drontheim or Tronyem is renowned in Norse history as the seat of many kings, yet the town seems as if built but yesterday. Repeated conflagrations have often reduced its wooden houses to ashes. The choir of the ancient cathedral, the finest edifice ever built in so high a latitude, is the only remaining memorial of old Tronyem; but the modern city is remarkably clean and well built, and gives evidence, by its outward appearance, of the prosperity of its citizens, which is partly owing to the fish-trade and partly to the neighbouring copper-mines of Roraas. The tall chimneys of the smelting huts and other manufactories founded on the mineral riches of the country show that the spirit of trade is perfectly awake in the old capital of Saint Olaus, and that the abode of the ancient sea-kings is none the worse for having abandoned piracy for the more homely pursuits of modern commerce. The copper ores, which were first discovered in 1644, occur in the Riraas Mountains in extensive veins. The entrance, which resembles the mouth of a cave and leads into the mine by a gradual descent, is so broad that carts laden with ore and drawn by horses can freely pass in and out. When Professor Haussmann, of Gottingen, GERMAN COPPER MINES. 325 visited the mine, long stalactites of ice hung from the roof of the entrance and covered its rugged walls with crystal drapery. The lights of the numerous workmen who opened the march made the ice glitter with all the colours of the rainbow, and then, as they went onward, illuminated the broad galleries, propped by mighty pillars, and branching into gloomy recesses. At length they halted, and all at once, on a given signal, the brilliant illumination was changed into the deepest darkness. A deathlike stillness now reigned in the vault, when suddenly a flash of lightning blazed through the gloom, a loud clap of thunder instantly followed, and, with crash on crash, the explosions of many charges of blasting powder shook the walls of the neighbouring galleries. After the last shot was fired, the torches were relit, and joyously exchanging the usual salutation of German miners:' Gliick auf!' the company moved on.' I cannot find words,' says the Professor, in whose honour the impressive scene had been arranged, to express the pleasure I felt at this cordial reception given me in the high north by men unknown to me a few days since. It confirmed the experience I had already so often made before, that probably no profession so soon produces a friendly and intimate-connexion between strangers as that of the miner.' The copper production of Germany is about equal in amount to that of the Scandinavian kingdoms. The Rammelsberg,t near Goslar in the Hartz, which has been worked ever since the year 968, is probably the oldest mine in Europe. The famous copper mines of the county of Mansfeldt in Prussia afford a striking example of the success obtainable in mining operations by perseverance and a wise economy. The whole thickness of the cupriferous bed of bituminous shale is no more than from eight to sixteen inches; but as the ore, though poor, contains a small quantity of silver, this circumstance, assisted by good management and the application of science, has not only rendered it possible to work the mines for many centuries, but to render them so flourishing that in 1852 they produced 1,350 tons of copper and 31,800 marks of silver, leaving a net profit of t' Good luck upwards!' or' A happy return to daylight.' t Seep. 248. 326 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. more than 20,0001. The hewers are obliged to perform their labour in galleries not more than twenty-two or twenty-eight inches high, the narrowest limits within which a man can possibly move and work. The boys who transport the ore slide or creep with a truly wonderful rapidity along the floor, dragging after them, by means of a sling attached to their foot, a waggon loaded with as much as five hundredweight of ore. The hewer's wages for seven hours of this hard work are no more than two shillings; yet the miners look very healthy and cheerful, a remarkable proof of the wonderful effects of habit. The vast empire of Russia produces about 5,000 tons of copper annually, chiefly from the mines of the Ural, belonging to Prince Demidoff; but a large proportion is furnished by the Asiatic mines of the Altai and of Nertschinsk in Transbaikalia. New deposits have lately been discovered in the land of the Kirghise, near the Irtysch; and, as the ores are exceedingly rich, and coal is found near them, they will, no doubt, become valuable in time. During the last twenty years America has far exceeded Europe in the production of copper. The inexhaustible mines of Chili extend along the whole coast of the republic, and are generally situated within a convenient distance from the sea and near the best ports of the Pacific, such as Caldera, Coquimbo, and Valparaiso. Originally the ores were all sent to Europe to be smelted; but since 1865 the discovery of coal near various parts of the coast has encouraged the establishment of numerous smelting furnaces, so that Chili now exports no less than from 40,000 to 45,000 tons of metallic copper, besides furnishing large quantities of ore to the smelting works of Swansea. After Chili no country has made such rapid strides in copper-mining as the United States. The primeval forests of Northern Michigan and Wisconsin would probably still be the undisputed domain of the Indian hunter if the mineral treasures of the soil had not been a prize too valuable to escape the notice of our wealth-seeking age. Soon after the first settlement of the French in Canada some bold adventurers had indeed penetrated as far as the distant shores of Lake Superior, and given wonderful accounts of ANCIENT AMERICAN COPPER MINES. 327 the large masses of copper which they had seen scattered over the country; but the want of all means of communication hindered for a long time the advance of the miner. The Chippeways, who for centuries had occupied the banks of the lake, where, like all other Indian tribes, they spent their time in hunting and fishing, never thought of availing themselves of the mineral riches of their territory. They indeed picked up now and then some pieces of copper, and sold them as curiosities to the fur-dealers with whom they traded; but they were still far too uncivilized to seek in the neighbouring hills for deposits of the valuable metal. Their traditions give no account of their first settlement in the country; they believed themselves to be aboriginals. Thus, when at length the land came to be geologically surveyed, the discovery of extensive prehistoric mining works created no small astonishment. These relics of an unknown people, whose existence and disappearance is one of the most interesting enigmas of ancient American history, are chiefly situated on the hillcrests of Isle Royale and in the Ontanagon district, where they may be traced for miles. Trees, many hundred years old, now grow in the hollows laboriously excavated by that extinct race in the hard rock with tools of stone or copper. Shafts, twenty or thirty feet deep, sunk in the hardest greenstone, have been discovered after felling the trees and removing the rubbish which, in the course of time, had been accumulated in the cavities. In many the old tools were found which served to excavate them —stone hanimers of various sizes, or chisels of artificially hardened copper. On the hill behind the Minnesota Pit a mass of copper several tons in weight was found placed on wooden rollers, which proved that those unknown miners must have possessed a considerable mechanical knowledge, without which it would have been impossible to remove such heavy masses. In some galleries copper blocks were discovered from which pieces had been chiselled off, and the whole of the works gave proofs of a skill and persevering industry quite foreign to the unsettled habits of the wild and indolent race of hunters which, as far as memory reached, had occupied these distant regions. Although the expeditions of General Cass in 1819 and of 328 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Major Long in 1823 had drawn public attention to the copper of Lake Superior, still twenty years more passed before they became the object of mining speculations, which at once rose to a feverish height. Numerous companies were started in 1843, and mines were opened in many hundred places at once. The natural consequence of this copper mania was disappointment inmost cases, and in 1847 the greater number of the mines, which had been opened with the most extravagant expectations, were abandoned. A few companies only withstood the crisis, and ultimately proved so remarkably successful as fully to retrieve the lost credit of the copper country, the annual yield of which at the present time is about 10,000 tons, and consequently nearly equals that of Cornwall. The copper occurs in the native state in veins intersecting the trap and sandstone, but also in scattered superficial masses along the chain of hills which extends from the western to the north-eastern extremity of Lake Superior. In no known locality have such large masses of copper been found. An enormous block was discovered in February 1857 in the Minnesota mine. It was forty-five feet in length, twenty-two feet at the greatest width, and the thickest part was more than eight feet. It contained over ninety per cent. of copper, and weighed about 420 tons. A still more prodigious mass, sixty-five feet long, thirty-two feet broad, and four feet thick, was found in 1869. This king of copper nuggets weighed no less than 1,000 tons, and was worth 80,0001., or more than the greatest lump of gold that ever came to light in Australia or California. Rich copper mines have likewise been discovered in the States of Maryland, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, and New York, but chiefly in California, where since 1861 the small town of Copperopolis has risen into importance. More than 30,000 tons of Californian copper ores (chiefly sulphurets) are now annually exported to the smelting-houses of the bay of Boston, which are likewise supplied by the ores of Chili and Canada, and form a new Swansea on the opposite shore of the Atlantic. The whole annual production of the * This hybrid name, a vile compound of English and Greek, is enough to excite the wrath of a philologist. AUSTRALIAN COPPER MINES. 329 United States at present exceeds 20,000 tons of metallic copper, mostly consumed in the country. The mines of Cuba, which were very important, have latterly fallen off; but in 1866 the exportation to Swansea still amounted to 11,254 tons of ore. Among the rich copper countries of the world I have finally to mention South Australia, New South Wales, and Victoria. The most extraordinary copper mine of modern times for produce is that of Burra-Burra in South Australia. Itwas started in September 1845, with a capital of 12,0001., subscribed by a few merchants and traders of Adelaide, and in the following five years yielded no less than 56,428 tons of ore, worth 738,1081. The gold discoveries momentarily put a stop to its prosperity; but of late years the works have been resumed, and other rich mines have been opened, so that copper will long remain one of the staple productions of Australia. The history of some of our copper mines affords examples of good fortune no less remarkable than those which we find mentioned in the annals of the Mexican silvermining. Tresavean Copper Mine, within a walk of Redruth, had once or twice been abandoned as a failure. At length it was taken up by parties who persevered in exploring it, and succeeded in discovering its wealth by an outlay of little more than 1,0001. From 1838 to 1843 the profits averaged 30,6931. per annum, and in 1833 6301. were divided per share, or in all 60,4801. upon ninety-nine shares, each share having about 201. paid up, so that in one year the profits surpassed more than thirty times the capital invested. Old Crinnis Copper Mine, near St. Austell, was in 1808 abandoned, after repeated failures, and declared by the best miners of the day to be not worth'a pipe of tobacco.' In 1809 MIr. Joshua Rowe, of Torpoint, and some co-adventurers, notwithstanding the general contempt for the mine, began working it again. As it still remained poor, the adventurers dropped off one by one, leaving the entire cost of working upon Mr. Rowe, who, after laying out a few additional handreds, was rewarded by the discovery of a rich mass of ore at about ten fathoms from the surface. Upon this becoming 330 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. known, the old adventurers again claimed their shares; but Mr. Rowe resisted their unjust pretentious and won his lawsuit. In the short space of four years and a half, this mine made a clear profit of 168,0001., besides paying 20,0001. for law expenses. Another instance of remarkable success is afforded by the Devon Great Consols Mines, which were opened in the year 1844. The capital of the company which undertook their working was parted into 1,024 shares, with 11. paid on each share. In the same year by November a rich copper lode was cut, and the profits paid working expenses without call. The lodes soon began to turn out so rich that in the six years between the dates of 1844 and of 1850 the company extracted and sold copper ores to the amount of 600,0001. After paying all expenses, the shareholders received about 207,0001., or more than 2001. per share on 11. paid. No more was called, and thus an average annual dividend of 351., equivalent to 3,500 per cent., fell to the lot of each share. Such instances, however, of good fortune are very rare, for mining in Cornwall, as elsewhere, is much more frequently attended with disappointment and loss. Sometimes an apparently rich produce is absorbed by still greater expenses, or veins very promising when first opened fall off below, and occasion immense loss to the adventurers. A sudden fall in the price of the metal is alone sufficient to render many of the poorer mines perfectly worthless for a long time.* Hence nothing can be more hazardous than to invest capital in a mining concern; and if Shakspeare had foreseen the delusions of modern speculations in concerns of this kind, he could not more truly have characterised them than by saying-'The earth hath bubbles as the water hath, And these are of them.' Yet the hope of suddenly getting rich, and the very risks * Since the discovery of the rich North American and Chilian mines the price of copper has fallen about 30 per cent. The consequence has been a great diminution of our copper production. Thus Cornwall and Devonshire, which in 1856 yielded 206,177 tons of copper ore, worth 1,241,8351., saw their produce gradually diminish from that time, and in 1865 furnished no more than 159,409 tons, worth only 753,4271. In 1856 the mean average price of copper was 1231. per ton; in 1865 it was no more than 941. 7s. UNCERTAINTY OF MINING SPECULATIONS. 331 and daring attending all mining undertakings, have an almost magical attraction; and, in spite of numberless instances of loss or ruin, there will probably never be a want of speculators willing to embark their fortunes on this unstable foundation. 332 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER XXVII. TIN, Tin known from the most remote antiquity- Phcenician Traders —The Cassiterides —Diodorus Siculus-His Account of the Cornish Tin Trade-The Age of Bronze-Valuable Qualities of Tin-Tin Countries-Cornish Tin LodesTin Streams-Wheal Vor —A Subterranean Blacksmith —Iluel Wherry, a Tin Mine under the Sea-Carclaze Tin Mine-Dressing of Tin Ores -Smelting -The Cornish Miner. TIN is one of the metals most anciently known to man. Its first discovery is hidden, like that of silver, gold, copper, and iron, in complete obscurity, for even the names of the nations which first made use of it are not known. Axes and lances, sickles and fishhooks of bronze-the wellknown alloy of copper and tin-occur among the ruins of the ancient lacustrine habitations of Switzerland, and the tin of these bronze utensils could only be obtained by commerce from countries far remote, where it must, doubtless, have been known for many ages, before it found its way into the heart of Central Europe. Thus a few bronze implements picked up among other rubbish in the muddy bed of an Helvetian lake open a long vista into the obscure history of primitive man. On turning from Europe to the East we find other proofs that tin has been known from the most remote antiquity. It is mentioned in the Book of Numbers (xxxi. 22) among the spoil which the children of Israel gained by their victory over the Midianites; and Ezekiel, in his prophetic warning to the Tyrians, enumerates tin as forming part of their riches. It is frequently noticed by Homer as a substance used for architectural ornaments or for the embellishment of the armour of his heroes, and its Greek name IKassiteros,' which evidently represents the Sanscrit'Kastira,' leaves no doubt as to the part of the world from which it was first obtained. PH(ENICIAN TIN TRADE. 333 The till which, in times unrecorded by chronology, served for the consumption of Western Asia, Egypt, and Greece, was supplied by the mines of India to the Phoenician traders, who conveyed it, either by land to Babylon, or by water to the ports of the Red Sea. At a much later period that great merchant people extended their maritime expeditions to the West, and sailing along the Atlantic coast of Gaul, ultimately discovered Cornwall, which afforded them a new and inexhaustible supply of tin. With the jealous spirit of trade, they long made a profound secret of its position; but about 450 sr. MIICHAEL'S MOUNT, CORNWALL. years before Christ, Herodotus speaks of the Cassiterides, or tin islands, which some have supposed to be Britain. Four centuries later Diodorus Siculus, who lived in the times of Julius Csesar and Augustus, gives us an interesting account of the ancient tin trade of Britain.' The inhabitants of that extremity of Britain which is called Bolerion' (probably Land's End), says the historian whose narrative is the more deserving of attention as we are told that he visited all the places he mentions:'both excel in hospitality and also, by reason of their intercourse with foreign merchants, they are 334 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. civilized in their mode of life. These prepare the tin, working very skilfully the earth which produces it. The ground is rocky, but it has in it earthy veins, the produce of which is brought down and melted and purified. Then, when they have cast it into the form of cubes, they carry it to a certain island adjoining to Britain and called Iktis (probably St. Michael's Mount). During the recess of the tide the intervening space is left dry, and they carry over abundance of tin to this place on their carts; and it is something peculiar that happens to the islands in these parts lying between Europe and Britain, for at full tide, the intervening passage being overflowed, they appear islands, but when the sea returns a large space is left dry and they are seen as peninsulas. From hence, then, the traders purchase the tin of the natives and transport it into Ganul, and finally, travelling through Gaul on foot, in about thirty days they bring their burdens on horseback to the river Rhone.' Thus we learn from an authentic source how the tin of Cornwall found its way to Italy in the times of the first Roman Emperors; but long before that period the wild inhabitants of Cornwall must have discovered the use of the metallic treasures of their barren soil and the way to barter them for the commodities of the rude tribes of their own island or of the neighbouring nations of Gaul. When we consider the various and important uses to which tin may be applied, we cannot wonder at its importance in the commerce of the ancient world. The discovery of bronze marks one of the great epochs in the progress of human civilization, and the nations that could command its use became at once superior, in peace and war, to the tribes who had only flint spear-heads for their defence or flint hatchets for the construction of their huts. At a later period, when iron gradually supplanted the use of bronze for many purposes, tin still continued to be highly esteemed for its many excellent qualities. Possessing a lustre but little inferior to that of silver, it is not soon tarnished, and not only retains its metallic brilliancy a long time, but when lost easily recovers it. Under the hammer it is extended into leaves called tin-foil, which are about one-thousandth of an inch thick, and might easily be beaten into one-half that thickness if USES OF TIN IN COMBINATION. 335 the purposes of trade required it. The application of tin to the coating of other metals has been carried to great perfection, and it forms the chief ingredient in various kinds of pewter and other white metallic alloys, such as Britannia metal, which are manufactured into domestic utensils by casting, stamping, and other ingenious processes. Tin is the substance which, coated with quicksilver, makes the reflecting surface of glass mirrors. It is also very important in dyeing processes, as its solutions in nitric, muriatic, and other acids gives a degree of permanency and brilliancy to several colours not to be obtained by the use of other mordants. A compound of tin with gold gives the fine crimson and purple colours to stained glass and artificial gems, and enamel is produced by the fusion of oxide of tin with the materials of plate glass. There are only two ores of tin-the peroxide, or tinstone, and the pyrites, or stannine. The former alone occurs in sufficient abundance for metallurgic purposes, and has been found in few countries in a workable quantity. In Asia its richest deposits occur in Sumatra, the peninsula of Malacca, and some smaller islands, particularly Banca and Billiton. The stanniferous region in this part of Asia extends from 20~ N, Lat. to 5~ S. Lat., and in many places the ore is found in such quantities in the alluvial grounds as to be separated in the easiest manner, by washing or'streaming,' from the gravel or sand with which it is mixed. The facility with which it is obtained renders its cost of extraction so small that large quantities find their way to the European markets. In 1866 the mines of Banca furnished 5,362 tons of tin, and those of the Sound 5,254 tons of the same metal. The port of London alone received 4,400 tons of tin from these two sources. In consequence of the constantly increasing importation from the Malay countries, the price of the metal has been constantly decreasing since 1856, so that the ton of ore, which at that time was worth 701., now fetches no more than 481. Unfortunately these low prices have materially injured the prosperity of our Cornish mines, which from year to year find it more difficult to compete with Banca and Billiton. Their production, however, still continues to be immense, for in 1866 they yielded 15,080 tons of ore, from 336 TIHE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. which 9,990 tons of metal were extracted. This quantity is greater than that of any preceding year; and as many of the deep mines of Cornwall are changing from copper into tin ore, increased supplies will be obtained to meet any demand. Compared with this vast production, that of Saxony (seventy-six tons), Bohemia (twenty-one tons), Spain, and France isso insignificant as to be hardly worth mentioning; but our Australian possessions have lately increased the small number of tin-producing countries, and give promise of future importance. Both Cornwall and Devon possess tin mines, which, however, are most important in the county'Where England, stretched towards the setting sun, Narrow and long, o'erlooks the western wave.'-Co~WPEB. The undulating surface of this arid peninsula, which, being remarkable neither for agricultural nor foreign commerce, has been celebrated since the remotest ages for the mineral riches concealed beneath its barren soil, consists almost exclusively of slaty transition rocks or killas, traversed or intersected by a central granitic range and by dykes of porphyry or elvan which cut the slate and granite, occasionally traversing both in one continuous body of rock, somewhat in the manner of trap-dykes, and evidently of a later formation. The lodes or mineral veins traverse the granite, the slate, and the elvan indiscriminately, but they occur more especially at the junction of granite and slate. They have commonly one prevailing direction, but they invariably throw off into the containing rock' shoots, strings, and branches,' often in such abundance that, instead of one main lode, called a champion lode, the whole is an irregular network of veins. It is not at all certain that the same lode has ever been traced for more than a mile in length. Very often the lode first discovered dwindles to a mere line, whilst some of its offshoots swell out, enlarge, and rival, or even surpass, both in size and richness, the veins from which they have separated. The metalliferous or valuable contents of a lode generally bear but a small proportion to its unprofitable parts. Instead of forming uniform lines of metal or pure ore, running throughout the whole extent of the vein, they generally occur in what the miners term bunches, or in patches of various TIN AND COPPER LODES. 337 sizes and shapes. These very rarely occupy the whole space between the walls or containing sides of the lode, but they are mixed up with a variety of other substances, the chief of which is quartz. Sometimes a lode is filled with a compact and perfectly solid mass; at other times it abounds in cavities which may occur in any one of the ingredients and also of any size, from those of the hollows of a honeycomb to hollows of several fathoms in length and depth. In many lodes tin is found associated with copper, and frequently above the latter, so that the upper part of many a copper lode has been worked as a tin lode. The veins of Cornwall have Bno determinate size, being sometimes very narrow, and at others exceeding several fathoms in width; sometimes they extend to a great length and depth, at others they end after a short course. They vary so in breadth that in the same lode one part may consist of a mere line between the opposing walls, while another swells to a width of from thirty to forty feet. These great changes, however, seldom happen within several fathoms of each other. Lodes which yield both tin and copper in mixture are considerably larger than those which yield each metal singly. It is also a general fact that the lodes diminish in breadth in proportion to their depth. The richest tin ores are more commonly found between forty and sixty fathoms deep; but in some instances, as in Dolcoath mine, the depth of 200 fathoms has been attained without exhausting the supply, and Tresavean mine has been worked to great profit at more than 320 fathoms from the surface. Tin veins are considered to be good working when only three inches wide, provided the ore be good for its width. Besides being contained in lodes, tin is also found in alluvial beds, probably resulting from the disintegration of the former during a long series of ageso This stream-tin, as it is called, is met with either in a pulverized sandy state in separate stones, called shocdes, or in a continued course of stones, which are sometimes found together in large numbers, and occur at depths varying from one to fifty feet. This course is called a streamn and when rich in ore was formerly called Beauheyl, which is a Cornish word signifying a'living z 338 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. stream.' In the same figurative style, when the stone was but lightly impregnated with tin, it was said to be -just alive,' and dead when it contained no metal. Tin streams of irregular breadth, though seldom less than a fathom, are often scattered in different quantities over the whole breadths of the moor.bottoms or valleys in which they are found. As the confluence of rivers makes a flood, so the meeting of tin-streams makes what is called a rich floor of tin.' The ore, being thus disseminated both in the alluvium which covers the gentle slopes of the hills, and in that which fills the valleys winding round their base, is easily obtained by conveying over its bed a stream of water, which, by washing away the lighter matter, leaves the heavy ore to be picked up where the operation has been performed. There can be no doubt that this was the oldest method of tin-getting, and the abundant traces of ancient stream-works which are to be seen from Dartmoor to the Landis End give proof of the great accumulation which must have been formerly worked out by this method. In the course of ages most of these alluvial deposits have been exhausted, and where, thirty or forty centuries ago, large quantities of tin ore were superficially gathered with little ingenuity and labour, the miner is now obliged to descend many a fathom deep into the bowels of the earth and work his slow way through the hard rock. Yet, after so many centuries of research and extraction, tinstreaming is still carried on in several places, as, for instance, at Carnon, north of Falmouth, where a long line of streamworks extends down the valley. The ore, mixed with rounded pieces of slate, granite, and quartz, lies buried about fifty feet from the surface, beneath the bottom of an estuary, where trees are discovered in their place of growth, together with human skulls and the remains of deer, amidst the vegetable accumulation which immediately covers the stanniferous beds. Thus ruins are here piled up above ruins. In 1866 the number of tin mines in activity ainounted to 189 in Cornwall and to 26 in Devonshire. In 1852 the most importantworks were Balleswidden, Great Polgarth, Pollberro, and Drake Wall; but, as nothing is more fluctuating than the fortunes of mines, others have probably taken the lead since that period. THE MINE OF HIUEL WHERRY. 339 Wheal Vor, in the parish of Breage, three miles from Helston, may be cited as a conspicuous example of the changes of fortune so frequent in the annals of Cornish mining. Twenty-five years ago it was considered the richest tin mine in Cornwall. More than 200,0001. profit had been divided among the shareholders. In 1843 there were fifteen engines at work on this extensive sett, which had the appearance of a town, and the machinery was valued at 100,0001. Here was put up the first steam-engine ever erected in Cornwall, between the years 1710 and 1714. The lode from which the chief part of the ore was raised was still productive in 1843, when the mine employed 1,200 persons, and the monthly cost of working had been, some years before 1843, about 12,0001. per month. The mine, however, became less profitable, and, wearing out by degrees, finally stopped. There was formerly a bla.cksmith's forge at the bottom of this mine, in full operation at 1,470 feet below the surface of the earth. All the miners' tools were steeled, sharpened, and repaired, and bucket-rods cut and welded in this subterranean smithy, which was clear and free from dust, smoke, and sulphur, and did not in the least annoy the miners. Within the last few years the mine has been resuscitated with a capital of 200,0001.; but, as the shares have fallen from 401. to 81., the attempt seems to have been far from profitable. The history of the rise and fall of Huel Wherry,* a tin mine which was opened, more than a century ago, in the midst of the sea, near the town of Penzance, is too interesting to be passed over in silence. In this place a gravelly bottom was left bare at low water. Here a multitude of small veins of tin ore crossed each other in every direction through elvan rocks, and were worked whenever the sea, the tide, and the season would permit, until the depth became unmanageable. About the year 1778 Thomas Curtis, a poor miner, was bold enough to renew the attempt. The distance of the shoal from the neighbouring beach at high water is about 120 fathoms, and this distance, in consequence of the shallowness of the beach, is not materially lessened at low water. It is calculated that the surface of the rock is covered about ten months in the year, and that the depth of the water upon it *'Cornwall, its Mines and Miners.' z 2 340 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. at spring tide is nineteen feet. A very great surf is caused, even in the summer, by the prevailing winds, while in winter the sea bursts over the rock in such a manner as to render useless all attempts to carry on mining operations. Yet all these difficulties had to be overcome by a poor uneducated man. As the work could be prosecuted only during the short time the rock appeared above water-a time still further abridged by the necessity of previously emptying the excavation already made —three summers were spent in sinking the pump-shaft, which was a work of mere bodily labour. A frame of boards, made watertight by pitch and oakum, and carried up to a sufficient height above the spring tide, was then applied to the mouth of the shaft. To support this boarded turret-which was twenty feet high above the rock, and two feet one inch square-against the violence of the surge, eight stout bars were applied, in an inclined direction, to its sides, four of them below, and four, of an extraordinary length and thickness, above. A platform of boards was then lashed round the top of the turret, supported by four poles, which were firmly connected with these rods. Lastly, upon this platform was fixed a windlass for four men. By such an erection it was expected that the miners would be enabled to pursue their operations at all times, even during the winter months, whenever the weather was not particularly unfavourable. But as soon as the excavation was carried, to some extent, in a lateral direction, the hope was disappointed, for the sea water penetrated through the fissures of the rock, and, in proportion as the workings became enlarged, the labour of raising the ore to the mouth of the shaft increased. To add to all this, it was found impossible to prevent the water from forcing its way through the shaft during the winter months, or, on account of the swell and surf, to remove the tin-stone from the rock to the beach opposite. Hence the whole winter was a period of inaction, and the regular working of the mine could not be resumed before April. Nevertheless, the short interval which was still allowed for labour below ground was sufficient to reward the bold and persevering projector. The close of this wonderful mine, from which many thousand THE CARCLAZE TIN-MINE. 741 pounds worth of tin was raised, was as romantic as its commencement. An American vessel broke from its anchorage in Gwavus Lake, and, striking against the stage, demolished the machinery, and thus put an end to an adventure which, both in ingenuity and success, was in all probability unequalled in any country. This wonderful mine was worked again a few years since; but, although a very large sum of money was expended, and it had all the advantage of improved machinery, yet it failed to be a profitable adventure, and was eventually abandoned. The Carclaze tin-mine, near the town of St. Austell, though unimportant with regard to its produce, deserves to be noticed for its picturesque appearance and the manner in which it is worked. It consists of a large open excavation, of a mile in circuit and from twenty to thirty fathoms in depth, looking more like a vast natural crater that a hollow made by human hands; and for hours the visitor might traverse the dreary and barren hilly common in which it is situated without suspecting that a mine is close at hand. No engine-house and chimney towering aloft announces it from afar; the whole business is confined to the interior of the punch-bowl hollow. Every detail of the works is here exposed to view, and it would seem as if a complete mine had been turned inside out for the benefit of timid travellers, who would wish to see the various operations of mining without the risk of a descent below the surface. The walls of this vast hollow or crater are almost perpendicular, and the view from the ridge of the precipice, into which but few footpaths descend, is rendered interesting by the fantastic shape of the rocks, worn or hewn into a thousand grotesque forms by the action of the waters or the pickaxe of the miner; by the enormous number of holes and hollows resulting from ancient excavations; by the white colour of the granite, veined with the darker metalliferous streaks; by the water-wheels at the bottom, which, worked by streams from the neighbouring commons, propel the machinery for crushing the stones, loosened by the water as it flows down the sides of the cavity; and by the men, women, and children, scattered over the works. The ore is obtained without much difficulty, and is easily separated from the friable and 342 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. decomposed granite, in which it is embedded, by repeated washings in the streams that are made to flow out at the bottom of the mine through a channel or tunnel, and which carry away the soft yrownc or granite by their rapid current, while the heavier metalliferous substances are precipitated. As the ores are very poor, not even containing one per cent. of tin, Carclaze, which has been already worked for many centuries, would long since have been abandoned but for the abundance of the ores and the comparatively small expense of their extraction. The dressing of the tin ores, or the process by which they are separated as far as possible from the earthy impurities which are mixed up with them, and are generally much lighter, begins with cleaning and sorting, and then goes on to washing and stamping, and finally to calcination in the burninghouse and to smelting. The tin ores of Cornwall and Devonshire are all reduced within the counties where they are mined, as the law prohibits their exportation —a most absurd and antiquated regulation, which, however, in this case is not injurious to private interests, as the vessels which bring the fuel from Wales for the smelting furnaces return to Swansea and Neath laden with copper ores. The smelting works, not exceeding seven or eight in number, belong generally not to the proprietors of the mines, but to other parties, who purchase the ore from the proprietors. The smelting is effected by two different methods, which may be briefly described by stating that, by the first and most common, the ore, mixed with culm, is exposed to heat upon the hearth of a reverberating furnace, in which pit coal is used as fuel; while by the second method, which is applied merely to stream-tin, and which is followed in order to obtain tin of the finest quality, the ore is fused in a blastfurnace called ablowing-house, in which wood fuel or charcoal is used. The melted tin runs off from the furnace into an open basin, whence it flows into a large vessel, where it is allowed to settle. The scoriae are skimmed off, and the subsequent operations consist of refining by allowing the mass of the metal to rest, then submitting the upper and pure portion to the refining basin, and remelting the lower part. In order NATURE OF THE MINER'S WORK. 343 to convert the blocks into grain-tin, they are heated until they become brittle, and made to fall from a considerable height in a semi-fluid state, thus producing an agglomerated mass of elongated grains. The number of persons that find occupation in and about the Cornish and Devonian tin mines may amount to about 20,000. The wages are, on an average, much inferior to those of the pitmen and pitlads in the northern coal-fields; but, on the other hand, the Cornish miner is exempt from many evils to which the northern miners are subject. He has not to fear the fatal fire-damp, and can sit at ease and hear or read of explosions that have destroyed hundreds in a few minutes. His intellectual superiority to the agricultural labourer may be at once inferred from the nature of his pursuits. The latter plods on through life like a mere human machine, and, as he is never thrown on his own resources in the progress of his monotonous occupations, his stock of ideas remains scanty and confined. But the Cornish miner is the reverse of all this. He is engaged mostly in work requiring the exercise of the mind. He is constantly taking a new'pitch' * in a new situation, where his judgment is called into action. His wages are not the stinted recompense of half-emancipated serfdom; but they arise from contract, and depend upon some degree of skill and knowledge. In fact the chances of the lode keep expectation constantly awake, and thus:-'Hope reigns triumphant in the miner's breast, Who never is, but always to be blest.' If he is at all imaginative, golden dreams enliven the darkness of his underground labour. He is in fact a kind of subterranean stock-jobber, and' settling day' is as anxious a * The lodes in the Cornish tin and copper mines are divided by shafts and galleries into rectangular compartments, called'pitches.' These are open to the inspection of all the labouring miners in the county, and, by an admirable system, each'pitch' is let by public competition, for two months, to two or four or more miners, who may work it as they choose. These men agree to break the ores, wheel them, raise them to the surface, and bring them (if desired) into a fit condition for the market. The ores so raised are sold every week, and the miner immediately receives his tribute, or percentage for which he agreed to work. The sinking of shafts and the driving of levels is paid by tut-work, or task work, at so much per fathom. 344 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. time for the humble tributer at the Land's End as for the bold speculator of the Stock Exchange. When not exhausted after his hard day's labour, the miner frequently cultivates a small patch of land. Many have tolerable gardens, and some are able to perform their own carpentry, while, if near the coast, others are expert fisherm!en. 345 CHAPTER XXVIII. IRON. Iron the most valuable of Metals-Its wide Diffusion over the Earth-Meteoric Iron-Iron very anciently known —Extension of its Uses in Modern TimesBritish Iron Production-Causes of its Rise-Hot Blast-Puddling-Coal-smelting-The Cleveland District-Rapid Rise of Middlesborough-British Iron Ores -Production of Foreign Countries-The Magnetic Mountain in Russia —The Eisenerz Mountain in Styria-Dannemora — Elba-The United States-The Pilot Knob-The Cerro del Mercado. S an instrument of civilisation iron is the most valuable and the most indispensable of all mineral substances. Even coal is of inferior importance to the welfare of mankind, for iron may be obtained without its aid, while coal could not possibly be extracted from the bowels of the earth without the assistance of iron. Hard and malleable, tenacious and ductile, endowed with the singular property of welding, which is found in no other metal except platinum, and acquiring new qualities by its conversion into steel, it accommodates itself to all our wants and even to our caprices, so that no other metal has such various and extensive uses. It clothes our war ships with a case of impenetrable armour, and sets the finest watch in motion; it provides the sempstress with her needle, and guides the mariner over the ocean; it furnishes the husbandman with his ploughshare, and the soldier with his sword; it concentrates in the steam-engine the sinews of a thousand horses, and mocks on the railroad the fleetness of the swiftest courser. It is, in one word, the embodiment of power, the chief agent of all social progress.' Were the use of iron lost among us,' says the illustrious Locke,'we should, in a few ages, be unavoidably reduced to the wants and ignorance of the ancient savage Americans; 346 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. nor will this view be deemed extravagant if we reflect that, but for iron, man would be virtually without tools, since it is almost the only metal capable of taking a sharp edge and keeping it. The bounty of the Creator, which bestowed on man this inestimable gift, has also provided for its wider diffusion over the earth than is the case with any other of the useful metals. Few mineral substances or stones are without an admixture of it. Sands, clays, the waters of rivers or springs, are scarcely ever perfectly free from iron, while animal and vegetable substances likewise afford it in the residues which they leave after incineration. Its mines may truly be said to be inexhaustible; in some its ores occur in compact masses of extraordinary magnitude, in others they spread in vast strata or extend in veins of a prodigious length. Yet, in spite of its wide diffusion, the extraction of iron from its ores generally requires so much metallurgic skill that its use would probably have remained undiscovered by the ancients if Providence had not in a wonderful manner revealed, as it were, its existence to mankind, All iron of a terrestrial origin is combined with other substances, which conceal its true nature from the uninitiated eye, and from which it is with difficulty separated; but here and there, scattered over the surface of the earth, are found solitary masses of metallic iron, which, having fallen from the skies, may truly be called erratic boulders from another world. The idea of their having dropped from the clouds was long ridiculed by the learned; but their fall has been so often observed, and so circumstantially recorded in the annals of almost every age, that scepticism has been obliged to yield to the weight of accumulated evidence, and science no longer doubts their meteoric origin. Nothing can be more interesting than these mysterious heralds from the distant fields of ether, which, after wandering through space for countless ages, have at length been brought within the sphere of attraction of our planet, and, alighting on its surface, afford us tangible proofs that many of the substances of which our earth is composed-iron, nickel, silex, &c., &c.-exist beyond its limits, and that most probably our EARLY KNOWLEDGE OF IRON. 347 whole solar system is constructed of the same materials as our globe. But meteoric iron-which sometimes occurs in enormous masses *-is more than a mere object of curiosity, for it has had a most important influence on the progress of the human race. On such a mass undoubtedly the first smith exercised his skill, and it was this which first made mankind acquainted with a metal more valuable than copper or gold. As we see from the example of the Esquimaux, whom Captain Ross (1819) found in possession of knives and harpoons which they had made from masses of meteoric iron, the discovery was probably made at a very remote period, while man was still in the savage state; but iron having once become known, the desire to obtain it in larger quantities from other sources naturally grew with the progress of civilisation, and gradually led to the knowledge of its ores and of the art of utilising them. Thus there can hardly be a doubt that iron-smelting was practised long before historic times. In India and China the origin of its use loses itself in the remotest antiquity; and the imposing monuments of ancient Egypt, many of which are at least five thousand years old, could not possibly have been erected without the aid of iron. In the Book of Deuteronomy (iv. 20) the land of Egypt is compared to an ironfurnace-a figurative expression which shows that even at that early period iron-smelting must have been a wellknown branch of industry. The iron weapons found in the lacustrine dwellings of Switzerland likewise point to a very ancient use of iron in Central Europe, no less than the fact mentioned by Csesar, that during the siege of Avaricum (Bourges) the works erected by the Romans for taking the town were repeatedly destroyed by the subterranean galleries of the besieged, who, as the conqueror relates, were accustomed to such underground labour from their habitually working in iron-mines, an industry which, to judge from this passage, must even then have been of ancient date in Gaul. * The weight of the mass found at Otumpa, in the Gran Chaco Gualamba, in South America, by Don Rubin de Cells (1783) was estimated at about fifteen tons, A piece from this mass, weighing 1,400 pounds, is now in the British Museum. 348 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. For many ages the uses of iron remained chiefly confined to the instruments of agriculture and of war-to the ploughshare and the sword. With the progress of civilisation its employment extended to many purposes unknown before; and in our times the construction of ships and buildings, of railroads and bridges, absorbs quantities which would have appeared incredible almost within the memory of living man. Hence the manufacture of iron has made more rapid progress since the beginning of the present century than in any former period of the world's history, and even the present immense production scarcely keeps pace with a demand to which it is not easy to assign a limit. Among the iron-producing countries of the globe Great Britain occupies by far the first rank, and there is every reason to believe that it will long continue to maintain it. The British ores, indeed, are generally poor, as clay, silica, phosphorus, and a variety of impurities which are with difficulty separated from the metal, enter into the composition of those which supply the greatest part of our iron; but this deficiency is more than counterbalanced by many advantages. Most of the British iron mines are situated in those districts where coal is cheapest, the ore being often even raised from the same pit as that from which the coal is extracted. Limestone, the necessary flux, is at hand, while fire-clay, no unimportant article in the building of the furnaces, on whose long-continued working so much depends, is found in the same ground as the ore itself. The largest and most complete manufactories have long been established in the most convenient places. With an almost unlimited amount of capital, the most perfect and the cheapest communication by water is open to all parts of the world; and the further processes which the metal has to undergo are performed at once on the spot in the best manner and at the smallest possible expense. No other land can boast of equal or greater facilities for the production of an unlimited quantity of cheap iron, so that, even with the assistance of heavy protective duties, most of the iron-producing countries of Europe find it difficult to compete in their own markets with the produce of Great Britain. The art of making iron in this country is of very ancient MATERIALS FOR IRON SMELTING. 349 though of unascertained date. It was probably found by the Romans in a far advanced state. It certainly was carried on by them subsequently to a great extent-a fact proved by the immense beds of iron cinders discovered in the Forest of Dean; nor has it ever been discontinued by the other races who in succession have held sway in the island. But, though of such ancient origin, and enjoying so many natural advantages, our iron manufacture remained confined within very narrow limits so long as the ore was exclusively smelted by means of charcoal made from wood. The manufacture was even for some time partially prohibited in England, the consumption of wood-charcoal in the process of smelting being so great as to create apprehensions that, if care were not taken of the remaining forests, enough timber would not be left to supply the wants of the navy. It seems almost incredible in our days that Acts were passed in the reigns of Elizabeth and James forbidding the felling of timber for the smelting of iron, except in certain districts of Kent, Sussex, and Surrey, then the principal seats of the manufacture, and even there the erection of new works was expressly forbidden. Attention was then directed to the smelting of ironstone by means of pit coal. Amongst others, Lord Dudley gallantly struggled to establish a manufactory in the neighbourhood of Stourbridge, and partially succeeded; but what with riots among the ironworkers, who destroyed his works, and the wars of the Great Rebellion, which ruined his fortune, he reaped no advantage from his enterprise. Nothing contributed to arrest the decline in this branch of trade, and towards the middle of last century the number of furnaces, which in the reign of James I. had amounted to 300, fell off to 59, the total make of which amounted to not more than 17,8350 tons, being an average of 294 tons per annum for each furnace, a quantity very little exceeding that sometimes made in a single week in some of the huge furnaces in Wales in the present day. The partial use of pit coal in the process of smelting was revived in Coalbrookdale, in Shropshire, about 1713. The chief difficulty was to keep the coal in a state of combustion sufficiently intense for the purpose of smelting the ore; the hand-worked bellows, or the more powerful 350 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. water movement, which produced blast enough for charcoal, having comparatively little effect upon coal. This obstacle was finally overcome through the perseverance and enterprise of Dr. John Roebuck (a physician in Birmingham, and grandfather of the late distinguished member for Sheffield), who, seeking for more economical methods of smelting iron ore than those then in use, founded in 1759 the now celebrated Carron Works, where John Smeaton, the illustrious architect of the Eddystone lighthouse, first introduced (1760) a new contrivance for throwing a powerful and constant blast into the furnace. By means of a forcing pump, a large column of air, of triple or quadruple density to that which had been previously obtained, could now be poured into the furnace; and effects equivalent to this great improvement followed. The same smelting oven that formely yielded ten or twelve tons weekly now sometimes produced forty tons in the same period; and such was the impulse given to the trade by this unexpected success of a powerful blast with pit coal that in 1788 the manufacture of pig-iron in England, Wales, and Scotland amounted to 68,300 tons, being an increase of 50,950 tons on the quantity manufactured previous to the introduction of pit coal. In 1782 Mr. Corb, after many years of experiments, discovered the means of converting cast or pig-iron into malleable iron by a process which was at once sure, rapid, and economical. The iron is remelted in a puddling furnace, as it is called, which is heated with raw coal, and there, by a series of operations, the object of which is to give the iron malleability and toughness by expelling the carbon, it is manipulated until it acquires the consistency of a solid white-hot ball. In this shape it is subjected to the action of an enormous hammer, by which the coarser parts are beaten from it, and it is formed into the shape of thick short bars, called blooms or slabs. While still red-hot it is passed through a series of grooved rollers, till it is drawn out into a long bar, the exact dimensions of which are regulated by the requirements of the manufacture for which it is destined. The bars thus made are technically called puddled bars, and considered as halfmancfactured iron. To refine them into merchant-iron, they INVENTIONS OF CORT AND WATT. 351 are again submitted to the action of fire, and, when hot enough, are welded together and formed into the various denominations of bars, rods, hoops, sheets, or plates. Mr. Cort's discovery, though of immense importance, would yet have proved of comparatively small value without the aid of the double-power steam-engine, which was about the same time invented by James Watt, and supplied the power which was needed to give our iron-works their full development. Hitherto the' top measures' only of the mineral had been worked, and generally on' the rise of the mine,' where the water would not lie, or those strata favourably situated on the side of a hill where levels could be driven in and the water released. Water was the great enemy in the pits, and even in shallow workings it often accumulated faster than a gin turned by horse-power could bring it to the surface. By the new agency of steam the deepest pits were drained, and materials were drawn up from the bowels of the earth in a quantity and with a rapidity and security hitherto unknown. By the same means that prodigious blast was obtained for the furnaces to which all subsequent improvements of the manufacture owe their origin. Instead of the rude machinery of waterwheels and bellows, huge engines of enormous power forced an immense volume of air through several small tuyeres or tubes so disposed at the lower part of the furnaces that in each portion of the ignited mass an equally diffused blast might raise an equal intensity of heat. Furnaces of greater height and much larger capacity than any hitherto known were erected, and in its general aspect the iron manufacture assumed very much the appearance which it maintains at the present day. Most readers are aware* that the flaming towers which give such an unearthly effect at night to what is called the Black Country, round Wolverhampton, are iron furnaces, and that the projecting circular galleries which surround their tops are contrived for pouring down their capacious throats, by apertures placed at equal distances, an equable and regular supply of the materials with which they are fed. Besides the iron-stone and the fuel, there is needed a third substance, which is called' a flux,' because it forms a fusible compound IQ'Quarterly Review,' vol. cix. p. 114. 352 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. with the earthy matter of the mineral. When we are acquainted with the foreign matter in combination with the ore, chemistry tells us what substance we ought to add for BLAST FURNACE. a. Tuyeres. the purpose of eliminating the metal. Among the wonderful provisions of nature for the convenience of man, none is more remarkable than that by which many substances are fusible in conjunction at a temperature which either could resist separately. The British ores are for the most part argillaceous, that is to say, they are combined with what, in its general character and appearance, resembles clay. To all such limestone in due proportion must be added; but if the earthy matter consists of lime, clay is the proper flux. In either case the foreign matter and the flux are fused into one substance. The liberated iron sinks downwards, and having now itself become fusible by the combination of carbon, with which it has been impregnated by the fuel, it melts as it reaches the point of fusion, and settles down in the lowest part of the furnace, otherwise called the hearth. It is followed by the scoria, slag, or' cinder' (as it is always called in the trade), composed of the flux, the foreign matter of the ores, and the ashes of the fuel, which are now in a vitrified state; BENEFITS OF THE HOT' BLAST. 353 and this artificial lava, being of much less specific gravity, rests on the surface of the iron and protects it from the action of the blast. The furnace is' continued in blast,' that is to say, in full operation, and must be fed equably and constantly night and day, till the manufacturer thinks fit to blow it out, either for the purpose of repairing it, or of reducing his make of iron. At certain intervals, generally twice in the twenty-four hours, the furnace is tapped; that is to say, the stoppage of sand which closes an orifice at the bottom is knocked away, the liquefied metal rushes out, and is guided successively into moulds of sand in the form of short thick bars, which, by a rude metaphor, as old as the invention of casting, are called'pigs,' while the main channel down which the red-hot torrent flows is called the' sow.' The invention of the hot blast gave a new and mighty impulse to the production of iron. Though Mr. Scrivenor mentions the remarkable fact that in the furnaces of Peru a contrivance has been noticed for letting the air pass over hot coals, and thus become heated in its passage to the fire, yet it was personal observation, and not archaeological research, that, in 182,9, suggested to Mr. Neilson, of the Clyde Iron Works, the possibility of economising fuel by substituting hot for cold air in blowing his furnaces. Before this important discovery more than eight tons of coke had been required to produce one ton of pig-iron; but on heating the blast, previously to its entering the smelting-oven, to a temperature of 300~ F., it was found that a saving of two and a half tons of coal could be made on every ton of iron, and on raising it to the temperature of 600~ F.-a heat somewhat more than sufficient to melt lead-a still more considerable saving of fuel was effected, while at the same time the important discovery was made that at this high temperature bituminous and even anthracitic coal might be used instead of coke. Another advantage was that the same steam power now sufficed for applying the blast to four furnaces which had formerly been required for three; and the total result of the improvement was a saving of 72 per cent. of fuel. Thus we have here another instance of the important results that may be gained *'History of the Iron Trade.' A A 354 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. from a single good idea when worked out by clever practical men, for the hot blast has most assuredly increased the wealth of England by many millions a year! Another circumstance likewise tended considerably to increase the production of pig-iron. It was found that the hot blast not only had power sufficient to produce in the raw coal the requisite intensity of heat, but also to expel from it, to a certain extent, the sulphur, which injured the quality of the iron, and thus a great economy in labour as well as in the quantity of fuel was effected. Since then the black-band, an iron-stone found in great quantities in Scotland, and also, to a less extent, in Wales, but not readily convertible into iron by the old methods, and also the Northamptonshire and the Cleveland ores, discoveries of a later date and of an incalculable extent, have been made by the hot blast to yield their iron in great abundance. The power of using the black-band alone in the furnace, and not, as before the introduction of the hot blast, in small quantities only, and combined with other ores, constituted a new era in the manufacture of iron, and gave to Scotland, till then an iron-making district of little importance,* the pre-eminence over all others for the production of soft fluid iron, best suited to ordinary founding purposes. The Cleveland district, formerly unknown in metallurgy, is now the seat of a vast industry, keeping more than a hundred furnaces in blast. The head-quarters of this new iron-country are established at Middlesborough, on whose site there existed but one house in 1829, but which in 1861 had grown into a town of 24,000 inhabitants, and still increases at the rate of 1,000 a year. Branch railways bring the stone here for smelting from all the neighbouring quarries, and the dense cloud of smoke that hangs over the place serves as a land-mark, not only from the high ground of Yorkshire, but even from some parts of Westmoreland. * The metal was formerly so scarce in their country that in the times of the Edwards the Scotch were accustomed to make predatory incursions into England for the sake of the iron they could carry off. Now they not only manufacture sufficient for their own use, but'actually export above half-a-million tons. AMOUNT OF IRON MANUFACTURE. 355 But Middlesborough,'the youngest child of England's enterprise' as it has been called by Mr. Gladstone, is by no means one of the loveliest of her offspring.. Scarcely a blade of grass and not a single tree relieves the dull monotony of its dreary streets of small houses, darkened by perpetual smoke, which, as the wind sways it, affords, at rare intervals, glimpses of distant hills or of the Tees, serving only to make the prison of a town more gloomy. Mines and furnaces have also been established in other parts of the district-in Rhosdale, at Grosmont near Whitby, and elsewhere-and not a year passes without the opening of new veins and the rising of new smoke-clouds amid the lovely dales of north-western Yorkshire. The iron which eventually finds its way to Middlesborough is sent thence to every part of the world. Its quality is essentially inferior to that derived from the coalmeasures; but for ordinary purposes, and for mixing with the finer classes, it is of great value. Looking to the future, we cannot doubt that the Middlesborough district is destined to have no rival in any part of the world, for even now its works compete in magnitude with those of our old iron fields. A material which had hitherto been thrown away was also, by the agency of the hot blast, made available for the purposes of the iron master. The'tap cinder,' or refuse of the puddling furnace, which is not to be confounded with the cinder of the blast furnace, contains a considerable percentage of metal, and when thrown again into the furnace greatly increases the yield, though it proportionally deteriorates the quality of the iron. The results of all these successive discoveries and innovations, aided by the facilities of transport afforded by canals and railroads, are truly astonishing. The make of iron which, on the introduction of steam, had suddenly risen to nearly 50,000 tons per annunm, reached 125,000 in 1796, and in 1806 had advanced to nearly 260,000. In 1825 the make was nearly 600,000 tons; in 1840 it amounted to 1,300,000 tons; and in 1854 to 2,700,000 tons. In 1865 it reached the enormous figure of 4,819,254 tons-as much as the combined production of Continental Europe and the United States; and there is AA 2 S56 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. little doubt that the present yield does not fall much short of 60000,000 tons! A similar colossal expansion is without a parallel in the annals of metallurgic industry. The chief districts which furnish this incredible quantity of iron are situated in Yorkshire, South Wales, Staffordshire, Durham, Lancashire, Cumberland, Shropshire, Derbyshire, and the West of Scotland. The number of furnaces in blast in 1865 were, in England 376, distributed over 176 iron-works; in Wales 135, distributed over 49 works; and in Scotland 141, over 32. To supply these furnaces there were raised 9,910,045 tons of ore, the estimated value of which at the place of production was 3,324,8041., that of the pig-iron, at the mean average cost at the place of production, being 12,048,1331. Of the iron-stone, 1,384,500 tons were argillaceous carbonate from the coal-measures of Staffordshire and Worcestershire; 3,166,000 tons from the Yorkshire mines; nearly 1,500,000 tons from the coal-measures of North and and South Wales, and 1,500,000 tons argillaceous carbonate from Scotland. Of the red hematites of Whitehaven and Ulverstone, which consist almost entirely of peroxide of iron, and are reckoned among our best ores, 214,433 tons were smelted at the spot, and 937,386 tons exported for the supply of Staffordshire, South Wales, and other districts. The brown hematite (brown oxide of iron) of the Forest of Dean, where the ore exists in almost unlimited quantity, is raised exclusively for shipment to the iron-works of South Wales. Though not rich, yet, from the great masses in which it is found, its cost of production is very low. The finest iron ores, such as the black oxide or magnetite, specular iron, and spathose iron, or spherosiderite, which furnish the best kinds of iron, are unfortunately but of rare occurrence in Great Britain. As we see by the following table * of the production of cast iron in the chief European mining States — * From the official reports of the International Jury of the Universal Exhibition of 1867 in Paris. EUROPEAN SUPPLIES OF IRON. 367 Countries Years Tons Years Tons Great Britain.. 1840 1,400,000 1865 4,527,000 France.. 1845 271,000 1864 1,213,000 Prussia.. 1835 32,800 1865 772,000 Belgium... 1845 134,500 1864 450,000 Russia.. 1838 171,000 1865 278,000 Austria... 1835 200,000 1865 259,000 Sweden... 1835 97,500 1865 227,000 Spain.. 1850 26,000 1865 48,000 Italy.,. 1838 20,000 1865 27,000 France occupied the next ra-nk to Great Britain in 1864; but since 1866 Prussia, besides the rapid development of the iron industry in Westphalia and the Rhenish provinces, has acquired new and valuable mines by the annexation of Hanover and Nassau. Her production had consequently risen to 1,000,000 tons in 1868, and probably the time is not far distant when she will have outstripped France. Nassau possesses inexhaustible supplies of specular iron ore of a remarkable purity, which not only feed the blast furnaces of Westphalia, but are also largely exported to England. In proportion to the smallness of her territory Belgium rivals Great Britain in the production of iron, supplied exclusively by the brown oxide (brown hematite), and surpasses the vast empire of the Czar. But Russia has the advantage over all the countries previously mentioned of possessing inexhaustible deposits of magnetic iron ore (magnetic loadstone-magnetite) which affords bar-iron of the very best quality; and though hitherto the immense distances which separate the mines from the larger centres of consumption have retarded the progress of the iron manufacture, the construction of railroads is gradually overcoming these obstacles, and possibly even the now unworked Siberian mines of the A]tai and of Transbaikalia, where coal is found along with iron, may acquire importance at a not far distant time. At present the chain of the Oural (Permia and Orenburg) furnishes nine-tenths of all the iron produced in the empire. The most remarkable of the Ouralian mines is the famous magnetic mountain Wissokaja Gora, in the neighbourhood of Nishne-Tagilsk, which Peter the Great bestowed in 1702 on the armourer Nikita Demidoff of Tula, along with a vast extent of forests and arable land. 368 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. This magnetic mountain or hill, which is 300 fathoms long, 250 broad, and 240 feet high, rises from the midst of a plain, in the form of a broad, flat eminence. It consists almost entirely of pure magnetic iron ore, and is worked like an open quarry; but, on account of its hardness, the ore requires to be blasted with powder. Although many millions of tons have been extracted from it since it first came into the possession of the Demidoff family, it may easily be imagined that a mass of at least 600,000,000 cubic feet of iron-ore is not easily removed, and will outlast the labours of many generations. The quantity of cast-iron annually produced amounts to 25,500 tons, which is converted, partly at Nishne-Tagilsk and partly in the neighbouring forges, into bar-iron, anchors, kettles, scythes, nails, wire, &c. The excellent quality of the iron allows it to be rolled into very thin plates, which are frequently made use of in Russia for the roofing of houses, and are also manufactured at Nishne-Tagilsk into lacquered wares, which find a ready sale throughout the whole of European and Asiatic Russia. The iron-working industry of Austria has its chief seats in Styria, Carinthia, Transylvania, and Bohemia, and, though out of proportion with the vast natural resources of the empire, has of late made rapid progress. The ores, which are of an excellent quality, are mostly smelted with charcoal, as they are generally situated at a great distance from the coal mines. The Noric or Styrian iron has enjoyed an excellent reputation ever since the time of the Romans, when the imperial manufactory of Laureacum on the Danube supplied the legions with swords and javelins. In a pass of the Styrian Alps, between the valleys of the Mur and the Enns, lies one of the most remarkable iron mines in the world, the famous Erzberg or iron-mountain, which rises to a height of 3,000 feet, and whose summit and sides are almost everywhere coated with a thick mantle of the richest ore. Authentic records show that it has been worked ever since the year 712; and probably the Romans derived a part of their Noric iron from this source, as the ore is not here concealed in the bowels of the earth, but crops out on the surface, near a mountain pass which was undoubtedly known to them. As at Nishne-Tagilsk, the ore thus con SWEDISH IRON ORE. 359 veniently situated is quarried from the mountain, and thus in course of time extensive excavations or grottoes have been formed all over its surface, affording a most interesting spectacle. The bottom of these iron-stone pits is irregularly strewn with large blocks of ore through which wind narrow footpaths. Roads lead from one pit to the other, and close by are situated the small huts in each of which ten or twenty of the miners sleep as long as the working season lasts, for their families generally live lower down in the deeper valleys. On the top of the mountain stands a colossal crucifix of iron, near which an annual thanksgiving feast is celebrated. Though the mines are easily worked, the conveyance of their produce to the smelting-ovens of Eisenerz and Vordernberg is a matter of much greater difficulty, and requires numerous tram-roads, galleries, and shafts, through which the ore is precipitated from a higher to a lower level. At the foot of the mountain they all unite in one main shaft, which leads into a gallery ornamented with a monumental gate. Thus the whole of the Erzberg is covered with various machines, pits, horizontal and vertical galleries, tunnels, and roads, and represents as it were a mine turned inside out, where all the operations which are elsewhere performed underground are, as at the Carclaze tin-mine in Cornwall, exposed to the open day. Here, instead of dirty and dangerous ladders, convenient footpaths, bordered with trees and illumined by the sun, lead from gallery to gallery and from pit to pit, and instead of being confined in dismal passages, the miner enjoys magnificent views of the grandest Alpine scenery. The annual produce of the Erzberg amounts to 25,000 tons of excellent iron, as the ore (sparry iron, carbonate of iron, spherosiderite) is nearly as pure as the magnetic iron-stone of Russia, and affords natural steel with the greatest facility. The railroad now being built in Styria will no doubt greatly increase this production, which might be continued for many thousand years without exhausting the vast mineral wealth which Nature has here deposited. Though Sweden furnishes but an insignificant quantity of iron when measured by an English scale, yet, in point of quality, its produce is unrivalled in the world. The purest 360 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. iron-ores (magnetic iron-stone) abound in the mountain chains which traverse the kingdom, and immense forests afford almost inexhaustible supplies of charcoal for their smelting, so that hitherto the want of roads has alone prevented the production of iron from attaining dimensions equal to the natural resources of the country. Many of the richest mines, particularly in the more northern provinces, have never yet been worked, as for instance the enormous mounds of magnetic iron-ore at Gellivara (67~ N. lat.) in Swedish Lapland, beyond the Arctic circle, which, from their situation in a polar desert, have hitherto been totally useless. In 1865 an attempt was made to utilize them by means of a railroad and the canalization of the river Luleo, but after a heavy expense the works were finally abandoned. Thus the m anufacture of iron, which, under more favourable circumstances, would reach as far as its ores extend, is confined to Dalecarlia, the more central provinces of Kopperberg, Wermland, and Upsala, where the celebrated mines of Dannemora, which furnish the fine Oeregrund iron, largely imported into England for the manufacture of steel, deserve our particular notice, both for their ancient renown and their wild and colossal grandeur. An excellent road leads from the famous university town of Upsala to Old Upsala, old and hoary in the fullest sense of the word, for its church dates from the Pagan times, and close by rise three tumuli which, according to popular tradition, contain the remains of no less important personages than Odin, Thor, and the divine Freya. Further on towards the north-east, six geographical miles from Upsala, lie the iron-works of Oesterby, remarkable for their beautiful situation in a natural park of forests and lakes, and thence half an hour's walk over the plain brings one to the far —famed pit of Dannemora. The country around is perfectly level, a succession of pinewoods and open grounds, and no sign announces the vicinity of the mine, until at length the traveller sees a few huts and some machines for lifting the ore, and then suddenly stands on the brink of an enormous pit, or rather of a vast crater, whose black and precipitous walls inclose an area of at least a mile in circumference. On looking down into the abyss, MINES OF OESTERBY AND DANNEMORA. 361 which descends to a depth of 450 feet, and is here and there enlivened with patches of perennial snow, he perceives along its black walls the still blacker entrances to labyrinthine caves fringed in some parts with long stalactites of ice of aquamarine transparency and colour. From some of these hollows the flames of piles of fir-wood are seen to creep along the hard rock which they are to soften, and the deep gulf is animated by troops of miners, the distant clang of whose hammers, closely resembling the clicking of a number of clocks, forms a strange concert with the creaking noise of the machinery. Attracted by the novelty of the interesting sight, the eye wanders from one object to another, and time steals on rapidly and unperceived-when suddenly a bell tolls, and the scene as suddenly changes. It is noon, and the tuns, which before were hauled up from the deep laden with ore, are now seen ascending with a living freight-men, women, and children-standing quite unconcernedly on the narrow edge of the tub, and holding with one hand the chain to which it is attached. Soon a deathlike silence reigns in the pit-a striking contrast with the noise and life it erewhile displayed-and now loud shouts are heard, warning all those who may have remained behind that the battery prepared during the previous working hours is about to explode. Again a profound silence —-and then loud thunder bursts forth, with many an echo, from the depth of the abyss. For several minutes the whole neighbourhood trembles as if shaken by an earthquake. Through the black clouds of smoke which ascend from the gulf, pieces of stone or ore are hurled upwards, frequently far beyond the brink of the pit, and most of the detonations are followed by the crash of the falling fragments rent by the explosion from the motherrock. For many centuries this remarkable mine has afforded employment to many hundreds of workmen, without showing any signs of exhaustion, for its mighty mass of magnetic ironore descends to an unknown depth and seems to be practically inexhaustible. Though the mineral resources of Spain are immense, yet its iron-industry is so little developed that more than two 3632 -THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. thirds of the excellent ores of Biscay, instead of being smelted in the country, are exported to France and England. In Italy the red oxide and magnetic iron-stone mines of Elba have been celebrated since the remotest antiquity, but, from the want of fuel on the island, their entire produce, which amounts to about 100,000 tons, is exported to the coast of Italy, to France, and to England. The principal mines are situated on the slope of a steep mountain fronting the sea, and are divided by horizontal terraces into five stories or huge steps communicating with each other by means of oblique roads, on which carts convey the ores to the shore. Though worked for more than 2,000 years, the mines, which occupy about 700 workmen, are apparently able to supply the wants of the remotest posterity. On turning to America we find the United States making gigantic strides in the extension of their iron manufacture, which has risen from 347,000 tons in 1840 to 1,200,000 tons in 1864; and as here none of the elements of progress are wanting-a boundless mineral wealth, liberal institutions, which allow the freest scope to individual energy, and an unrivalled spirit of enterprise-there can hardly be a doubt that finally the United States must become the first ironcountry in the world. The masses of magnetic iron-stone and red oxide which extend along Lake Superior, over a length of 120 miles and a breadth of from five to thirty, would alone suffice to provide for the wants of the whole of the human race for many thousands of years. They only began to be worked in 1849; and in 1866 the railroad which leads from the mines transported 204,454 tons of ore. The thriving town of Marquette, the central point of this new seat of industry, was, scarcely twenty years ago, a complete wilderness, where the eed Indian pursued the beasts of the forest, unconscious that the treasures concealed beneath his natal soil would one day be the cause of his expulsion from the hunting-grounds of his fathers. The State of Missouri possesses two'iron-mountains' similar to the magnetic mountain of the Demidoff: one of them called Pilot Knob is 600 feet high, the other 220. An immense mass of magnetic oxide has also been discovered in California, near thenohern extremity of the Sierra Nevada. But though MEXICAN IRON ORES. 363 iron is found in abundance in many parts of the Union, (Tennessee, North and South Carolina, Georgia, &c.), the States of New York and Pennsylvania produce by far the greatest quantity. Brazil and the island of Cuba likewise contain vast deposits of the richest iron-ores; and in Mexico we find the famous Cerro del Mercado, an iron-mountain 633 feet high, which rises in grotesque form from the valley of Durango. This wonderful mound has been calculated to contain 3,244,000,000 cubic feet, or 454,000,000 tons, of magnetic iron ore, capable of yielding 290,000,000 tons of cast iron, or more than fifty times the annual production of Great Britain! A more industrious and civilised race would here find a boundless field for profitable employment; but the indolent Mexican, steeped in ignorance and falling from one revolution into another, still leaves these treasures almost untouched, and, neglecting the vast resources of his country, draws nearly his whole supply of iron from the distant forges of Great Britain. 64 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER XXIX. LEAD. Its Properties and extensive Uses-Alston Moor-Belgian Lead Mines-Galena in America-Extraction of Silver from Lead Ores-Pattinson's Process-A great part of our wealth is due to the laboratory. LEAD was but little prized by the ancients, who, unacquainted with gunpowder, needed no bullets for war or for the chase. The history of its first discovery is lost in obscurity, but it probably became known much later than copper or tin, as less metallurgic skill is required for the smelting of the cupreous or stanniferous ores than for the reduction of galena or sulphide of lead, which is the most abundant of the plumbiferous ores, and may indeed be regarded as the only commercial ore of any value, if we except the carbonates, which are probably formed by its decomposition. Lead, however, is mentioned both in the Book of Job and in the fourth book of Moses,' Oh! that my words were graven with an iron pen on tablets of lead,' exclaims the long-suffering patriarch, and the legislator of the Jews commands his people to'make go through the fire, gold, silver, brass, tin, and lead, and everything that may abide it.' The Phoenicians, who provided Greece and Egypt with Spanish lead, frequently made use of this metal to increase the weight of their anchors; and Herodotus, describing a bridge in Babylon, mentions that its stones were fastened with clasps of iron soldered with lead. The physical properties of this metal qualify it for a great variety of uses. As it is but little altered by exposure to air or water, it makes excellent pump-tubes and rain-gutters; while its considerable weight, its softness, its flexibility, and the LEAD MINES OF EUROPE. SC;5 facility with which it melts at a comparatively low temperature render it an invaluable material for the soldier's bullet or the huntsman's shot. Combined with oxygen it forms the pigment called red-lead, or minium, and united with carbonic acid white-lead, or ceruse, which is still more frequently used in painting. In the manufacture of glass and crystal it plays an important part, as it forms one of the chief ingredients of flint-glass and crown-glass, of which, as is well known, the achromatic lenses are made which have so wonderfully improved the distinctness of our telescopes. United with tin it forms an alloy which is more fusible than either metal alone, and which is consequently used as a solder by the plumbers, while with antimony it combines into a hard mass which serves to make letters for the printing-press. All these various uses absorb immense quantities of lead, and render it one of the most valuable products of the subterranean world. Among the lead mines of Europe we find the first rank occupied by those of Spain, which in 1863 furnished the enormous mass of 309,940 tons of galena. The principal mines are situated in Guipuzcoa, Catalonia, Arragon, the Sierra Morena, and, above all, in the mountain chain of the Alpujarras, where the rocks of the Sierra Gador are everywhere traversed by veins of galena. The production of North Germany is also very considerable. In 1865 Prussia furnished 57,808 tons of galena, and the Hanoverian Hartz Mountains, which produced 101,411 tons in 1864, and now belong to the same monarchy, have raised its previous production to a threefold amount. The chief lead mines of England are situated near Alston Moor, where the three counties of Northumberland, Durham, and Cumberland meet together. The lofty hills of the district, bare of wood and almost wholly covered with marshy heaths, are intersected by the valleys through which run the Tyne, the Wear, and the Tees, with their numerous branches. The country, though little frequented by tourists, is wild and picturesque; but the deep gorges with which it is furrowed have more than a mere romantic interest, for they lay open to view numerous veins of ore, and direct the operations of 366 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. the miner to the places where it is sufficiently abundant to reward his toil. The town of Alston, the mining centre of the district, is beautifully situated close to the river Tyne, which, about five miles above it, ascends, between lofty hills, to the foot of Cross Fell, this picturesque mountain giving a character of considerable grandeur to the surrounding scenery. The mines of the Alston Moor district produce annually about 25,000 tons of lead. The waters are drawn off by long adit levels, and the ores are dragged out by horses to the day. This region extends southward to the Yorkshire valleys of Swaledale, Arkendale, and to Grassington, where numerous lead mines are worked under very similar circumstances. The Yorkshire mines yielded in 1856 8,986 tons of lead. Another important lead district lies in the northern part of Derbyshire, in the hilly country of the neighbourhood of the Peak, so well known and so often visited for its picturesque beauty. The mines of Derbyshire, which yield annually 5,000 tons of lead, are getting exhausted; they are very numerous, but in general inconsiderable. Next to Alston Moor the lead mines of Flintshire and Denbighshire are the most productive, furnishing annually nearly 6,000 tons of lead. An important group of veins of lead occurs in the slaty rocks of Cardiganshire and Montgomeryshire, all of which have an E.W. direction; although so far from parallel that they often meet, and frequently form at such points of intersection'courses' of ore. Some of these mines were very profitably worked in the seventeenth century, and during the last thirty years several of them have been highly productive. There are considerable lead mines in the south of Scotland, at Wanlockhead and Leadhills in Lanarkshire; and those of Strontian, in Argyleshire, likewise deserve to be noticed. The Isle of Man has two important lead mines, the Foxdale and Laxey, the former remarkable for the great size of its main lode. The elevated tracts of Wicklow likewise contain some valuable lead mines, at Luganure and Glenmalure. In 1866 the total produce of our lead mines amounted to 91,047 tons of galena, which yielded 67,390 tons of metal. The island of Sardinia, already renowned among the AMERICAN LEAD MINES. 367 ancients for its rich lead mines, produces about 15,000 tons, or nearly as much as France, where however the extraction of galena has of late years made considerable progress. Belgium, which in 1841 produced no more than 34 tons, raised in 1864 no less than 16,780 tons, chiefly from the mines of Bleyberg-a-MIontzen, situated in the carboniferous limestone near Verviers. To render these rich deposits available, vast difficulties had to be surmounted by the united powers of enterprise, capital, and engineering skill. Rivers and brooks, diverted from their ancient course, were made to flow through new water-tight channels, and such is the amount of drainage required in that aquiferous region that engines of two thousand horse-power have to raise from a depth of 360 feet a daily quantity of 800,000 cubic feet of water. In Greece the immense mounds of scoria accumulated near the ancient silver mines of Laurium, have been found to contain about ten per cent. of lead. Their total mass is estimated at no less than 3,000,000 tons, and they afford a convincing proof both of the importance of the ancient silver production of Attica, and of the imperfection of the old Athenian mining operations. A French company has lately been formed for smelting this prodigious accumulation of scorise, once cast aside as rubbish. In Siberia the famous lead mines of Nertschinsk, where many an unfortunate exile is doomed to end his days, are worked merely for the silver contained in them. In South America, the Chilian lead mine of Mina Grande, near Coquimbo, is renowned for its extreme richness, and Brazil has considerable veins of galena, in the province of Minas Geraes; but probably the United States of North America (Wisconsin, Arkansas, Iowa, Illinois), possess the largest galena deposits in the world. In Wisconsin, they extend all over a vast territory of more than 4,000 square miles. As yet the works are conducted in the most negligent manner, by a crowd of adventurers. In winter, when the air in the pits is more salubrious, and agricultural labour ceases, needy farmers,bankrupt traders, and thriftless artisans flock from all parts to the lead country for the purpose of repairing their broken fortunes. In summer when malaria 368 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. renders the pits extremely unhealthy, this nomadic population melts away like chaff before the wind. Yet, in spite of the rough mode of extraction which prevails in the American lead country, the mines of Iowa, Wisconsin, and Illinois yielded about 20,000 tons of lead in 1866, and their produce is constantly increasing. In all lead mines, the galena often occurs in pieces so large that they do not require to be separated from the veinstone by the processes of stamping and washing. They are then called pure ores, and the most simple preparation is sufficient to prepare them for the smelting furnace. When the ore has been picked and so far prepared, it is first roasted or heated in a reverberatory furnace, an operation which causes the oxygen of the air to combine with the two elementary bodies of which galena is composed. After undergoing this chemical change, the ore is now mixed with coke, charcoal, or peat, and reduced by smelting in a small blast furnace of a peculiar kind. Under the influence of heat, the carbon of the coal, uniting with the oxygen of the ore, flies off in the form of carbonic acid gas, while the metallic lead, which in the finer ores amounts to 70 or 80 per cent., sinks to the bottom of the furnace. Almost all the varieties of galena contain a greater or less proportion of silver, which it is often found worth while to separate from them. This process is at present effected according to a most ingenious method, founded on the circumstance first noticed in the year 1829, by the late H. L. Pattinson, of Newcastle-on-Tyne, that when lead containing silver is melted in a suitable vessel, afterwards slowly allowed to cool, and at the same time kept constantly stirred at a certain temperature near the melting point of lead, crystals begin to form. These, as rapidly as they are produced, sink to the bottom, and on being removed are found to contain much less silver than the lead originally melted. The still fluid portion, from which the crystals have been removed, will at the same time be proportionally enriched. By repeated meltings and crystallisations in a series of cast-iron pots with fire-places beneath, the workman is thus able to deprive almost entirely of its silver by far the largest portion of the lead operated upon, while the remainder becomes an APPLICATION OF SCIENCE TO MINING. 369 exceedingly rich alloy of both metals, so as to contain fifty times its original proportion of silver. This rich lead is subsequently exposed in a refniing furnace to a strong blast of air at a high temperature, fresh supplies of lead being constantly introduced as the operation proceeds. By this means the lead becomes rapidly oxidized and converted into litharge, which partly runs off in the fluid state, and is partly (about 10 per cent.) lost by sublimation, while the silver forms a cake at the bottom of the cupel. The brightening of the silver, which lustrously shines forth at the moment of the separation of the last traces of lead, indicates the precise period at which the operation should be ended, and the blast is then turned off and the fire removed from the grate. Before the introduction of Pattinson's ingenious process, the separation of the silver from the lead was attended with a much greater loss of the latter metal, as greater quantities had to be cupelled to effect the same result. The economy obtained amounts to no less than 98 per cent.; for where formerly 100 cwt. of lead were lost by sublimation, the same quantity of silver is now obtained with a loss of no more than 2 cwt., and at the same time with a considerable saving of fuel. Ores very poor in silver, as for instance those of Alston Moor or Derbyshire, which formerly could not be profitably cupelled, are now advantageously treated by the Pattinson process. This is but one example of the valuable practical results which may be obtained from a single scientific discovery. But chemistry has introduced thousands of similar technical improvements in almost all-branches of manufacturing industry, and were we to add together the profits thus obtained, we should find that a great part of our wealth is due to the laboratory. B 370 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTE'R XXX. MERCURYo Not considered as a true Metal by the Ancients-Its Properties and Uses — Almaden-Forlmerly worked by Convicts-Diseases of the Miners-Idria-Its Discovery - Conflagration of the Mine -Its Produce-Huancavelica-New Almaden. AMONG the metals known to antiquity mercury was the last discovered. It is mentioned neither in the Bible nor in Homer, who accurately, though briefly, describes the characters and uses of all the other ancient metals; but we learn from the works of Aristotle that its discovery must have preceded the times of Alexander the Great. From its always remaining fluid in the temperate climates of the earth, it was, however, not considered as a true metal; for the ancients had no means of ascertaining that at the low temperature of- 39~ Fahr., it becomes malleable and assumes the solid form. The Greeks called it -iydrargyros or watersilver, from its fluidity and argentine colour; the Romans,' argentum vivum/, or live silver, from which our 1quicksilver' has been derived, and in the Middle Ages the alchemists gave it the planetary name of Mercury, which has been generally adopted in modern scientific language. At a very early age cinnabar (sulphide of mercury), the beautiful scarlet ore from which it is chiefly obtained, was employed by the ancients as a colouring material for imparting a florid complexion to triumphant generals or to guests at the festive board. The extent to which this cosmetic was used may be inferred from the facts mentioned by Pliny, that the Greeks imported red cinnabar from Alumaden 700 years before the Christian era, and that Rome in his time received 700000 pounds from the same mines. UTSES OF MERCURY. 371 As the alchemists considered quicksilver as the fittest substance for transnsmutationi into gold, it beca.ne the subject of innumerable experiments; and though these manipulations had not the desired effect, they accidentally led to the discovery of several of its combinations, which soon became known as powerful medicines. But it was reserved for modern times to appreciate and understand the full importance of mercury, and to extend the field of its utility to a variety of uses unknown to former ages. Alloyed with tin-foil, it forms the reflecting surface of looking-gylasses; and by its ready solution of gold and silver, and subsequent dissipation by a moderate heat, it becomes the great instrument of the arts of gilding and silvering copper and brass. The same property makes it available in extracting these precious metals from their ores. To science it is a substance of paramount value. Its great density, and its regular rate of extension and contraction by increase and diminution of temtperature, give it the preference over all liquids for filling barometer and theremometer tubes, so that without mercury we should know but little indeed about the laws of caloric and of atmospherical pressure. In chemistry it furnishes the only means of collecting and manipulating, in the pneumatic trough, such gaseous bodies as are condensible over water. To its aid, in this respect, the modern advancement of chemical discovery is pre-eminently due, and without its assistance many a branch of industry which now greatly adds to the wealth of the nation could never have existedo Mercury does not rank among those metals which are copiously disseminated over the surface of the earth. Considerable deposits or veins of even its commonest and most abundant ores (red cinnabar; hepatic cinnabar) are confined to a few spots, and all Europe possesses but two important quicksilver mines-at Almaden in Spain, and Idria in Carniola.. The Sierra Morena or the Black Mountains in the Iberian Peninsula, so well known as the scene of the exploits of Don Quixote, are no less reno lss wned in the mining world for their subterranean riches, among which the famous quicksilver mines of Almaden del Azogue hold a conspicuous rank. This small town of about 10,000 inhabitants is situated on the northern border of the above-mentioned mountain chain,9 a B 2 372 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. at the south-western extremity of the province of New Castile, and, unlike most other Spanish cities, affords the pleasing sight of well-built houses and clean and regular streets. As is generally the case in mining districts, the neighbourhood is sterile, but picturesque, and from the neighbouring mountains magnificent prospects open on every side. The mines of Almaden, after having been the property of the religious knights of Calatrava, who had assisted in expelling the Moors, were farmed off to the Fuggers, the celebrated merchant princes of Augsburg, whose descendants still rank among the high aristocracy of Germany. Afterwards, from the date of 1645 till the present time, they have either been worked on Government account or farmed off to private companies. A visit to these celebrated mines is highly interesting. A spacious tunnel or gallery, completely walled with solid masonry, leads into the bosom of the mountain and branches out at its extremity into several galleries hewn in the slate which forms the matrix of the vein. One of these galleries conducts to the Boveda de Santa Clara, a vast circular hall in which formerly stood a horse-gin, for raising the ore to the surface. At present, however, this work is performed through a shaft which descends to the lowest level of the mine. From another gallery convenient stairs lead down to the first working level of the mine, and thence short ladders to the deeper stories. The shafts are wide, the galleries high enough to allow one to walk upright through them. The upper stories are almost thoroughly dry, the lower ones humid; the water, however, is easily removed by hand-pumps, which raise it from story to story into a large subterranean reservoir, emptied once a week by a steam-engine of fifty-four horse-power. The veins are so extremely rich that, though they have been worked pretty constantly during so many centuries, the mines have hardly reached the depth of 1,140 feet. The lode actually under exploration is from fourteen to sixteen yards thick, and it becomes thicker still at the crossing of the veins. Its present annual produce amounts to about 80,000 cwt. of pure mercury. The ore presents a beautiful sight in the galleries where it is worked, on account of the dark red THE MINES OF ALMADEN. 373 glittering colour of the cinnabar, which is sometimes earthy and sometimes forms compact crystalline masses, or fine crystals mixed with calcareous spar. Often when a hewer detaches a block of ore with his pickaxe, quicksilver masses of the size of a pigeon's egg roll from a crevice in which they were lodged, and, leaping along the floor, divide into thousands of small drops. This, however, is no loss, for all the rubbish which accumulates in the galleries is carefully collected. The ores are treated in thirteen double distillatory furnaces, called alodels, and yield only ten per cent. upon an average. But the analysis of the ores leaves no doubt that the barbarous apparatus employed in its sublimation causes a loss of nearly one-half of the quicksilver, which is dispersed in the air, to the great injury of the workmen's health. This apparatus has remained without any material change for the better since the days of the Moorish dominion in Spain. The furnaces are heated with brushwood, particularly with the resinous branches of the Cistus ladaniferus, which grows over the greatest part of the surrounding mountains. This dark evergreen shrub often extends over many miles of ground, and when in flower covers the hills with a beautiful snowwhite carpet. Formerly only criminals condemned to hard labour for life were employed to work in the mines of Almaden. At sunrise they were conducted from a prison, which still exists, through a subterranean passage into the mines, where they were obliged to toil till evening, when they were led back again to their dungeons, so that they never saw the light of day. After a few years these poor wretches generally died from inhaling the poisonous vapours of the mercury. Reduced to despair, they set fire, at the beginning of the last century, to the galleries, which were then constructed of wood, and thus rendered the mining operations impossible for many years. Since then only free miners are employed, who are well paid, and not allowed to work longer than six hours a day. Most of them, however, die at an early age, between thirty and forty, and those who live longer are affected by a spasmodic trembling, so as to be unable to keep a limb quiet. After the mines of Almaden those of Idria in Carniola are 374 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. the richest in Europe. This ineat little town lies in one of the largest and most picturesqe basins of the Julian Alps. The gigantic and naked rock walls Which inclose the sequestered valley are only partially decked along their summits with clumps of firs; but lower down the slopes are covered with beautiful meadows and forests, and here and there on the projecting spurs of the mountains stand picturesque chapels, which serve to heighten the beauties of the magnificent panorama. Chance-to which man owes so much both of good and evil -also led to the discovery of the subterranean treasures of Idria. In the year 1497 a peasant found, in a tub which he had placed under a brook, some drops of a heavy liquid shining like silver. Although quite ignorant of the value of his discovery, he still was cunning enough to carry them to a goldsmith without mentioning the place where he had found them. At length a man named Anderlein, having promised him a handsome reward, became master of the secret, and associating himself with several wealthy persons, began to work the mine. After several years the property passed into the hands of a company of goldsmiths of Salzburg and Augsburg, which derived such profits from the mine as to excite the greed of the neighbouring Venetians, who in the year 1510 forcibly drove away the Germans, but were soon after expelled by the Emperor Maximilian, who, as soon as he heard of this insolent attack, sent some troops into the forest of Idria and restored it to its rightful owners. In 1578 the mine was incorporated among the domains of the State, and began to be worked with greater regularity. The entrance lies to the south of the town, on the slope of a small hill projecting from the circular zone of mountains which gird the basin. The visitor may either descend, in less than five minutes, to the bottom of the pit, through a perpendicular shaft, in one of the large tubs which serve to raise the ore, or he may make use of convenient stairs. Here and there are landing-places, whence galleries lead to the various fields or stories of the mine, the lowest of which is 145 fathoms under ground. The vein, however, descends much further, to an unknown depth, and its horizontal extent has likewise not yet been measured. QUICKSILVER MINES OF IDRIA. 375 As the limestone in which the ores are imbedded does not form a solid compact mass, but is of a loose nature, most of the galleries had, from the very beginning of the mining operations, to be artificially propped. Until the end of the last century wooden beams were chiefly used for this purpose -a construction which frequently gave rise to fearful fires. Thus on March 16, 1803, the workmen saw a thick smoke issuing from several of the deepest galleries. It rose higher and higher, and spread through the upper galleries of the mine. No fire was to be seen, no sound of flames was to be heard, yet there could be no doubt that the mine was burning. Some of the workmen boldly undertook to descend to the scene of the fire, but in vain; they were obliged to flee before their enemy, for the smoke was not only dense and suffocating, but so impregnated with poisonous vapours that no living being could exist within its reach. An attempt was now made to smother the fire by shutting out the air. All the galleries were blocked as near as possible to the supposed seat of the fire, as well as the two shafts which led to the upper world. The mine remained thus closed during five weeks, but to no purpose; for when it was reopened, the fire burst forth more furiously than before. The flames now howled fearfully from the bottom of the pit, and the mercurial and sulphurous fumes which rose from it threatened instant death to anyone who should be rash enough to approach them. The director of the mine now resolved to flood the works as a last resource against the ravages of fire. A river was turned into the perpendicular shaft, and ran during two days and three nights into the pit. On the first day there was no perceptible effect, but on the second- whether it were that the vapours produced by the meeting of the antagonistic elements were striving for an outlet, or that new inflammable gases had been formed-a most terrific explosion took place, which made the whole mountain tremble as if shaken by an earthquake. The huts close to the opening of the shaft were rent to pieces, the stone houses at the foot or on the slopes of the hill fell in with a tremendous crash, and the inhabitants of Idria, fancying the day of judgment had arrived, fled in terror to the hills. In the mine itself the explosion was afterwards found to 376 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. have torn up the galleries, to have burst the vaulted roofs, and to have hurled away the stairs. But the victory was now won. The vapour gradually drew off, and after a few weeks it was possible once more to descend into the pit. Two full years, however, passed before the water was fully pumped out into the Idriza, where it poisoned all the fishes, with the exception of the eels, who, it seems, are proof against everything except roasting or boiling. Even after all the water had been removed, it was still found impossible to work in the mines, partly from the heat, but chiefly on account of the venomous fumes, which soon produced all the symptoms of mercurial disease. In order to stimulate almost superhuman exertions, an exorbitant salary was offered to all those who should venture to explore the most dangerous passages, and gather the quicksilver, which in some places had collected in considerable masses. But many paid for their greed with their lives, and for many months afterwards the air remained so noxious that the ordinary mining works could not possibly be carried on. To prevent similar accidents for the future, and also on account of the increasing scarcity of wood, the galleries have since then been walled with stone; but when we consider that the whole length of the subterranean passages amounts to no less than fifty miles, we cannot wonder that many of them are still propped with wood, and that as recently as 1846 fire raged in the mine, which was again quenched by putting part of it under water. The stone galleries are vaulted, and of a masterly construction, seven feet high and six feet broad. The cost is less than one would suppose, as the progress of the mining operations furnishes the necessary materials. The temperature in many galleries is equal to that of a conservatory; and if a floral hall, bathed in light and filled with delicious odours, is felt to be disagreeably hot, the warmth of the air is naturally far more intolerable in dismal excavations, where the workman pursues his laborious task by the weak glimmering of a lamp, and in an atmosphere full of deadly vapours. Here, as in Almaden, a premature old age is the lot of the unhappy miners, who while young tremble like old ATMOSPHERE OF QUICKSILVER MINES. 377 men. Yet some attain a tolerably good old age, and he who reaches his forty-fifth year with trembling limbs is said to get accustomed to the effects of the poison, and may then live, or rather vegetate, till sixty or seventy. Scarcely any animals live in the mines of Idria. Even spiders cannot long resist the noxious atmosphere. Rats, however, formerly existed there in considerable numbers, but have almost entirely disappeared since the last fire, which proved too much even for them. In some parts of the mine the mercury is inclosed in the clay-slate in extremely fine globules, so as scarcely to be visible to the naked eye; but on removing the ore many of them fall out and collect on the floor, in larger drops or small pools, which are carefully gathered in leather pouches or bags. By far the greatest part of the mercury of Idria, however, is combined with sulphur, and is obtained by distilling the ore in vast furnaces. It may easily be imagined that the carriage of a liquid body of the weight of mercury requires the greatest care. The old mode of packing, still partly in use, is in sheep-skins, which can acquire the necessary firmness only by being tanned with alum, and are attentively examined before being used. After having been filled, the sack is first tried on a wooden table, and, having successfully stood the ordeal of severe pressing and punching, is enclosed in a second skin. Two of these packages, each containing forty-one pounds and a few ounces, are then placed in a small cask, and three of these in a square box. But as, in spite of all these precautions, the sacks will sometimes burst, the mercury is now frequently transported in large iron bottles, the stoppers of which are firmly screwed down by means of a machine invented for the purpose. All the quicksilver packed up in this manner is sent to Trieste, and thence chiefly to England, while that which is destined for Vienna and Germany is exported in sacks. In the years 1856, 1857, and 1858, 4,570, 7,178, and 4,331 hundredweight of mercury were produced in Idria, and sold at an average price of one hundred florins. In 1850 mercury was worth two hundred and fifty florins the hundredweight, and thus we see how detrimental the competition of California has been to the Austrian treasury, which, in its chronic 378 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. state of atrophy, is little able to bear any diminution of revenue. A great part of the produce of the mines-about 1,000 hundredweight-is manufactured into cinnabar in Idria, which supplies almost all Europe with this splendid red colouring matter. All the other European quicksilver veins, in Tyrol, Bohemia, Hungary, and the Bavarian Palatinate, are utterly insignificant when compared with Almaden and Idria, as none of them produce more than a few hundredweight. But even Almaden and Idria have lost much of their former importance since the discovery of the rich mines of New Almaden in California, which in 1865 yielded 4,000 hundredweight of mercury. As the uses of mercury are few, the falling off in price has been the consequence. But the greater cheapness of mercury has had a most favourable influence on the production of silver in Mexico, Peru, Bolivia, &c., as many of the poorer ores can now be profitably worked; and thus California, which by its gold placers threatened to disturb the relative value of the two precious metals, has, by promoting at the same time the production of silver, largely helped to maintain the former equilibrium and to relieve the fears of many political economists. It is a remarkable circumstance that, while Europe has for'the last three centuries received almost all its silver from America, Mexico and Peru were all the time dependent upon the old world for the mercury without which Potosi and Guanaxuato would have been comparatively unproductive. Quicksilver, it is true, had been found here and there, but the only mine of importance was that of Huancavelica in Peru, the discovery of which in the year 1567 is attributed to the Indian Gonzalo Navincopa, though, according to Humboldt, it was already known to the Incas, who made use of cinnabar to paint their cheeks, as Roman senators and Athenian archons had done before them. Here, at a height surpassing that of the Peak of Teneriffe by 1,500 feet, from 4,000 to 6,000 cwt. of quicksilver were annually obtained, until the folly of a director ruined the chief mine. Ever since 1780 Huancavelica ha d with difficulty supplied the growing wants of the Peruvian silver mines, for at a greater depth the ore was found to be mixed with sulphuret of arsenic, which greatly AMINE OF HUANCAVELICA. 379 deteriorated its quality. As the lode forms an enormous mass, strong pillars had been left standing to support the roof, and these props the above-mentioned director had the improvident temerity to remove, in order to increase the produce of the mine. What anyone with a little experience or common-sense might have foreseen, took place. The rock, deprived of its supports, gave way, the roof fell in with a tremendous crash, and the mine was ruined-a memorable warning against the greed which, snapping at a shadow, loses the substanceO 380 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTER XXXI. THE NEW METALS. Zinc-The Ores, but not the Metal, known to the Ancients-Rapid Increase of its Production-Chief Zinc-producing Countries-Platinumn-Anitimony-Bismuth -Cobalt and Nickel-Wolfram-Arsenic-Chrome —anganese-Cadmium — Titanium —olybdenum-Aluminium-Aluminium Bronze-Magnesium-Sodium-Palladium-Rhodium —Thallium. HE metals known to the ancients were either such as occur in a native state and whose lustre must attract even the attention of the savage, or such as are easily extracted from their ores by the simple agency of fire and carbon, and consequently require no complicated metallurgic treatment. Their number is limited to the seven substances described in the preceding chapters; but the art of the modern chemist has greatly extended our knowledge of metals, and revealed to us the existence of no less that fifty-six of these elementary bodies. Some have been found to lurk under the obscure disguise of alkaline and earthy matters, such as clay and chalk, magnesia and sand, soda and potash; others have been discovered in the water of mineral springs, or under the brilliant mask of precious stones. Most of these were unknown before the beginning of the present century, nor can there be a doubt that future researches will make us acquainted with many metals whose existence is still a secret to mankind. Most of these new metals are as yet mere objects of curiosity, either from their rarity or the great difficulty and cost of their production; but some of them are already of considerable use, and within the last fifty years zinc has obtained a rank among the most important products of the mineral world. Calamine, the chief ore which provides us with this metal, was indeed known to the ancients, who by smelting it PRODUCTION OF ZINC. 381 with copper ores obtained an alloy similar to our brass; but the metal itself seems to have been first discovered by the famous alchemist Bombastus Paracelsus, who flourished towards the end of the fifteenth century. Zinc, however, remained unnoticed as a useful metal until the year 1805, when Hobson and Sylvester's discovery that it is malleable at a temperature of 300~ F., and can then be worked to any shape with great facility, caused it to replace lead for many purposes, in which its hardness and other valuable qualities render it superior. As it is very easily extended into thin sheets, and combines the advantages of lightness, salubrity, and durability, it is frequently used for the roofing of houses and for the sheathing of ships. Many of our domestic utensils, particularly those which serve for the holding of liquids, are now made of zinc. Large quantities are moulded into architectural ornaments; and the splendid white colour of the oxide of zinc has made it a triumphant rival of ceruse, or white-lead. To provide for so many uses, the production of zinc has in a short time made strides without a parallel in the history of metals. While before 1808 from 150 to 200 tons sufficed for the annual consumption of Europe, more than 110,000 tons are now required, so that in little more than half a century the demand has increased more than five hundred times, and a metal previously almost unnoticed is now produced in masses worth several millions of pounds. The chief zinc-producing, countries of Europe are Prussia and Belgium. The Prussian mines, which in 1866 yielded 1,204,419 hundredweight, or about 60,000 tons, are situated in Silesia, Westphalia, and the Rhenish provinces. In the same year Belgium produced 35,500 tons, chiefly from the mines of the Vieille 2Montagne, near Aix-la-Chapelle, where calamine occurs in a large mass, imbedded in challr, and is worked like an open quarry. In England calamine is, next to galena, the most important ore obtained from the Derbyshire mines, and of late years large quantities of blende or sulphuret of zinc-an ore which, * A coin of Nero, analysed by Arthur Phillips, was found to consist of 81-07 per cent. copper, 1-06 tin, and 17'73 zinc; another, of Hadrian, of 85'78 copper, 1-19 tin, 1'81 lead, 6'43 zinc, and 0-74 iron. 38 2 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. on account of the special difficulties offered by its treatment, had hitherto been neglected —are likewise furnished by the Isle of Man, Denbighshire, Flintshire, and Cornwall. In 1864 our entire production of zinc amounted to no more than 4,040 tons; but since that period it has been considerably increased by the importation of immense quantities of Sardinian, Swedish, and Spanish ores, which are for the most part reduced in the works of Alessrs. Vivian, at Swansea. For many years the United States depended upon Europe for their whole supply of zinc but as nature seems to have denied none of her mnineral riches to the great republic, the discovery of immense deposits of calamine and blende in the state of Tennessee has enabled them to compete successfully with foreign produce, and the works of Leehigh and Lasalle now furnish a large proportion of the zinc consumed in the country. Platinum, the heaviest body in nature, was first discovered by the Spaniards, in the gold mines of Darien, probably in the first half of the sixteenth century; * but as it remained infusible in the strongest heat, and no method was known for purifying its ore, in which it is remarkably combined with six or even seven other metals, it continued for a long time to be a mere object of curiosity. In 1772 Count Sickingen discovered that it can be welded like iron when urged to a white heat, and first succeeded in producing platinum wire and platinum leaves. A few years after the celebrated Swedish chemist, Bergmann, isolated it from the metallic substances associated with its ore, and proved it to be a peculiar metal. Platinum is found in almost all the auriferous districts of the globe, but generally in such small quantities as not to be worth the collecting. Kuschwa Goroblagodat and iishneTagilsk, in the Ural, furnish annually about eight hundred hundredweight, which is nearly ten times the amount from Brazil, Columbia, St. Domingo, and Borneo. But, in spite of this scanty production, its discovery must be considered as one of the most important conquests which science has made in the material world, as its perfect infusibility, its hardness, * KIopp,' Geschichlte der Chemie,' vol. iv. p. 221. PLATINUM AND ANTIMONY. 333 its unalterability by air and water, and its property of withstanding the action of the most corrosive simple acids, render it an invaluable material for the fabrication of various chemical vessels, without whose assistance many important discoveries could not possibly have been made. To the manufacturers of sulphuric acid large retorts of platinum are indispensable for concentrating this highly corrosive fluid, which devours every other metallic vase with which it comes in contact. The price of platinum is intermediate between that of gold and silver. The ores of Antimony played a great part in the labours of the alchemists, but the metal is first mentioned in the works of Basilius Valentinus, who flourished during the second half of the fifteenth century. It is used chiefly in several important alloys. Combined with lead it constitutes typemetal, and united with lead and tin it is employed for making Britannia metal, and the plates on which music is engravedo Nearly all the antimony of commerce is furnished by the grey sulphuret (stibiite), which occurs in Hungary, Saxony, South America, and Australia. Though Cornwall produces a considerable quantity of antimonial ore, our chief supply is derived from Singapore, the emporium of the various mines of Borneo and other parts of the Malayan Archipelago. The grey antimony ore was employed by the ancients for colouring the hair and the eyebrows, and for staining the upper and under edges of the eyelids-a practice still in use among Oriental nations for the purpose of increasing the apparent size of the eye. According to Dioscorides, it was prepared for this purpose by inclosing it in a lump of dough, and then burning it in the coals till it was reduced to a cinder. It was then extinguished with milk and wine. and again placed upon coals and blown until it was ignited, after which the heat was discontinued, lest, as Pliny says,' plumqbum fiat'-it become lead. It hence appears that the metal antimony was occasionally seen by the ancients, though not distinguished from lead. Bismuth, a metal of a dull silver-white colour, inclining to red, is first mentioned in the writings of the alchemists of the Middle Ages. It is almost exclusively furnished by the mines of Schneeberg in Saxony, where it is generally found 384 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. in a native state. On account of its great fusibility and brittleness it is seldom used alone; but associated with other metals it forms several valuable alloys. In the Middle Ages the Saxon and Bohemian miners believed all those ores from which, in spite of their promising appearance, they were unable to extract a useful metal, to be a work of the gnomes mocking the industry of man. Some of these ores they called Kobold-an opprobrious name given to these evil subterranean spirits, who were supposed to be of dwarfish stature and intense ugliness; others Nickel-a name probably of the same meaning as our old Nick. The progress of metallurgic industry has fully exculpated the gnomes of all evil intentions, for the last century succeeded in extracting the metals Cobalt and Nickel from those rebellious ores. Cobalt, though as yet but rarely employed, gives promise of some future importance, as it appears to be extremely tenacious. A wire made of pure cobalt will carry nearly double the weight that an iron wire of the same thickness will do. The cobalt ores, which impart a magnificent blue colour to glass, have lost much of their importance as pigments since the discovery of artificial ultramarine, while the nickel ores which usually accompany them, and were formerly thrown away as rubbish, have become valuable, since the metal which they contain has found some important uses. The small coin of Belgium and Switzerland is now made of nickel instead of copper, and large quantities are employed in the fabrication of German silver, or Argentine plate, an alloy of copper, nickel, and zinc, which, from its hardness and brilliant white colour, furnishes an excellent material for tablespoons and forks. Both the nickel and cobalt ores are produced chiefly by Sweden, Norway, and Germany; our own mines furnish but insignificant quantities. In the United States the Camden works (New Jersey) now produce nickel at the rate of 150,000 pounds a year. Tungsten, a metal discovered in 1783 by two Spanish chemists, the brothers Juan and Fausto d'Elhujar, in a black mineral called wolffram, which frequently occurs along with tin ores in Cornwall (where it is known under the names of cal, or callen, and gossan), Saxony, Austria, &c., is in its ARSENIC AND CHROME. 385 isolated state a mere object of scientific curiosity, but when melted with cast steel or even with iron only, in the proportion of from two to five per cent., it produces a steel which is very hard and fine-grained, and for tenacity and density is superior to any other steel made. Hence wolfram-steel, which is now coming extensively into use in Germany, makes the best knives and razors; but, unfortunately, the rarity and high price of wolfram confine its production within narrow limits. Several of the tungstates, or salts of tungsten, are used as pigments; and the tungstate of soda has the highly valuable property of rendering fabrics uninflaimmable, and thus furnishes a means for preventing the accidents which constantly occur from the burning of ladies' dresses. Albert the Great, a famous alchemist of the thirteenth century, is supposed to have been the discoverer of Arsenic, a tin-white metal, which, however, soon loses its brilliancy when exposed to the air, and turns black. From its poisonous qualities it is only used in some unimportant alloys which serve for the manufacture of insignificant articles, such as buttons or buckles. Some of its ores and combinations, which, from their lively yellow, green, and red colour, would otherwise have been valuable pigments, are likewise for the same reason seldom used. A great number of copper, nickel, lead, cobalt, zinc, and iron ores contain some arsenic; but this dangerous substance is obtained chiefly from the common arsenical pyrites (Mispickel-sulphuret of iron and arsenic), which occurs in Cornwall and Devonshire. The whole supply of arsenical ores amounted in 1866 to about 2,610 tons, of which England and Prussia furnished the greater part. The metal Uranium, discovered in 1789 by the celebrated Klaproth, in a black heavy mineral, called Pechblende (pitch-blende), occurring in the mines of the Erzgebirge, is not used as such, but is very valuable in porcelain-painting, as it affords a beautiful orange colour in the enamelling fire, and a black colour in that in which the porcelain is baked. A laboratory has been opened at Joachimsthal, where the ore is converted into uranate of soda for this purpose. Chrome, like cobalt, is used chiefly as a pigment. Several of its salts are splendid yellow colouring matters, and its oxide imparts the finest green tints to porcelain. The metal oC 386 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. itself, which was discovered by Vauquelin in 1797, is, as yet, an object of interest only to the chemist, but may one day become important, as in its pure state it is very hard, unalterable by air and water, and even less fusible than platina. Most of its ores belong to the rarer minerals, and but one, chrome-iron, occurs in sufficient abundance for industrial purposes. It is found in Hungary, in Norway (which annually exports about 16,000 tons to Hamburg and Holland), in Siberia, and in large quantities in Maryland and Pennsylvania. The ore employed in England is obtained mostly from Baltimore, Drontheim, and the Shetland Isles, and amounts to about 2,000 tons annually. Manganese is likewise a metal which has not yet left the domain of the laboratory, but some of its ores are of considerable and increasing importance. The grey and black oxides of manganese are largely used for the manufacture of the chloride of lime, a substance well known for its bleaching properties. They also serve in the fabrication of flintglass, as a means for correcting the green tinge which it is apt to derive from iron, and are employed in the manufacture of various kinds of steel. The ores of manganese are chiefly provided by the mines of Nassau, which in 1864 yielded 14,460 tons, and of Huelva in Spain, which furnished 24,430 tons in 1865. Our Cornish mines likewise produce considerable quantities, but are still far from being able to supply the wants of our colossal industry, which, in 1866, required the importation of no less than 48,700 tons of oxide of manganese from foreign countries. Cadmium, which accompanies most of the zinc ores, was discovered by Stromeyer in 1818. Its sulphuret affords a fine yellow pigment; but the metal itself, which has the colour and lustre of tin, and is very fusible and ductile, has no commercial value. Rutile, a red-brown mineral, occurring in small quantities in the Alps, Norway, and many other localities, where it is generally found in crystals, imbedded in quartz, was found by Klaproth, in 1795, to be the oxide of a peculiar metal which, according to the old fashion of giving mythological names to new planets and metals, obtained the name of Titanium. The metal, which has a copper-red colour, has not ALUMINIUM AND MAGNESIUM. 387 hitherto been applied to use; but rutile is employed as a yellow colour in painting porcelain, and also for giving the requisite tint to artificial teeth. Like Titanium, the metal Molybdenum, discovered by Hjelm in 1782, is as yet interesting only in a scientific point of view; but one of its salts is used by the cottonprinters as a valuable colouring matter, and another is indispensable as a re-agent in many chemical researches. Thus more than one of the modern metals has already become an important object to the porcelain-painter or the dyer. Aluminium, the metal which Sir H. Davy discovered in clay or alumina, and of which the purest native oxides are the varieties of corundum (oriental ruby, sapphire, &c.), has of late become of technical importance, and though the cost of its production is very great, as a pound of aluminium is worth about 41., yet it already serves for many purposes. Its silvery lustre and perfect unalterability by atmospherical influences render it an excellent material for objects of art and ornament, and from its low specific gravity (2-1A%%) it makes excellent tubes for telescopes and opera-glasses, which when composed of any other metal are of a fatiguing weight. Even culinary vases have already been made of aluminium, for, besides its perfect innocuousness, it cools very slowly when heated, and greasy substances do not adhere to it. Its high price is the only obstacle which has hitherto limited its uses. With copper it forms an alloy (aluminium-bronze) discovered by Dr. John Percy, which possesses the hardness, tenacity, and malleability of iron without its liability to rust, and consequently has already found numerous applications. The beautiful gold colour of this alloy makes it a valuable material for the fabrication of the vases and ornaments used in Catholic churches, and a recent decree of the Pope has authorised its employment for this purpose. Magnesium, the metallic basis of magnesia, a native earth widely disseminated in the mineral kingdom, and forming a constituent part of whole mountain chains, had ever since its discovery by Sir Humphry Davy been a mere object of curiosity, when a few years ago, Mr. Sonstadt, an English chemist, succeeded in producing it in larger quantities. Its silvery brilliancy, hardness, and ductility, its low specific cc 2 388 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. gravity, and unalterability by air and water, are qualities which will probably lead to an extensive employment when a cheaper method of production shall have been discovered; but even now it has found a highly interesting use. It is so easily inflammable that a wire of considerable thickness can be ignited in the flame of a candle, and the light evolved by the combustion is of almost solar intensity. In lighthouses it serves to guide the mariner in his course; it lights up the obscurest recesses of stalactital caverns, and with its assistance the photographer no longer depends upon the sun, and reveals to us the hidden paintings and sculptures of rocktombs and temples as distinctly as if they were exposed to the light of day. Sodium, the metallic basis of soda, was discovered by Sir Humphry Davy in 1807. It is lighter than water, and white and lustrous as silver; but exposure to air almost immediately converts it into soda. Thus it can never become directly useful, like aluminium or magnesium; but being indispensable for reducing the ores of these two metals, it renders important indirect services, and is consequently produced in considerable quantities. Palladium, one of the hardest and heaviest of metals, is of a steel grey colour, passing into silver white. Its alloy with silver, which has the valuable property of not tarnishing in air, is eminently fitted for the manufacture of delicate scientific instruments. The Wollaston medal, given by the Geological Society, is, in honour of its discoverer, made of palladium, which is considerably dearer than gold. In 1804, the same eminent philosopher discovered another metal in native platina, to which he gave the name of Rhodium. Mixed with steel in the proportion of one to fifty, rhodium produces an excellent metal for making the sharpest cutting instruments, and a mixture of equal parts of rhodium and steel makes the best telescopic mirrors, as it is not liable to be tarnished. It is also employed for making the unalterable nibs of the so-called rhodium pens. Thallium, though one of the newest metals, as it was discovered by Mr. Crookes as recently as 1861, already bids fair to render some important services. It imparts to optical glasses a considerable density and dispersive power, and THALLIUM. 389 should no other use be found for it, this alone would render it a valuable acquisition. Such is the brief history of those new metals which have already found a useful employment in the industrial arts. It throws a vivid light upon the rapid progress of modern chemistry, for the very existence of most of them was undreamt of at the beginning of the present century, and their discovery could be attained only by an amount of analytical knowledge beyond the scope of any previous age. On witnessing these triumphs of science we may well ask where they will end, and when the goal will be reached beyond which it will be impossible for the human intellect to penetrate? 390 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD, CHAPTER XXXII. COAL. The Age of Coal-Plants of the Carboniferous Age —Hugh Miller's Description of a Coal Forest-Vast Time required for the Formation of the Coal-fields-Derangements and Dislocations-Faults-Their Disadvantages and Advantages-Bituminous Coals-Anthracites —Our Black Diamonds-Advantageous Position of our Coal Mines-The South Welsh Coal-field-Great Central and Manchester Coal-fields-The Whitehaven Basin and the Dudley Area-Newcastle and Durham Coal-fields-Costly Winnings-A Ball in a Coal-pit-Submarine Coal Mines -Newcastle View from Tynemouth Priory-Hewers-Cutting MachinesPutters-Onsetters - Shifters-Trapper Boys-George Stephenson-Rise of Coal Production-Probable Duration of our Supply-Prussian Coal MinesBelgian-Coal Mines in various other countries-Maunch Chunck. THE history of the primitive races of mankind, as far as we are able to trace it in the few relics that have survived their existence, shows us that an age of stone was followed by one of bronze, which in its turn was succeeded by one of iron. The Golden Age has probably never existed but in the fancy of poets who sought in the land of dreams a compensation for the deficiencies of the real world; and there can be no doubt that, despite California and Australia, our own times are as far from realising the pleasing vision as any before them. But a title to which they have a better claim is founded upon the vast use of the mineral fuel without which the glorious inventions of Watt and Stephenson would have been comparatively vain; and whoever has attentively examined the foundations of our industry, our commerce, our wealth, and our civilisation will hardly deny that we live in what may justly be termed the Age of Coal. This mineral, the importance of which in the political economy of the leading nations of the globe can hardly be overrated, is also one of surpassing interest in a geological IMPORTANCE OF COAL. 391 point of view, for the history of its formation is one of the great marvels of the subterranean world. The plants whose growth and decay originally furnished the materials of which our black coal* is composed, flourished in that far distant period when as yet no bird or mammalian quadruped had made its appearance, when even the gigantic Ichthyosaurus was not yet born, and the progress of organic life had not advanced beyond the creation of some uncouth reptiles or strangely formed fishes. From the vast space of time which separates us from the carboniferous age, it may ^ N MII PECOPTERIS ADIANTOIDES. SPtIENOPTERIS AFFINIS. easily be imagined that the state of the vegetable world was then extremely different from that now prevailing. The vegetable remains which constitute coal have generally been so transformed as to afford no trace of their original texture; yet the distinct plants found here and there preserved in the mass, and which amount to about five hundred species, plainly bear the character of a swampy vegetation, and show that they must have grown in submerged, or at least extremely humid, situations. They * Lignite, or brown coal, is of more modern origin. 392 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. consist chiefly of ferns, of Lepidodendra, allied to the clubmosses of the present day, of a few coniferous trees, the IEPIDODEYNDRON ELEGANS. ASTEROPHYLLITES COIOSA. SIGILLARIA OCULATA. woody structure of some of them showing that they were FORMATION OF COAL. 393 related to the Araucarian division of pines, more than to any of our common European firs; of some large'horsetails,' and of Sigillarite and Calamites, that seem to have been distinct from all tribes of now existing plants. Scanty as are these relics of an extinct world, they yet allow the fancy to reconstruct the forests of which they formed a part, and to wander through those dismal woods where generations after generations of arborescent ferns and moor-plants flourished and decayed for the use of beings that were to appear millions of years later upon the stage of life. \L w, i'? "-',A, I/ I CALAMIITES NODOSUS. The following description by Hugh Miller will assist our fancy in roaming among the primeval thickets from which coal was formed:' We have before us a low shore, covered with a dense vegetation. Huge trees of wonderful form stand out far into the water. There seems no intervening beach. A thick hedge of reeds, tall as the masts of pinnaces, runs along the deeper bays, like water-flags at the edge of a lake. A river of vast volume comes rolling from the interior, darkening the water for leagues with its slime and mud, and bearing with it to the open sea reeds and ferns and cones of the pine, and 394 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. immense floats of leaves, and now and then some bulky tree undermined and uprooted by the current. We near the coast, and now enter the opening of the stream. A scarce penetrable phalanx of reeds, that attain to the height and wellnigh to the bulk of forest trees, is ranged on either hand. The bright and glossy stems seem rodded like Gothic columns; the pointed leaves stand out green at every joint, tier above tier, each tier resembling a coronal wreath, or an ancient crown with the rays turned outwards, and we see atop what may be either large spikes or catkins. What strange forms of vegetable life appear in the forest behind! Can that be a club-moss that raises its slender height for more than fifty feet from the soil P Or can these tall palmlike trees be actually ferns, and these spreading branches mere fronds P And then these gigantic reeds! are they not mere varieties of the common horsetail of our bogs and marshes, magnified some sixty or a hundred times P Have we arrived at some such country as the continent visited by Gulliver, in which he found thickets of weeds and grass tall as woods of twenty years' growth, and lost himself amid a forest of corn fifty feet in height? The lesser vegetation of our own country, its reeds, mosses, and ferns, seems here as if viewed through a microscope, the dwarfs have sprung up into giants, and yet there appears to be no proportional increase in size among what are unequivocally its trees. Yonder is a group of what seem to be pines-tall and bulky,'tis true, but neither taller nor bulkier than the pines of Norway and America. There is an amazing luxuriance of growth all around us. Scarce can the current make way through the thickets of aquatic plants that rise thick from the muddy bottom; and though the sunshine falls bright on the upper boughs of the tangled forest beyond, not a ray penetrates the more than twilight gloom that broods over the marshy platform below. The rank steam of decaying vegetation forms a thick blue haze, that partially obscures the underwood. Deadly lakes of carbonic acid gas have accumulated in the hollows; there is a silence all around, uninterrupted save by the sudden splash of some reptile fish that has risen to the surface in pursuit of its prey, or when a sudden breeze stirs the hot air, and shakes the fronds of TIME NEEDED FOR THE COAL-FORMATION. 395 the giant ferns, or the catkins of the reeds. The wide continent before us is a continent devoid of animal life, save that its pools and rivers abound in fish and mollusca, and that millions and tens of millions of the infusory tribes swarm in the bogs and marshes. Here and there, too, an insect of strange form flutters among the leaves. It is more than probable that no creature furnished with lungs of the more perfect construction could have breathed the atmosphere of this early period and have lived.' As coal seams have been discovered as far to the north as Greenland, Melville Island, and Spitzbergen, where now no trees will grow, it has been inferred that, in the primeval ages which witnessed their birth, a tropical climate must have reigned over the whole surface of the earth; but the vegetation of arborescent ferns does not necessarily imply a very warm climate, as such plants are found to flourish in New Zealand, together with many conifers and club-mosses, so that a forest in that temperate country may make a nearer approach to the carboniferous vegetation than any other now existing on the globe. So much is certain, that a very different distribution of sea and land must in those times have mitigated the severity of the Arctic winter, or, perhaps, as Professor Oswald Heer conjectures, our solar system may then have rolled through a space more densely clustered with stars, whose radiant heat gave to our earth the advantage of a mild climate, even at the poles. The space of time required for the formation of the coalfields is as immeasurable as the distance that separates us from Sirius. We know by experience how thin the sheet of humus is which the annual leaf-fall of our trees, or the yearly decay of our moor-plants, leaves behind, and how many decenniums must elapse before one single inch of solid mould is formed. But there are many coal strata eight, ten, or even forty or fifty feet thick; and if we consider besides the mighty pressure of the superincumbent rocks which store them in the smallest compass, we cannot possibly doubt that one such stratum must have required thousands of years for its formation. Our wonder increases when we reflect that in many coal-measures (the series of beds intimately associated with the seams of coal) no less than a hundred thick 396 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. and thin seams of coal alternate with layers of sandstone and shale, so that the reckoning would swell to millions were we able to fathom the ages of their successive growth. It may well be asked how such vast masses of vegetable origin, which required the sun's light for their formation, came thus to be incased in stone thousands of feet beneath the surface of the earth P More than one theory has been advanced to solve this difficult problem, which can hardly be explained in any other manner than by a general, slowly progressing subsidence of the humid lowlands, alternating with periods of rest. Fancy a wide delta land, similar to Egypt or the Netherlands, covered with luxuriant forests, whose spoils, accumulating where they fall, form in the course of centuries a thick stratum of vegetable matter. This land then sinks, suddenly or gradually, under water, many a fathom deep, and remains there perhaps for ten thousand years, till a vast deposit is formed of sandstone and shale, brought down from the highlands by the rivers that come rolling from the interior, the pressure of which, aided by water, converts the stratum of wood into coal. By this deposit the bottom is gradually filled up, and the bay again converted into marsh or meadow, upon which again vegetation flourishes for a thousand years till the materials of a second bed of coal are collected. A third submergence takes place, rocky strata are again deposited, the water again shoals into land capable of bearing plants, a third period of forests commences, and continues till the mass of vegetable matter destined to form a new bed of coal is accumulated. It is unnecessary to pursue the series any further; let it suffice to say that in this manner coal followed upon sand, or sand upon coal, till in the carboniferous basin of Nova Scotia, for instance, a vertical subsidence of three miles was gradually filled up by the waste swept down from the higher lands, or by the accumulation of vegetable matter. Great as are these changes of level, they do not indicate any more considerable or violent perturbations than those which take place at the present day, either from earthquakes or from slow oscillations of the soil. Large areas in the Pacific and elsewhere are known to be actually subsiding at the rate of three or four feet in the century, and when DISLOCATION OF COAL-BEDS. 397 measured on the scale of geological time, the depression which sunk the first carboniferous forests of South Wales or Nova Scotia to the depth of ten or twenty thousand feet, probably proceeded at the same slow rate. Adding to these vast epochs of gradual subsidence the long periods of rest which intervened between them, it is perhaps no exaggeration to affirm that several millions of years may have been required for the formation of a coal-field such as that of Saarbriicken or South Wales. The fossil remains inclosed in the various layers of the carboniferous beds alone suffice to prove the immensity of time required for their accumulation, for the species of ferns or lycopods imbedded in the lower seams of a coal-field are found gradually to disappear \\ C B COAL-BEDS RENDERED AVAILABLE BY ELEVATION. a b c, shafts. A B C, coal-beds. in the higher ones, while new species are continually appearing on rising in the series, until, finally, the plants of the older seams have completely made way for newer forms. Thus the coal formation has, during the vast ages of its growth, changed more than once the aspect of its flora, and the plants which flourished in its youth had long since disappeared from the earth when it approached its end. Although all coal-fields must have originally been formed in horizontal or slightly undulating situations, yet in many cases they have undergone enormous derangements or dislocations from subsequent terrestrial changes; and to this circumstance is mainly due their utility to man. Had they been permitted to remain in their primitive geological position, 398 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. we probably should never have enjoyed the benefit of the coal, because it would have been too deep for our reach. We might have known it to be there, but it would have been beyond our power to pierce a mile or two into the earth. But, by a wonderful and merciful providence, the oscillations to which the earth-rind is subject, have frequently upheaved them enormously out of their original positions; and the elevated portions having often been denuded by water, large patches of coal have thus been rendered available to man. The various subterranean changes which have acted upon the coal-fields during the course of unnumbered ages have not only raised or sunk, but frequently dislocated, contorted, ruptured, or broken them up in a most extraordinary manner. In the coal-field near Mons, in Belgium, for instance, a vast lateral pressure has curved the strata again and again, and even folded them four or five times into zigzag bendings, so that on sinking a shaft the same continuous layer of coal is cut through several times. SECTION OF COAL-FIELD SOUTH OF MALMESBURY. 1. Old red sandstone. 5. Coarse sandstone. 9. Great oolite. 2. Mountain limestone. C. New red sandstone. 10. Corn brash and 3. Millstone grit. 7. Lias. forest marl. 4. Coal seams. 8. Inferior oolite. Frequently a concave form has been the result of these terrestrial revolutions, and hence coal-fields are often called coal-basins. Thus, in the coal-field south of Malmesbury, the strata appear to dip from the surface, and rise again to it after attaining a certain depth, so that a section of them suggests the idea of a boat or basin. Very commonly one portion of a continuous strattum or series of strata has been broken away from the rest, and has been displaced, either by elevation or depression, or shifting on one side, for various distances. The amount of displacement is sometimes onily a few inches, and at other times FAULTS IN COAL-FIELDS. 399 several hundred fathoms, and the extent may be twenty yards or twenty miles. We may easily conceive the difficulties which these disruptions frequently throw in the way of the miner, who in following what he considers a valuable seam of coal is suddenly stopped by coining in contact with a fault, a trouble, or a slip, as these phenomena are expressively called, and finds the coal shifted several yards above or below, or even completely lost. On the other hand, the miner, thus provokingly stopped in his labours, must not forget that it is perhaps owing to the very shifts he complains of that the outcrop of the coal has occurred at all in his neighbourhood, and that the coal is workable throughout a very large portion of the district in which he is interested. A most important advantage is also derived from the existence of these numerous faults in coal strata; namely, that they intersect a large field of coal in all directions, and by the clayey contents which fill up the cracks acccompanying minor faults, they become natural coffer-dams, which prevent the body of water accumulated in one part of the field from flowing into any opening which might be made in it in another part. A remarkable instance of the advantage arising from the presence of a great line of fault occurred in the year 1825 at Gosforth, near Newcastle, where a shaft was dug on the wet side of what is locally termed the Great Ninety Fathom Dyke, which there intersects the coal-field. The workings were immediately inundated with water, and it was found necessary to abandon them. Another shaft, however, was sunk on the other side of the dyke, only a few yards from the former, and in this they descended nearly 200 fathoms, or 1,200 feet, without any hindrance from the water. The separation of a coal-field into small areas by dykes or faults is likewise very beneficial in case of fire in a coal-pit, for in this case the combustion is prevented from spreading widely, and destroying, as it otherwise would, the whole of the ignited seam.' The natural disposition of coal in detached portions,' says the author of an excellent article in the Edinburgh Review, I* Vol. cxi. p. 80. 400 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD.'is not simply a phenomenon of geology, but it also bears upon national considerations. It is remarkable that this natural disposition is that which renders the fuel most accessible and most easily mined. Were the coal situated at its normal geological depth, that is, supposing the strata to be all horizontal and undisturbed or upheaved (sic), it would be far below human reach. Were it deposited continuously in one even superficial layer, it would have been too readily, and therefore too quickly mined, and all the superior qualities would be wrought out, and only the inferior left; but as it now lies, it is broken up by geological disturbances into separate portions, each defined and limited in area, each sufficiently accessible to bring it within man's reach and labour, each manageable by mechanical arrangements, and each capable of gradual excavation without being subject to sudden exhaustion. Selfish plundering is partly prevented by natural barriers, and we are warned against reckless waste by the comparative thinness of coal-seams, as well as by the ever-augmenting difficulty of working them at increased depths. By the separation of seams one from another, and by varied intervals of waste sandstones and shales, such a measured rate of mining is necessitated as precludes us from entirely robbing posterity of the most valuable mineral fuel, while the fuel itself is preserved from those extended fractures and crumblings and falls which would certainly be the consequence of largely mining the best bituminous coal, were it aggregated into one vast mass. In fact, by an evident exercise of forethought and benevolence in the Great Author of all our blessings, our invaluable fuel has been stored up for us in deposits the most compendious, the most accessible, yet the least exhaustible, and has been locally distributed into the most convenient situations. Our coalfields are, in fact, so many bituminous banks, in which there is abundance for an adequate currency, but against any sudden run upon them nature has interposed numerous checks, by locking up whole reserves of the precious fuel in the bank cellar, under the invincible protection of ponderous stone-beds.' If we examine the nature of the mineral fuel thus provided for us in the bowels of the earth, we find a number of varieties greatly differing from each other in chemical I v r ni e s s 7H -.............. o'. COAL FIELDS Z&{g O t e d 2 a CHI EF MINING DISTRICTS e't 1 t" I Dune -;>, I1f CrEA follyGREAT BRITAIN'Xbo~~~~;Y ~ n~.~tCoal/:- -'.... (~ ~Z4~ ~r~ 4 T -/ieiih imerabDist7 icts 6.:.'.......':e 6-.g.. do0Jg;r:. v' |k":~I.? fe.\.............-' _2' Mars'B rq eon ad 511 5 e. -.:! L/ s e e as ~V C o........ I.rost'i. C.. Isle ofI"~"~""~"~"~~"~ e~ d, 04o's' L C:o'T t.e."~~ 0' ~.,'L c'L CAUSES OF VARIETIES IN COAL. 401 composition and in combustible value. Thus the anthsracites or non-bitumnnous coals, which contain from eighty-five to ninety-seven per cent. of pure carbon, are not easily ignited, and yield no flame and but little or no smoke. The bituminous coals, on the contrary, contain a large proportion of volatile matter, amounting to as much as thirty, forty, or fifty per cent., and are consequently very inflammable, burning with a bright flame, considerable smoke, and a penetrating odour. But as Nature in general does not love those sharp divisions to which theorists are so partial, thus also there is no fixed boundary between these two classes of mineral fuel; and we find an uninterrupted series of intermediate qualities between pure anthracite and the fattest coal. It may be remarked that if coal were of one uniform chemical composition, its utility would be confined within narrower limits, as the bituminous, semi-bituminous, and anthracital varieties have each their distinguishing properties which adapt each to special uses. Some kinds, from their richness in volatile bituminous matter, are excellent for the manufacture of illuminating gas, while, from their smaller proportion of carbon, they could hardly be used for the making of iron; and the anthracites, which yield little or no gas, are very serviceable for smelting or domestic purposes. It appears from the researches of modern chemistry that the different varieties of coal are due to the progress of decomposition which wood and vegetable matter undergo when buried in the earth, exposed to moisture, and partially or entirely excluded from the air. Slowly evolving carbonic acid gas, and thus parting with a portion of their original oxygen, they become gradually converted into lignite or wood-coal, which contains a larger proportion of hydrogen than wood does. A continuance of decomposition changes this lignite into common or bituminous coal, chiefly by the discharge of carburetted hydrogen, or the gas by which we illuminate our streets and houses; and bituminous coal still continuing to evolve its volatile matter, not only after its being covered with strata thousands of feet in thickness, but even to the present day (as the fire-damp sufficiently proves) D D 402 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. is thus ultimately transformed into anthracite, to which 1-he various names of splint-coal, glance-coal, hard-coal, and culm have been given. When we consider the manner in which coal has been formed in swampy lowlands, or more particularly in riverdeltas, which gradually subsided to a considerable depth beneath the level of the sea, we cannot wonder that, when compared with the whole extent of the globe, the area of the coal-fields is extremely limited, and confined to but a few favoured countries. In our times delta lands occupy but a small part of the continents and large islands, and there is no reason to suppose that they were more considerable during the carboniferous age, or at any other epoch. Besides, many of the ancient deltas, probably, never subsided at all, so that no coal could be formed on their site; and others, where coal strata were gradually piled up, may still be whelmed beneath the sea awaiting some future upheaval to become serviceable to future generations of man. After the preliminary remarks on coal and the coal formation in general, I will now briefly describe the chief coal-producing countries of the globe. First on the list stands Great Britain, whose pre-eminence in industry and commerce is entirely founded on her vast deposits of coal. It is this invaluable mineral which sets those countless steam-engines in motion that perform the labours of a hundred millions of men; which spins and weaves the cotton of America, the silk of China, the wool of Australia, and the flax of Belgium into that amazing variety of tissues that serve to clothe almost all the nations of the globe; and which finally produces a greater quantity of the cheapest iron than the combined efforts of all the world. Thus our coals may well be called our black diamonds, and the comparison is indeed paying the latter too high a compliment, for larger masses of diamonds would be utterlyworthless, while, by means of our coal, we are able to enjoy the produce of every zone. Not only do our fifty-one coal-fields surpass in magnitude those which are disseminated over a far greater territory in Germany, Belgium, and France; but their local distribution and geological formation are as favourable as could possibly be wished. Furthest north we see the considerable DISTRIBUTION OF COAL. 403 deposits of Scotland extending from the coast of Fife to the valley of the Clyde. It is to them that Glasgow owes its half-a-million of inhabitants, and a wealth far surpassing that of all Scotland under the reign of'bonnie' Queen Mary. In England, north of the Trent, along the Wear and Tyne, and even extending far beneath the sea, we have the coal-fields of Northumberland and Durham, with Cumberland and those of Yorkshire, Nottinghamshire, and COAL BASIN OF CLACKUMANNANSHIRE. a, b. Coal seams. c. Limestone strata. x, y. Slips. Derbyshire. After these comes the large field of Lancashire, or, as it is sometimes named, the Manchester Coal-field. Looking to the central districts, we see the coals of North and South Staffordshire and of Leicestershire. In the north-west we have the field of North Wales; in the more central west, the deposits of the Plain of Shrewsbury, Coalbrook Dale, and the Clee Hills; and in the south-west, the great coal-field of South Wales, and the minor ones of the Forest of Dean, of Somersetshire, and of Gloucestershire. The inspection of a good geological map shows us at once how advantageously for commerce these several coal-stores are distributed. Every large coal-field in England and Scotland is hardly ever distant more than thirty miles from the next, so that from the Clyde to Somersetshire the whole interior of the country can easily, by means of canals and railroads, be provided with fuel. The east and west coasts of the land are nowhere above fifty miles from a coal-field; and even the most remote localities in the three kingdoms are able to provide themselves from distances within 150 miles. But it is chiefly the neighbourhood of the sea which gives such an incomparable value to our most important coalfields; as, thanks to this advantageous situation, which none of the French, Belgian, and German coal-fields possess, Great Britain is enabled to provide not only her own coastD D 2 404 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. towns, but almost all the sea-ports in the world, with a cheaper fuel than can be produced in their own country. Even in Ostend, Belgian coal, rendered dear by canal transport, is unable to compete with that which is brought over sea from England; and Hamburg provides herself with fuel from Newcastle and Hartlepool, and not from the coal-fields of Saxony and Westphalia. Coal is found in seventeen counties in Ireland, over an area of about 3,000 square miles. Yet, notwithstanding this great abundance of coal which the country possesses, and which is distributed throughout almost all parts of the island, from Limerick to Antrim, her capital and chief cities and ports have hitherto depended upon Great Britain for their supplies of mineral fuel, both for domestic and for manufacturing purposes. To those who are unacquainted with the actual circumstances, it appears scarcely credible that this fine country has made so little use of the coal which has been so bountifully bestowed upon her. Among other causes not political, which perpetuate this state of things, is the extraordinary facility and cheapness with which the ports of Ireland can be supplied from the great western coal-fields of Great Britain. The excellence, abundance, and cheapness of peat, which is not only the common fuel of the poor in the interior, and, indeed, of all classes in some districts, but is also brought in barges by the great canal, and consumed to a considerable amount in the capital itself, is another reason why the Irish coal-mines have, as yet, been so little worked. When we consider the vast importance of coal, we cannot wonder at the paramount influence which it has exercised over the distribution of our population in modern times. While Salisbury, Winchester, and Canterbury-important towns of medieval England-are reduced to atrophy from the distance and absence of coal-fields, Newcastle, Leeds, Manchester, Sheffield, Birmingham, Glasgow, and a host of other flourishing towns may truly be said to be built on coal. Where there are large coal-fields there is life and a prospect of almost unlimited prosperity, for they are sure to attract machinery and man. Take a geological map of a new and thinly-populated country; and if it be marked with ENGLISH AND WELSH COAL-FIELDS. 405 coal-fields the spots where large cities will exist hereafter may be safely determined. A more detailed examination of the chief coal-fields of England shows us the immensity of the mineral riches which are here still hoarded up for the benefit of future generations. The superficial extent of the South Welsh coal-fields is about a thousand square miles. On its northern wing we find on an average twenty-one coal bands, forming an aggregate thickness of eighty and a half feet. In some parts of the south wing there are even as many as thirty-three bands of an aggregate thickness of one hundred and four feet of pure coal, so that the average depth of the field may be estimated at ninety-two feet. Numerous transversal valleys intersect this magnificent coal-field, and afford the easiest means of working it in every depth. They also facilitate the transport of the coal on the canals and railroads which lead along their bottom or along their slopes to the harbours of the Bristol Channel. In the chapters on iron and copper, I have had occasion to describe the gigantic industries, founded on these natural advantages, which have raised South Wales from being one of the most insignificant into one of the most important provinces of the empire. All the coals of this basin are so rich in carbon as to yield from seventy to ninety per cent. of coke. They are either anthracites or only semi-bituminous, and are consequently not suitable for making gas, nor are they much liked for burning in open fire-places, as they do not emit a genial flame. On the other hand, the semi-bituminous Welsh coal is invaluable for burning in steam-engines, for it has been provedto generate one-quarter more steam than anyotherkind of English coal. One of its properties-by no means unimportant-is its non-liabilityto spontaneous combustion, which, it is well known, occasionally takes place with bituminous coals, and by which vessels have been lost at sea, and warehouses ignited on land. The value of the Welsh steam or slightly bituminous coal is enhanced by its quality of burning almost without smoke, a property hitherto slightly appreciated, but the importance of which in time of war is evident. 406 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Steamers burning the fat, bituminous coal can be trackred at sea at least seventy miles, before their hulls become visible, by the dense columns of black smoke pouring out of their pipes or chimneys, and trailing along the horizon. It is a complete tell-tale of their whereabouts, which is not the case with vessels burning Welsh or anthracital coal. From its compactness and density, the latter has likewise great advantages in point of stowage space over the ordinary weak bituminous coals. For long voyages this concentration of power and economy of space may easily be appreciated. From its great superiority over other kinds, Welsh coal has been exclusively used for some time past by the French Government, and it is also employed in England by all the chief mail packet companies. Coal is not exported from the South Wales basin as much as from some other fields, owing to the enormous requirements of the large iron works, most of which consume as much as can be supplied by their collieries. Every week, however, sees increased supplies of Welsh coal thrown into the London market, and every year fresh collieries are opened to meet the demand. The total number of pits in South Wales in 1865 was four hundred and eighteen, which produced between seven and eight million tons annually. The New Navigation Pit at Mountain Ash may be cited as an example of the grand scale on which the most important of these workings are conducted. The shaft is eighteen feet in diameter inside the walling, and divided into four compartments, two of which are for the drawing of coal, one for sending the workmen up and down, and the fourth for the drainage. Notwithstanding the great depth of three hundred and seventy yards, a carriage containing two half-tons of coal can be wound up in one minute, and the whole colliery is estimated to supply more than one thousand tons a day. The mineral property extends over an area of seven miles long by three miles in width, covering from four thousand to five thousand acres of four-foot coal. From this one case the reader may form a slight estimate of the boundless resources of the whole basin. The Great Central Coal-field, which ranges through South Yorkshire, Nottinghamshire, and Derbyshire, has a superficial COAL-FIELDS OF NEWCASTLE AND DURHAM. 407 extent of about one thousand square miles. In character it is closely allied to that of Newcastle, and is considered by some geologists to be a re-emergence of the same strata from beneath the covering of the magnesian limestone under which they suppose it to be concealed through the intervening space. It extends a little from the north-east of Leeds nearly to Derby, a distance of more than sixty-five miles. Its greatest width-twenty-three miles-is on the north, reaching nearly to Halifax on the west. On the south it extends towards the east to Nottingham, and is there about twelve miles wide. Though possessing some fine coal-seams, it is of far inferior importance to the Manchester or South Lancashire Coal-field, from which it is separated by a lofty chain of hills. This highly valuable basin, which extends over about five hundred and fifty square miles, begins in the north-west of Derbyshire, and continues thence to the southwest part of Lancashire, forming an area somewhat in the shape of a crescent, having Manchester nearly in the centre. Of the smaller coal-fields, the most important are the Whitehaven basin (one hundred and twenty square miles) and the Dudley or South Staffordshire area (ninety square 2/ 2 DUDLEY COAL-FIELD. 1. Limestone strata. 2. Coal. miles) which is particularly valuable for the extensive iron works which it maintains. One portion of this coal-field is distinguished by the presence of one continuous bed of coal thirty feet thick, which for British coal is astonishing; and this mass extends seven miles in length and four in breadth. In this favoured district coal-seams five or six feet thick are called thin seams; in Newcastle they would be called thick seams. Though not so extensive as the South Welsh area, the coal-fields of Newcastle and Durham are of far more ancient celebrity. Their produce is chiefly shipped on the Tyne, Wear, and Tees, small rivers hardly traceable on a map of the world, and yet far more important to commerce than the 408 TIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. mighty Orinoco or the thousand-armed Amazon. This magnificent coal area is bounded on the north by the river Coquet, and extends southward nearly as far as Hartlepool, a distance of about forty-eight miles. Its extreme breadth is about twenty-four miles, and the whole superficial extent may amount to about eight hundred square miles. There are in all about fifty-seven different seams of coal in the Great Northern Coalbfield, varying in thickness from an inch to five feet five inches and six feet, and comprising an aggregate of about seventy-six feet of coal. The pits are established chiefly with reference to one or more of the three following seams. The most valuable is called the High Maiwn Seam, and is about six feet thick. The next in value is the Bensham Seam, about three feet thick, which is remarkable for its excellent quality as a domestic coal, and for the enormous quantity of gas evolved from it in the mine. The Hutton or Low Main Seam, averaging from three feet six inches to five feet nine inches, is likewise of very good quality, and is extensively worked. It must, however, be remarked that the same seam of coal is not generally valuable in all places. Thus the High Main, which furnishes excellent coal on the Tyne, becomes injured as it proceeds in a south-easterly direction by being intermixed with a band of coal of inferior quality containing iron pyrites, &c. The Newcastle Coal-field is generally worked at a great depth, an expense of upwards of 50,0001. having in some instances been incurred before the seam of coal was reached which was to reward all this vast outlay and labour. The most remarkable and enterprising work of this kind on record is a sinking at Monk Wearmouth Colliery near Sunderland. After piercing the superincumbent beds of magnesian limestone and lower new red sandstone, the coal strata were reached at a depth of three hundred and thirty feet; but at the same time a spring was tapped which poured water into the workings at the rate of three thousand gallons per minute. This fearful influx was kept under by a steam-engine of two hundred horse-power, and the work was made sure by strong metal tubbing, and carried on successfully, though not without extreme difficulty. On entering the coal measures, however, a new and unexpected check was OUTLAY OF CAPITAL IN COAL-MINES. 409 experienced in the extra thickness of the uppermost coal strata, for which no calculation had been made, and the difficulties were increased when at the depth of one thousand feet a fresh feeder or spring of water was tapped. Additional expense and great loss of time were thus caused; but the proprietors persevered with real Anglo-Saxon pertinacity, undaunted bythe apparentlyhopeless nature of the undertaking, and by the fearful expenses incurred. Success crowned their efforts, and finally, at a depth of 1,710 feet, the Hutton seam of coal was reached, at a cost which, including the necessary preliminary operations, could not have been less than 100,0001. Another remarkable and costly piece of mining was that of Gosforth Colliery, which lies about three miles north from Newcastle, on the west bank of a romantic' dean' or little valley, through which the Ouseburn winds its way to the Tyne. The sinking was commenced in 1825, and the coal was won on Saturday, January 31, 1829. The High Main coal was reached at twenty-five fathoms below the surface, but near its first appearance the seam was thrown down in an inclined direction by the great Ninety Fathom Dyke which there intersects the coal-field. Hence it became necessary to sink the shaft to the depth of 181 fathoms, in order to come at the level of the lower range of coal. This having been accomplished, a horizontal drift 700 yards long was worked through the face of the dyke to the seam of coal a little above its junction with the dyke. A great part of this excavation had to be made through solid rock. To celebrate the completion of this remarkable work, a grand subterranean ball was given at the very place of triumph, 1,100 feet below the surface of the earth. As the guests arrived at the bottom of the shaft they went to the end of the drift to the face of the coal, where each person hewed a piece of coal as a memento of the day, and then returned to the ballroom, which was brilliantly lit up, and where born-and-bred ladies joined in a general dance with born-and-bred pitmen's daughters. Between 200 and 300 persons were present, nearly one-half of them belonging to the fair sex. It must be remembered that the pit had not been worked, so that no smoke and dust exuded from its mouth or defiled the ball-room. Some of the older coal-pits, where excavations have been 410 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. going on perhaps for a century or more, may be likened to large subterranean cities. The galleries of St. Hilda Colliery, near South Shields, are full seventy miles long; and Killingworth pits are said, on good authority, to have nearly one hundred and sixty miles of gallery excavation. In some parts the operations of the collier have encroached upon the domains of the ocean. At the Howgill pits, for instance, west of Whitehaven, the excavations have been carried more than 1,000 yards under the sea, and about 600 feet below its bottom. But the most remarkable marine colliery which Great Britain has ever possessed was situated at Borrowstounness. The coal was found to continue under the bed of the sea in this place, and the colliers had the courage to work it half a mile from the shore, where there was an entry that went down into the submarine coal-pit. This was made into a kind of round quay, built so as to keep out the tide which flowed there twelve feet. Here the coals were laid, and a ship of that draught of water could lay her side to the quay and take in the coal. This wonderful pit, which belonged to the Earl of Kincardine's family, continued to be wrought many years to the great profit of the owners, and the astonishment of all that saw it; but at last an unexpected high tide drowned the whole at once, together with the labourers who were at work.' While,' says the French geologist, Faujas de Saint Fond (who visited this remarkable mine about the end of the last century), the pitmen, by the dismal shine of their lamps, make the deep caverns resound with the blows of their pickaxes, ships driven by a fair wind sail over their heads, and the sailors, rejoicing at the beautiful weather, express their joy in songs: at another time a storm arises; the horizon is in flames, the thunder roars, the sea rages, the boldest tremble; then the pitmen, unconscious of the terrible scene, calmly pursue their labours, and think with pleasure of their homes, while the ship above is shattered to pieces and sinks; unfortunately, but too faithful a picture of the daily changes of human life.' Nowhere in the world, perhaps, does human activity display a more restless energy than on the site of the Newcastle Coalfield, where, night and day, successive trains heaped with the black diamonds of England speed along far-stretching rail 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 - 60 50 40 30 -13 01 1331' Il:l A I E ~RIC X & IeqS~ ~Io 110 lC'O 90 PCrp i' _~r? J _'Lt-~Z. _ - I ~ o nd o oni & do a ZZ J i c i?. iV hrna213,moekna tl ~u -: Lodaon:mon& C &Co. r; ['LerzQ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~J ~~~~9- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ L-~~~~~~~ lonton-Lo ema -&&Cb OPERATIONS OF A COLLIERY. 411 ways, and hurry down to river and ocean, until they are unloaded and their contents shipped by machinery. Steamengines are unceasingly at work drawing coals and pumping out water. Thousands of men are underneath our feet cutting down the coal by severe and peculiar labour, while thousands above are receiving the loads and speeding them forwards.' Go where you will, there is a network of small railways, leading from pit to pit in hopeless intricacy, but all having a common terminus on the river's bank or the ocean's shore. Go where you will, tall chimneys rise up before you, and here and there a low line of black sheds, flanked by chimneys of aspiring altitude, indicates that you are arriving at a colliery. As you draw nearer, men and boys of blackest hue pass you and peer at you with inquiring glances. Now trains of coalwaggons rush by more frequently, noises of the most discordant character increase, and you know that you are at the pit's mouth, when you behold two gigantic wooden arms slanting upwards, upon which are mounted the pulleys and wheels that carry the huge flat wire ropes of the shaft. For a moment the wheels do not revolve-no load is ascending or descending-but the next minute they turn rapidly, and up comes the load of coals or human beings to the surface. Perhaps the most impressive sight is a large colliery fully engaged at nightwork, with burning crates of coal suspended all around; and after this a view from some neighbouring eminence of all the far-flaming waste coal-heaps, burning up the accumulation of waste and small coal not worth carriage, ever added to the ever-consuming mound, until the whole district appears like the active crater of some enormrous volcano.' * The banks of the Tyne are in many places very high and precipitous, and consequently render peculiar contrivances necessary for the shipping of the coals. The means used for this purpose are various: sometimes inclined tunnels, through which the train of waggons is lowered in chains to the water; sometimes slopes, along which the coals are shovelled into the ship, or still better, the ingenious *'Edinburgh Review,' vol. cxi. p. 86. 412 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. mechanism of which William Howitt gives us the following description:-' As you advance over the plain you see a whole train of waggons loaded with coal, careering by themselves without horse, without steam-engine, without man, except that there sits one behind, who, instead of endeavouring to propel these mad waggons on their way, seems labouring hopelessly by his weight to detain them.'But what is your amazement when you come in sight of the river Tyne, and see these waggons still careering on to the very brink of the water!-to see a railway carried from the high bank, and supported on tall piles, horizontally, SHIPPING COAL. above the surface of the river, and to some distance into it, as if to allow those vagabond trains of waggons to run right off, and dash themselves down into the river!' There they go, all mad together! Another moment, and they will shoot over the end of the lofty railway, and go headlong into the Tyne, helter-skelter. But behold! these creatures are not so mad as you imagine them. They are instinct with sense; they have a principle of self-preservation, as well as of speed, in them. See, as they draw near the river they pause, they stop! one by one they detach themselves; and as one devoted waggon runs on, like a victim given up for the salvation of the rest, to perform a wild summersault into the water below, what do we see? ACTIVITY OF THE COAL TRADE. 413 It is caught! A pair of gigantic arms separate themselves from the end of the railway. They catch the waggon, they hold it suspended in the air, they let it softly and gently descend-and whither? Into the water? No; we see now that a ship already lies below the end of the railway. The waggon descends to it; a man standing there strikes a bolt, the bottom falls, and the coals which it contains are nicely deposited in the hold of the vessel. Up, again, soars the empty waggon in that pair of gigantic arms. It reaches the railway; it glides like a black swan into its native lake upon it; and away it goes, as of its own accord, to a distance, to await its brethren, who successively perform the same exploit, and then joining it, all scamper back again as hard as they can over the plain to the distant pit.' The produce of the collieries situated further up the Tyne, where the river is no longer navigable by sea-going craft, is conveyed in a kind of oval vessels, called keels, to the port of Newcastle, or its out-stations, North and South Shields, where it is discharged into larger ships. Newcastle may well be called the capital of King Coal. Once a town of military importance, as the old, grim-looking donjon-keep of Robert Curthose, the son of the Conqueror, still testifies, it entirely owes its modern importance to the treasures of coal adjacent to its walls. Its quays, black and sooty as the mineral on which its prosperity is founded, are lined with a dense row of counting-houses, and before them in the river still denser rows of colliers lie at anchor; while between both ebbs and flows a black-looking crowd-for all here wear the livery of the article to which all owe their bread. Some idea may be formed of the vast activity waving to and fro in this chief artery of the coal trade, from the fact that the annual arrivals in the Tyne are not less than 13,000 or 14,000, 10,000 of which are on account of the coal trade. Sunderland, the great port of the river Wear, where annually more than 10,000 cargoes of coal are shipped to all ports of the world; Hartlepool, a town of modern date with magnificent docks; Stockton-on-Tees, and a number of minor places of shipment on the coast, likewise owe their prosperity to coal, so that probably no other article of trade 414 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. gives constant employment to so many vessels within so confined a territory. From Tynemouth Priory, a ruin romantically situated on a bold promontory, the visitor frequently enjoys a magnificent marine picture; for when, after long-continued easterly gales, the wind changes to a westerly breeze, many hundred vessels-mostly colliers-put to sea together in a single tide, and distribute themselves over the ocean with their prows turned in almost every direction, some southward and coastwise, for English ports, for the Channel, and for the southern countries of Europe; others, northward for Scotland and the Norwegian coast; and others, again, due east, for Denmark and the Baltic-all sinking deep in the water, weighed down by that mineral fuel which is more valuable for England than if it were replaced by the mines of Mexico or the diggings of Australia. Yet a few years, and probably the dingy and crawling craft, which perform the chief part in this animated scene, will be abolished. Clipper screw steamers are rapidly taking their place, and the railroads daily transport a greater proportion of the seven or eight million tons of coal which are annually devoured by our huge metropolis. Before quitting the Northern coal districts, a few words may be added on the swarthy population whose labours bring their subterranean riches to the light. The chief underground workmen are the hewers, who either remove the coal with pickaxes, or sometimes blast it with powder. To hew well is a work of skill as well as of strength, and men must be early practised in it to earn high wages by piece-work. In tolerably thick seams of coal of five and six feet and upwards, hewing is more a work of strength than skill; but in the narrower seams skill predominates. In these the arm is confined, the blow is shortened, the pick is impeded. To gain space by adaptation of position, you may see one hewer kneeling down on one or both knees, another squatting, another stooping or bending double, and occasionally one or more lying on their sides or on their backs, picking and pegging away at the seam above them. If the seam be hard as well as thin, and the man's position confined, it is manifest that he cannot get his strength to CLASSIFICATiON OF MINERS. 415 bear in full, or his full measure of coals. In such cases he is bathed in perspiration, in a state of semi-nudity, enveloped in floating and clinging coal-dust. If to this we add the very faint light imparted by the Davy lamps, the constantly thickening atmosphere, the exhalations from living beings, exaggerated by heat, and not diminished by any free current of air, and remember that eight hours is the usual day's work of the hewer, we must surely confess that few men have their strength more hardly tasked, or earn their bread in a more laborious manner. COAL HEWERS AT WORK. To relieve this arduous toil, coal-cutting machines have lately been devised, which are worked either by steam or by compressed air, and will probably in time perform a great part of the hewer's labour, as those already in employment appear to be well adapted to the purpose for which they are contrived, and further improvements in their construction will no doubt be introduced. Coal-cutting machines, which act either by picking or gouging, have been found to work more economically than manual labour, while at the same time much less coal is destroyed and reduced to slack. A matter of still more importance is the diminished risk to the persons and lives of the employed, who, when working in 416 TIIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. a constrained position, and consequently unable to relieve themselves from the fall of a superincumbent mass of coal, are frequently crushed to death. The application of machinery to cutting coal gives another advantage of national importance, as, by enabling the working to be carried into the deeper seams of coal which lie at so high a temperature as to present serious or insurmountable difficulty to handwork, it will render available to posterity new and hitherto inaccessible stores of coal. The hewers may possibly fear to be thrown out of employment by its introduction on an extensive scale; but as it will relieve them from their most irksome drudgery, and allow them to reserve their strength for less injurious trial, they cannot but be thankful for the aid which it affords them. They are usually paid according to the number of baskets or tubs they are able to fill. These are then conveyed by the putters through the smaller or lower galleries of the pit to the headways, where they are hoisted by the crow-men upon the rolleys or waggons for transporting the coals from the crow to the shaft. The roads along which the rolleys are driven are made sufficiently high for an ordinary horse by cutting away the roof or the floor. Some of them are two miles long, and are kept in repair by a rolley-wayman. Where tubs are used for the conveyance of coal the whole way, no crow is necessary, but a lad, termed a' flatman,' who links the tubs together at the level or the flat. Next to the hewers, the putters are the hardest labourers in the pit; and in some places their labour is even harder, for it is no easy matter to push corfs or tubs, weighing from six to ten hundredweight, along galleries which are often but three or four feet high, where the heat not seldom averages about 78~ Fahr., and in consequence of the increased pressure of the air, water boils at 220~. The term' putter' includes the specific distinctions of the'headsman,''half-marrow,' and the'foal.' Where full tubs or baskets are to be pushed along the rails from the hewers to the crow and the rolley-drivers, the headsmen take the chief part; a half-marrow goes at each end of the train alternately with another half-marrow; while a foal always precedes the train. At the bottom of the shaft the' onsetters' are stationed, who EMPLOYMENTS IN MINES. 417 attach the tubs to the ropes which hoist them to the surface. Besides these various classes of workmen, we find the' shifters,' who keep the galleries in repair, and the little' trapper-boys,' whose duty it is to open the ventilating-doors whenever they hear the drivers or trains of coal-waggons coming on one side or the other. Their task, though humble, tedious, and requiring the least amount of intelligence, is of great importance, as the numerous doors which they guard must remain open only long enough for the passage of the trains, and must then be closed again immediately, or the current of air needed to ventilate the mine would be diverted in its course. It is hardly possible to imagine a more joyless childhood than that of these little fellows, condemned to sit in solitary gloom during the greater part of the day, and only comforted by the sudden shout or song of a team-driver, approaching with his train of waggons, and demanding the opening of the door. Besides the workers underground, a number of labourers or artisans are constantly employed above pit, from the'banksmen,' whose duty it is to see all things living and lifeless up and down the shaft, to the'staithmen,' who attend to the staith or shipping place of coals. Many find constant occupation in the raff-yard, where old waggons, ironwork, and woodwork are duly hospitalled and refitted for fresh duty. The daily work of the mine is conducted according to the strictest discipline. The' resident viewer' is supreme, and has subordinate viewers, overseers, and wastemen, lampkeepers, and other officers, who have each their departments, and discharge their duties assiduously. Thus a first-rate northern colliery establishment —where a total of more than five hundred persons are variously employed -resembles a little community in itself. Men of all educations, arts, grades, and duties, and males of almost all ages, from ten years, are here; men, too, of all appearances-from the gentlemanly viewer to the doubtful wasteman, and from the underground workers-in-chief —the hewers-to the humble trapper-boys. The peculiar nature of his underground occupations, which condemns the pitman, while working, to a position of EE 418 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. great restraint, and taxes the limbs and muscles in a very unequal manner, naturally influences his outward appearance, so that he can be easily distinguished from every other operative. His stature is diminutive, his figure disproportioned and misshapen; his legs being much bowed, and his chest protruding like that of a pigeon. His arms are long, and oddly suspended. His countenance is not less strange than his figure, his cheeks being generally hollow, his brow overhanging, his cheekbones high, his forehead low and retreating, his complexion pallid. Many of these bodily peculiarities or malformations are probably hereditary. Pitmen have always lived in communities; they have associated only among themselves, and have thus acquired peculiar habits and ideas. They almost invariably intermarry, and it is not uncommon in their marriages to commingle the blood of the same family. They have thus transmitted natural and accidental defects through a long series of generations, and may now be regarded in the light of a distinct race of beings. In spite of the general march of intelligence, their education is still very imperfect, and they are just emerging from the greatest possible moral and intellectual darkness-an improvement due mainly to the Wesleyan Methodists. The untiring labours of this religious sect not only imparted to the colliery population in the North of England a higher tone of moral feeling, but in their efforts to instil religious principles into their minds, afforded them, through Sunday-schools, a slight amount of education and an imperfect capability of reading. These first seeds of improvement will, it is hoped, gradually ripen into fruit, and oppose a strong barrier to the prominent vices of colliers-gambling and intemperance. A lack of mental and personal openness and boldness, a great inclination to injury and theft, the grossest superstition, and a want of the commonest economy and forethought, are likewise faults which are said to be very common among them. Deception is so much a practice with them that they deceive when no earthly advantage can be obtained from their dishonesty. 011 the other hand, the proofs of filial affection which HISTORY OF THE USE OF COAL. 419 they exhibit, and the noble feelings and heroism which they display when explosions or accidents take place, prove that the groundwork of their character is good, and merely requires the influence of a better education to remove a great part of the blemishes which ignorance has engrafted upon an originally wholesome stock. Under every disadvantage, several eminent men have sprung from their class. Thomas Bewick, the celebrated wood-engraver, was early immured in pits; the late celebrated mathematician, Dr. Hutton, was originally a hewer of coal; Professor IHann, of King's College, in London, was a boy working underground in a northern colliery; and George Stephenson, the illustrious engineer whose wonderful inventions have revolutionised the world, and who, after the lapse of many ages, will still be reckoned among England's most illustrious sons, began life as a trapper. Though the use of coal was already known to the ancient Britons, yet the first public notice of the mineral is mentioned by Hume to have been in the time of Henry III., who, in the year 1272, granted a licence to dig coals to the town of Newcastle. Somewhat later in 1291, the abbot and monastery of Dunfermline in Scotland obtained a similar grant. The first coal is said to have been brought to London about the year 1305, where it was used only by smiths, dyers, and soap-boilers. The smoke, which was supposed to be injurious to health, caused great annoyance to the wealthier inhabitants of the city, so that in 1316 its use was prohibited by a decree of Edward I. This ordinance seems, however, to have been but little attended to; for a few years later inspectors were named to levy fines in case of its non-observance, and if these proved ineffectual, to demolish the fireplaces arranged for the burning of coal. The complaints against this fuel continued several centuries, for as late as 1661 King Charles II. was prayed to remedy the nuisance by banishing from town manufacturers who required large quantities of coal. Yet, in spite of all the interdictions, complaints, and prejudices arrayed against it, coal continued to grow in use; for as early as 1615, Newcastle gave employment to about four hundred vessels, one-half of which number supplied the E E 2 420 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. demlands of London. French ships even then fetched coals in that port, and the Hanse towns conveyed them to Flanders. About the middle of the seventeenth century the coal trade, notwithstanding an increase of price, required nine hundred vessels; and fifty years later, half a million of tons were exported from Newcastle, requiring fourteen hundred vessels for their carriage. During the eighteenth century the northern coal trade constantly increased with the steady growth of London, which in 1770, although not possessing one-sixth of its present population, already consumed seven hundred thousand tons; and it would have been imlpossible for the collieries to satisfy the constantly growing demand if the invention of the steam-engine had not lent its powerful aid to raise larger quantities of coal from a greater depth, and to drain many works which otherwise would have been deluged with water. The other English coal-fields began to be worked at a much later period than that of Newcastle, but rapidly grew in importance with the vast increase of our manufactories and smelting furnaces. The extraction of coal is indeed constantly increasing at a truly gigantic rate. Thus, in 1845 our whole annual production was rated at thirty-five millions of tons; in 1859 it amounted, according to trustworthy returns, to sixtyeight millions; in 1865 it had advanced to ninety-six million tons; and now probably exceeds one hundred million tons —a mass so enormous that with it a girdle of coal three feet wide, and about seven high, might be put round the earth. The question of the duration of our coal-fields is evidently one of great national interest. It has of late excited the attention both of statesmen and philosophers, but unfortunately it is more easily put than answered. While some authorities give us the cheering assurance that we have enough to last us for the next two thousand years at least, others limit our supply to three or four centuries, or assign even a couple of hundred years as the period when our descendants will have to seek their coals in the mines of other countries. The quantity of fuel left in the Newcastle QUESTION OF COAL SUPPLY. 421 asin —the most anciently worked of our coal-fields-was estimated by Mr. Hall, in 1854, at 5,121,888,956 tons. Dividing this total by 20,000,000 of tons as the present annual consumption, the future supplies of this famous coalfield would thus be limited to about two hundred and fifty years-a very short period in the history of a nation. The immense consumption of coal in the iron furnaces and foundries of Staffordshire will probably lead to an exhaustion of that coal-field even before Northumberland and Durham, for its area is scarcely more than one-half of the area of the Northern Coal-field. It has, indeed, one very thick seam of coal of from thirty to forty feet, but this will not alone compensate the difference. The coal-fields of Yorkshire, Lancashire, and Derbyshire, situated amongst the numerous iron-works and manufactories, as well as large populations, justify a similar prophecy; but, on the other hand, better prospects are held out by the great coal-field of South Wales. After deducting the coal practically unattainable from its depth, sixty thousand millions of tons may be considered a liberal estimate of the available mass. At the present rate of extraction (ten millions of tons) this would give a supply for the next six thousand years; but supposing the other sources to fail, the extraction of coal from the South Wales basin would of course be increased to such an extent as to limit its duration to six or seven centuries. It may be remarked that the largest estimates of future coal supply are based on the assumption that mines may be worked at a depth of four or five thousand feet; but this is very problematical. Mechanical skill may indeed pierce shafts to this depth, or even deeper; but the increase of temperature which is raised by one degree for about every successive seventy feet, along with the increasing density of the air, must ever oppose insuperable obstacles to human labour at such a distance below the level of the sea. To the natural heat and density arising from depth must be added the corruptions arising from human perspiration, which are constantly on the increase during working hours in working places.' We speak,' says the author of an excellent article 422 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. in the Quarterly Review,*'from some brief personal experience of what these things are at a depth of nearly eighteen hundred feet, where the actual temperature varied from eighty-five to eighty-six and a half degrees. Such experience is necessary to qualify any man to judge of the vertical limit of human labour, and we hesitate to fix it at more than two thousand five hundred feet, and should fix it at that depth only for the hardiest of hewers and haulers of coal.' The pressure of superincumbent strata, which renders the upholding of the roof, even at fourteen or fifteen hundred feet, a problem of ceaseless anxiety and expense, must also be taken into account. At depths much exceeding two thousand feet, it is very doubtful if the roofs could be securely upheld except at such an outlay as would considerably raise the cost of extraction, while the coal itself would be more and more dense, and therefore more and more difficult to dislodge. For these various reasons, all the strata of coal situated below the depth of two thousand five hundred feet, or at the very utmost three thousand feet, may be considered as practically unworkable; and thus sober-minded calculators, on comparing the available solid contents of our coal-fields with the rate of extraction, have come to the conclusion that a thousand years is the maximum of the probable future supply of England and Wales. Adding to this the Scotch and Irish coal, which are not included in the estimate, and swelling our account with lignite and peat, we have at any rate sufficient materials for keeping our fires burning for a good time to come, and may safely leave all desponding views on the subject to distant generations. Next to England, no European country has so rapidly increased its coal production as the German empire, where, thanks to the railroads, the consumption of mineral fuel is yearly extending over a wider range, and gradually supplanting in many localities the use of wood. The official tables inform us that in 1866, 432,594,926 cwt. of black coal, and 130,661,182 cwt. of lignite-together, about 28 million tons-were produced, a mass considerably greater than the joint production of France and Belgium, and equal * TVolume ex. THE COAL TRADE. 423 to about seven twenty-fifths of the production of England. The chief coal-fields are those of Upper Silesia, of the Ruhr, of the Saar, of Waldenburg (in Lower Silesia), of Dresden and Zwickau (in Saxony), of Aachen (Aix-la-Chapelle), Ibbenburen, and 3Minden, which not only supply the greater part of Germany, but also yield a considerable exportation to France, Switzerland, and Holland. The German ports on the North Sea and the Baltic still largely consume British coal, which, however, has been entirely driven from the Rhine; and Berlin, which in 1860 burnt 202,970 tons of English coal, consumed little more than one-half that quantity (123,401 tons) in 1865, in spite of a considerable increase of population; while at the same time the consumption of coal from Upper Silesia increased from 61,700 to 323,712 tons. The small but thriving kingdom of Belgium, where the collieries of Liege, Namur, and Hainaut give rise to a commercial activity unequalled on the Continent, occupies the third rank among the coal countries of Europe, its production in 1863 having amounted to 10,500,000 tons. The provinces of Namur and Liege consume almost all the coal they produce, while Mons and Charleroi, in Hainaut, export more than three millions of tons to France. This country, which, in 1862, produced 9,400,000 tons of coal, requires at least 16,000,000 for its consumption, and imports the difference from Belgium, England, and Germany. The chief coal-basins are situated in the departments of the Loire, du Nord, SaSne-et-Loire, and Gard, which furnish about seven-eighths of the whole production. Austria, whose principal coal mines are situated in Bohemia, produces about 3,500,000 tons. Spain possesses magnificent coal-fields in the Asturias and Santanders, but as yet they have been but little worked. Besides the coal-basins of the mother country, Britain is richly provided with coals in many of her colonies. In New South Wales and Tasmania, in Labuan and Farther India, in Hiindostan and New Zealand, in British Columbia and Honduras, valuable basins or seams of coal have been discovered; and a magnificent coal-field, far surpassing in magnitude those of the British Islands, extends from 424 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. Newfoundland, by Cape Breton, Prince Edward Island, and Nova Scotia, across a large portion of New Brunswick. Thus far it has been but little worked, in countries but thinly peopled, and covered for the most part with boundless forests; but as from its general proximity to the sea it offers every advantage for mining operations, a brilliant future may safely be predicted for the lands it underlies. The coal-fields of the United States are of still more ample proportions, as they surpass in extent all the known coalbasins of the world besides. Beyond the Alleghany Mountains we find the magnificent Appalachian Coal-field, traversing eight of the principal States in the American Union, from the northern frontiers of Pennsylvania to Alabama, and covering a space of about sixty-five thousand square miles. Of scarcely inferior extent are the vast coal-fields of Indiana, Illinois, and Kentucky, which nearly equal in magnitude the whole of England; and another smaller but highly important coal region is situated between the lakes Erie, Huron, and Michigan, not to mention the minor coal-basins scattered here and there from Texas to Missouri, and from New York to Maine. As yet, the Americans have not derived full benefit from their extraordinary coal deposits; but the possession of so vast an accumulation of power allows us to predict a future of almost boundless enterprise and production for that wonderful country. While in most of our coal-seams deep shafts have to be sunk to obtain the coal, and steam power has to be constantly employed to prevent its submersion, the Appalachian Coalfield is intersected by three great navigable rivers, the Monongahela, the Alleghany, and the Ohio, all of which lay open on their banks the level seams of coal. At Brownhill, on the first of these rivers, the main seam of bituminous coal, ten feet thick, breaks out in the steep cliff at the water's edge. Horizontal galleries may be driven everywhere at very slight expense, and so worked as to drain themselves, while the cars laden with coal, and attached to each other, glide down on a railway so as to deliver their burden into barges moored to the river's bank. The same seam may be followed the whole way to Pittsburg, fifty miles distant. Beinc AMERICAN COAL-FIELDS. 425 nearly horizontal, it crops out, as the river descends, at a continually increasing, but never at an inconvenient, height above the Monongahela. Besides this main seam, another layer of workable coal, six feet thick, breaks out on the slope of the hills at a greater height. Here almost every proprietor can open a coal pit on his own land, and the stratification being very regular, he may calculate with precision the depth at which coal may be won. One of the most remarkable collieries in the world is that of Maunch Chunk (or the Bear Mountain) in Pennsylvania, where an enormous bed of anthracitic coal, nearly sixty feet thick, and probably caused by the doubling back of a twentyeight feet seam upon itself, is quarried in the open air; the overlying sandstone, forty feet thick, having been removed bodily from the top of the hill, which, to use the miners' expression, has been' scalped.' 426 TIIE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD. CHAPTEfR XXXIII. BITUMINOUS SUBSTANCES. Formation of Petroleum-Enormous Production of the Pennsylvanian WellsAsphalte used by the Ancients-Asphalte Pavements-The Pitch Lake of Trinidad-Jet-Its Manufacture in Whitby. IHE class of bituminous minerals exhibits a long series of inflammable substances, which are supposed to be derived from the decomposition of organic matter in the rocks containing them. Some (Petroleum-iRock-naphtha) issue in a fluid state from the earth, while others pass by insensible gradations from petroleum into pittasphalte or maltha (viscid bitumen), and the latter as insensibly into the solid form of asphalte. Certain bitumens, again, differ but slightly in composition from bituminous coals, so that it is, in reality, very difficult to draw a decided line between them. Hence it is highly probable that in petroleum we see the product of a primeval vegetation which, under the influence of chemical change and heat, has partly assumed a liquid form, and oozing from the deep-seated strata in which it was confined by terrestrial revolution, now permeates the superficial rocks, or exists collected in subterranean cavities, whence it issues in jets and fountains whenever an outlet is made by boring. Petroleum springs have been known for many ages in Burmah, where there are about one hundred wells from one hundred and eighty to three hundred and six feet deep, each lined with horizontal tubes, but not all now worked; at Baku, in the neighbourhood of the holy fires, already mentioned; near the village of Amiano, in Parma, whence enough was fornlerly obtained to light the streets of Genoa; at Zante, one of the Ionian islands, which has furnished oil for more than two thousand years, its petroleum spring having been mentioned PETROLEUM AND ASPIIALTE. 427 by Herodotus; at Agrigentum, in Sicily, which, according to Pliny, furnished a mineral oil that was collected and used for burning in lamps; on the banks of the Kuban, and many other localities; but it is only since the discovery of the immense sources of supply in the north-eastern States of America and in Canada that petroleum has become not only an article of the greatest commercial importance, but a blessing to millions in all parts of the world. It gladdens the long winter evenings of the Icelandic peasant, and enlivens the hut of the Australian settler; it has found its way into the remotest glens of the Alps, and to the distant sea-ports of China. No wonder that its economical and cheerful light has caused its consumption to increase with a rapidity almost without a precedent in the annals of commerce. Though scarcely ten years have passed since the American wells first began to pour forth their streams of oil, no less than 670,000,000 gallons were exported in 1866 from the ports of Philadelphia and New York. One-third of this enormous quantity found its way to England; one-fifth to the port of Antwerp, its chief staple place for Western Germany and the North of France; the remainder was distributed among all the sea-ports of the world from Hamburg to Hong Kong, and from the Cape to Valparaiso. When we reflect that this amazing mass of liquid bitumen, which formed the cargo of no less than seven hundred and thirty-one large vessels, must necessarily be increased from year to year to meet a constantly increasing demand, it might almost be feared that, in spite of the prodigality of nature, its subterranean reservoirs must one day be exhausted. A.sphalte, a mineral pitch of a deep black colour and a conchoidal brilliant fracture, is frequently found swimming on the surface of the Lake Asphaltites, or Dead Sea, in Judsea, which receives its name from the circumstance. It also occurs in many parts of Egypt, where it was used for embalming. The ancients also frequently employed it, combined with lime, in their buildings. Not only do we find the ruined walls of temples and palaces in the East with the stones cemented with this material, but some of the old Roman castles in this country are found to hold bitumen in the cement by which their stones are securedo 428 THE SUBTERRANEAN WORLD.' It is a remarkable fact,' says the late Dr. Ure,' that the substance thus employed in the earliest constructions upon record, should for so many thousand years have fallen wellnigh into disuse among civilised nations; for there is certainly no class of minerals so well fitted as the bituminous, by their plasticity, fusibility, tenacity, adhesiveness to surfaces, impenetrability by water, and unchangeableness in the atmosphere, to enter into the composition of terraces, foot pavements, roofs, and every kind of hydraulic work. Bitumen, combined with calcareous earth, forms a compact semi-elastic solid, which is not liable to suffer injury by the greatest alternations of frost and thaw, which often disintegrate in a few years the hardest stone, nor can it be ground to dust and worn away by the attrition of the feet of men and animals, as sandstone, flags, and even blocks of granite are. An asphalte pavement rightly tempered in tenacity, solidity, and elasticity, seems to be incapable of suffering abrasion in the most crowded thoroughfares; a fact exemplified of late in a few places in London, but much more extensively and for a much longer time in Paris.' Many of the asphalte pavements made in England have, indeed, proved failures; but as the proper proportions of the respective ingredients may not have been maintained, further trials are advisable. At present, although bitumen is employed, and with seeming advantage, as a cement between paving-stones, its use in the formation of foot pavement has been confined within narrow limits. In Europe, the most extensive mine of asphaltic rock is undoubtedly that of the Val de Travers in the canton of Neufchatel; but the most remarkable deposit of bitumen in the world is the celebrated Great Pitch Lake in the island of Trinidad. With regard to its formation, Sir Charles Lyell remarks that the Orinoco, which discharges its vast volume of water right opposite to the island, has for ages been rolling down great quantities of woody and vegetable bodies into the surrounding sea, where, by the influence of currents and eddies, they may be arrested and accumulated in particular places. The frequent occurrence of earthquakes and other indications of volcanic action in these parts lends countenance to the opinion that these vegetable substances may have undergone, by the agency of subterranean fire, those trans -==== —= —===== —= —=-;-=; —----— - — _. —--— ~ —-- - -,. —;;------Ir-=r ----- --- -------- ---- --------- --- -— —------— -=-== —-------— =L -T- _ _ Cii;---i-ii -_ii ----- -c---II- —- ~I-; __=_ _ __ ___ _-__~- —-_- —_e-II-I--: -— =- L- — - --- -=I-__ - ---- ---- C —---— E —— ;I — —--- ------- . —---''-l-.-r-T.:L,:_ -- - ---— —--- ----------- ----------- --- -----— = —-1--=-=- 1- - a ---- --- - -i —-_=-L.L-.= —=-c ------— s —-— ~ —- -=~ —-.-LL —— == —- I~=r — LI-Li=ZS = —-- —-- —---— -= —; — --- ------------- ---— =- —,= -L. __:__i =- —-= 5 —---------------—'~-_-i:~ -— - —-=li~T-'-;=-_-___",__ ij i --- -- = —-=i —~== — —-----— .-21-'.-: —: 7_~___ 1-====r i — —_e — _ ---------— I —— ,__. — -— ~2 —-; —-= -----------— ~ —— = —--- ---— —---- ----— —-----—; — — ii "~i —=; —--- TJ-1E $r,"TCH BAJ